Books
- The PA Rotation Exam Review — Pediatric Transplant and Oncology Infectious Diseases (522)
- Pediatric Trauma Care : a Practical Guide — Plant-pest Interactions : from Molecular Mechanisms to Chemical Ecology (522)
- Plant Phosphoproteomics : Methods and Protocols — Pressure Injury, Diabetes and Negative Pressure Wound Therapy (522)
- Pressure Ulcers in the Aging Population : a Guide for Clinicians — Python for R Users : a Data Science Approach (520)
- Digitaledited by Waltraud X. Schulze.Contents:
The plant kinome / Monika Zulawski and Waltraud X. Schulze
Phosphatases in plants / Alois Schweighofer and Irute Meskiene
Phosphoproteomics in cereals / Pingfang Yang
Screening of kinase substrates using kinase knockout mutants / Taishi Umezawa
Phosphopeptide pofiling of receptor kinase mutants / Xu Na Wu and Waltraud X. Schulze
Combining metabolic N labeling with improved tandem MOAC for enhanced probing of the phosphoproteome / Martin Thomas [and four others]
Kinase activity and specificity assay using synthetic peptides / Xu Na Wu and Waltraud X. Schulze
Absolute quantitation of protein posttranslational modification isoform / Zhu Yang and Ning Li
Phosphorylation stoichiometry determination in plant photosynthetic membranes / Björn Ingelsson, Rikard Fristedt, and Maria V. Turkina
Phosphopeptide immuno-affinity enrichment to enhance detection of tyrosine phosphorylation in plants / Sharon C. Mithoe and Frank L. H. Menke
The peptide microarray ChloroPhos1.0 : a screening tool for the identification of Arabidopsis thaliana chloroplast protein kinase substrates / Anna Schönberg and Sacha Baginsky
Plant protein kinase substrates identification using protein microarrays / Shisong Ma and Savithramma P. Dinesh-Kumar
Targeted analysis of protein phosphorylation by 2D electrophoresis / Kristin Mayer, Sally Albrecht, and Andreas Schaller
Computational phosphorylation network reconstruction : methods and resources / Guangyou Duan and Dirk Walther
Computational identification of protein kinases and kinase-specific substrates in plants / Han Cheng [and three others]
Databases for plant phosphoproteomics / Waltraud X. Schulze, Qiuming Yao, and Dong Xu
Phosphorylation site prediction in plants / Qiuming Yao, Waltraud X. Schulze, and Dong Xu.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalS. L. Kochhar, Sukhbir Kaur Gujral.Summary: "New findings populate the enormous literature on plant physiology, almost on a daily basis. This text is a detailed introduction to the essential concepts of this rapidly advancing field of study, to important physiological aspects related to the functioning of plants. It covers a wide range of topics including water, absorption of water, ascent of sap, transpiration, mineral nutrition, fat metabolism, enzymes and plant hormones. Photosynthesis, respiration and nitrogen metabolism get discussed in separate chapters because their contribution towards food security, climate resilient farming and sustainable life needs highlighting. Unlike other books on the subject, this text lays due emphasis on the conceptual framework. Alongside its emphasis on theoretical concepts, this text details experiments relating to each topic/chapter. A structured approach including principle, procedure, discussion, results and observation, and precautions has been used to explain the experiments"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge [2020]
- DigitalSatish C Bhatla, Manju A. Lal.Summary: This book focuses on the fundamentals of plant physiology for undergraduate and graduate students. It consists of 34 chapters divided into five major units. Unit I discusses the unique mechanisms of water and ion transport, while Unit II describes the various metabolic events essential for plant development that result from plants' ability to capture photons from sunlight, to convert inorganic forms of nutrition to organic forms and to synthesize high energy molecules, such as ATP. Light signal perception and transduction works in perfect coordination with a wide variety of plant growth regulators in regulating various plant developmental processes, and these aspects are explored in Unit III. Unit IV investigates plants' various structural and biochemical adaptive mechanisms to enable them to survive under a wide variety of abiotic stress conditions (salt, temperature, flooding, drought), pathogen and herbivore attack (biotic interactions). Lastly, Unit V addresses the large number of secondary metabolites produced by plants that are medicinally important for mankind and their applications in biotechnology and agriculture. Each topic is supported by illustrations, tables and information boxes, and a glossary of important terms in plant physiology is provided at the end.
Contents:
Part I TRANSPORT OF WATER AND NUTRIENTS
Chapter 1. Plant water relations
Chapter 2. Mineral nutrition
Chapter 3. Water and soluble transport
Part II METABOLISM
Chapter 4. Concepts in metabolism
Chapter 5. Photosynthesis
Chapter 6. Photosynthate translocation
Chapter 7. Respiration
Chapter 8. ATP synthesis
Chapter 9. Metabolism of storage carbohydrates
Chapter 10. Lipid metabolism
Chapter 11. Nitrogen metabolism
Chapter 12. Sulphur, phosphorus and iron metabolism
Part III DEVELOPMENT
Chapter 13. Light perception and transduction
Chapter 14. Plant growth regulators
Chapter 15. Auxins
Chapter 16. Cytokinins
Chapter 17. Gibberellins
Chapter 18. Abscisic acid
Chapter 19. Ethylene
Chapter 20. Brassinosteroids
Chapter 21. Jasmonic acid
Chapter 22. Recently discovered plant growth regulators
Chapter 23. Mechanisms of signal reception and transduction
Chapter 24. Embryogenesis, vegetative growth and organogenesis
Chapter 25. Physiology of flowering
Chapter 26. Pollination, embryogenesis and seed development
Chapter 27. Fruit development and ripening
Chapter 28. Seed dormancy and germination
Chapter 29. Plant movements
Chapter 30. Senescence and programmed cell death
Part IV STRESS PHYSIOLOGY
Chapter 31. Abiotic stress
Chapter 32. Biotic interactions
Part V APPLIED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
Chapter 33. Secondary metabolites
Chapter 34. Plant physiology in agriculture and biotechnology
Glossary. - DigitalUdo Blum.Summary: This volume continues the retrospective analyses of Volumes I and II, but goes beyond that in an attempt to understand how phenolic acids are partitioned in seedling-solution and seedling-microbe-soil-sand culture systems and how phenolic acid effects on seedlings may be related to the actual and/or conditional physicochemical properties (e.g., solubility, hydrophobicity, pKa, molecular structure and soil sorption/desorption) of simple phenolic acids. Specifically, it explores the quantitative partitioning (i.e., source-sink relationships) of benzoic and cinnamic acids in cucumber seedling-solution and cucumber seedling-microbe-soil-sand systems and how that partitioning may influence phenolic acid effects on cucumber seedlings. Regressions, correlations and conceptual and hypothetical models are used to achieve these objectives. Cucumber seedlings are used as a surrogate for phenolic acid sensitive herbaceous dicotyledonous weed seedlings. This volume was written specifically for researchers and their students interested in understanding how a range of simple phenolic acids and potentially other putative allelopathic compounds released from living plants and their litter and residues may modify soil chemistry, soil and rhizosphere microbial biology, seedling physiology and seedling growth. In addition, this volume describes the potential relationships, where they may exist, for direct transfer of organic compounds between plants, plant communication and plant-plant allelopathic interactions and addresses the following questions: Can physicochemical properties of phenolic acids be used as tools to help understand the complex behavior of phenolic acids and the ultimate effects of phenolic acids on sensitive seedlings? What insights do laboratory bioassays and the conceptual and hypothetical models of laboratory systems provide us concerning the potential behavior and effects of phenolic acids in field systems? What potential role may phenolic acids play in broadleaf-weed seedling emergence in wheat debris cover crop no-till systems?
Contents:
Chapter 1. Reflections Regarding Plant-Plant Interactions, Plant-Plant Communications and Plant-Plant Allelopathic Interactions with an Emphasis on Plant-Plant Allelopathic Interactions
Chapter 2. General Background for Plant-Plant Allelopathic Interactions
Chapter 3. Conceptual Models for Soil Systems and Physicochemical Properties of Organic Compounds
Chapter 4. Simple Phenolic Acids in Solution Culture I: pH and pKa
Chapter 5. Simple Phenolic Acids in Solution Culture II: Log P, Log D and Molecular structure
Chapter 6. Simple Phenolic Acids in Soil Culture I: Sorption, Kd and KOC
Chapter 7. Simple Phenolic Acids in Soil Culture II: Biological Processes in Soil
Chapter 8. Hypothetical Solution-Culture System Sub-Models
Chapter 9. Hypothetical Soil-Culture System Sub-Models
Chapter 10. Quantitative Hypothetical System Models for Cecil Soil-Sand Systems
Chapter 11. Quantitative Hypothetical System Model for Portsmouth Soil-Sand System and Potential Modifying Factors
Chapter 12. Epilog: Assumptions, Models, Hypotheses and Conclusions.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Edwin F. George, Michael A. Hall and Geert-Jan De Klerk.Contents:
v. 1. The Background.Digital Access Springer 2008 - Digitaledited by Jesus V. Jorrin-Novo, Setsuko Komatsu, Wolfram Weckwerth and Stefanie WienKoop.Contents:
Plant Proteomics Methods and Protocols
From Proteomics to Systems Biology: MAPA, MASS WESTERN, PROMEX and COVAIN as a User-Oriented Platform
Plant Proteomics: From Genome Sequencing to Proteome Databases and Repositories
How to Use 2D Gel Electrophoresis in Plant Proteomics
Standarization of Data Processing and Statistical Analysis in a 2-DE-Based Comparative Plant Proteomics Experiment
The Expanding Universe of Mass Analyzer Configurations for Biological Analysis
A Protocol for Protein Extraction from Lipid-Rich Plant Tissues Suitable for Electrophoresis
Making a Protein Extract in Plant Pathogenic Fungi for Gel- and LC-Based Proteomics
Plant Proteomics Methods to Reach Low-Abundance Proteins
Combination of 2DE and LC for Plant Proteomics Analysis
2DE Analysis of Forest Tree Proteins Using Fluorescent Labels and Multiplexing
Differential Plant Proteome Analysis by Isobaric Tags for Relative and Absolute Quantitation (iTRAQ)
Global Quantitative Proteomics Using Spectral Counting: An Inexpensive Experimental and Bioinformatics Workflow for Deep Proteome Coverage
Combining Chymotrypsin/trypsin Digestion to Identify Hydrophobic Proteins from Oil Bodies
Mass Western for Absolute Quantification of Target Proteins and Considerations About the Instrument of Choice
Selected Reaction Monitoring Mass Spectrometry: A Methodology Overview
Mass Spectrometry Based Imaging of Metabolites and Proteins
Using the Yeast Two-Hybrid System to Identify Protein-Protein Interactions
Modifications of Wheat Germ Cell-Free System for Functional Proteomics of Plant Membrane Proteins
Arabidopsis Proteomics: A Simple and Standardizable Workflow for Quantitative Proteome Characterization
Analysis of Rice Proteins Using SDS-PAGE Shotgun Proteomics
Medicago truncatula Proteomics for Systems Biology: Novel Rapid Shotgun LC-MS Approach for Relative Quantification Based on Full-Scan Selective Peptide Extraxtion (Selpex)
Soybean Proteomics
Proteome Analysis of Orphan Plant Species, Fact or Fiction?
An Improved Detergent-Compatible Gel-Fractionation LC-LTQ-Orbitrap-MS Workflow for Plant and Microbial Proteomics
Seed Proteomics
Back to Osborne. Sequential Protein Extraction and LC-MS for Characterization of the Seed Proteome
Xylem Sap Proteomics
Suspension Cultured-Plant Cells as a Tool to Analyze the Extracellular Proteome
Pollen Cultivation and Preparation for Proteome Studies
Isolation of the Plant Cytosolic Fraction for Proteomic Analysis
Quantitative Proteomic Analysis of Intact Plastids
Shotgun Proteomics of Plant Plasma Membrane and Microdomain Proteins Using Nano-LC-MS/MS
Plant Mitochondrial Proteomics
Separation of the Plant Golgi Apparatus and Endoplasmic Reticulum by Free-Flow Electrophoresis
Isolation of Leaf Peroxisomes from Arabidopsis for Organelle Proteomics Analyses
Proteomics of Field Samples, the Case of the Chernobyl Area
Differential Proteome and Secretome Analysis During Rice-Pathogen Interaction
Protein Extraction and Gel-Based Separation Methods to Analyse Responses to Pathogens in Carnation (Dianthus caryophyllus L)
StageTip-Based HAMMOC, an Efficient and Inexpensive Phosphopeptide Enrichment Method for Plant Shotgun Phosphoproteomics
Simultaneous Identification and Quantification of Nitrosylation Sites by Combination of Biotin Switch and ICAT Labeling
Tandem Metal-Oxide Affinity Chromatography for Enhanced Depth of Phosphoproteome Analysis
N-Glycoprotein Enrichment by Lectin Affinity Chromatography
Rapid and High-Throughput N-glycomic Analysis of Plant Glycoproteins
Assay for Proteasome-Dependent Protein Degradation and Ubiquitinated Proteins
Separation of Membrane Protein Complexes by Native LDS-PAGE
Identification of Thioredoxin Target Disulfides Using Isotope-Coded Affinity Tags
Class III Peroxidases
Proteotyping of Holm oak (Quercus ilex subsp. ballota) Provenances Through Proteomic Analysis of Acorn Flour
Immunoproteomics Analysis of Food Allergens
Beer and Wort Proteomics
Precipitation of Champagne Base Wine Proteins Prior 2D Electrophoresis
The Minimal Information About a Proteomics Experiment (MIAPE) from the Proteomics Standards Initiative.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalPlant Responses to Nanomaterials : Recent Interventions, and Physiological and Biochemical ResponsesVijay Pratap Singh, Samiksha Singh, Durgesh Kumar Tripathi, Sheo Mohan Prasad, Devendra Kumar Chauhan, editors.Summary: The population of the world continues to increase at an alarming rate. The trouble linked with overpopulation ranges from food and water scarcity to inadequacy of space for organisms. Overpopulation is also linked with several other demographic hazards, for instance, population blooming will not only result in exhaustion of natural repositories, but it will also induce intense pressure on the world economy. Today nanotechnology is often discussed as a key discipline of research but it has positive and negative aspects. Also, due to industrialization and ever-increasing population, nano-pollution has been an emerging topic among scientists for investigation and debate. Nanotechnology measures any substance on a macromolecular scale, molecular scale, and even atomic scale. More importantly, nanotechnology deals with the manipulation and control of any matter at the dimension of a single nanometer. Nanotechnology and nanoparticles (NPs) play important roles in sustainable development and environmental challenges as well. NPs possess both harmful and beneficial effects on the environment and its harboring components, such as microbes, plants, and humans. There are many beneficial impacts exerted by nanoparticles, however, including their role in the management of waste water and soil treatment, cosmetics, food packaging, agriculture, biomedicines, pharmaceuticals, renewable energies, and environmental remedies. Conversely, NPs also show some toxic effects on microbes, plants, as well as human beings. It has been reported that use of nanotechnological products leads to the more accumulation of NPs in soil and aquatic ecosystems, which may be detrimental for living organisms. Further, toxic effects of NPs on microbes, invertebrates, and aquatic organisms including algae, has been measured. Scientists have also reported on the negative impact of NPs on plants by discussing the delivery of NPs in plants. Additionally, scientists have also showed that NPs interact with plant cells, which results in alterations in growth, biological function, gene expression, and development. Thus, there has been much investigated and reported on NPs and plant interactions in the last decade. This book discusses the most recent work on NPs and plant interaction, which should be useful for scientists working in nanotechnology across a wide variety of disciplines.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Applications of Nanomaterials to Enhance Plant Health and Agricultural Production
1 Introduction
2 Nanoparticles: General Properties and Functions
2.1 Silver Nanoparticles
2.2 Zinc Nanoparticles
2.3 Silicon Nanoparticles
2.4 Carbon Nanotubes
2.5 Quantum Dots
3 Nanoparticles as an Agent In
3.1 Plant Protection
3.2 Plant Growth Augmentation
4 Nanotechnology and Agricultural Development
4.1 Nanofertilizers
4.2 Nanopesticides
4.3 Nanocomposites 5 Future Perspectives of Nanotechnology in the Field of Agriculture
6 Conclusions
References
Nanoparticles and Their Impacts on Seed Germination
1 Introduction
2 Carbon-Based Nanoparticles
2.1 Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes
2.2 Multiwalled Carbon Nanotube
2.3 Graphene
3 Metal-Based Nanoparticles
3.1 Copper-Based Nanoparticles
3.2 Silver Nanoparticles
3.3 Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles
3.4 Silicon Oxide Nanoparticles
3.5 Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles
4 Conclusions and Future Perspective
References 5.1 ZnO NPs Affect Seed Germination and Vegetative Growth
5.2 ZnO NP Affects Reproductive Processes
6 Stress Alleviation by ZnO NPs
7 Conclusions and Future Perspectives
References
Effect of TiO2 as Plant Growth-Stimulating Nanomaterial on Crop Production
1 Introduction
2 TiO2 Nanoparticles' Characterization and Biological Properties
3 Behaviour of Nanoparticles in Culture Media and Soils
3.1 Behaviour of Nanoparticles in Growth Media
3.2 Behaviour of Nanoparticles in Soils and Specific Aspects of Field Experiments 5.7 Molecular Basis Responses
5.8 Cytotoxicity, Genotoxicity, and Cell Cycle
5.9 Secondary Metabolism
5.10 Toxicity Mechanisms
6 The nZnO-Mediated Protection Against Stress Condition
7 In Vitro Application
8 Knowledge Gaps, Exploitation, and Future Perspective
References
Physiology of Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles in Plants
1 Introduction
2 The Uptake and Transport of ZnO NPs in Higher Plants
3 ZnO NPs and Oxidative Stress
4 ZnO NPs Influence Nutrient Homeostasis and Photosynthetic Efficiency
5 ZnO NPs and Plant Development Synthesis and Characterization of Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles and Their Impact on Plants
1 Introduction
2 Synthesis
2.1 Biological, Chemical, and Physical Approaches
2.2 Green Synthesis
2.2.1 Biosynthesis of nZnO Using Plant Extract
2.2.2 Biosynthesis of nZnO Using Microbes and Other Green Sources
3 Soil Microbiome
4 Uptake and Translocation
5 Plant Responses to nZnO
5.1 Seed Germination, Biomass, and Plant Early Growth
5.2 Anatomical and Morphological Changes
5.3 Antioxidant System
5.4 Photosynthesis
5.5 Phytohormones
5.6 Nutritional Status - Digitaledited by Jose R. Botella, Miguel A. Botella.Contents:
Suppressor screens in Arabidopsis / Xin Li and Yuelin Zhang
Quantitative reverse transcription-qPCR-based gene expression analysis in plants / Heithem Ben Abdallah and Petra Bauer
DNA-binding factor target identification by chromatin immunoprecipitation (ChIP) in plants / David Posé and Levi Yant
Identification of genes responsible for natural variation in volatile content using next-generation sequencing technology / Iraida Amaya, Jeremy Pillet, and Kevin M. Folta
Micro-tom tomato as an alternative plant model system : mutant collection and efficient transformation / Masahito Shikata and Hiroshi Ezura
Culture of the tomato micro-tom cultivar in greenhouse / Christophe Rotha ... [et al.]
Virus-induced gene silencing as a tool to study tomato fruit biochemistry / Elio Fantini and Giovanni Giuliano
Simplified and rapid method for the isolation and transfection of Arabidopsis leaf mesophyll protoplasts for large-scale applications / Arnaldo L. Schapire and L. Maria Lois
Preparation of epidermal peels and guard cell protoplasts for cellular, electrophysiological, and -omics assays of guard cell function / Mengmeng Zhu ... [et al.]
Application of variable angle total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy to investigate protein dynamics in intact plant cells / Yinglang Wan ... [et al.]
Immunoprecipitation of plasma membrane receptor-like kinases for identification of phosphorylation sites and associated proteins / asuhiro Kadota, Alberto P. Macho, and Cyril Zipfel
Yeast three-hybrid system for the detection of protein-protein interactions / Natsumi Maruta, Yuri Trusov, and Jose R. Botella
Cautions in measuring in vivo interactions using FRET and BiFC in Nicotiana benthamiana / Meral Tunc-Ozdemir, Yan Fu, and Alan M. Jones
Analysis of protein-lipid interactions using purified C2 domains / Jessica Pérez-Sancho ... [et al.]
Assessing kinase activity in plants with in-gel kinase assays / Pengcheng Wang and Jian-Kang Zhu
Analyses of plant UDP-dependent glycosyltransferases to identify their volatile substrates using recombinant proteins / Yusuke Kamiyoshihara, Denise M. Tieman, and Harry J. Klee
Competitive index : mixed infection-based virulence assays for genetic analysis in Pseudomonas syringae-plant interactions / Alberto P. Macho ... [e tal.]
Simplified assays for evaluation of resistance to Alternaria brassicicola and turnip mosaic virus / Yuri Trusov ... [et al.]
Simultaneous determination of plant hormones by GC-TOF-MS / José G. Vallarino and Sonia Osorio.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalFritz H. Schweingruber, Annett Börner.Summary: This unique and attractive open access textbook combines the beauty of macroscopic pictures of plant stems with the corresponding colorfully stained images of anatomical micro-structures. In contrast to most botanical textbooks, it presents all the stem characteristics as photographs and shows the microscopic reality. The amount of text is reduced to a minimum, and the scientific information is highlighted with short legends and labeled photographs, allowing readers to focus on the pictures to easily understand how the anatomical structures relate to genetic, ecological, decomposition and technical influences. It includes a chapter devoted to simple anatomical preparation techniques, and further chapters showing the cell content, cell walls, meristematic tissues and stem structures of all major taxonomic units and morphological growth forms in various ecological and climatic regions from subarctic to equatorial latitudes, as well as structures of fossil, subfossil and technically altered wood. This textbook appeals to students and researchers in the fields of plant anatomy, taxonomy, ecology, dendrochronology, history, plant pathology, and evolutionary biology as well as to technologists.
Contents:
Introduction
Preparation techniques
Making anatomical structures visible
Morphology of the plant body
Cellular composition of the plant bodies
Structure of cell walls and cell contents
Primary, secondary and tertiary meristem
Stem anatomical structures of major taxonomic units
Evolution of stems
Anatomical adaptions to permanent changed environmental conditions
Anatomical adaptions to temporarily changed environmental conditions
Coexistence of algae, fungi and vascular plants
Wood decay
Fossilization, permineralization, coalification, carbonization and wetwood conservation
Technically altered wood products. - DigitalJan Hejátko, Toshio Hakoshima, editors.Summary: After decades of dominance of genetics and genomics, the importance of structural biology is growing exponentially in the field of plant biology. The main objectives of this new book series is to "demystify" structural biology for plant researchers and to provide important insights into the basic molecular mechanisms underlying plant development through the diverse approaches utilized by structural biologists. The book series starts with a theme dedicated to hormonal signaling that has benefited from the application of structural biology. "Plant Structural Biology: Hormonal Regulations" provides up-to-date knowledge of the structural aspects of hormonal signal recognition, signal transduction, hormonal control of downstream regulatory pathways and hormonal crosstalk. The most distinctive features of this book as well as future titles is/will be to provide overview of cutting-edge research in the field of plant structural biology, and to serve as a compendium of various approaches that could be applied to problems being solved in modern plant biology. Last but not least, we hope this book will facilitate and broaden the community of (not only) plant scientists who are interested in structural biology approaches and tools. For these reasons, the style of this series is concise and general, in order to avoiding unnecessary details. Explanatory boxes describing the basics of specific approaches (e.g. X-ray crystallography, NMR, SAXS, molecular dynamics simulations, etc.) are included.
Contents:
Part I. Introduction
1. Overview of Proteins in the Plant Hormone Signaling
2. Overview of Protein Degradation in the Plant Hormone Signaling
3. Structural Insight into Recognition of Plant Peptide Hormones by Receptors
Part II. Nuclear receptors
4. Auxin
5. Structural Biology of Jasmonic Acid Metabolism and Responses in Plants
6. Gibberellin
7. Strigolactone Signaling Proteins
8. Abscisic acid Signaling and Biosynthesis: protein structures and molecular probes
Part III. Transmembrane Receptors
9. Brassinosteroid Sensing and Signaling in Plants
10. Cytokinin and Ethylene Signaling
Part IV. Appendix: Method Guidance
11. X-Ray Crystallography
12. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
13. Structural Biology Using Electron Microscopy
14. Biological Small-Angle X-ray Scattering (SAXS)
15. Computational Molecular Modeling Techniques of Biomacromolecular Systems. - Digital/PrintKenneth Palmer, Yuri Gleba, editors.Summary: In this volume, the authors provide an excellent overview of how far the plant viral vector field has come. The discipline is no longer exclusively in the domain of academics-there is a small, but growing number of small biotechnology companies that exploit plant viruses as the platform for commercial innovation in crop improvement, industrial product manufacturing, and human and veterinary health care.Digital Access Springer 2014
- Digitaledited by Ichiro Uyeda and Chikara Masuta.Contents:
Detection of plant viruses in mixed infection by a macroarray-assisted method
RT-PCR and real-time RT-PCR methods for the detection of potato virus Y in potato leaves and tubers
A new method to isolate total dsRNA
Multiplex RT-PCR method for the simultaneous detection of nine grapevine viruses
Detection methods for rice viruses by a reverse-transcription loop-mediated isothermal amplification (RT-LAMP)
Real-time PCR protocols for the quantification of the begomovirus tomato yellow leaf curl sardinia virus in tomato plants and in its insect vector
Detection and analysis of non-retroviral RNA virus-like elements in plant, fungal, and insect genomes
Detection of plant viruses in natural environments by using RNA-seq
Cloning and profiling of small RNAs from cucumber mosaic virus satellite rna
Drawing sirnas of viral origin out from plant siRNAs libraries
Viral detection by high-throughput sequencing
Analysis and application of viroid-specific small RNAs generated by viroid-inducing RNA silencing
Detection and characterization of mycoviruses in arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi by deep-sequencing
Supersage as an analytical tool for host and viral gene expression
Microarray analysis of R-gene-mediated resistance to viruses
Construction of infectious cDNA clones derived from the potyviruses clover yellow vein virus and bean yellow mosaic virus
Virus-induced gene silencing of n gene in tobacco by apple latent spherical virus vectors
Simplified methods for the construction of RNA and DNA virus infectious clones
Efficient double-stranded RNA production methods for utilization in plant virus control
Detection of plant virus in meristem by immunohistochemistry and in situ hybridizationDigital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalAnna Maria Mercuri, A. Catherine D'Andrea, Rita Fornaciari, Alexa Höhn, editors.Summary: There is an essential connection between humans and plants, cultures and environments, and this is especially evident looking at the long history of the African continent. This book, comprising current research in archaeobotany on Africa, elucidates human adaptation and innovation with respect to the exploitation of plant resources. In the long-term perspective climatic changes of the environment as well as human impact have posed constant challenges to the interaction between peoples and the plants growing in different countries and latitudes. This book provides an insight into/overview of the manifold routes people have taken in various parts Africa in order to make a decent living from the provisions of their environment by bringing together the analyses of macroscopic and microscopic plant remains with ethnographic, botanical, geographical and linguistic research. The numerous chapters cover almost all the continent countries, and were prepared by most of the scholars who study African archaeobotany, i.e. the complex and composite history of plant uses and environmental transformations during the Holocene.
Contents:
Intro; Contents; Plants and People in the African Past: Themes and Objectives of Archaeobotany; IWAA Workshops; Published Volumes from Previous IWAA Workshops; The Organization and Themes of This Book; Acknowledgements; References; Mediterranean Africa; Archaeobotanical Study at the Early Dynastic Cemetery in Helwan (3100-2600 BC), Egypt: Plant Diversity at Early Dynastic Memphis; Abstract; Introduction; The Study Area; Materials and Methods; Results; Crop Plants; Cereals; Flax; Pulses; Wild/Weedy Plants; Wild Fruits; Field Weeds; Plants of Moist Habitats; Plants of Dry Habitats. Dry-Sieved Samples from Squares C3-4 and C10-11Charred Residue Samples from the Vats in Operation B; Discussion; Conclusions; Acknowledgements; References; Grapes, Raisins and Wine? Archaeobotanical Finds from an Egyptian Monastery; Abstract; Introduction; The Monastic Settlement of Saint John the Little; Charred Grape-Pressing Remains; Grape Pressing Remains: Evidence of Wine Production?; Grape-Pressing Remains: Uses and Disposal; Wine Production in the Coptic Church; Conclusions; Acknowledgements; References. Indeterminate Taxa Discussion; Conclusions; Acknowledgements; References; Study of Plant Remains from the Embalming Cache KV63 at Luxor, Egypt; Abstract; Introduction; Floral Collars in Ancient Egypt; Materials and Methods; Results and Discussion; The Plant Remains Arranged in K
V63: Floral Collars and Other Plant Remains; Floral Collars; Other Plant Remains; Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; Farming and Trade in Amheida/Trimithis (Dakhla Oasis, Egypt): New Insights from Archaeobotanical Analysis; Abstract; Introduction; The Context of Study; Ecological Setting. The Archaeological ContextMaterials and Methods; Results; Discussion; Semi-desert Vegetation; Acacia nilotica (Nile Acacia); Ziziphus spina-Christi (Christ's Thorn); Phoenix dactylifera (Date Palm); Mediterranean Plants; Olea europaea (Olive Tree); Ceratonia siliqua (Carob); Asian and Rare Plants; Prunus persica (Peach); Terminalia chebula (Black Myrobalan); Conclusion; References; Archaeobotanical Studies from Hierakonpolis: Evidence for Food Processing During the Predynastic Period in Egypt; Abstract; Introduction; Materials and Methods; Results. The Role of Morphometry to Delineate Changes in the Spikelet Shape of Wild Cereals: The Case Study of Takarkori (Holocene, Central Sahara, SW Libya)Abstract; Introduction; The Study Area; Materials and Methods; Sample Selection; Morphometrical Analysis; Statistical Analysis; Results; Morphometrical Analysis; Statistical Analysis; Discussion; Cereals as Key to Understanding Plant Resources in Central Sahara; Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; Web Sites; The Holocene Flora and Vegetation of Ti-n Hanakaten (Tassili n'Ajjer, Algerian Sahara); Abstract; Introduction. - Digitaleditors, Mirza Hasanuzzaman, Kamrun Nahar and Masayuki Fujita.Summary: In the industrial era, the most important potential threat to crop production is abiotic stress, including toxic metal/metalloid stress. Growing populations and rapid industrialization lead to the generation and release of huge amounts of toxic metals/metalloids into the environment, altering plant physiological processes and reducing yields. In the last few decades, there has been extensive research to elucidate the mechanisms of tolerance to metal/metalloid toxicity and ways to improve the defense system in plants. Use of exogenous photoprotectants such as osmoprotectants, plant nutrients, phytohormones, signaling molecules, antioxidants, amino acids and organic acids are widely being used to improve plants' tolerance to metal/metalloid stress. Recently, phytoremediation approaches have been effectively employed to remediate metal/metalloid pollution. This book presents the latest insights into plant responses and tolerance in plants grown under metal/metalloids stress to provide a better understanding of the topic and the future outlook.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; About the Book; Contents;
Chapter 1: Recent Advances in Metal Induced Stress Tolerance in Plants: Possibilities and Challenges; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Response During Heavy Metal Stress in Plants; 1.3 Use of Transcriptomic Approaches to Identify Gene Function During Metal Induced Stress; 1.4 Use of T-DNA Mutants for Functional Genomics Studies in Metal Tolerance; 1.5 Role of Transcription Factors in Enhancing Heavy Metal Tolerance; 1.6 Role of Micro RNAs (miRNAs) in Conferring Heavy Metal Tolerance; 1.7 Challenges and Future Focus; References 2.7 Arbuscular Mycorrhizae: Characterization and Importance in Contaminated Soils2.8 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 3: Heavy Metal Toxicity and Antioxidative Response in Plants: An Overview; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Heavy Metals and Their Impact on Plants; 3.2.1 Cadmium; 3.2.2 Arsenic; 3.2.3 Mercury; 3.2.4 Chromium; 3.2.5 Copper; 3.2.6 Zinc; 3.2.7 Lead; 3.2.8 Nickel; 3.3 Reactive Oxygen Species; 3.4 Types of ROS; 3.5 Sites of Production of ROS; 3.5.1 Mitochondria; 3.5.2 Chloroplast; 3.5.3 Peroxisomes; 3.6 Heavy Metal Induced Antioxidative Defense System in Plants; 3.6.1 Enzymatic Antioxidants 4.3 Heavy Metal Toxicity4.3.1 Cellular Antioxidative Defense and Redox Heavy Metals (Fe, Cu, Mn and Cr); 4.3.1.1 Iron; 4.3.1.2 Manganese; 4.3.1.3 Copper; 4.3.1.4 Zinc; 4.3.1.5 Chromium; 4.3.2 Cellular Antioxidative Defense and Non-redox Heavy Metals Ni, Cd, As and Hg; 4.3.2.1 Nickel; 4.3.2.2 Cadmium; 4.3.2.3 Mercury; 4.3.2.4 Arsenic; 4.4 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 5: Stress Signaling Under Metal and Metalloid Toxicity; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Heavy Metal Stress Tolerance in Plants; 5.3 Plant Metal Homeostasis and Heavy Metal Stress; 5.4 Essential Transition Metals Homeostasis in Plants
Chapter 2: Physiological, Biochemical Changes, and Phytotoxicity Remediation in Agricultural Plant Species Cultivated in Soils Contaminated with Copper and Zinc2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Source of Heavy Metals; 2.3 Behavior of Heavy Metals in Soils; 2.4 Physiological and Biochemical Effects of Cu and Zn on Plants; 2.5 Molecular Control of Cu and Zn Uptake and Distribution; 2.5.1 Copper; 2.5.2 Zinc; 2.6 Effects of Soil Conditioners on Plant Growth and Development; 2.6.1 Inorganic Soil Conditioners; 2.6.2 Organic Soil ConditionersDigital Access Springer 2018 - Digital/PrintAldo M. Roccaro, Irene M. Ghobrial, editors.Contents:
MGUS and smoldering myeloma
Multiple Myeloma
Primary amyloidosis, systemic light chain and heavy chain diseases plasmacytoma
Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalMichael A. Linden, Robert W. McKenna, editors.Contents:
Introduction
Protein studies
Electrophoresis and immunofixation
Serum free light chain analysis
Morphology and immunohistochemistry of normal and neoplastic plasma cells
Classification of plasma cell neoplasms
Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance
Plasma cell myeloma
Plasmacytoma {u2013} solitary and extraosseus
Monoclonal immunoglobulin deposition diseases
Cytogenetics
Flow cytometry
Integration of laboratory and clinical data into synoptic report
Approaches to treatment, including stem cell transplant
Conclusions
References.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalRobert B. Lorsbach, Marwan Yared, editors.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Clinical features, management, and therapy of plasma cell neoplasms: what pathologists need to know
3. Morphologic and immunohistochemical evaluation of plasma cell neoplasms
4. Cytogenetics of plasma cell neoplasms
5. Flow cytometric analysis in the diagnosis and prognostication of plasma cell neoplasms
6. Renal manifestations of plasma cell neoplasms
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Shinya Toyokuni, Yuzuru Ikehara, Fumitaka Kikkawa, Masaru Hori.Summary: Plasma Medical Science describes the progress that has been made in the field over the past five years, illustrating what readers must know to be successful. As non-thermal, atmospheric pressure plasma has been applied for a wide variety of medical fields, including wound healing, blood coagulation, and cancer therapy, this book is a timely resource on the topics discussed.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- Digitaledited by Manfred Heinlein.Contents:
Plasmodesmata : channels for intercellular signaling during plant growth and development / Iris Sevilem, Shri Ram Yadav, and Ykä Helariutta
Plasmodesmata : channels for viruses on the move / Manfred Heinlein
Imaging plasmodesmata with high-resolution scanning electron microscopy / Deborah A. Barton and Robyn L. Overall
Preparative methods for imaging plasmodesmata at super-resolution / Karen Bell and Karl Oparka
Isolation of plasmodesmata from Arabidopsis suspension culture cells / Magali S. Grison, Lourdes Fernandez-Calvino, Sébastien Mongrand, and Emmanuelle M.F. Bayer
Immunofluorescence detection of callose deposition around plasmodesmata sites / Ali Pendle and Yoselin Benitez-Alfonso
Imaging callose at plasmodesmata using aniline blue : quantitative confocal microscopy / Raul Zavaliev and Bernard L. Epel
Localization of fluorescently tagged protein to plasmodesmata by correlative light and electron microscopy / Shannon Modla, Jeffrey L. Caplan, Kirk J. Czymmek, and Jung-Youn Lee
Quantification of plant cell coupling with live-cell microscopy / Johannes Liesche and Alexander Schulz
Drop-ANd-See : a simple, real-time, and noninvasive technique for assaying plasmodesmal permeability / Weier Cui, Xu Wang, and Jung-Youn Lee
Mapping symplasmic fields at the shoot apical meristem using iontophoresis and membrane potential measurements / Christiaan van der Schoot and Päivi L. H. Rinne
Analysis of the conductivity of plasmodesmata by microinjection / Friedrich Kragler
Investigating plasmodesmata genetics with virus-induced gene silencing and an agrobacterium-mediated GFP movement assay / Jacob O. Brunkard, Tessa M. Burch-Smith, Anne M. Runkel, and Patricia Zambryski
Probing plasmodesmata function with biochemical inhibitors / Rosemary G. White
GAL4 transactivation-based assay for the detection of selective intercellular protein Movement / Dhinesh Kumar, Huan Chen, Yeonggil Rim, and Jae-Yean Kim
Techniques for assessing the effects of pharmacological inhibitors on intercellular protein movement / Shuang Wu and Kimberly L. Gallagher
Probing protein targeting to plasmodesmata using fluorescence recovery after photo-bleaching / Kathryn M. Wright and Katrin M. MacKenzie
Tracking of intercellular small RNA movement / Christophe Himber and Patrice Dunoyer
Analysis of the role of myosins in targeting proteins to plasmodesmata / Martin Di Donato and Khalid Amari
Pumilio-based RNA in vivo imaging / Jens Tilsner
In vivo RNA labeling using MS2 / Eduardo Peña, Manfred Heinlein, and Adrian Sambade.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalContents:
Scope of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
Definition of plastic and aesthetic nursing
Foundation of plastic and aesthetic nursing
Growth of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
Development of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
Plastic and aesthetic nurses and healthcare clients
Educational preparation for plastic and aesthetic nursing roles
Roles of plastic and aesthetic registered nurses
General nursing role
Plastic and aesthetic advanced practice roles
Plastic and aesthetic nurse educator role
Certified aesthetic nurse specialist role
Practice environments for the plastic and aesthetic nurse
Plastic and aesthetic nursing researchand evidence-based practice
Ethics and advocacy in plastic and aesthetic nursing
Plastic and aesthetic nursing explications
Insurance reimbursements
Summary of the scope of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
Standards of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
Standards of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
Standards of professional performance for plastic and aesthetic nursing.Digital Access R2Library 2020 - DigitalAmin Kalaaji, editor.Summary: Readers will discover the relatively new and rapidly growing field of regenerative surgery and fat grafting, valuable for numerous plastic surgery, reconstructive, and aesthetic/cosmetic essentials. Though many books have covered specific areas or topics in regenerative surgery, the market lacks a work that tackles the full spectrum of regenerative surgery and its clinical application. This book responds to that need and presents chapters written by the best: world-renowned surgeons in their field. After an introduction that reflects basic research, most of the book focuses on clinical experience as it relates to applied techniques of processing fat and on the different uses from head to toe. Readers will learn about the history of regenerative surgery, important definitions and background information, and the evidence supporting the use of regenerative surgery. Practitioners will also find valuable guidance regarding the application of stem cells, evaluation of patient needs, and operative techniques for fat transfer. Subsequent chapters address topics such as graft types, the skin, wound healing, scar treatment, osteoarthritis, burns, scleroderma, hair rejuvenation, facial enhancement combined with facelift, chin augmentation with fat, and breast argumentation or reconstruction with fat. Particular attention is paid to gluteal augmentation with fat, body contouring, genital male and female rejuvenation, and upper and lower extremity regenerative surgery. Surgical anatomy and complications treatment and prevention were emphasized when applied. This resulted is two volumes that encompass 125 chapters, with multiple figures, and video clips, written by 242 authors (including 72 female colleagues) from five continents. Highly informative and carefully structured, this book provides invaluable insight for beginners and experienced plastic surgeons alike, while benefitting advanced surgeons, specialists, and undergraduate and graduate students. .
Contents:
Part I. Introductory Part
1. Evolving of concepts in fat grafting and Regenerative Surgery
2. The Era of regenerative surgery
3. Regenerative Surgery: Definitions and Background
4. Current status on regenerative surgery
5. Fluid balance, electrolytes, and anesthetic options in regenerative surgery and fat grafting
6. Adipose Tissue Transplantation: Autologous versus cryopreserved (Frozen) versus heterologous. Present and future of fat transfer
7. Comparison between fat and fillers
Part II. Stem Cells and Clinical Path
8. Features and biological properties of different adipose tissue based products. Milli-, Micro-, Emulsified (Nano-) fat, SVF and AD-multipotent mesenchymal stem cells
9. Regenerative technologies and Adipose derived stem cells (ADSCs): regulatory, ethical and technical updates
10. Stem Cell Research, Concepts, and Emerging Technologies
11. Stem cells and their clinical applications
12. Fat grafting, tissue banking and adipose stem cell therapies European regulatory status in 2021
Part III. Operative Techniques for Fat Grafting
13. Aesthetic Lipofilling: Trends, Patient needs and Assessment
14. New perspective in Regenerative Surgery: The Acellular Adipose Matrix
15. New strategies in Regenerative Medicine: The Bio-Active Composite Grafts
16. Injectable Tissue Replacement and Regeneration- A New Standardized Fat Grafting Technique
17. Novel strategies to improve graft survival and retention
18. Impact of age, gender, body mass index, harvesting site, suction pressure, smoking, Diabetes, Systemic Lupus and other diseases on the regenerative properties of the grafted adipose tissue
19. Fat Processing Methods
20. Classification of Safe Autologous Fat Grafting: Quantity and Location Site
21. Complications in Regenerative and Fat Transfer Surgery: Pathophysiology and Management with Technical Tips to Reduce Risk
22. Fat grafting and Fat embolism. How to prevent, diagnose and treat
23. Potentials and Limitations of the role of platelet rich plasma (PRP) in lipofilling. An evidence based approach
24. The Role of Nurses in Fat Grafting Procedures: Planning, Preparation, and Implementation
Part IV. Regenerative Surgery: Reconstructive Areas of Application
25. Fat grafting as plastic surgeons' best friend: solving complex reconstructions problems with simple regenerative solutions
26. Treatment of radiation-induced rectovaginal fistula: Safety and efficacy of fat grafting and stromal-vascular fraction injections
27. Treatment of fibrotic radiotherapy damages in head & neck with fat grafting
28. Vampire scar: outpatient quality improvement of scar regeneration with a composite approach with needling and PRP
29. Post-Burn And Keloid Scar Treatment With Adipose Derived Stems Cells (ADSC)
30. Treatment of chronic wounds with fat grafting and adipose-derived stromal-vascular fraction
31. Fat grafting as an Ancillary treatment for burns and other complex wounds and their sequellae
32. Treatment of scleroderma with Fat grafting, PRP and Adipose stem cells
33. Scar modulations and maturation in post-burn scar contractures and skin grafts using autologous fat injections grafts
34. Complex Regional Pain Syndrome and Steroid Atrophy Scar Retraction treatment with Adipose Grafting
35. Acute Burns management. The current role of regenerative surgery and its challenges
36. Regenerative surgery choices in Burns sequelae management
37. Fat and stromal cells for acute burn treatment
38. Physical therapies to improve fat grafting and regenerative surgery results in wound healing
39. Combined fat, PRP and Laser for skin and soft tissues regeneration. Clinical applications
40. Regenerative surgery and acellular dermal matrix as reconstructive surgical options in plastic surgery. Theoretical and practical basis
41. The role of adipose tissue graft on nerve regeneration from the perspective of the adipose derived stem cell
42. Cellular Optimized Nanofat for Microneedling and as a Unique Nanofat Biocreme
Part V. Regenerative Surgery: Aesthetic Areas of Application, Hair
43. Hair re-grow with Micrografts enriched with Human Follicle Mesenchymal Stem Cells and Platelet Rich Plasma
44. The Efficacy of Platelet-Rich Plasma for Hair Loss: A Proven Therapy
Part VI. Regenerative Surgery: Aesthetic Areas of Application, Skin
45. The Process of Aging, State-of-the-art: Evidence Behind Regenerative Surgery
46. Wrinkles: Etiology, Causes, treatment, and prevention
47. Skin and Structural Aging in Patients of African Ethnicity. Features, management and the role of regenerative surgery
48. The use of the fat grafting to improve skin quality
Part VII. Regenerative Surgery Aesthetic and Reconstructive Areas of Application, Face
49. Surgical anatomy in regenerative surgery of face, scalp and neck
50. Facial Fat Grafting during Facelift Surgery
51. Properly Diluted Fat (P.D.F.): A safer approach to periocular fat grafting
52. Improved Facial Rejuvenation and Scar Regeneration by the Autologous Stemcell-Enriched Lipoconcentrate
53. Aesthetic Chin augmentation with fat: Is there still a need for chin implants?
54. Micro fat graft in facial rejuvenation
55. Transgender Facial Aesthetics and Regenerative Techniques
56. Posttraumatic contour deformities reconstruction and scars treatment with Microstructural and nano fat grafting in the face
57. Nanofat grafting in facial rejuvenation: an innovative technique
58. Parry- Romberg Syndrome treatment with Microstructural fat grafting of the face
59. CORRECTION OF SECONDARY CRANIOSYNOSTOSIS DEFORMITIES WITH AUTOLOGOUS FAT
60. The regenerative approach for the Management of severe dysphonia
61. THE SAFE TREATMENT OF MILD VELOPHARYNGEAL INSUFFICIENCY (VPI) WITH AUTOLOGOUS FAT GRAFTING
62. Degenerative retinopathy treatment with ADSC. Our experience
Part VIII. Breast Augmentation and mastopexi with Fat
63. Aesthetic Breast Augmentation Using Autologous Fat Grafting: Indications, Patient Assessment, and Comparison Between Different Processing Methods in 204 Cases
64. New Trends in Breast Augmentation With Fat Grafting: Implant Conversion With Fat and Hybrid Implant-Fat Breast Augmentation
65. Implant Conversion with fat grafting
66. Composite Breast Augmentation with Implants and Fat Grafting
67. Autologous Fat Grafting for breast augmentation in Asian women
68. Improving Breast Footprint and Shape using Anchor Threads in Fat Grafting Breast Augmentation
69. Breast augmentation with fat and threads using Power-Assisted Liposuction, Loops and Lipofilling (PALLL) technique
70. Stromal Enriched Lipograft for Breast Augmentation
71. Treatment of tuberous breast with fat
72. Mastopexy with autoaugmentation and fat grafting
73. Correction of severe congenital breast asymmetry in Poland syndrome and other breast asymmetries with autologous microstructural fat transfer and the combination of other techniques
74. Inverted nipple correction with Central Tunnel Technique and fat grafting
Part IX. Breast Reconstruction with Fat
75. FAT GRAFTING FOR BREAST RECONSTRUCTION
76. The Prepectoral, Hybrid Breast Reconstruction: the Synergy of Lipofilling and Breast Implants
77. Breast reconstruction with inferior flap and fat transfer as curative treatment for BIA-ALCL
78. Breast reconstruction with fat and threads using Power-Assisted Liposuction, Loops and Lipofilling (PALLL) technique
79. Enhancing Flap breast reconstruction with percutaneous purse-string suture and fat grafting
80. Lipomodeling for breast conservative treatment sequelae (precautions, indications, results)
81. Lipomodelling as perfect complement to autologous latissimus dorsi flap breast reconstruction
82. MaNAGEMENT OF SURGICAL DISASTERS AFTER BREAST IMPLANTS POSTMASTECTOMY RECONSTRUCTION: THE ROLE OF CONSERVATIVE HYBRID REGENERATION APPROACH (HRA)
83. Revision surgery with fat grafting after implant and flap breast reconstruction
84. Stem cell enriched fat injection in aesthetic, reconstructive breast surgery
85. Safety of autologous fat transplantation in oncological postmastectomy breast reconstruction. A prospective study
86. Oncologic safety of fat graft to the breast
Part X. Gluteal Augmentation with Fat, Brazilian Butt Lift (BBL) and Related Body Contouring
87. Gluteal Augmentation with Fat: Patient Assessment, Operative Technique and Safety Guidelines
88. Artnatomy for advanced body contouring and Aesthetic balance between breast and body
89. Gluteal augmentation with fat and threads using Power-Assisted Liposuction, Loops and Lipofilling (PALLL) technique
90. Expansion Vibration Lipofilling (EVL) technique in Gluteal augmentation and waist feminization
91. Gluteal augmentation: Avoidance of intramuscular injection using precise superficial fat graft technique
92. Gluteal Augmentation Assisted by Stromal Enriched Lipograft
93. Circumferential lipoabdominoplasty combined with Fat grafting the hips and buttocks
94. MWL and post barriatric surgery patients: the role of fat grafting and regenerative surgery
95. High Definition Abdominal Sculpting with Fat Grafting Highlights
96. Safety for advanced body contouring: The darkest Hour
Part XI. Genital Rejuvenation
97. Surgical Anatomy of genital area to achieve Safety in fat grafting
98. Quality of Life and Rejuvenation Techniques in Female Intimate Cosmetic Genital Surgery
99. Fat grafting and Adipose Stem Cells to treat vulvar scarring and fibrosis post Female Genital Mutilation (FGM)
100. The treatment of genital Vulvar and Penile Lichen Sclerosus with Autologous Fat Grafting
101. Fat Grafting to Treat Vulvo-vaginal Stenosis
102. Vulvovaginal rejuvenation by fat and stromal cells
103. Fat grafting as a regenerative measu. - Digitaledited by Adriana Cordova, Alessandro Innocenti, Francesca Toia, Massimiliano Tripoli.Summary: The thorax has a fundamental role in the aesthetic of the male body: congenital or acquired alterations are experienced as extremely frustrating clinical situations. Most breast surgery texts briefly mention gynecomastia, but no text comprehensively addresses the male breast and thorax, including reconstructive and cosmetic surgery and surgery in transgender patients. This gap is now thoroughly filled by Plastic and Cosmetic Surgery of the Male Breast: after introducing principles of anatomy and aesthetics for the male thorax, the first part focusses on the main congenital malformations and their treatment; the main benign acquired pathologies and their treatment (including an ample section dedicated to gynecomastia), the carcinoma of the male breast, with reference to familiar forms; the treatment of carcinoma and reconstruction of the thorax. The book closes with a chapter dedicated to breast surgery in transgender patients. While female breast surgery is increasingly practiced in specific Breast Units and highly specialized centers, male breast issues are treated in general and plastic surgeries units. This handy volume is a sound reference for the most complex clinical cases, and the latest reconstruction treatments for the male thorax and will be useful for general and thoracic surgeons, plastic surgeons and senologists.
Contents:
Part 1 Aesthetic Aspects of the Male Chest
1 Arts and Aesthetics of Male Chest
Part 2 Anatomy of the Male Chest
2 Preoperative considerations on the thorax: Anatomy and Surgical Landmarks
Part 3 Male Chest Congenital Pathologies
3 Poland syndrome
4 Pectus excavatum
Pectus carenatum
Part 4 Benign Pathologies of Male Breast
6 Gynecomastia
7 Gynecomastia after massive weight loss: reshaping with intercostal perforator flaps
8 Male Tuberous Breast
Part 5 Oncologic Pathologies of Male Breast
9 Skin Tumors of the Male Chest
10 Male Breast Cancer: Oncology
11 Male Breast Cancer: Oncologic Surgery
12 Male Breast Cancer: Reconstructive Surgery
Part 6 Anterior Chest Wall Reconstruction
13 Chest Fistula repair
14 Reconstruction with Pedicled Flaps
15 Reconstruction with Free Flaps
Part 7 Feminization of the Male Chest
16 Augmentation mammoplasty
Part 8 Masculinization of the Female chest
17 Masculinization of the Female chest. . - DigitalMaria Z. Siemionow (ed.).Summary: With novel approaches to the application of new technologies via research based studies on stem cells, tissue engineering and new fields of reconstructive transplant (face, hand or larynx transplants), this book facilitates access to this latest knowledge which is not traditionally part of the plastic surgery curriculum. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery ? Experimental Models and Research Designs presents pertinent introductions to different fields (stem cell, transplantation, nerve regeneration, tissue engineering) and experimental models which can be used as a tool to develop technologies of interest by various groups of surgeons. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery ? Experimental Models and Research Designs benefits a range of surgeons, including plastic and reconstructive surgeons, microsurgeons, hand surgeons, orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons and transplant surgeons.
Contents:
Part 1. Microsurgery Models
1. Microsurgery Techniques in Reconstructive Surgery
2. Arterial and Venous Microanastomosis Models
3. Lymphaticovenous Anastomosis Training Model in Rat
4. Fallopian Tube Anastomosis
5. Vasoepididymostomy Anastomosis
6. The Microsurgical Groin Slin Flap in the Rat Model
7. Free TRAM Flap Model
Part 2. Microcirculation Models
8. Application of Microcirculatory Models in Plastic Surgery Research
9. Standard Cremaster Muscle Model for Ischemia Reperfusion
10. Cremaster Muscle and Effect of Different Anesthetics
11. Microcirculatory Shock Model
12. Radiation and Microcirculation Models
13. Microcirculation and Smoking
14. Microcirculation Model for Invasive Animal Monitoring
15. Cremaster Chamber Model
16.Mouse Cremaster Muscle Allograft Model
17. Microcirculation and Pace Therapy
18. Microcirculation and Hypothermia Model.- Part 3. Transplantation Models
19. Vascularized Composite Allotransplantation Models
20. Rat Hind Cremaster Limb Allograft Model
21. Limb and Microcirculation
Cremaster Flap Model
22. Bilateral Vascularized Composite Skin/Bone Transplantation Model
23. Vascular Thymus and Hind Limb Allotransplantation Model
24. Vascular Thymus Transplantation
25. Vascularized Skin/Bone Transplantation Model
26. Vascularized Bone-Femur Transplantation Model
27. New Composite Tissue Allograft Model of Vascularized Bone Marrow Transplant: The Iliac Osteomyocutaneous Flap
28. New Modification of the Oldest Flap in Rats to Increase Antigenixcity of Transplanted Skin: The Extended Groin Flap Model
29. Combined Semimenbranosus Muscle and Epigastric Skin Flap Model
30. Composite Osseomusculocutaneous Thymus, Allotransplantation Model
31. Experimental Model for Monitoring of Composite Tissue Transplantation Induced Trauma
32. Cryopreservation in Plastic Surgery: Our Experience and Review of the Literature
33. A Xenotransplantation Model for Vascularized Composite Transplantation
34. Full Face Transplant Model in Rats
35. Hemiface Transplant Model
36. Composite Hemiface/Calvarium Transplantation Model in Rat
37. Maxilla Allograft Transplantation Model in Rat
38. Composite Hemiface/Mandible/Tongue Allotransplantation Model in Rats
39. Composite Osseomusculocutaneous Midface Allotransplantation Model with Motor and Sensory Units
40. Transplantation of the Mystacial Pad
41. Heterotopic Transplantation of Total Face/Scalp Flap
42. Non-Invasive Monitoring of Skin-Containing Vascularized Composite Allotransplantation
43. Abdominal Wall Transplant Models
44. Penis Allotransplantation Model
45. Composite Orbital and Periorbital Allotransplantation Model
46. Ear Transplantation
47. Heterotopic Vascularized Ovarian Autotransplantation Model in the Sheep
48. Spleen Transplantation Model
Part 4. Peripheral Nerve Surgery Models.- 49. A Contemporary Overview of Peripheral Nerve Research
50. Epineural Sleeve End-to-End Repair
51. Somatosensory Evoked Potential Model for Assessment of Nerve Regeneration
52. Epineural Sleeve Nerve Grafting Technique
53. Single Fascicle Graft Repair Mofel
54. Nerve Decompression Models in Diabetic Rats
55. Epineural Seath Grafts for Nerve Regeneration
56. Epineural Tube Repair
57. Tissue Engineered Conduit
58. Venous Conduit as a Model for Nerve Regeneration
59. DRG Decompression Model
60. Epineural Patch Applications in Dorsal Root Ganglion Decompression Model
61. Sheep as a Large Animal Model for Nerve Regeneration Studies
62. Sciatic Nerve Crush Injury Model
63. Crush Injury and Epineural Patch Model
64. Neuroma Model
65. Diabetic Rat Model
66. Nerve Allograft Transplantation Review
67. Nerve Allograft Transplantation Review
Part 5. Microsurgical Robot Applications
68. Application of the Microsurgical Robot RAMS in Microsurgery
Part 6. Cellular Therapy Models
69. Cellular Therapies in Vascularized Composite Allograft Transplantation- Review
70. In Vivo Chimera Model by Chimera Creation
71. Ex Vivo Chimera Model by Cell Fusion
72. Cellular Therapies via Vascularized Bone Marrow Transplantation
73. Cellular Therapies in Vascularized Composite Allograft
74. Cellular Therapies in Post-Radiation Syndrome
75. Cellular Therapies in Nerve Regeneration. - DigitalViktor M. Grishkevich, Max Grishkevich.Summary: "This comprehensive atlas provides a step-by-step guide of new techniques in burn surgery and enables readers to identify the appropriate treatment plan and best possible procedure for each patient pre-surgery before delving into a variety of different surgical possibilities for treatment and recovery. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery of Burns - An Atlas of New Techniques and Strategies presents new solutions in plastic and reconstructive surgery for burns built upon tried and true techniques of contracture restoration using various flaps and skin grafts. Accompanying illustrations and schemes allow the reader to visualize the process from mapping, dissecting and closing the wound. Preoperative and postoperative results are compared, with extensive illustrations and pictures that cover areas of the body most commonly treated for burns including face, neck, breast, torso, arms, legs, hands, and feet. Outcomes of the surgeries including full functional and aesthetic restoration of treated patients are meticulously photographed and provided alongside each technique. New classifications are presented based on contracture anatomy which showcase the development of new flaps and techniques that elevate functional and aesthetic rehabilitation of burned patients to a new level. The culmination of the decades long career of renowned plastic surgeon, Viktor M. Grishkevich, many new and original techniques, currently unpublished in U.S. literature, are detailed in depth alongside techniques uniquely designed by Dr. Grishkevich and previously published around the world. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery of Burns - An Atlas of New Techniques and Strategies, has international reach and is meant for plastic and reconstructive surgeons with specialties inhand, maxillo-facial, facial, and ENT. Due to its detailed nature, the atlas is also appropriate for residents in the related fields of surgery as well."-- Provided by publisher.
- Printedited by George A. Sisson, M. Eugene Tardy, Jr.
- DigitalMelvin A. Shiffman, Mervin Low, editors.Summary: This book deals with wound management in plastic surgery, orthopedics, ophthalmology and thoracic surgery. The first part provides information on the latest developments in orthopedic surgery, while the second addresses ophthalmology and wounds after e.g. cataract surgery or keratopathy. The third part, which exclusively focuses on wounds in plastic surgery, highlights recent results after microsurgical procedures and keloid reconstruction, but also after breast reconstruction and limb injuries. Lastly, the part on thoracic surgery informs the reader about sternotomy techniques and possible complications. Given it interdisciplinary approach, this book offers a valuable resource not only for plastic surgeons, but also for ophthalmologists, thoracic surgeons and orthopedic surgeons.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalRommy von Bernhardi, Jaime Eugenín, Kenneth J. Muller, editors.Summary: A comprehensive overview of the many factors that can influence brain plasticity throughout the lifespan. Addresses perinatal plasticity, functional state plasticity, injury-induced plasticity, and stressor-induced plasticity. Because it looks at so many aspects of the field, this volume will serve as a great resource for students as well as researchers interested in expanding their knowledge. The volume comes out as an integrated view based in the expertise of Ibero American neuroscientists working in the field.
Contents:
1. What is neural plasticity?
2. CREB at the crossroads of activity-dependent regulation of nervous system development and function
3. Models of short-term synaptic plasticity
4. Plasticity in the interoceptive system
5. Learning as a functional state of the brain: studies in wild-type and transgenic animals
6. Bidirectional effects of mother-young contact on the maternal and neonatal brains
7. Prenatal stress and neurodevelopmental plasticity: relevance to psychopathology
8. Early postnatal development of somastostatinergic systems in brainstem respiratory network
9. Respiratory rhythm generation: the whole is greater than the sum of the parts
10. The onset of the fetal respiratory rhythm: an emergent property triggered by chemosensory drive?
11. Neurodevelopmental effects of serontonin on the brainstem respiratory network
12. Neural network reconfigurations: changes of the respiratory network by hypoxia as an example
13. Progenitors in the ependyma of the spinal cord: a potential resource for self-repair after injury
I[subscript]KD current in cold transduction and damage-triggered cold hypersensitivity
Index. - Digital[edited by] Bruce A. Mast.Digital Access
- Digitaleditor-in-chief: Rostam D. Farhadieh ; editors: Neil W. Bulstrode, Babak J. Mehrara, Sabrina Cugno.Digital Access
- Digitaleditor, Geoffrey Gurtner ; editor-in-chief, Peter C. Neligan.Summary: Comprehensive and fully up to date, the six-volume Plastic Surgery remains the gold standard text in this complex area of surgery. Completely revised to meet the demands of both the trainee and experienced surgeon, Principles, Volume 1 of Plastic Surgery, 5th Edition, features new, full-color clinical photos, procedural videos, lectures, and authoritative coverage of hot topics in the field. Editor-narrated video presentations offer a step-by-step audio-visual walkthrough of techniques and procedures.
Contents:
Plastic Surgery and Innovation in Medicine
History of Reconstructive and Aesthetic Surgery
Applying Psychology to Routine Plastic Surgery Practice
The Role of Ethics in Plastic Surgery and Medico-legal Issues In Plastic Surgery
Business Principles for Plastic Surgeons
Value Based HealthCare
Digital Photography in Plastic Surgery
Imaging in Plastic Surgery
Patient Safety in Plastic Surgery
Local Anesthetics in Plastic Surgery
Evidence-Based Medicine in Plastic Surgery
Patient-Reported Outcomes in Plastic Surgery
Health Services Research in Plastic Surgery
Principles of Cancer Management
Stem Cells and Regenerative Medicine
Wound Healing
Scar Prevention, Treatment and Revision
Skin Graft
Tissue Engineering
Repair, Grafting and Engineering of Cartilage
Repair and Grafting of Bone
Repair and Grafting of Peripheral Nerve
Repair and Grafting Fat and Adipose Tissue
Vascular Territories
Flap Classification and Applications Flap Pathophysiology and Pharmacology
Principles and Techniques of Microvascular Surgery
Principles and Applications of Tissue Expansion
Principles of Radiation
Lymphedema: Pathophysiology and Basic Science
Benign and Malignant Non Melanocytic Tumors of the Skin and Soft Tissue
Melanoma
Implants and Biomaterials
Transplantation in Plastic Surgery
Technology Innovation in Plastic Surgery
Robotics in Plastic Surgery
Digital Health in Plastic Surgery
Simulation & Telemedicine in Plastic Surgery
Overview of Minimally Invasive Procedures
Education and Teaching in Plastic Surgery
Global Plastic Surgery
Gender Affirming Surgery.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024 - PrintJ. Peter Rubin, Peter C. Neligan.Summary: Comprehensive and fully up to date, the six-volume Plastic Surgery remains the gold standard text in this complex area of surgery. Completely revised to meet the demands of both the trainee and experienced surgeon, Aesthetic Surgery, Volume 2 of Plastic Surgery, 5th Edition, features new, full-color clinical photos, procedural videos, lectures, and authoritative coverage of hot topics in the field. Editor-narrated video presentations offer a step-by-step audio-visual walkthrough of techniques and procedures. New chapters cover local anesthesia, anatomic blocks of the face and neck, facelifts, neck rejuvenation, energy devices in aesthetic surgery, and aesthetic genital surgery; coverage throughout includes new, pioneering translational work shaping the future of aesthetic surgery. New digital video preface by Dr. Peter C. Neligan addresses the changes across all six volumes. New treatment and decision-making algorithms added to chapters where applicable. New video lectures and editor-narrated slide presentations offer a step-by-step audiovisual walkthrough of techniques and procedures. Evidence-based advice from an expanded roster of international experts allows you to apply the very latest advances in aesthetic surgery and ensure optimal outcomes. Purchase this volume individually or own the entire set, with the ability to search across all six volumes online! An eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- DigitalJoseph E. Losee, Richard Hopper, Peter C. Neligan.Summary: Comprehensive and fully up to date, the six-volume Plastic Surgery remains the gold standard text in this complex area of surgery. Completely revised to meet the demands of both the trainee and experienced surgeon, Craniofacial, Head and Neck Surgery and Pediatric Plastic Surgery, Volume 3 of Plastic Surgery, 5th Edition, features new, full-color clinical photos, procedural videos, lectures, and authoritative coverage of hot topics in the field. Editor-narrated video presentations offer a step-by-step audio-visual walkthrough of techniques and procedures.Digital Access ClinicalKey. 2024
- Digitaledited by David H. Song, Joon Pio Hong ; editor-in-chief, Peter C. Neligan.Summary: Comprehensive and fully up to date, the six-volume Plastic Surgery remains the gold standard text in this complex area of surgery. Completely revised to meet the demands of both the trainee and experienced surgeon, Trunk and Lower Extremity, Volume 4 of Plastic Surgery, 5th Edition, features new, full-color clinical photos, procedural videos, lectures, and authoritative coverage of hot topics in the field. Editor-narrated video presentations offer a step-by-step audio-visual walkthrough of techniques and procedures.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- DigitalMaurice Y. Nahabedian, editor-in-chief, Peter C. Neligan.Summary: Comprehensive and fully up to date, the six-volume Plastic Surgery remains the gold standard text in this complex area of surgery. Completely revised to meet the demands of both the trainee and experienced surgeon, Breast, Volume 5 of Plastic Surgery, 5th Edition, features new, full-color clinical photos, procedural videos, lectures, and authoritative coverage of hot topics in the field. Editor-narrated video presentations offer a step-by-step audio-visual walkthrough of techniques and procedures.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- Digitaledited by James Chang, Peter C. Neligan.Summary: Comprehensive and fully up to date, the six-volume Plastic Surgery remains the gold standard text in this complex area of surgery. Completely revised to meet the demands of both the trainee and experienced surgeon, Hand and Upper Extremity, Volume 6 of Plastic Surgery, 5th Edition, features new, full-color clinical photos, procedural videos, lectures, and authoritative coverage of hot topics in the field. Editor-narrated video presentations offer a step-by-step audio-visual walkthrough of techniques and procedures.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- Digital[edited by] Albert S. Woo, Farooq Shahzad, Alison K. Snyder-Warwick ; executive editor, Timothy Hiscock ; managing editor, Elizabeth Palumbo ; editorial assistant, Mohammad Ibrar ; development, Cornelia Schulze ; production editor, Mason Brown ; president, Brian D. Scanlan.Summary: Focusing on the clinical information that must be mastered for success on oral board exams, Plastic Surgery Case Review presents 50 case studies, each of which highlights a specific topic that is frequently covered in the oral boards. It contains short, high-yield chapters that are designed to serve as a thorough yet quick review of pertinent information that physicians will encounter in the examination. Key Features: Each chapter begins with a case study that is modeled after the oral boards. Each case study includes: a description of the case and the work-up for similar scenarios, a discussi.
Contents:
Plastic Surgery Case Review: Oral Board Study Guide; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Preface; Acknowledgment; Contents; Contributors;
Section I. Facial Fractures; 1. Zygoma Fractures; 2. Mandible Fractures; 3. Frontal Sinus Fractures; 4. Le Fort Fractures; 5. Pediatric Mandible Fractures;
Section II. Face Cancer (Squamous Cell Carcinoma, Basal Cell Carcinoma, Melanoma, and Reconstruction (including Mohs Defects)); 6. Lip (Cancer and Reconstruction); 7. Nose (Cancer and Reconstruction); 8. Eyelid (Cancer and Reconstruction); 9. Ear (Cancer and Reconstruction). 10. Cheek (Cancer and Reconstruction)
Section III. Face Congenital; 11. Unilateral Cleft Lip; 12. Bilateral Cleft Lip; 13. Cleft Palate; 14. Microtia;
Section IV. Face Cosmetic; 15. Aging Face and Neck; 16. Aging Upper Face (Brow and Lids); 17. Lower Lid Ectropion (Cicatrical); 18. Lower Lid Ectropion (Senile or Paralytic); 19. Rhinoplasty; 20. Facial Paralysis;
Section V. Foot and Lower Extremity Reconstruction; 21. OpenWound: Upper Third of Leg; 22. OpenWound: Middle Third of Leg; 23. OpenWound: Lower Third of Leg; 24. Foot and Ankle Reconstruction;
Section VI. Breast. 25. Breast Cancer Reconstruction26. Tuberous Breast Deformity; 27. Breast Augmentation; 28. Mastopexy/Augmentation; 29. Breast Reduction; 30. Gynecomastia;
Section VII. Trunk; 31. Ischial Pressure Sores; 32. Body Contouring after MassiveWeight Loss; 33. Major Liposuction; 34. AbdominalWall Defect; 35. Sternal Wound Infection; 36. Chest Wall Defect; 37. Perineal Reconstruction; 38. Abdominoplasty;
Section VIII. Burn; 39. Acute Burn Injury; 40. Hand Burn; 41. Scalp Burn Reconstruction; 42. Neck Burn Contracture;
Section IX. Hand; 43. Flexor Tendon Laceration; 44. Soft-Tissue Defect of the Hand. 45. Radial Nerve Injury; 46. Dupuytren Contracture; 47. Syndactyly; 48. Metacarpal and Phalangeal Fractures; 49. Carpal Tunnel Syndrome; 50. Tendon Transfers; Index. - Digital[edited by] Albert S. Woo, Reena A. Bhatt.Summary: "Plastic Surgery Case Review: Oral Board Study Guide, Second Edition by Albert S. Woo, Reena A. Bhatt, and esteemed contributors, features new cases in each chapter, as well as updated and expanded content. Like the widely acclaimed prior edition, the book is an excellent resource for plastic surgery residents and trainees of all skill levels, highlighting key adult and pediatric cases commonly featured on the plastic surgery oral board examination. The text is written in a "mock oral" format - designed to encourage critical thinking and analysis of case management - from initial workup to preventing key errors in judgment. Organized in 10 sections, the short, high-yield chapters provide a thorough yet quick review of the most pertinent information. The second edition features extensive updates including section restructuring, all new cases, and an additional section providing a more comprehensive review of plastic surgery. Each case includes high-quality photographs and one- to three-page descriptions including work-up, initial assessment, history, physical examination, diagnostic imaging, patient counseling, treatment, ethical considerations, potential complications, and critical errors. Key Highlights Additional topics include non-operative cosmetic techniques, Pierre Robin sequence, prominent ear deformity, giant congenital hairy nevus, male-to-female and female-to-male transgender, secondary breast deformities, electrical burns, degloving injury, traumatic amputation, and brachial plexus injury A concise, reader-friendly format ideal for learning core topics and prepping for the oral board exam quickly and efficiently High quality board examination-type case photographs, figures, and illustrations enhance visual learning and knowledge retention This is an essential resource for every plastic surgery resident looking to prepare for the oral boards, as well as medical students and trainees interested in developing a quick understanding of "bread and butter" plastic surgery topics. Albert S. Woo, MD, is Chief of Pediatric Plastic Surgery and Director of the Craniofacial Program, Division of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, The Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island, USA. Reena A. Bhatt, MD, is Associate Professor of Surgery (Hand and Microsurgery, General Reconstructive Plastic Surgery), Division of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, The Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island, USA"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalJamal M. Bullocks, Patrick W. Hsu, Shayan A. Izaddoost, Larry H. Hollier, Jr.Contents:
Wound management
Anesthesia and wound closure
Pressure sores
Bite wounds
Burns and frostbite
General assessment and management of facial trauma
Facial lacerations
Orbit and zygoma fractures
Nasal and naso-orbital-Ethmoid (NOE) fractures
Frontal sinus fractures
Mandibular fractures
Examination of hand injuries
Anesthesia and splinting of the hand and wrist
Hand and wrist fractures and dislocations
Hand infections and injection injuries
Hand and forearm tendon injuries
Hand vascular injuries and digit amputations
Upper extremity peripheral nerve injuries
Upper extremity compartment syndrome
Postoperative evaluation of free flap reconstructions
The postoperative aesthetic patient
Sternal wounds.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2017 - DigitalDevra Becker.Contents:
General approach to the oral board examination
Preoperative assessment and perioperative management
Deep venous thrombosis prophylaxis
Postoperative events
Free flap failure
Fluid management
Ethical considerations
Skin cancer
Reconstruction of the facial defect
Aesthetic surgery for the aging face
Facial trauma
Breast reconstruction
Elective breast surgery
Back and trunk reconstruction
Aesthetic body and trunk
Pressure ulcers
Traumatic hand injury
Elective hand surgery
Lower extremity reconstruction
Lower extremity wounds
Cleft lip and palate
Craniosynostosis syndromes.Digital Access - DigitalGregory E. Lakin.Summary: "Plastic Surgery Review meets the need for a high-yield, compact review book for the plastic surgery in-service, written board, and maintenance of certification examinations. Its 50 chapters are organized into four sections tested by the plastic surgery in-service examination: comprehensive plastic surgery craniomaxillofacial surgery breast and cosmetic surgery hand and lower extremity. An outline format with bullet points, tables, figures, mnemonics, and references facilitates review and memorization. Invited expert reviewers ensure the material is accurate and up-to-date"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by David Bates and Nima Bassiri.Contents:
Toward an ethnography of experimental psychology / Emily Martin
"You are (not) your synapses" : toward a critical approach to neuroscience / Catherine Malabou
Plasticity, pathology, and pleasure in cold war America / Cathy Gere
Epileptic insanity and personal identity : John Hughlings Jackson and the Formations of the neuropathic self / Nima Bassiri
Integrations, vigilance, catastrophe : the neuropsychiatry of aphasia in Henry Head and Kurt Goldstein / Stefanos Geroulanos and Todd Meyers
The history of a brain wound : Alexander Luria and the dialectics of Soviet plasticity / Hannah Proctor and Laura Salisbury
Automaticity, plasticity, and the deviant origins of artificial intelligence / David Bates
Plastic diagrams : circuits in the brain and how they got there / Joseph Dumit
Imperfect reflections : norms, pathology, and difference in mirror neuron research / Katja Guenther
On how adult cerebral plasticity research has decoupled pathology from death / Tobias Rees.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalKunihiro Sakuma, editor.Contents:
Pluripotent stem cells and skeletal muscle differentiation: challenges and immediate applications
Role of the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway in skeletal muscle
Stem cell therapy in muscle degeneration
The autophagy-dependent signaling in skeletal muscle
Cytokines in skeletal muscle growth and decay
The role of ribosome biogenesis in skeletal muscle hypertrophy
Comprehensive approach to sarcopenia and cachexia treatment
The role and regulation of PGC-1[alpha] and PGC-1[beta] in skeletal muscle adaptation
Characteristics of skeletal muscle as a secretory organ
Biological role of TRPC1 in myogenesis, regeneration, and disease
ROS and nNOS in the regulation of disuse-induced skeletal muscle atrophy
Participation of AMPK in the control of skeletal muscle mass
Therapeutic potential of skeletal muscle plasticity and slow muscle programming for muscular dystrophy and related muscle conditions.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalTheodore Eliades, George Eliades, editors.Summary: The polycarbonate products, adhesives, and composite resins used in dentistry may have the potential to release bisphenol-A (BPA). BPA is known to exert effects at very low doses and presents a risk to reproductive, neurological, behavioural, and metabolic development, however, the actual effects induced by dental materials have not been sufficiently covered and critically analyzed. Nevertheless, many practicing dentists will be confused by the occasionally contradictory and often misinterpreted evidence in the literature. This book therefore represents a timely and comprehensive review of our current knowledge of BPA release from dental polymers and the potential presence of endocrinological consequences. After a review of the history and evolution of the issue within the broader biomedical context, the estrogenicity of BPA is explained. The basic chemistry of the polymers used in dentistry is then presented in a simplified and clinically relevant manner. Key chapters in the book carefully evaluate the release of BPA from dental polymets and the estrogenicity of these materials. Currently available evidence on the potential estrogenic action of dental composites, sealants, and adhesives is presented, and the exaggerated conclusions of various methodological protocols are assessed. The entire dental community will find this book to be an invaluable aid to safe practice.
Contents:
Endocrine Disruptors (Xenoestrogens): An Overview
Analytical Methods for Determination of Bisphenol A
In Vitro Assay Systems for the Assessment of Oestrogenicity
BPA Effects In Vivo: Evidence from Animal Studies
BPA and Dental Materials
Bisphenol A and Orthodontic Materials. - DigitalVinny R. Sastri.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Regulations for medical devices and application to plastics suppliers : history and overview
3. Materials used in medical devices
4. Material requirements for plastics used in medical devices
5. Polymer additives used to enhance material properties for medical device applications
6. Commodity thermoplastics : polyvinyl chloride, polyolefins, and polystyrene
7. Engineering thermoplastics : acrylics, polycarbonates, polyurethanes, polyacetals, polyesters, and polyamides
8. High-temperature engineering thermoplastics : polysulfones, polyimides, polysulfides, polyketones, liquid crystalline polymers, and fluoropolymers
9. Other polymers : styrenics, silicones, thermoplastic elastomers, biopolymers, and thermosets
10. Purchasing controls and supplier quality for medical device manufacturers and their suppliers
11. Process validation for medical device manufacturers and their suppliers.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalNeil S. Sadick, editor.Summary: This book details the uses of platelet-rich plasma (PRP) techniques for dermatologic purposes and describes the techniques and protocols for its application in clinical practice. Concise and practical, this reference covers not only the procedural steps in collecting PRP from a patient, but also applications in wound healing, hair loss, skin rejuvenation, scarring, and face and body augmentation. It addresses the issues that are caused by fad procedures, such as the "Vampire Facelift," and emphasizes the importance of reliable information in these cases. Chapters are supplemented with multimedia including high-quality images, illustrations, and an instructional video. Platelet-Rich Plasma in Dermatologic Practice is written for clinicians in practice looking to offer alternatives to more invasive aesthetic surgery techniques.
Contents:
1.Biology of Platelet Rich Plasma
2. Platelet Rich Plasma Preparation Methodologies
3. Platelet-Rich Plasma for Skin Rejuvenation
4. Platelet-Rich Plasma for Wound Healing
5. Platelet-Rich Plasma for Hair Loss
6. PRP for Scarring and Striae
7. Platelet-Rich Plasma for Dermal Augmentation of the Face and Body
8. Combination Therapies for PRP
9. Controversies in PRP. - DigitalElie M. Ferneini, Regina Landesberg, Steven Halepas, editors.Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the use of platelet rich plasma (PRP), typically by injection, and its usage across medical disciplines. This multi-authored, multi-institutional, and multi-specialty based text is designed to guide health care providers in the varied uses of PRP -- starting from its history and preparation and moving through a variety of disciplines to illustrate how PRP can help healing. Clinical Applications of Platelet Rich Plasma in Medicine is divided into three sections: The first gives an overview of the basic science of PRP; the second provides a detailed overview of the clinical indications of PRP; and the third section discusses potential complications in conjunction with relevant case studies. It will feature a wealth of images and diagrams to illustrate best practices in using PRP. Written to be used by oral and maxillofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons, cosmetic surgeons, otolaryngologists, dentists, orthopedic surgeons, and general surgeons to name a few, this book will provide an evidence-based approach to using PRP in practice. The editors have extensive academic experience and have authored multiple scientific publications, while the contributions included in the text have been written by experts and leaders in the fields touched upon in the book.
Contents:
Section I: Basic Science of PRP
1. History of PRP
2. PRP Science
3. PRP Preparation
4. PRF vs. PRP
Section II: Clinical Applications of PRP
5. PRP in Sports Medicine
6. PPR in Wound healing
7. PRP in Hair restoration
8. PRP in Facial Rejuvenation
9. PRP in Oral Surgery
10. PRP in Dental Implants
11. PRP with bone grafting/periodontal surgery
12. PRP in Veterinary Medicine
13. Stem cell and PRP
Section III: Complications and Relevant Cases
14. Complications
15. Cases. - DigitalNicola Maffulli, editor.Contents:
Contents and Formulations of Platelet Rich Plasma
Platelet-Rich Plasma in Pain Medicine
PRP: Tips for Application in the Musculoskeletal System
PRP in Tendons and Other Non-bone Tissues
Platelet Rich Plasma in Articular Cartilage Lesions
Platelet-Rich Plasma in Knee Osteoarthritis in the Athlete
Platelet Rich Plasma in Foot and Ankle Surgery
Platelet Rich Plasma for Biological Therapy: Applications and Limits
The Systemic Effects of Platelet-Rich Plasma
Potential Links Between Tendon Pathology and Platelet Rich Plasma Biology.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalPamela Meersand, Karen J. Gilmore.Contents:
Why play therapy? Introduction to the psychodynamic treatment of young children
Play, playfulness, and the sequence of play forms in development
Pretend play
Play in the digital age
Basic psychodynamic concepts and their use in play therapy
Therapeutic action and the multiple functions of play therapy
Play and developmental psychopathology, deprivation, or disability
The logistics: planning a practice and arranging for office space
Getting started, creating an alliance and facilitating play
Working with parents over the course of treatment
Deepening play therapy via verbalizing inner states, expanding narratives and working with transference and defense
Ending play therapy and the process of termination
Play therapy, variations in development and serious psychopathology.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2018 - Digitaledited by Jessica Stone.Summary: "Play Therapy and Telemental Health gives clinicians the tools they need to bring their therapy sessions online. Through the presented fundamentals of play therapy and telemental health therapy, the play therapist will be introduced to a variety of special populations and interventions specific to the delivery of services through telemental health. Expert contributors discuss using a wide variety of telehealth interventions- including virtual sandtray work, nature play, and more -with children affected by autism, trauma, and other issues. Readers will learn how the fundamentals they already know can be expanded to provide effective treatment in web-based sessions. This is a vital guide for any clinician working in play therapy in the twenty-first century"-- Provided by publisher.
- Printwritten and gathered by adrienne maree brown.Summary: "How do we make social justice the most pleasurable human experience? How can we awaken within ourselves desires that make it impossible to settle for anything less than a fulfilling life? Author and editor Adrienne Maree Brown finds the answer in something she calls "pleasure activism," a politics of healing and happiness that explodes the dour myth that changing the world is just another form of work. Drawing on the black feminist tradition, she challenges us to rethink the ground rules of activism. Her mindset-altering essays are interwoven with conversations and insights from other feminist thinkers, including Audre Lorde, Joan Morgan, Cara Page, Sonya Renee Taylor, and Alexis Pauline Gumbs. Together they cover a wide array of subjects -- from sex work to climate change, from race and gender to sex and drugs -- building new narratives about how politics can feel good and how what feels good always has a complex politics of its own."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
section 1. Who taught you to feel good?: Uses of the erotic / by Audre Lorde ; The legacy of "Uses of the erotic" : a conversation with Cara Page ; A spoilerific gush on how Octavia Butler turns me on ; Love as political resistance ; The sweetness of salt / by Alexis Pauline Gumbs ; Why we get off / by Joan Morgan ; A pleasure philosophy : a conversation with Ingri LaFleur
section 2. The politics of radical sex: Pussy power / by Favianna Rodriguez ; Sex ed : a poem ; Wherein I write about sex
section 3. A circle of sex: Conversation with a sex toy ; Sex majik (no one told me to do it) ; Nipples are magic ; It's bloody fantastic ; Fucking/having sex/making love ; The highs, lows, and blows of having casual sex ; Confessions of a queer sex goddess ; Are you there, goD? It's me, Day / by Holiday Simmons ; Feelmore : a conversation with Nenna Joiner ; Bodyminds reimagined : a conversation with Sami Schalk ; Fuck you, pay me / by Chanelle Gallant ; A timeline/tutorial on squirting
sub-section: Skills for sex in the #MeToo era: From #MeToo to #WeConsent ; It's about your game ; It's time to reclaim our skin ; I want you, but I'm triggered ; Strategic celibacy ; Liberating your fantasies ; Pornography and accountability ; Use your voice
section 4: The politics of radical drug use: Weed on, weed off ; Conditions of possibility : a conversation with Monique Tula ; Experiments in cannabis for the collective / by Malachi Garza ; Ecstasy saved my life
section 5. Pleasure as political practice: sub-section: The politics of healing toward pleasure: Feeling from within ; Black woman wildness / by Junauda Petrus ; Beyond trans desire / by micha cárdenas ; Pleasure after childhood sexual abuse / by Amita Swadhin ; Fuck cancer : a conversation with Alana Devich Cyril ; Care as pleasure / by Leah Lakshmi Peipzna-Samarasinha ; sub-section: The politics of wholeness in movements: The pleasure of living at the same time as Beyoncé Giselle Knowles-Carter ; On fear, shame, death, and humor : a conversation between the Rocca family and Zizi ; The power to make light : a conversation with Dallas Goldtooth
Fly as hell : a conversation with Sonya Renee Taylor ; On the pleasures of wardrobe : a conversation of Maori Holmes ; Adornment and burlesque : a conversation with Taja Lindley ; Burlesque and liberation / by Michi Osato and Una Osato ; Working the pole : a conversation with Suguey Hernandez ; Pleasure over sixty : a conversation with Idelisse Malave and Alta Starr ; The work of parenting / by Autumn Brown ; Raising sexually liberated kids / by Janine de Novais ; Tips for raising sexually liberated kids / by Zahra Ali ; subsection: The politics of liberated relationships: Radical gratitude spell ; Liberated relationships, expanded ; On nonmonogamy ; Being second ; The pleasure of deep, intentional friendship : a conversation with Dani McClain and Jodie Tonita ; Principles in practice
section 6. Outro, thank yous: Outro ; Gratitude. - DigitalClaudio Sorino, David Feller-Kopman, and Giampietro Marchetti.Digital Access
- DigitalGerd Plewig, Bodo Melnik, WenChieh Chen.Summary: This book is a richly illustrated account of the clinical features, microscopic anatomy, and management of acne, acne-like disorders, and rosacea. The coverage includes all aspects of these diseases, from physiology to pathology, bacteriology, and endocrinology; special emphasis is placed on histopathology. Moreover, the full spectrum of pharmacological and physical methods of controlling the disorders are critically examined and the widely experienced team of authors present in detail their personal strategies for successful treatment. Since it was first published, Acne and Rosacea has become a well-known classic. This fourth edition has been completely revised and updated, with entirely new chapters on topics such as etiopathogenesis, auto-inflammatory acne syndromes, the role of nutrition, and novel therapies. The text is supplemented by selected references and a wealth of clinical and histopathological pictures, including additional high-definition photographs. The book is designed for all those physicians - dermatologists, general practitioners, pediatricians, gynecologists, pharmacologists, and surgeons - who must identify and treat the many different forms of acne and rosacea.
Contents:
Intro; Preface to the Fourth Edition; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Authors;
1: Pilosebaceous Follicles: Structure, Biochemistry, and Function; 1.1 Anatomy of Follicles; 1.1.1 Terminal Hair Follicles; 1.1.2 Vellus Hair Follicles; 1.1.3 Sebaceous Follicles; 1.2 Sebaceous Glands; 1.3 Sebaceous Gland Functions; 1.4 Sebaceous Lipids and Normal Sebum; 1.5 Facial Pores; 1.6 The Pilosebaceous Unit: The Stage Setting; 1.7 Sebaceous Follicles of the Back and Face; 1.8 A Descent into Follicles; 1.9 Comparative Anatomy of the Face and Back 1.10 Follicular Filaments and Microcomedones1.11 Scanning Electron Microscopic Overview of a Sebaceous Follicle; 1.12 Sampling of Follicles by the Cyanoacrylate Technique; 1.13 Noninvolved Skin of an Acne Patient: A Horizontal View; 1.14 Large Sebaceous Glands in Acne Patients; 1.15 The Sebaceous Filament; 1.16 Comparative Ultrastructure of the Acroinfundibulum and the Infrainfundibulum; 1.17 The Appearances of Sebum; 1.18 The Microflora of Acne; Bibliography;
2: Acne Epidemiology and Genetics; 2.1 Prevalence of Acne; 2.1.1 Adolescent Acne; 2.1.2 Postadolescent Acne 2.19 Proline-Serine-Threonine Phosphatase-Interacting Protein 12.20 l-Selectin; 2.21 TP53; Bibliography;
3: Acne Pathogenesis; 3.1 Acne Sebum; 3.2 Acne Lipidomics; 3.3 SREBP1c: Key Promoter of Acne Sebum; 3.4 Propionibacterium acnes (P. acnes); 3.5 Acne Microbiome; 3.6 P. acnes Biofilm; 3.7 Virulence Factors; 3.8 P. acnes Biofilm and Disturbed Follicular Keratinization; 3.9 Comedogenesis; 3.10 Sebofollicular Inflammation; 3.11 Follicular and Comedonal Flora; 3.12 Internal Structures of Old Open Comedones; 3.13 Follicular Fluorescence; 3.14 The Life History of the ComedoDigital Access Springer 2019 - Digital[edited by] Walter A. Orenstein, Paul A. Offit, Kathryn M. Edwards, Stanley A. Plotkin.Summary: "From the latest vaccination evidence, recommendations, and protocols . . . to new vaccine development and the use of vaccines in reducing disease, Plotkin’s Vaccines, 8th Edition, covers every aspect of vaccination. Now completely revised and updated from cover to cover, this award-winning text continues to provide reliable information from global authorities, offering a complete understanding of each disease, as well as the latest knowledge of both existing vaccines and those currently in research and development. Described by Bill Gates as "an indispensable guide to the enhancement of the well-being of our world," Plotkin’s Vaccines is a must-have reference for current, authoritative information in this fast-moving field." -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digital/Printedited by Jerome B. Posner, Clifford B. Saper, Nicholas D. Schiff, and Jan Claassen.Summary: The fifth edition of 'Plum and Posner's Diagnosis and Treatment of Stupor and Coma' provides a comprehensive overview of the theory behind regulation of consciousness in humans, the mechanisms of loss of consciousness clinically, and the examination and diagnosis of the cause of loss of consciousness in patients. New sections provide the latest information on the treatment of comatose patients, brain death, recovery from structural coma, and the ethics of dealing with comatose patients.
Contents:
Pathophysiology of signs and symptoms of coma
Examination of the comatose patient
Structural causes of stupor and coma
Specific causes of structural coma
Metabolic and diffuse encephalopathies: disruption of the internal milieu
Psychogenic unresponsiveness
Initial management of patients with stupor and coma
Management of frequently encountered causes of unconsciousness
Prognosis in coma and related disorders of consciousness and mechanisms underlying outcomes
Brain death.Digital Access Oxford 2019 - DigitalSharon M. Weinstein, Mary E. Hagle ; acquisitions editor, Shannon Magee ; product development editor, Ashley Fischer ; production project manager, David Saltzberg ; design coordinator, Stephen Druding.Summary: This reference covers basic and advanced infusion procedures, as well as current Infusion Nurses' Society standards of practice.
Contents:
History of infusion therapy
Minimizing risk and enhancing performance
Nursing role and responsibilities
Standards of practice
Nurse and patient education
Anatomy and physiology applied to infusion therapy
Diagnostic testing and values
Fluid and electrolyte balance
Principles of parenteral administration
Complications and nursing interventions
Evidence-based infusion practice
Infusion delivery systems and safety
Peripheral venous access
Central venous access
Expanded approaches to access and monitoring
Parenteral nutrition
Blood and component therapy
Pharmacology applied to infusion therapy
Antineoplastic therapy
Pain management
Pediatric infusion therapy
Infusion therapy in an older adult
Infusion therapy across the continuum of care
The future of infusion nursing : a global approach.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - DigitalKapil Bharti, editor.Summary: This book discusses applications of pluripotent stem cells to study eye disease in vitro and to create novel therapies for degenerative eye diseases. Chapters are contributed by experts in the field and cover such topics as the use of pluripotent stem cells in 2D and 3D engineering of ocular tissues for disease modelling and drug testing as well as approaches to replace degenerated RPE and photoreceptors in macular degeneration and retinitis pigmentosa. Pluripotent Stem Cells in Eye Disease Therapy presents a comprehensive discussion of basic science and clinical applications and is an indispensable resource for everyone from advanced graduate students to advanced professionals who want to learn about the potential of stem cell biology and its role in the field of retinal diseases.
Contents:
Pluripotent Stem Cells to Model Degenerative Retinal Diseases: The RPE perspective
Utility of induced pluripotent stem cell-derived retinal pigment epithelium for an in vitro model of proliferative vitreoretinopathy
Developing cell-based therapies for RPE-associated degenerative eye diseases
Pluripotent Stem Cell derived 3D Ocular Tissue Transplantation
role of immune system in cell integration
Use of Stem Cells to model optic nerve degeneration diseases
Surgical approaches for RPE/retina
3D Engineering Ocular Tissues for Disease Modeling and Drug Testing
Index. - DigitalSusan S. Adler, Dominiek Beckers, Math Buck.Summary: PNF (Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation) is a concept to therapeutic exercise which therapists all over the world have found effective for treating patients with a wide range of diagnoses. The approach presented in this richly illustrated guide is based on the concepts set out by Dr. Herman Kabat and taught by Margaret Knott. The fully revised fourth edition demonstrates how the principles of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) and aspects of motor learning and motor control (from hands-on to hands-off management) are applied in modern PNF evaluation and treatment. A new fresh fully-coloured design and layout highlights the clearly structured way in which philosophy, basic procedures and treatment patterns of PNF are based. New for this edition -Fully revised introductory chapter on the PNF basics, now including discussion and demonstration of ICF and Motor Learning aspects in detailed case study. -Throughout chapters, new additional case studies that help visualize the application of PNF applications in promoting the patients everyday-life motor skills on activity and participation levels.
Contents:
Introduction
Basic Procedures for Facilitation
Techniques
Patient Treatment
Patterns of Facilitation
The Scapula and Pelvis
The Upper Extremity
The Lower Extremity
The Neck
The Trunk
Mat Activities
Gait Training
Vital Functions
Activities of Daily Living
Test Your knowledge: Questions and Answers
Glossary.Digital Access Springer 201e - DigitalDominiek Beckers, Math Buck.Summary: This book teaches you step by step all aspects of Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation. It ranges from neurophysiological basics to diagnostic findings, treatment techniques and PNF patterns. The goal is to make you an expert in this established method. In this book you will find: Basics of PNF, including PNF philosophy, ICF model, motor learning and much more PNF patterns and their functional application explained precisely and comprehensibly Over 640 color illustrations show all important techniques and treatment steps Treatment examples and numerous practical tips for uncomplicated implementation in everyday therapy Questions at the end of each chapter to monitor your learning success New in the 5th edition: Completely updated, introduction of the International PNF Association, additional applications and patient examples A must-have for everyone who wants to learn or already uses PNF! About the authors: Math Buck is Physical Therapist since 1972. He has been working for over 40 years with patients with predominantly spinal neurological symptoms. He has been an IPNFA instructor since 1984 and has taught many PNF courses. Dominiek Beckers completed a Master's degree in physiotherapy, movement science and rehabilitation at the University of Leuven in Belgium. He has been working as a physiotherapist since 1975 and as an IPNFA instructor since 1984.
Contents:
Introduction
Basic Principles and Procedures for Facilitation
PNF Techniques
Patient Assessment and Treatment
Patterns of Facilitation
The Scapula and Pelvis
The Upper Extremity
The Lower Extremity
The Neck
The Trunk
Mat Activities
Gait Training
Vital Functions
Activities of Daily Living
Test Your knowledge: Questions and Answers
Glossary. - Digitaledited by Sarah Wakeman, Joshua D. Lee and Anika Alvanzo.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Richard D. Urman, Jesse M. Ehrenfeld.Contents:
Preoperative Patient Evaluation
Pharmacology: Inhaled Anesthetics
Non-Inhaled Anesthetics
Analgesics
Local Anesthetics
Neuromuscular Blocking Drugs and Reversal Agents
Vasoactive, Autonomic, and Cardiovascular Drugs
Pharmacology: Antibiotics and Herbal Medicines
Other Drugs Relevant to Practice of Anesthesia
Anesthesia Equipment
Airway Management
Anesthesia Techniques
Regional Anesthesia
Perioperative Monitoring
Ventilation Techniques
Fluids, Electrolytes, & Transfusion Therapy
Common Intraoperative Problems
Procedures in Anesthesia
Acute Pain Management
PACU Management and Discharge
Complications of Anesthesia
Enhanced Recovery After Surgery
Trauma, Burn, and Critical Care Management
Anesthesia for Cardiac Surgery
Anesthesia for Thoracic Surgery
Anesthesia for General Surgery
Anesthesia for Bariatric Surgery
Anesthesia for Vascular Surgery
Anesthesia for Neurologic Surgery, Neuroradiology, and ECT
Anesthesia for Otolaryngology (ENT) and Ophthalmology
Renal System and Anesthesia for Urologic Surgery
Anesthesia for Orthopedic Surgery
Anesthesia for Endocrine Surgery
Anesthesia for Obstetric and Gynecologic Surgery
Pediatric Anesthesia
Ambulatory Anesthesia
Anesthesia for Aesthetic Surgery & Surgery Outside of the Operating Room
Chronic Pain Management
Organ Transplantation
Anesthesia for the Elderly
Electrocardiogram (ECG) Interpretation
Ethical Issues & Event Disclosure
Emergency Algorithms
Common Medical Phrases in Spanish.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalRichard D. Urman, Jesse M. Ehrenfeld.Digital Access
- DigitalThomas Boehmeke, Ralf Doliva.Contents:
Imaging and patient position
Transducer and imaging planes
Parasternal long-axis view
Parasternal short-axis view
Apical windows
Suprasternal window
Subcostal window
M-mode echocardiography
Doppler echocardiography
Valvular heart disease
Coronary heart disease
Cardiomyopathies
Prosthetic valves
Carditis
Septal defects
Hypertensive heart diseases
Intracardiac masses.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2018 - DigitalGeorge Laskaris.Summary: "The complete pictorial guide to oral diseases, a pocket-sized bestseller now in its third edition! A derivative of Prof. Laskaris' best-selling hardcover atlas, the Pocket Atlas of Oral Diseases provides complete information on the diagnosis and treatment of an exhaustive variety of oral diseases. The work is a practical interdisciplinary pocket reference for dentists, dermatologists, otolaryngologists, primary care practitioners, and dental and medical students. Highlights include: Full coverage of both local and systemic oral diseases and conditions; Complete lists of laboratory tests, differential diagnoses, and concise treatment guidelines for all conditions; Consistently structured headings to cover each condition: definition, etiology, clinical features, lab tests, differential diagnosis, and treatment; Exquisite, high-resolution color photographs and concise texts that lead the reader through the diagnostic process Among the revisions in the new edition are: Over 40 new disease entities and a new chapter have been added; The pictorial material has been renewed and enriched at a level of 95% with high-standard color images. An introduction to Oral Medicine and a schematic classification of oral diseases in the form of a tree have been added. George Laskaris' Pocket Atlas of Oral Diseases is a superb reference work of invaluable practical use to any clinician involved in the oral cavity"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
White lesions
Red lesions
Black and brown lesions
Vesiculobullous lesions
Ulcerative lesions
Papillary lesions
Gingival enlargement
Soft-tissue tumors
Soft-tissue cysts
Bone swellings
Neck swellings
Lip disorders
Tongue disorders.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2020 - DigitalPocket Atlas of Sectional Anatomy : Computed Tomography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging. 4th edition.Torsten B. Moeller, Emil Reif.Summary: "This comprehensive, easy-to-consult pocket atlas is renowned for its superb illustrations and ability to depict sectional anatomy in every plane. Together with its two companion volumes, it provides a highly specialized navigational tool for all clinicians who need to master radiologic anatomy and accurately interpret CT and MR images. Special features of Pocket Atlas of Sectional Anatomy: - Didactic organization in two-page units, with high-quality radiologic images on one side and brilliant, full-color diagrams on the other - Hundreds of high-resolution CT and MR images, many made with the latest generation of scanners (e.g., 3T MRI, 64-slice CT) - Consistent color coding, making it easy to identify similar structures across several slices - Concise, easy-to-read labeling of all figures. Updates for the 4th edition of Volume I: - New cranial CT imaging sequences of the axial and coronal temporal bone - Expanded MR section, with all new 3T MR images of the temporal lobe and hippocampus, basilar artery, cranial nerves, cavernous sinus, and more - New arterial MR angiography sequences of the neck and additional larynx images Compact, easy-to-use, highly visual, and designed for quick recall, this book is ideal for use in both the clinical and study settings. Volume I: Head and Neck Volume II: Thorax, Heart, Abdomen, and Pelvis, ISBN 978-3-13-125604-1 Volume III: Spine, Extremities, Joints, ISBN 978-3-13-143171-4 Torsten B. Moeller, MD, and Emil Reif, MD, Department of Radiology, Marienhaus Klinikum Saarlouis-Dillingen, Dillingen/Saarlouis, Germany"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
V. 1 : Head and neck
v. 2. Thorax, heart, abdomen, and pelvis
v. 3. Spine, extremities, joints.Digital Access - DigitalKern Singh, Alexander R. Vaccaro.Contents:
Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion
Anterior cervical corpectomy and fusion
Open posterior cervical foraminotomy
Minimally invasive posterior cervical foraminotomy
Posterior laminoplasty with instrumentation
Posterior laminectomy and fusion
Occipitocervical fusion
Thoracic pedicle screw placement
Minimally invasive thoracic corpectomy
Percutaneous vertebral cement augmentation
Open laminectomy and discectomy
Open posterolateral lumbar fusion
Minimally invasive lumbar exposure
Minimally invasive laminectomy
Minimally invasive far lateral discectomy
Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (TLIF)
Mini-open pedicle screw placement
Percutaneous pedicle screw placement
Extreme (Extreme) lateral interbody fusion
Minimally invasive lumbar corpectomy
Anterior lumbar interbody fusion.Digital Access - DigitalSara Hylwa, Elisabeth Hurliman, Jing Liu, Erin Luxenberg, Christina Boull.Summary: This pocketbook offers a quick one-stop reference for dermatologists and the dermatology resident. The pocketbook is written by dermatologists for dermatologists. It is full of essential dermatologic "pearls" in easy access, high yield format, delivering the must know essentials for hospital and clinic based dermatology. Tables and bulleted format help access crucial information quickly and there will be space for added notes for clinicians to personalize and enhance their pocketbook. Pocket Dermatology is a must-have resource for dermatology residents, dermatologists in clinic and on call who are supervising medical students or residents, and physicians who have patients with dermatologic concerns who will be consulting a dermatologist.
Contents:
Chapter 1 Biopsy Kits, Methods, and Guidelines Photodocumentation of the Skin
Chapter 2 Anatomy
Chapter 3 General Dermatology
Chapter 4 Pediatric Dermatology
Chapter 5 Surgical Dermatology
Chapter 6 Cosmetic Dermatology
Chapter 7 Contact Dermatology
Chapter 8 Dermatopharmacology. - DigitalErica Ashley Morse, Graham Ingalsbe, Amy Follmer Hildreth, David Silvestri ; edited by Richard D. Zane, Joshua M. Kosowsky.Contents:
I: Cardiovascular
II: Pulmonary
III: Gastrointestinal
IV: Infectious disease
V: Neurology
VI: Renal and genitoruinary
VII: Obgyn
VIII: Dermatology
IX: Endocrine and metabolic
X: Environmental
XI: Hematology and oncology
XII: Musculoskeletal and rheumatological
XIII: Otolaryngology/dental/ophthalmology
XIV: Pediatrics
XV: Psychiatric patient
XVI: Toxicology
XVII: Airway management
XVIII: Trauma
XIX: appendix.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019 - Digitaledited by Richard D. Zane, Joshua M. Kosowsky.Summary: "Pocket-sized and easy to use, Pocket Emergency Medicine, 5th Edition, provides accurate, actionable, and up-to-date information essential to caring for patients in life-threatening situations. Edited by Drs. Richard D. Zane and Joshua M. Kosowsky, this resource is designed to be used at the bedside by clinicians on the front lines of emergency care. A volume in the popular Pocket Notebook series, it organizes chapters by presenting condition and supports the thought processes needed to hone everyday diagnostic decision making"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
- Digitalby David A. Bradt, Christina M. Drummond.Summary: The Pocket Field Guide for Disaster Health Professionals: Missioncraft in Disaster Relief is a disaster management toolkit containing briefing checklists, systems profiles, assessment forms, reporting templates, project management worksheets, and other tools required in the field. It also provides mission-critical technical reference information adapted from internationally recognized sources. "Missioncraft" is the art and science of preparing and conducting effective field operations. This Field Guide enables disaster health professionals to collect and analyze critical information and then implement high-impact interventions in field settings. Tools and reference information are structured in a concise, comprehensive, structured format. Sections are arranged in logical order of relief operations to facilitate application in key field activities. These activities include: Field briefing Field assessment Field recommendations Field reporting Field project and staff management Medical coordination The Pocket Field Guide for Disaster Health Professionals is an authoritative resource for field-based clinical and public health providers responsible for health outcomes of disaster-affected populations; team leaders and medical coordinators in governmental, non-governmental, Red Cross, and UN agencies; information and program staff supporting technical best practices in relief operations; and, trainers preparing health professionals for field missions.
Contents:
Introduction
Section 1: Field Briefing
Section 2: Field Assessment
Section 3: Field Recommendations
Section 4: Field Reporting
Section 5: Field Project and Staff Management
Section 6: Medical Coordination
Section 7: Technical Annexes
Section 8: Resilience and Reentry
Epilogue. - Digitaledited by Rock G. Positano, DPM, MSc, MPH, Christopher W. DiGiovanni, MD, Andrew J. Rosenbaum, MD, Ronald L. Soave, DPM, FACFAS, Norman A. Wortzman, DPM, FACFAOM.Contents:
General considerations
The forefoot
Nerve disorder
Plantar heel pain
Soft tissue disorders of the foot and ankle
Arthritis
Derformity
Sport Medicine
Trauma
Diabetes
PediatricsDigital Access LWW Health Library 2019 - Digitaledited by Petros Levounis, M .D., M.A., Erin Zerbo, M.D., Rashi Aggarwal, M.D.Summary: Twenty concise chapters accessibly address a broad spectrum of topics, including the fundamentals of addiction; specific substances and addictive behaviors, including gambling disorder; and treatment approaches, including special issues with psychiatric and medical comorbidities.
Contents:
Neurobiology of addiction from reward to relief : the complex neuroadaptations underlying addiction
Addiction assessment across settings of care : approaches for the twenty-first-century / Mirela Feurdean
Dsm-5 diagnosis and toxicology / Petros Levounis, Lindsay Lynch
Alcohol / Faye Chao, Nauman Ashraf
Anabolic-androgenic steroids / Cheryl A. Kennedy, Tshering Bhutia
Benzodiazepines / Vicki Kalira
Caffeine / Grace Hennessy
Cannabis / Michael A. Ketteringham
Hallucinogens and dissociative drugs / C. Alexander Paleos
Inhalants / Abigail J. Herron
Opioids / Erin Zerbo, Rashi Aggarwal
Stimulants / Douglas Opler, Shaojie Han
Tobacco / Timothy Koehler Brennan, Annie Levesque, Caylin Riley
Behavioral addictions : focus on gambling disorder / Timothy Fong
Cognitive-behavioral therapy / Adam R. Demner
Relapse prevention / Bernadine Han, Jonathan Avery
Motivational interviewing / John Douglas
Twelve-step programs and spirituality / J. David Stiffler, Emily Deringer
Mindfulness and mentalization / Maryn Sloane
Diet and exercise / Sonya Lazarevic, Alex Zaphiris.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2016 - DigitalChristopher D. Doern.Summary: "With fast facts and packed with tables, this useful updated edition continues to present valuable quick-reference information to the clinical microbiology community in a small package. Along with specifics on pathogenic microorganisms, there is updated information on essential diagnostic techniques--MALDI-TOF MS and sequencing--and a greatly expanded section on susceptibility testing."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section 1. Taxonomic classifcation of medically important microorganisms
Section 2. Indigenous and pathogenic microbes of humans
Section 3. Specimen collection and transport
Section 4. Bacterial diagnosis
SEction 5. Viral diagnosis
Section 6. Fungal diagnosis
Section 7. Parasitic diagnosis
Section 8. Vaccines, susceptibility testing, and methods of organism identification.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalJohn Papdopoulos, author ; David R. Schwartz, consulting editor.Digital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalS. David Hudnall, Melissa A. Much, Alexa J. Siddon.Summary: This book is designed not as a comprehensive textbook, but instead as a short practical guide to diagnosis of neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases of blood, bone marrow, and lymphoid tissues. Concise and easy to read, this text provides essential information in a bulleted text format. This simple format was chosen to provide essential information that may quickly be reviewed at the microscope. Each single-page entry begins with a brief one-line Snapshot description, followed by short descriptions of important clinical, morphologic, immunohistochemical, and genetic features, and ending with Caveats and Pearls and Differential Diagnosis. In most cases, entries are accompanied by a few high-quality histologic images. To keep the text concise, recommended texts and recent review articles are cited in the bibliography at the end of the book. To help quickly find alternative diagnoses, the index cross-references all differential diagnoses. The Pocket Guide to Diagnostic Hematopathology should be of use to practicing hematopathologists (academic and private) and hematologic oncologists, as well as trainees (fellows) in hematopathology and hematologic oncology. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Chronic myeloid neoplasms
Myeloid neoplasms with germline predisposition
Acute myeloid leukemia and related precursor neoplasms
Mastocytosis
Blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm
Myeloid/lymphoid neoplasms with eosinophilia and rearrangement of PDGFRA, PDGFRB, FGFR1, or with PCM1-JAK2
Acute leukemias of ambiguous lineage
Precursor lymphoid neoplasms
Mature B cell neoplasms
Immunodeficiency-associated lymphoproliferative disorders
Mature T- and NK-cell neoplasms
Hodgkin lymphomas
Histiocytic and dendritic cell Neoplasms
Non-neoplastic marrow findings
Non-neoplastic lymph node and spleen lesions. - Digital/PrintNicoll, Diana.Digital Access
- DigitalManoj Monga, Kristina L. Penniston, David S. Goldfarb, editors.Summary: This book provides a concise, patient-directed approach to stone prevention. It defines who to evaluate and when to treat, and provides empiric guidelines for all stone formers. Specific treatment guidelines are also included, based on the kidney stone composition and the underlying metabolic abnormalities demonstrated by 24-hour urine stone risk profile. Written by experts in the field, Pocket Guide to Kidney Stone Prevention: Dietary and Medical Therapy serves as a valuable resource for a broad base of clinicians in primary and specialty care.
Contents:
What is the risk of stone recurrence?
General Nutrition Guidelines For All Stone Formers
24-hour Urine and Serum Tests: When and What?
Nutrition Management of Hypercalciuria
Hypercalciuria
Nutrition Management of Hypocitraturia
Medications
Nutritional Management of Hyperoxaluria
Nutrition Management of Uric Acid Stones
Uric Acid Stones
Cystinuria
Struvite Stones, Diet, and Medications.- Laboratory Follow-Up of the Recurrent Stone Former
Imaging (Cost, Radiation)
What to do about Asymptomatic Calculi?
Acute Renal Colic and Medical Expulsive Therapy
Stratifying Surgical Therapy. . - Digitaledited by Petros Levounis, Eric Yarbrough.Summary: "The Pocket Guide for Understanding LGBTQ Mental Health is a manual for mental health clinicians working with patients of diverse gender and sexual identities: lesbians, gay men, bisexuals, transgender people, queer people, questioning people, intersex people, asexual people, pansexual people, and allied heterosexuals. The book discusses psychological and cultural contexts and challenges faced by patients and addresses questions that well-meaning people may ask"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Lesbian : The L in LGBTQ2IAPA / Daena L. Petersen, Mary E. Barber, Nix Zelin, Eric Yarbrough
Gay : The G in LGBTQ2IAPA / Ahmad A. Mohammad, Eric Yarbrough
Bisexual : The B in LGBTQ2IAPA / Sarah Noble
Transgender : The T in LGBTQ2IAPA / Murat Altinay
Queer : The First Q in LGBTQ2IAPA / Sam Marcus, E.K. Breitkopf
Questioning : The Second Q in LGBTQ2IAPA / Mark Joseph Messih
Intersex : (Disorder of Sex Development): The I in LGBTQ2IAPA / Adrian Jacques H. Ambrose
Asexual : The First A in LGBTQ2IAPA / Selale Gunal, Petros Levounis
Pansexual : The P in LGBTQ2IAPA / Victoria Formosa
Ally : The Second A in LGBTQ2IAPA / Angeliki Pesiridou, Serena M. Chang.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020 - Digital[editors] Cameron M. Baston, Christy Moore, Anthony J. Dean, Nova Panebianco.Summary: "The goal of this book is to present the most salient techniques and concepts in point-of-care ultrasound to clinicians and students at all levels of training. For the new learner, this includes basic direction in indications and acquisition. For the more advanced practitioner, points to improve image quality and identification of common pitfalls are combined with basic interpretation and examples of pathology. Conceptual and interpretation questions are provided in the last chapter to help reinforce knowledge and provide self-assessment."--PrefaceDigital Access AccessMedicine 2019
- DigitalAndrea Fagiolini, Alessandro Cuomo, Roger S. McIntyre.Summary: The volume presents the most important and practical information to prescribe lithium, valproate, carbamazepine and other anticonvulsants in psychiatric practice safely and successfully. The information is ready to use and easy to remember and is focused primarily on clinically relevant issues such as preliminary laboratory evaluations, drug dosages, schedules, indications, contraindications, side effects and strategies to manage them. Clinical cases and clinical pearls are provided for each medication. The volume outlines the best strategies to choose psychotropic medications skillfully. The book will be an invaluable reference for psychiatric residents and any other health care practitioner seeking for a tool that is simple, concise and immediately useful for everyday clinical practice.
Contents:
Lithium: Indications. Pharmacokinetics. Pharmacodynamics. Drugs interactions. Side Effects and their management. Preliminary laboratory assessments. Dosage. Follow up laboratory assessment. Clinical Pearls. Clinical Case Presentation. Physical Examination
Valproate: Indications. Pharmacokinetics. Pharmacodynamics. Drugs interactions. Side Effects and their management. Preliminary laboratory assessments. Dosage. Follow up laboratory assessments. Clinical Pearls. Clinical Case Presentation. Physical Examination. Carbamazepine: Indications. Pharmacokinetics. Pharmacodynamics. Drugs interactions. Side Effects and their management. Preliminary laboratory assessments. Dosage. Follow up laboratory assessments. Clinical Pearls. Clinical Case Presentation. Physical Examination
Lamotrigine: Indications. Pharmacokinetics. Pharmacodynamics. Drugs interactions. Side Effects and their management Preliminary laboratory assessments. Dosage. Follow up laboratory assessments. Clinical Pearls. Clinical Case Presentation. Physical Examination
Pregabalin: Indications. Pharmacokinetics. Pharmacodynamics. Drugs interactions. Side Effects and their management. Preliminary laboratory assessments. Dosage. Follow up laboratory assessments. Clinical Pearls. Clinical Case Presentation. Physical Examination. - DigitalReneè Roberts-Turner, Rahul K. Shah, editors.Summary: This text will act as a quick quality improvement reference and resource for every role within the healthcare system including physicians, nurses, support staff, security, fellows, residents, therapists, managers, directors, chiefs, and board members. It aims to provide a broad overview of quality improvement concepts and how they can be immediately pertinent to one's role. The editors have used a tiered approach, outlining what each role needs to lead a QI project, participate as a team member, set goals and identify resources to drive improvements in care delivery. Each section of the book targets a specific group within the healthcare organization. Pocket Guide to Quality Improvement in Healthcare will guide the individual, as well as the organization to fully engage all staff in QI, creating a safety culture, and ultimately strengthening care delivery.
Contents:
Section I: QI for the Front Line Staff
Care Delivery: Patient Family Center Care
Introduction and History of HC Quality
PDSA for Change
Introduction & History of Safety in HC
Culture of Safety (Reporting and Teamwork)
Section II: QI for the Professional Staff
Care Delivery: Patient Family Centered Care
Introduction & History of HC Quality
Model for Improvement
PDSA for Change
Section III: QI for Leadership Staff
Care Delivery: Patient Family Centered Care
Healthcare Leadership
Quadruple Aim
Creating Organizational Foundation for Quality and Safety: Organizational Readiness and Role of Organizational Leadership
Introduction and History of HC Quality
Model for Improvement
PDSA for Change
Using Date to Drive Change
Leading QI
Introduction & History of Safety in HC
Err, Harm, & Human Factors
Culture of Safety
Responding to Adverse Events.-Section IV: QI for Executive Leadership and Board Members
Care Delivery: Patient Family Centered Care
Quadruple Aim
Creating Organizational Foundation for Quality and Safety: Organizational Readiness and Role of Executive Leadership
Introduction & History of HC Quality
Model for Improvement
PDSA for Change
Using Big Data to Drive Change
Introduction & History of Safety in HC
Err, Harm, & Human Factors
Culture of Safety
Expectations for Responding to Adverse Events. . - Digitaledited by Marianna G. Mavilia, George Y. Wu.Summary: This new edition is a comprehensive yet concise text that combines current treatment protocols and practical pharmacological information for GI Disease. Each chapter addresses a specific GI disease or condition and lists all agents available for that condition, including all brand and generic names, indications, contraindications, lactation and pregnancy information, doses, routes of administration, duration, and relative cost. Special features include tables, algorithms, and key references. The book also has chapter tabs for easy access, a durable cover to withstand frequent use, and fits in a white coat pocket. The third edition has been updated with information on new medications for the treatment of GI diseases including esophageal motility, peptic diseases, bacterial and fungal infections, parasitic, malabsorptive, inflammatory bowel and viral hepatitis, as well as genetic diseases. Written by experts in the field, Pocket Handbook of GI Pharmacotherapeutics, Third Edition is a valuable and portable resource of use to anyone involved in the treatment of patients with GI disease.
Contents:
Gastroesophageal Disorders
Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Specific GI Motility Disorders
General GI Motility Disorders
Inflammatory Bowel Disease
General GI Infections
Specific GI Microbial Infections
Liver Diseases
Portal Hypertension
Cholestasis
Hepatic Encephalopathy
Ascites
Overload Disorders
Generalized Pruritus
Post-Liver Transplant Medications
Acute and Chronic Pancreatitis Pain Syndromes
Pancreatic Insufficiency
Gut Malabsorption and Enzyme Deficiencies.Digital Access Springer 2021 - Digital[edited by] Gyorgy Frendl, Avery Tung, Richard D Urman.Summary: "The Critical Care volume of the Pocket Notebook Series is, as are all titles in the series, designed for easy transport and quick reference. Pocket ICU presents essential information that intensivists, residents, and nurses will need daily in the ICU. This key content in all areas of critical care is presented in a telegraphic, bulleted outline format with a liberal use of tables and treatment algorithms throughout. The table of contents was overhauled for better organization in the second edition and will remain unchanged except for the addition of a chapter on the challenges an air-transmissible, pandemic-causing"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2024]
- DigitalGyorgy Frendl, Richard D. Urman.Summary: "Critical (intensive) care was born and remains a multi-disciplinary specialty. This is obvious in two facets of critical care: (a) it integrates knowledge and practices from many medical specialties (trauma, transplant medicine, cardiology, pulmonary medicine, anesthesiology and pain medicine, and many others); and (b) it requires the close collaboration of medical professionals from many specialties (physicians, nurses, physiotherapists, respiratory therapists, nutritionists, pharmacists, etc.). To achieve this, critical care professionals must be masters of communication, team building, management, and possess the most up-to-date clinical knowledge"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2017
- Digital[edited by] Laura M. Mazer, Kiran Lagisetty, Kathryn L. Butler.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2017
- DigitalAmin Madani, Lorenzo Ferri, Andrew Seely, editors.Contents:
Pre-Operative Evaluation of the Thoracic Patient
Operative and Post-Operative Considerations
Lung and Airway Disorders
Pleural Disorders
Mediastinal Disorders
Chest Wall Disorders
Chest Trauma
Benign Esophageal Disorders
Esophageal Cancer.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaleditor, Marc S. Sabatine.Summary: "In Pocket Medicine High-Yield Board Review, we have provided readers with over 500 case-based questions across 9 subspecialties. The annotated answers are detailed and review the key diagnostic and therapeutic principles. Readers will see that the cases are based not only on the exceptional medical knowledge and clinical acumen of the teams of authors for each subspecialty for the 7th edition of Pocket Medicine, but also reflect the recent experience of the more junior members in taking Board exams"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cardiology
Pulmonary
Gastroenterology
Nephrology
Hematology/Oncology
Infectious Diseases
Endocrinology
Rheumatology
Nephrology.Digital Access Ovid 2021 - Digitaleditor, Marc S. Sabatine.Summary: "Many readers of Pocket Medicine have commented that they use that book not only on the wards, but also for preparation for their Board exams. To help further address that need, we created Pocket Medicine High-Yield Board Review. The very positive response to the 1st edition suggests we crafted a useful product"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
CARDIOLOGY / Andrew Abboud, Brett J. Doliner, Rachel C. Frank, Bradley J. Petek, Marc S. Sabatine, Michelle L. O'Donoghue
PULMONARY / Louisa A. Mounsey, Alison Trainor, Robert Hallowell
GASTROENTEROLOGY / Zoe N. Memel, Eric M. Przybyszewski, Lawrence S. Friedman
NEPHROLOGY / Ignacio Portales Castillo, Sarah E. Street, Andrew S. Allegretti
HEMATOLOGY-ONCOLOGY / Sara Khosrowjerdi, Howard J. Lee, Jr., Thomas J. Roberts, MacLean C. Sellars, Jean M. Connors, Daniel J. DeAngelo, David P. Ryan
INFECTIOUS DISEASES / Jessica C. O'Neil, Rachel E. Erdil, Kimon C. Zachary
ENDOCRINOLOGY / Caitlin Colling, Daria Schatoff, Michael Mannstadt
RHEUMATOLOGY / Zandra E. Walton, Ian D. Cooley, Robert P. Friday
NEUROLOGY / Rebecca L. Williamson, John Y. Rhee, Daniel S. Harrison, Jillian M. Berkman, Michael P. Bowley.Digital Access Ovid 2023 - DigitalWooin Ahn, Jai Radhakrishnan.Summary: Pocket Nephrology joins the Pocket Notebook series as a complete resource for topics related to renal kidney physiology and pathophysiology designed as a first bedside reference for the busy clinicians. This book is intended for medical students, internal medicine and nephrology trainees as well as seasoned clinicians involved in the care of patients with kidney disease. The book is divided into two sections. The first part discusses the general approach to disorders of the kidney. The second part of book will address individual topics under each of the following categories: Electrolytes and Acid–Base Balance, Tubular, Interstitial and Cystic Diseases, Extrarenal Diseases, Glomerular and Vascular Diseases, Hypertension, Renal Replacement Therapy, and Transplantation. Individual topics are written to make pertinent information readily available to clinicians in order to facilitate evidence-based patient care.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2020
- Digitaledited by M. Brandon Westover, MD, PHD, Assistant Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MAssachusetts, Emily Choi DeCroos, MD, Neurohospitalist, Department of Neurology, Erlanger Health System, Afflilated Assistant Professor of Medicine, University of Tennessee, College of Medicine, Chattanooga, Tennessee, Karim Awad, MD, Director Sleep Medicine, Havard Vanguard Medical Associates, Boston, Massachusetts, Matt T. Bianchi, MD, PHD, Assistant Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.Contents:
Neurologic emergencies: quick reference
Lesion localization in clinical neurology
Neuroimaging
Vascular neurology
Neurocritical care
Interventional neurology
Seizures, epilepsy, and EEG
Delirium
Poisons and vitamin deficiencies
Rapidly progressive dementia
Dementia
Behavioral neurology
Movement disorders
Meningitis, encephalitis, and brain abscesses
Neurologic infectious diseases
Headache
Central nervous system vasculitis
Pain
Dizziness and deafness
Multiple sclerosis and other CNS inflammatory demyelinating diseases
Spine and spinal cord diseases
Motor neuron disease
Peripheral neuropathy
Radiculopathy and plexopathy
Neuromuscular junction disorders
Myopathy
Nerve conduction studies and electromyography
Neurorheumatology
Neuro-oncology
Sleep medicine
Pregnancy neurology
Neuro-ophthalmology.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016 - Digitaledited by Marcelo Matiello, Michael P. Bowley, Sahar F. Zafar, M. Brandon Westover.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
- Digitaledited by K. Joseph Hurt, MD, PhD, Assistant Professor, Department of Obstertics and Gynecology, University of Colorado School of Medicine.Summary: "This practical, high-yield Pocket Notebook title is an ideal on-the-go reference for trainees and practitioners of obstetrics and gynecology. Written by residents with oversight from fellows and faculty experts, and perfect for initial care plans during rounds, this easy-to-use, loose-leaf resource is packed with up-to-date information answering the clinical questions you face every day. Pocket Obstetrics and Gynecology, Second Edition, is an indispensable quick resource you won't want to be without! Includes a new chapter that covers substance abuse in pregnancy, depression, anxiety disorders, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, and psychosis. Features fully revised content throughout, keeping you up to date with best practices and the latest research in the field. Covers primary care; emergencies; operative ob-gyn; pelvic surgery and urogynecology; infertility; prenatal care; normal labor and delivery; complicated pregnancy and delivery; cardiology; pulmonary; gastroenterology; hematology; neurology; gynecologic oncology, and more. Follows the popular Pockets Notebook format, featuring bulleted lists, tables, diagrams, and algorithms that make essential facts easy to find and retain. Contains helpful appendices on pelvic anatomy; common ob/gyn procedures and surgeries; drugs in OB and breastfeeding; ACLS algorithms; and NRP algorithm. Organizes chapters by organ system, putting women's health topics into general medical context - perfect for clerkship studies."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
- Digitaleditors, Neil Vasan, MD, PhD, Chief Medical Oncology Fellow, Department of Medicine, Memorial Sloan Ketttering Cancer Center, New York, New York, Maria I. Carlo, MD, Assistant Attending Physician, Genitourrinary Oncology Service, Department of Medicine, Memorial Sloan Ketttering Cancer Center, New York, New York ; advisors, Alexander E. Drilon, MD, Clinical Director, Early Drug Development Service, Assistant Attending, Thoracic Oncology Service, Department of Medicine, Memorial Sloan Ketttering Cancer Center, New York, New York, Michael A. Postow, MD, Assistant Attending Physician, Melanoma and Immunotherapeutics Service, Department of Medicine, Memorial Sloan Ketttering Cancer Center, New York, New York.Summary: "It is with great enthusiasm that we introduce the second edition of Pocket Oncology. The first edition was well received, and given many exciting new developments in the oncology, we are now eager to release an updated second edition. Several new sections have been added to this updated edition, including information on chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T-cell therapy, immunotherapy toxicity, and novel oral anticoagulants. We have additionally incorporated more information about precision targeted therapeutic strategies. Each disease section has been updated to reflect cancer care in 2017"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
General oncology
Clicical research methods
Radiation oncology
Cancer biology
Molecular diagnostics
Cancer immunology
Cancer genetics
Cancer pharmacology
Cancer complications
Pain and palliative care
Cancer survivorship
Infectious disease
Genitourinary malignancies
Thoracic malignancies
Gastrointestinal malignancies
Skin cancers and sarcomas
Head and neck malignancies
Endocrine malignancies
Gynecologic malignancies
Breast cancer
Neurologic oncology
Cancer of unknown primary
Lymphomas
Plasma cell disorders
Myeloproliferative disorders
Leukemias and myelodysplastic syndromes
Stem cell transplantation
Benign hematology.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019 - Digitalfaculty editors, Alexander Drilon, Neil Vasan; editors, Noura Choudhury, Yonina Murciano-Goroff.Summary: "It is with great enthusiasm that we introduce the third edition of Pocket Oncology. Since the release of the second edition, both the field of oncology and the world at large have changed dramatically, with a cascade of new drug approvals, expansion of precision medicine and immuno-oncology, and of course, the COVID-19 pandemic"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
- Digitaleditors, Jay (Jamal) Boughanem, MD, Attending Orthopaedic Surgeon, Clinical Assistant Professor, University of Hawaii, Hilo, Hawaii, Ritesh R. Shah, MD, Director of Hip and Knee Research, Hip Arthroscopy and Hip Preservation, Hip and Knee Reconstruction, Revision Hip and Knee Reconstruction, Illinois Bone and Joint Institute, LLC, the Center for Orthopaedic Surgery, Morton Grove, Illinois.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2015
- Digitaledited by Paritosh Prasad ; associate authors, Uzair Admani, Peter Boulos, Francis Coyne.Contents:
Primary care and adolescent medicine / Nicole Cifra and Paritosh Prasad
Emergency department / Uzair Admani and Asim Abbasi
Allergy and immunology / Sylvia Nowak, Maria A. Slack, and Jeanne Lomas
Cardiology / Peter Boulos and Michael Joynt
Endocrinology / Rose Barham and Sharia Bialo
Fluids and electrolytes / Erin Rademacher and Hilary Whelan
Gastroenterology / Margaret Connolly and Rebecca Abell
Hematology / Francis Coyne and Craig Mullen
Oncology / Francis Coyne and Craig Mullen
Genetic and metabolism / Jenny Taylor and Chin-to Fong
Neurology / Jonathan Mink, Justin Rosati, and Emily Krainer
Pulmonary / Caitlin Metzger, Peter Boulos, and Karen Voter
Renal / Julia Lister, Adam Bracken, and Erin Rademacher
Rheumatology / Ajay Tambralli and Bethany Marston
NICU / Maha Kaissi and Rita Dadiz
PICU / Uzair Admani and Jake Deines.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2020 - Digitaledited by Meghan M. Kiefer, Curtis R. Chong.Summary: "Pocket Primary Care was created out of a desire to support those practicing in the ambulatory setting - to recognize the unique and full spectrum of care provided there, from counseling patients on insomnia to diagnosing STIs, from interpreting PFTs to treating osteoporosis. The second edition includes innumerable updates in clinical practice, guidelines, and research from the past 5 years. It reflects the work of dozens of physicians from the MGH diaspora, and we hope that this edition, when combined with sound clinical judgement, improves the lives of its readers and their patients"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
General medicine
Cardiology
Dermatology
Endocrine
Gastrointestinal
Hematology and oncology
Infectious disease
Musculosketal
Neurology
Heent
Psychiatary
Addiction medicine
Pulmonary
Renal/urology
Women's health
Men's health
AbbreviationDigital Access LWW Health Library 2018 - Digitaledited by Curtis R. Chong.Contents:
General medicine
Cardiology
Dermatology
Endocrine
Gastroenterology
Hematology and oncology
Infectious disease
Musculoskeletal
Neurology
HEENT
Psychiatry
Addiction Medicine
Pulmonary
Renal/Urology
Women's health
Men's health
Abbreviations
Index.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023 - DigitalDarlene D. Pedersen.Summary: From alprazolam to zolpidem--this handy guide delivers quick access to the important pharmacologic content for 80 psychotropic drugs. Organized by generic name, each monograph covers indications (including off-label use) pharmacokinetics, dosages, adverse reactions, and drug interactions, including herbal and food interactions.
Contents:
Tab 1: Basics of psychopharmacology/biology and drug classes: Pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics; The limbic system (figure); Synapse transmission (figure); Autonomic nervous system: sympathetic and parasympathetic effects; Neurotransmitters; Pharmacokinetics in the elderly; Medications and children; Psychotropic adverse effects; Antiparkinsonian agents; Drug-herbal interactions; Therapeutic drug classes; Side effects associated with therapeutic classes; Black box warnings
Tab 2: Psychotropic drugs A-C
Tab 3: Psychotropic drugs D-G
Tab 4: Psychotropic drugs H-M
Tab 5: Psychotropic drugs N-Q
Tab 6: Psychotropic drugs R-Z
Tab 7: Labs/protocols: Therapeutic plasma levels: mood stabilizers; Plasma levels/laboratory test monitoring; Disorders and labs/tests performed; Clozapine risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (REMS) program; Common laboratory values; Treatment algorithms in psychopharmacology
Tab 8: Tools: Trade names to generic names (Drugs A-Z); Abbreviations; Psychotropic approximate dose equivalences; Pregnancy categories and controlled substances schedules; BMI/metabolic syndrome; MAOI diet (Tyramine) restrictions; Nonpharmacological treatments of depression/ other disorders; References.Digital Access CINAHL Complete [2018] - Digitaledited by Judith A. Puckett, Scott R. Beach, John B. Taylor.Contents:
Psychiatric assessment
Psychiatric disorders
Substance use disorders
Somatic therapies
Psychotherapies
Medications and side effects
Emergency psychiatry
Legal issues
Special populations.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Chad Tang, Ahsan Farooqi.Contents:
Radiation oncology principles / section editors : Aaron Joseph Grossbeg, Albert C. Koong
Special radiation techniques / section editors : Penny Fang, Jennifer C. Ho, Steven J. Frank
Central Nervous system / Hubert Young Pan, Erik P. Sulman
Pediatrics / section editors : Ethan Bernard Ludmir, Arnold C. Paulino
Head & neck / section editors : Brian J. Deegan, Courtney Pollard III, Adam Seth Garden
Thoracic / section editors : Eric D. Brooks, Daniel Gomez
Gastrointestinal / section editors : Lauren Elizabeth Colbert, Prajnan Das
Breast / section editors : Jennifer Logan, Amy C. Moreno, Wendy Woodward
Genitourinary / section editors : Geoffrey V. Marint, Shalini Moningi, Mitchell S. Anscher
Gynecologic / section editors : Shane R. Stecklein, Ann H. Klopp
Skin/sarcoma / section editors : Kaitlin Chrisopherson, B. Ashleigh Guadagnolo
Lymphoma / section editors : Tommy Sheu, Bouthania Dabaja
Radiation emergencies, benign disease, and palliation / section editors : Adnan Elhammali, Amol Jitendra Ghia.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019 - DigitalAnna Burke [and more].Summary: This Pocket Reference offer a multifaceted guide on various aspects of Alzheimerℓ́ℓs disease. This thorough review discusses the challenges of diagnosis, different stages of the disease, testing, and current treatment methods, including pharmacological and nonpharmacological management of cognitive decline and symptoms due to Alzheimerℓ́ℓs disease. The book also has specific chapters on care issues for patients with Alzheimerℓ́ℓs disease, which describes what clinician's and caregivers should expect and how to manage the disease at its various stages. Additionally, the book provides helpful guides, tables, and tips for clinicians and caregivers to help care for the patient and the caregiver themselves.
Contents:
Introduction
Diagnosing Alzheimer's Disease
Pharmacological Treatment of Cognitive Decline in Alzheimer's Disease
Pharmacological Treatment of Behavioral and Psychological Symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease
Managing Patients with Alzheimer's Disease and Related Dementias
Care Issues in Advanced Dementia
Supporting Caregiver Health
Appendix. - Digitaledited by Daniel B. Jones.Summary: "Pocket Surgery is the "go to" resource for medical students and Surgery house staff. The bulleted format gets the information usually found in a two-volume surgery textbook into one loose leaf notebook small enough to fit into your white coat pocket"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2024]
- Digital[edited by] Shantanu Warhadpande, Alex Lionberg, Kyle Cooper.Contents:
The basics of IR / Alex Lionberg, Shantanu Warhadpande, and Joshua Pinter
Tools of the trade / Suraj Prakash, Matthew Krosin, Alex Skidmore, Gregory Guy
Vascular access / Suraj Prakash, Lisa Liu, Aaron Fischman, and Gregory Guy
Lines, tubes, and drains / Devdutta Warhadpande and Gregory J. Woodhead
Emergency IR / Matthew Krosin and Rakesh Navuluri
Hepatobiliary / Orrie Close, Alexandra Jo, Patrick Grierson, and Bill Majdalany
Oncology / Shantanu Warhadpande, Alex Lionberg, Junjian Huang, Carl Schmidt, and Jonathan Martin
Arterial disease / Shantanu Warhadpande, Alexander El-Ali, Andrew Niekamp, Kurt Stahlfeld, Geogy Vatakencherry, and Kyle Cooper
Venous disease / Andrew J. Klobuka, Trilochan Hiremath, and Deepak Sudheendra
Dialysis access and interventions / Alex Lionberg, Shantanu Warhadpande, and Rakesh Navuluri
Genitourinary disease / John Do, David Maldow, Zachary Nuffer, and Jason Mitchell
Neuro IR / Juan Domingo Ly Liu, Mangala Patil, and Joseph J Gemmete
Pediatric IR / Rajat Chand, Victor Beccera, Nicholas Zerona, Ashley Altman, and James Park.Digital Access - Digitalvolume editors, Zhi-Hong Liu, John C. He.Contents:
Cell biology of the podocyte / Jefferson, J.A.; Shankland, S.J.
Cell cycle and podocyte injury / Hagmann, H.H.; Shankland, S.J.; Brinkkoetter, P.T.
The podocyte cytoskeleton : key to a functioning glomerulus in health and disease / Faul, C.
Crosstalk between podocytes and tubular epithelial cells / Leung, J.C.K.; Kar, N.L.; Tang, S.C.W.
Role of mitochondria in podocyte injury / Yuan, Y.; Huang, S.; Zhang, A.
Autophagy in podocytes / Zhang, L.; Livingston, M.J.; Chen, J.-K.; Dong, Z.
PPAR- : signaling in podocyte injury / Wang, W.; Yang, T.
Podocyte injury in FSGS / Ding, W.Y.; Saleem, M.A.
Circulating soluble urokinase receptor and focal segmental glomerulosclerosis / Wei, C.; Reiser, J.
Anti-phospholipase A2 receptor-1 autoantibodies and membranous nephropathy / Beck, L.H.
Anti-neutral endopeptidase antibodies, autoantibodies, anti-bovine serum albumin antibodies and membranous nephropathy / Ronco, P.; Debiec, H.
Podocytopathy in diabetes : a metabolic disorder / Merscher, S.; Lenz, O.; Fornoni, A.
Obesity-related glomerulopathy and podocyte injury / Camici, M.
Podocyte injury in HIV-associated nephropathy / Mallipattu, S.K.; He, J.C.
Retinoic acid : a potential pharmacologic approach in the treatment of podocytopathy / Sharma, S.; Mallipattu, S.K.; Zhong, Y.; He, J.C.
Immunomodulatory drugs and the podocyte / Mathieson, P.W.
Triptolide protects podocytes from injury / Qin, W.; Liu, Z.-H.
Fly : a model to study the podocyte / Na, J.; Cagan, R.L.
Zebrafish models of podocytopathies / Boucher, R.C.; Zhou, W.
The role of micrornas in podocytes / Shi, S.; Liu, Z.-H.
An integrative biology approach to study podocyte function / Ju, W.; Hodgin, J.; Jiang, S.; Kretzler, M.Digital Access Karger 2014 - DigitalPeter B. Luppa, Ralf Junker (eds.).Summary: The underlying technology and the range of test parameters available are evolving rapidly. The primary advantage of POCT is the convenience of performing the test close to the patient and the speed at which test results can be obtained, compared to sending a sample to a laboratory and waiting for results to be returned. Thus, a series of clinical applications are possible that can shorten the time for clinical decision-making about additional testing or therapy, as delays are no longer caused by preparation of clinical samples, transport, and central laboratory analysis. Tests in a POC format can now be found for many medical disciplines including endocrinology/diabetes, cardiology, nephrology, critical care, fertility, hematology/coagulation, infectious disease and microbiology, and general health screening. Point-of-care testing (POCT) enables health care personnel to perform clinical laboratory testing near the patient. The idea of conventional and POCT laboratory services presiding within a hospital seems contradictory; yet, they are, in fact, complementary: together POCT and central laboratory are important for the optimal functioning of diagnostic processes. They complement each other, provided that a dedicated POCT coordination integrates the quality assurance of POCT into the overall quality management system of the central laboratory. The motivation of the third edition of the POCT book from Luppa/Junker, which is now also available in English, is to explore and describe clinically relevant analytical techniques, organizational concepts for application and future perspectives of POCT. From descriptions of the opportunities that POCT can provide to the limitations that clinician's must be cautioned about, this book provides an overview of the many aspects that challenge those who choose to implement POCT. Technologies, clinical applications, networking issues and quality regulations are describ ed as well as a survey of future technologies that are on the future horizon. The editors have spent considerable efforts to update the book in general and to highlight the latest developments, e.g., novel POCT applications of nucleic acid testing for the rapid identification of infectious agents. Of particular note is also that a cross-country comparison of POCT quality rules is being described by a team of international experts in this field.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; About the editors; List of authors; Abbreviations; Definitions and areas of application; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Terminology and definitions; 1.3 Areas of application; References; The relevance of POCT in healthcare; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The medical and financial aspects of POCT diagnostics; 2.2.1 Medical aspects; 2.2.2 Economic aspects; 2.3 The POCT market; 2.3.1 Problems with market valuation; 2.3.2 POCT categories; 2.3.3 Future market trends; References; Device classes; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Type 1a
Qualitative POCT methods; 3.3 Type 1b
"Unit-use" POCT systems 3.4 Type 2
Benchtop POCT instruments3.5 Type 3
Viscoelastic coagulation analyzers; 3.6 Type 4
Continuous POCT methods; 3.7 Type 5
Molecular biological POCT analyzers; 3.8 Type 6
Direct-to-consumer testing (DTC); References; Pre- and post-analytical phases; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Pre-analytical phase; 4.2.1 Choosing a suitable test; 4.2.2 Capillary blood sampling; 4.2.3 Venous blood sampling; 4.2.4 Arterial blood sampling; 4.2.5 Blood sampling systems and anticoagulants for blood gas analysis; 4.2.6 Blood samples from central lines; 4.2.7 Taking swabs; 4.2.8 Urine sampling 4.2.9 Inspection of the sample4.2.10 Reliable identification of patient and sample; 4.3 Post-analytical phase; 4.4 Avoiding pre- and post-analytical problems; References; Analytical methods, biosensor technology; 5.1 Biosensor technology; 5.1.1 Sensor (bioreceptor); 5.1.2 Transducers, electronic amplifiers; 5.1.3 Sample application/fluidic unit; 5.2 Continuous monitoring methods; 5.2.1 Continuous monitoring methods; 5.2.2 Continuous glucose monitoring (CGM); References; Laboratory coagulation tests 6.2.2 Combined recording of plasmatic coagulation, platelet count and fibrinolysis (viscoelastic methods)6.2.3 Analysis of platelet function; 6.2.4 POCT applications with coagulation testing methods; 6.3 Confounders and influencing variables; 6.4 Quality management; References; Analysis of cellular blood components; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Device technology and methods; 7.2.1 POCT blood count analyzers; 7.2.2 Blood gas analyzers; 7.2.3 Single analyses; References; Clinical chemistry parameters; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Device technology and methods; 8.2.1 Dry chemistry; 8.2.2 Wet chemistry 8.2.3 Dedicated devices for singular analytes8.3 Applications and indications; References; Immunological methods; 9.1 Methods; 9.1.1 Immunosensors; 9.1.2 Homogeneous and heterogeneous immunoassays; 9.1.3 Immunological rapid tests; 9.2 Device format and quality; 9.3 Areas of application; 9.3.1 Hospital setting; 9.3.2 Physician practice setting; 9.3.3 Home testing; 9.4 Aptamers as adjuncts or alternatives to antibodies; References; Molecular biological tests; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Integrated and miniaturized systems; 10.3 Selection criteria for POCT systems - DigitalCAP Point-of-care testing Committee.Summary: "Point-of-Care Testing Toolkit, developed by the CAP Point-of-Care Testing Committee, is intended to be a resource for any member of the POCT team who wants to learn about POCT or who has responsibility to guide or direct POCT. It may be particularly useful to pathology residents, pathologists who have been longtime directors of POCT programs, or pathologists who have been recently assigned to lead POCT programs. Pathologists may also use the toolkit to guide other members of their POCT teams, including POCT coordinators and medical technologists who are involved in POCT. Contents include POCT advantages and disadvantages, current and projected technology, pathologist roles in POCT, laboratory director and point-of-care coordinator roles, selection of appropriate test methods, validation and verification protocols, quality control and data management, patient safety, and POCT training and competency."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access College of American Pathologists Publications 2015
- DigitalNilam J. Soni, Robert Arntfield, Pierre Daniel Kory.Summary: Compact, hand-carried ultrasound devices are revolutionizing how health care providers practice medicine in nearly every specialty. The 2nd Edition of this award-winning text features new and updated chapters, a greatly expanded video library, and review questions to keep you fully up to date with the latest technology and its applications. -- From publisher's description.
Contents:
Section 1: Fundamentals principles of ultrasound. Evolution of point-of-care ultrasound
Ultrasound physics and modes
Transducers
Orientation
Basic operation of an ultrasound machine
Imaging artifacts
Section 2: Lungs & pleura. Overview
Lung and pleural ultrasound technique
Lung ultrasound interpretation
Pleura and diaphragm
Lung and pleural procedures
Dyspnea & pulmonary embolism
Section 3: Heart. Overview
Cardiac ultrasound technique
Left ventricular function
Right ventricular function
Inferior vena cava
Pericardial effusion
Valves
Transesophageal echocardiography
Hemodynamics
Hypotension and shock
Cardiac arrest
Section 4: Abdomen & pelvis. Peritoneal free fluid
Kidneys
Bladder
Gallbladder
Abdominal aorta
First trimester pregnancy
Second and third trimester pregnancy
Testicular ultrasound
Abdominal pain
Trauma ultrasound
Section 5: Vascular system. Lower extremity deep venous thrombosis
Upper extremity deep venous thrombosis
Central venous access
Peripheral venous access
Arterial access
Section 6: Head and Neck. Ocular ultrasound
Thyroid gland
Lymph Nodes
Section 7: Nervous system. peripheral nerve blocks
lumbar puncture
transcranial ultrasound
Section 8: Soft Tissues & Joints. Soft Tissues and Joints
Joints
Section 9: Pediatrics. Pediatrics
Neonatology
Section 10: Ultrasound program management. Competence, credentialing, and certification
Equipment, image archiving, & billing.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digitaledited by Kent R. Olson ; associate editors Ilene B. Anderson, Neal L. Benowitz, Paul D. Blanc, Richard F. Clark, Thomas E. Kearney, Susan Y. Jim-Katz, and Alan H.B. Wu.Contents:
Section I: Comprehensive evaluation and treatment --- Section II: Specific poisons and drugs: diagnosis and treatment
Section III: Therapeutic drugs and antidotes --- Section IV: Environmental and occupational toxicology.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018 - Digitaledited by Kent R. Olson, Craig G. Smollin, Ilene B. Anderson, Neal L. Benowitz, Paul D. Blanc, Susan Y. Kim-Katz, Justin C. Lewis and, Alan H. B. Wu.Summary: "Poisoning & Drug Overdose provides practical advice for the diagnosis and management of poisoning and drug overdose and concise information about common industrial chemicals"-- Preface.
Contents:
Section I: Comprehensive evaluation and treatment --- Section II: Specific poisons and drugs: diagnosis and treatment
Section III: Therapeutic drugs and antidotes --- Section IV: Environmental and occupational toxicology.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022 - DigitalJørgen Berge, Geir Johnson, Jonathan H. Cohen, editors.Summary: Until recently, the prevailing view of marine life at high latitudes has been that organisms enter a general resting state during the dark Polar Night and that the system only awakens with the return of the sun. Recent research, however, with coordinated, multidisciplinary field campaigns based on the high Arctic Archipelago of Svalbard, have provided a radical new perspective. Instead of a system in dormancy, a new perspective of a system in full operation and with high levels of activity across all major phyla is emerging. Examples of such activities and processes include: Active marine organisms at sea surface, water column and the sea-floor. At surface we find active foraging in seabirds and fish, in the water column we find a high biodiversity and activity of zooplankton and larvae such as active light induced synchronized diurnal vertical migration, and at seafloor there is a high biodiversity in benthic animals and macroalgae. The Polar Night is a period for reproduction in many benthic and pelagic taxa, mass occurrence of ghost shrimps (Caprellides), high abundance of Ctenophores, physiological evidence of micro- and macroalgal cells that are ready to utilize the first rays of light when they appear, deep water fishes found at water surface in the Polar night, and continuous growth of bivalves throughout the winter. These findings not only begin to shape a new paradigm for marine winter ecology in the high Arctic, but also provide conclusive evidence for a top-down controlled system in which primary production levels are close to zero. In an era of environmental change that is accelerated at high latitudes, we believe that this new insight is likely to strongly impact how the scientific community views the high latitude marine ecosystem. Despite the overwhelming darkness, the main environmental variable affecting marine organisms in the Polar Night is in fact light. The light regime during the Polar Night is unique with respect to light intensity, spectral composition of light and photoperiod. .
Contents:
Preface
The marine physical environment during the Polar Night
Light in the Polar Night
Marine micro- and macroalgae in the Polar Night
Zooplankton in the Polar Night
Benthic communities in the Polar Night
Fish ecology in the Polar Night
Biological clocks and rhythms in polar organisms
Sensor carrying platforms
Operative habitat mapping and monitoring in the Polar Night
The Polar Night exhibition: Life and light at the dead of night
Index. - DigitalParesh Wankhade, David Weir, editors.Contents:
Introduction: Understanding the Management of Police Services
Historical Perspective: British Policing and the Democratic Ideal
Part 2- Context of Policing
Quo Vadis: A New Direction for Police Leadership through Community Engagement?
Initial police training and the development of police occupational culture
Community Engagement, Democracy and Public Policy: a Practitioner Perspective
Dealing with Diversity in Police Services
Risk Management in Policing
Perspectives on the Essence of Policing
Part 3- Current debates in Policing
Enhancing Police Accountability in England and Wales: What differences are Police and Crime Commissioners making?
Police management and workforce reform in a period of austerity
Personal Resilience and Policing
Part 4- Looking to the Future
Some Futures for the Police: Scenarios and Science
The Future of Policing in the United Kingdom
A Crisis or a Perfect Storm: the trouble with Public Policing?.-International Perspectives in Policing: Challenges for 2020.-International perspectives in policing: Challenges for 2020.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Printeditors, Sandra Sundquist Beauman and Susan Bowles.Contents:
Policies and procedures. Admission, transfer, and discharge
Amplitude-integrated electroencephalography monitoring
Arterial puncture and cannulation, peripheral: use and care of peripheral arterial line (PAL)
Blood sampling
Car seat observational monitoring
Case management and family-centered care
Chest tube management: placement, needle aspiration, and maintenance
Circumcision, preparation and care
Code blue
Critical Congenital Heart Defects (CCHDs), screening for
Cue-based feeding
Deliveries, attendance at
Donor human milk use
Enteral tube, insertion and management of
Exchange transfusion: double volume and partial volume
Gastric decompression
Gastrostomy tube care
Glucose homeostasis
Golden hour: initial management of the very-low-birth-weight infant
Guidelines for nursing care
Hearing screening
Human milk: pumping, use, and storage
Hyperbilirubinemia
Hypothermia, induced
Infection prevention
Infusion therapy
Intravenous infiltration, treatment of
Late-preterm and early term infants, caring for
Lumbar puncture, assisting with
Massage, infant
Near-infrared spectroscopy, use of
Neonatal opioid withdrawal syndrome
Noninvasive ventilation, nursing care
Ostomy care
Oxygen administration for the neonate
Palliative care
Perioperative care
Peripherally inserted central catheters, insertion of
Peritoneal dialysis
Retinopathy of prematurity, laser surgery for
Sedation and analgesia
Shunts, internal and external
Skin care
Suctioning the mechanically ventilated infant
Suctioning: oral, nasal, or pharyngeal
Tachyarrhythmias, management of
Thermoneutral environment
Transport
Umbilical arterial catheters, placement and care of
Umbilical cord management
Umbilical venous catheters, placement and care of
Urinary catheterization. Competency assessments. Competency assessment overview
Admission to the NICU
Amplitude Integrated Electroencephalography (aEEG) monitoring
Arterial puncture
Blood sampling
Breast pumping, educating mothers
Breastfeeding dyad care
Car seat screening
Cardiac care, basic
Cardiac care, advanced
Chest tube management
Congenital cardiac defects
Exchange transfusion, double volume and partial volume
Gastrostomy tube care
Golden hour: immediate stabilization and care of high-risk infants
Hearing screening
Hemodynamic monitoring, invasive
Hyperbilirubinemia, care of the infant with
Hypothermia therapy
Infusion therapy
Nasal continuous positive airway pressure
Neonatal opioid withdrawal, assessment for
Ostomy care
Perioperative care in the neonatal patient
Peritoneal dialysis
Physical exam
PICC insertion
Postmortem care
Respiratory management
Sedation
Urinary catheterization. - DigitalINS, Infusion Nurses Society.Contents:
General organizational policies
Infection prevention and safety compliance
Vascular access device placement
Site care and maintencance
Infusion-related complications : identification & intervention
Other infusion-related procedures
Other infusion access
Infusion therapies.Digital Access R2Library 2016Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalInfusion Nurses Society.Summary: Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is a companion product to the Infusion Therapy Standards of Practice (the Standards), 8th edition. Evidence-based guidance for clinical practice has been derived directly from the Standards, including associated references, glossary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms. Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is intended to reflect current knowledge and practices of the clinical specialty of infusion therapy. Because clinical practice continuously evolves based on ongoing research, clinicians should make an independent assessment of the appropriateness and applicability of a policy or procedures in any specific instance.
Contents:
Section 1: General organizational policies. Organization of infusion and vascular access services ; Competency and competency assessment ; Product evaluation, integrity, and defect reporting ; Informed consent ; Latex sensitivity or allergy ; Adverse and serious adverse events
Section 2: Infection prevention and safety compliance. Hand hygiene ; Standard precautions ; Aseptic non touch technique (ANTT®) ; Transmission-based precautions ; Hazardous drugs and waste ; Medical waste and sharps safety
Section 3: Preparing for vascular access device placement. Key definitions ; Vascular access device planning ; Site selection ; Vascular visualization ; Vascular access site preparation and skin antisepsis ; Pain management for venipuncutre and vascular access procedures
Section 4: Vascular access device placement. Policy statements ; Key definitions ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion via the external jugular vein ; Ultrasound-guided long peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Ultrasound-guided midline catheter insertion ; Central vascular access device tip location ; Ultrasound-guided peripherally inserted central catheter insertion using modified Seldinger technique ; Ultrasound-guided nontunneled central vascular access device insertion using modified Seldinger technique ; Ultrasound-guided nontunneled central vascular access device insertion using Seldinger technique
Section 5: Site care and management. Administration set management ; Maintaining vascular access device patency: flushing and locking ; Vascular access device assessment, care, and dressing changes ; Vascular access device removal
Section 6: Vascular access device-related complications: identification and intervention. Phlebitis ; Infiltration and extravasation ; Nerve injury ; Infection ; Air embolism ; Central vascular access device occlusion ; Catheter damage (embolism, repair, exchange) ; Catheter-associated deep vein thrombosis ; Central vascular access device malposition ; Catheter-associated skin injury ; Allergic reaction and anaphylactic/anaphylactoid reactions
Section 7: Infusion-related procedures and access. Implanted vascular access port: accessing and deaccessing ; Subcutaneous access device: placement and infusion administration ; Intraspinal access device: care and management ; Intraosseous access device: placement, care, and management ; Blood sampling from a vascular access device ; Therapeutic phlebotomy
Section 8: Infusion therapies. Medication verification ; Compounding and preparation of parenteral solutions and medications ; First dose administration ; Infusion medication and solution administration ; Blood administration ; Parenteral nutrition ; Antineoplastic therapy ; Biologic therapy ; Patient-controlled analgesia ; Moderate sedation/analgesia using intravenous infusion.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalContents:
Infusion therapy for the pediatric patient
The role of the child life specialist in infusion therapy
General organizational policies
Infection prevention and safety compliance
Vascular access device placement
Site care and maintenance
Infusion-related complications: identification & intervention
Other infusion-related procedures
Other infusion access
Infusion therapies.Digital Access R2Library 2016Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalInfusion Nurses Society.Summary: Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is a companion product to the Infusion Therapy Standards of Practice (the Standards), 8th edition. Evidence-based guidance for clinical practice has been derived directly from the Standards, including associated references, glossary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms. Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is intended to reflect current knowledge and practices of the clinical specialty of infusion therapy. Because clinical practice continuously evolves based on ongoing research, clinicians should make an independent assessment of the appropriateness and applicability of a policy or procedures in any specific instance.
Contents:
Section 1: General organizational policies. Organization of infusion and vascular access services ; Competency and competency assessment ; Product evaluation, integrity, and defect reporting ; Informed consent ; Latex sensitivity or allergy ; Adverse and serious adverse events
Section 2: Infection prevention and safety compliance. Hand hygiene ; Standard precautions ; Aseptic non touch technique (ANTT®) ; Transmission-based precautions ; Hazardous drugs and waste ; Medical waste and sharps safety
Section 3: Preparing for vascular access device placement. Key definitions ; Vascular access device planning ; Site selection ; Vascular visualization ; Vascular access site preparation and skin antisepsis ; Pain management for venipuncutre and vascular access procedures
Section 4: Vascular access device placement. Policy statements ; Key definitions ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion via the external jugular vein ; Ultrasound-guided long peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Ultrasound-guided midline catheter insertion ; Central vascular access device tip location ; Ultrasound-guided peripherally inserted central catheter insertion using modified Seldinger technique ; Ultrasound-guided nontunneled central vascular access device insertion using Seldinger technique ; Umbilical catheter placement, site care and management, and removal
Section 5: Site care and management. Administration set management ; Maintaining vascular access device patency: flushing and locking ; Vascular access device assessment, care, and dressing changes ; Vascular access device removal
Section 6: Vascular access device-related complications: identification and intervention. Phlebitis ; Infiltration and extravasation ; Nerve injury ; Infection ; Air embolism ; Central vascular access device occlusion ; Catheter damage (embolism, repair, exchange) ; Catheter-associated deep vein thrombosis ; Central vascular access device malposition ; Catheter-associated skin injury ; Allergic reaction and anaphylactic/anaphylactoid reactions
Section 7: Infusion-related procedures and access. Implanted vascular access port: accessing and deaccessing ; Subcutaneous access device: placement and infusion administration ; Intraspinal access device: care and management ; Blood sampling from a vascular access device ; Therapeutic phlebotomy
Section 8: Infusion therapies. Medication verification ; Compounding and preparation of parenteral solutions and medications ; First dose administration ; Infusion medication and solution administration ; Blood administration ; Parenteral nutrition ; Antineoplastic therapy ; Biologic therapy ; Patient-controlled analgesia ; Moderate sedation/analgesia using intravenous infusion.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalInfusion Nurses Society.Summary: Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is a companion product to the Infusion Therapy Standards of Practice (the Standards), 8th edition. Evidence-based guidance for clinical practice has been derived directly from the Standards, including associated references, glossary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms. Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is intended to reflect current knowledge and practices of the clinical specialty of infusion therapy. Because clinical practice continuously evolves based on ongoing research, clinicians should make an independent assessment of the appropriateness and applicability of a policy or procedures in any specific instance.
Contents:
Section 1: General organizational policies. Organization of infusion and vascular access services ; Competency and competency assessment ; Product evaluation, integrity, and defect reporting ; Informed consent ; Latex sensitivity or allergy ; Adverse and serious adverse events
Section 2: Infection prevention and safety compliance. Hand hygiene ; Standard precautions ; Aseptic non touch technique (ANTT®) ; Transmission-based precautions ; Hazardous drugs and waste ; Medical waste and sharps safety
Section 3: Preparing for vascular access device placement. Key definitions ; Vascular access device planning ; Site selection ; Vascular visualization ; Vascular access site preparation and skin antisepsis ; Pain management for venipuncutre and vascular access procedures
Section 4: Vascular access device placement. Policy statements ; Key definitions ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion via the external jugular vein ; Ultrasound-guided long peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Ultrasound-guided midline catheter insertion ; Central vascular access device tip location ; Ultrasound-guided peripherally inserted central catheter insertion using modified Seldinger technique ; Ultrasound-guided nontunneled central vascular access device insertion using modified Seldinger technique ; Ultrasound-guided nontunneled central vascular access device insertion using Seldinger technique
Section 5: Site care and management. Administration set management ; Maintaining vascular access device patency: flushing and locking ; Vascular access device assessment, care, and dressing changes ; Vascular access device removal
Section 6: Vascular access device-related complications: identification and intervention. Phlebitis ; Infiltration and extravasation ; Nerve injury ; Infection ; Air embolism ; Central vascular access device occlusion ; Catheter damage (embolism, repair, exchange) ; Catheter-associated deep vein thrombosis ; Central vascular access device malposition ; Catheter-associated skin injury ; Allergic reaction and anaphylactic/anaphylactoid reactions
Section 7: Infusion-related procedures and access. Implanted vascular access port: accessing and deaccessing ; Subcutaneous access device: placement and infusion administration ; Intraspinal access device: care and management ; Intraosseous access device: placement, care, and management ; Blood sampling from a vascular access device ; Therapeutic phlebotomy
Section 8: Infusion therapies. Medication verification ; Compounding and preparation of parenteral solutions and medications ; First dose administration ; Infusion medication and solution administration ; Blood administration ; Parenteral nutrition ; Antineoplastic therapy ; Biologic therapy ; Patient-controlled analgesia ; Moderate sedation/analgesia using intravenous infusion.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaledited by John L.M. McDaniel, Kate Moss and Ken G. Pease.Summary: "Policing and Mental Health explores the relationship between policing and mental health. Police services around the world are innovating at pace in order to develop solutions to the problems presented, and popular models are being shared internationally. Nevertheless, disparities and perceptions of unfairness remain commonplace. Innovations remain poorly funded and largely unproven. Drawing together the insights of eminent academics in the UK, the US, Australia and South Africa, the edited collection evaluates the condition of mental health and policing as an interlocked policy area, uncovering and addressing a number of key issues which are shaping police responses to mental health. Due to a relative lack of academic texts pertaining to developments in England and Wales, the volume contains a distinct section on relevant policies and practices. It also includes sections on US and Australian approaches, focusing on Crisis Intervention Teams (CITs), Mental Health Intervention Teams (MHITs), stressors and innovations from Boston in the US to Queensland in Australia. Written in a clear and direct style, this book will appeal to students and scholars in policing, criminology, sociology, mental health, cultural studies, social theory and those interested in learning about the condition and trajectory of police responses to mental health"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
1. International models of police response to mental illness
2. Accessing justice for mentally ill people: A comparison of UK and Australian developments
3. New paradigms of policing mental illness in Australia: the future of 'mental health street-sweeping'
4. Investment v impact in policing and mental health: what works for police and suspects
5. Deaths after police contact involving people with mental health issues
6. Police response to people with mental illnesses in a major US city: the Boston experience with the co-responder model and mental health innovation
7. Examining the relationship between policing and section 136 of the Mental Health Act 1983
8. 'This isn't just a case of taking someone to the hospital': police approaches and management of situations involving persons with mental ill health in the custody suite and beyond
9. Policing, vulnerability and mental health
10. Policing and mental health: do we really get it?
11. Police officer and staff well-being and the management of emotions: an ethnographic study of a force control room and frontline response officers
12. Understanding the mental health and well-being of police officers: causes, consequences and responses to stressors in police work
13. Police misconduct, protraction and the mental health of accused police officers
14. The spectre of trauma in the South African police service
Conclusion. - Digital/PrintDigital Access PubMed Central v. 1-3, 1985-94.
- DigitalCannon, Loren.Summary: The politicization of trans identity-also affecting gender non-binary and gender non-conforming persons-is a form of backlash to the Obergefell ruling (legalizing same sex marriage) and increased LGBTQ equality. This book provides a conceptual analysis and application of the notions of backlash, scapegoating, dog whistling, and virtue signaling.
Contents:
Cover
Contents
Acknowledgments
Introduction
The Obergefell Decision
The Anti-Trans Offensive
The Case against Anti-Transgender Bathroom Bills
Backlash
Scapegoating
Scapegoating
Dog Whistles and Virtue Signaling
" But for " and the Bostock Decision
Epilogue
Bibliography
Index
About the AuthorDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2022 - Digitaledited by Michiel Hofman and Sokhieng Au.Summary: The 2014-2015 Ebola epidemic in West Africa was an unprecedented medical and political emergency that cast an unflattering light on multiple corners of government and international response. Fear, not rational planning, appeared to drive many decisions made at population and leadership levels, which in turn brought about a response that was as uneven as it was unprecedented: entire populations were decimated or destroyed, vaccine trials were fast-tracked, health staff died, untested medications were used (or not used) in controversial ways, humanitarian workers returned home to enforced isolation, and military was employed to sometimes disturbing ends. The epidemic revealed serious fault lines at all levels of theory and practice of global public health: national governments were shown to be helpless and unprepared for calamity at this scale; the World Health Organization was roundly condemned for its ineffectiveness; the US quietly created its own African CDC a year after the epidemic began. Amid such chaos, Médecins sans Frontières was forced to act with unprecdented autonomy -- and amid great criticism -- in responding to the disease, taking unprecedented steps in deploying services and advocating for international aid. The Politics of Fear provides a primary documentary resource for recounting and learning from the Ebola epidemic. Comprising eleven topic-based chapters and four eyewitness vignettes from both MSF- and non-MSF-affiliated contributors (all of whom have been given access to MSF Ebola archives from Guinea, Sierra Leone, and Liberia for research), it aims to provide a politically agnostic account of the defining health event of the 21st century so far, one that will hopefully inform current opinions and future responses.
Contents:
Introduction / Michiel Hofman and Sokhieng Au
Doctors against borders / João Nunes
Whose security? / Adia Benton
vignette 1. A few days in July / Lindis Hurum
The "humanitarian" response to the ebola epidemic in Guinea / Jean-Francois Caremel, Sylvain Landry B. Faye, and Ramatou Ouedraogo
The initial international aid response in Sierra Leone / Thomas Kratz
Dying of the mundane in the time of ebola / Mit Philips
vignette 2. Treating, suffering, and surviving ebola
How did Médecins san frontiers negotiate clinical trials of unproven treatments during the 2014-2015 ebola epidemic? / Annette Rid and Annick Antierens
Failing Dr. Khan / Tim O'Dempsey
Finding an answer to ebola's greatest challenge / Armand Sprecher
vignette 3. Children in the ebola treatment centers / Allie Tua Lappia and Patricia Carrick
Fear and containment / Alice Desclaux, Moustapha Diop, and Stéphane Doyon
Challenges of instituting effective medevac policies / Duncan McLean
vignette 4. Returing to the "ebola world" / e Maud Santantonio.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalMaximilian Jungmann.Summary: "This book compares how governments in 192 countries perceive climate change related health risks and which measures they undertake to protect their populations. Building on case studies from the United Kingdom, Ireland, South Korea, Japan and Sri Lanka, The Politics of the Climate Change-Health Nexus demonstrates the strong influence of epistemic communities and international organisations on decision making in the field of climate change and health. Jungmann shows that due to the complexity and uncertainty of climate change related health risks, governments depend on the expertise of universities, think tanks, international organisations and researchers within the public sector to understand, strategize and implement effective health adaptation measures. Due to their general openness towards new ideas and academic freedom, the book shows that more democratic states tend to demonstrate a higher recognition of the need to protect their populations. However, the level of success largely depends on the strength of their epistemic communities and the involvement of international organisations. This volume will be of great interest to students and scholars of climate change and public health. It will also be a valuable resource for policymakers from around the world to learn from best practices and thus improve the health adaptation work in their own countries"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2021
- DigitalLeobardo Manuel Gómez-Oliván, editor.Summary: The indiscriminate use of chemical substances in industrial processes and anthropogenic activities, have resulted in the release of these compounds into aquatic ecosystems through municipal, hospital and industrial discharges, producing various undesired effects on the environment and on species of ecological interest. These compounds, such as metals, pesticides, emerging pollutants and other substances are persistent and susceptible to biotic and/or abiotic transformations, yielding metabolites that can be more toxic than the original compounds. In this book, researchers from diverse environmental science disciplines share their experiences in countries such as Argentina, Brazil, Colombia and Mexico, and critically examine the problem of contaminants in aquatic ecosystems in Latin America, as well as the risks presented by their presence.
Contents:
Preface
Historical findings on presence of pollutans in water bodies in Latin America and their ecotoxicological impact
Toxicity produced by an industrial effluent from Mexico on the common carp (Cyprinus carpio)
Pesticide contamination in Southern Brazil
Embryotoxicity and teratogenicity induced by naproxen in Xenopus laevis, species of ecological interest in Mexico
Differential responses of biochemical and behavioral parameters in the native gastropod Chilina gibbosa exposed subchronically to environmental concentrations of two insecticides used in argentina
Oxidative stress induced by water from a hospital effluent of the city of Toluca, Mexico on Hyalella azteca
Evaluation of the toxicity of municipal effluents from a locality in the State of Mexico using Hyalella azteca as a bioindicator
Analysis of heavy metals present on air through the toxicity analysis in water by the gas washer method, using the organism Daphnia magna
Ecotoxicological Studies of Metal Pollution in Sea Turtles of Latin America
Evaluation of the toxicity of an industrial effluent before and after a treatment with Sn-modified TiO2 under UV irradiation through oxidative stress biomarkers
Effects of river pollution on its biota: results from twenty years studies in the Suquía River Basin (Córdoba, Argentina)
Effects found and induced by the presence of metals in species of the economic and ecological importance of Mexican aquatic environments
Environmental Pollution by Hydrocarbons in Colombia and its Impact on the Health of Aquatic Ecosystems
Biomonitoring of diffuse contamination in the Subtropical Region of Brazil: Multibiomarker Assessment in neotropical freshwater fishes
Genotoxicity biomarkers in fish erythrocytes and water quality parameters
Health diagnosis of the fish Scomberomorus cavalla from Tecolutla, Ver. México
Histopathological assessment of organisms in ecotoxicological studies from Mexico
Histopathological analysis of the intestine from Mugil cephalus on environment reference sites
Impacts caused by manganese in the aquatic environments of Brazil
Genotoxic effect of amoxicillin on peripheral blood of common carp (Cyprinus carpio)
Final conclusions
Index.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalHans-Christoph Pape, Roy Sanders, Joseph Borrelli, Jr., editors.
- Digitaledited by Arthur G. Hunt, Qingshun Quinn Li.Contents:
Computational analysis of plant polyadenylation signals / Xiaohui Wu , Guoli Ji , and Qingshun Quinn Li
Prediction of plant mRNA polyadenylation sites / Xiaohui Wu , Guoli Ji , and Qingshun Quinn Li
Extraction of poly(A) sites from large-scale RNA-seq data / Min Dong ... [et al.]
Poly(A)-tag deep sequencing data processing to extract poly(A) sites / Xiaohui Wu, Guoli Ji, and Qingshun Quinn Li
Analysis of poly(A) site choice using a java-based clustering algorithm / Patrick E. Thomas
RADPRE : a computational program for identification of differential mRNA processing including alternative polyadenylation / Denghui Xing and Qingshun Quinn Li
Characterization of plant polyadenylation complexes by using tandem affinity purification / Hongwei Zhao, Xinfu Ye, and Qingshun Quinn Li
In vitro analysis of cleavage and polyadenylation in Arabidopsis / Hongwei Zhao and Qingshun Quinn Li
Production, purification, and assay of recombinant proteins for in vitro biochemical analyses of the plant polyadenylation complex / Stephen A. Bell and Balasubrahmanyam Addepalli
Detection of disulfide linkage by chemical derivatization and mass spectrometry / Balasubrahmanyam Addepalli
Transient expression using agroinfiltration to study polyadenylation in plants / Carol Von Lanken and Arthur G. Hunt
3' RACE protocol to confirm polyadenylation sites / Liuyin Ma and Arthur G. Hunt
Phage display library screening for identification of interacting protein partners / Balasubrahmanyam Addepalli, Suryadevara Rao, and Arthur G. Hunt
Genome- wide determination of poly(A) site choice in plants / Pratap Kumar Pati, Liuyin Ma, and Arthur G. Hunt
DNA/RNA hybrid primer mediated poly(A) tag library construction for illumina sequencing / Man Liu, Xiaohui Wu, and Qingshun Quinn Li
Poly(A) tag library construction from 10 ng total RNA / Jingyi Cao and Qingshun Quinn Li
Rapid, simple, and inexpensive method for the preparation of strand-specific RNA-seq libraries / Arthur G. Hunt
Genome-wide analysis of distribution of RNA polymerase II isoforms using ChIP-Seq / Laura de Lorenzo.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalKazuichi Hayakawa, editor.Summary: This book reviews Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) and Nitropolycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (NPAHs) contamination in the context of environmental pollution in Asia. It is comprised of the following sections: 1. Fundamental Chemistry and General Characteristics; 2. Analytical Methods; 3. Emission Source and Atmospheric Behavior; 4. Atmospheric Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons and PM2.5; 5. Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Marine Environments; 6. Metabolic Activation/Toxicities; and 7. Environmental Standards and Guidelines. This volume concentrates on the Far East due to the massive consumption of coal and petroleum in China, which has led to considerable levels of air pollution. High concentration of atmospheric PM2.5 in Beijing have been reported since January 2013 and exposure to such high concentrations may cause respiratory, cardiac and lung diseases. Gathering contributions from international experts, this volume provides a valuable reference guide for global researchers and students interested in learning from the East Asian experience.
Contents:
Part 1. Introduction
Introduction
Part 2. Physical and Chemical Characteristics
Physical Parameters of PAHs/NPAHs/Oxidative Derivatives
Chemistry of PAHs/NPAHs/Oxidative Derivatives (structures/name/numbering by IUPAC)
Part 3. Analytical Method
PAHs/NPAHs (including Application to Environmental Samples)
PAHOHs/PAHQs (including application to biological samples)
Part 4 Atmospheric Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons and PM2.5
Sampling Methods for PM
PAHs/NPAHs in PM (including formation of PAHs/NPAHs)
Atmospheric Reaction: Formation and Degradation
PAHs/NPAHs in Japan (Tokyo/Sagamihara, Hokkaido, Kanazawa, Kitakyushu, Muroran)
PAHs/NPAHs in North-East Asia (China, Korea, Russia)
Long-Range Transport of PAHs/NPAHs (Noto and Tateyakma)
PAHs/NPAHs in South East Asia
PAHs/NPAHs in Africa
Emission Sources of PAHs/NPAHs (including source marker)
Emission of PAHs/NPAHs from Diesel-Engine Vehicles
Model Simulation of PAHs in North-East Asia
Part 5. Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Marine
PAHs Pollution caused by Oil Spill
PAHs in North-West Japan Sea
PAHs in South-East China Sea
Part 6. Metabolic Activation/Toxicities
Metabolic Activation
Carcinogenicity/Mutagenicity
Endocrine Disruption
ROS Production
Toxicities in Fish and Other Marine Organisms
Part 7. Environmental Standards/Guidelines
Environmental Standards/Guide Lines of PAHs/NPAHs (including environmental standards/guide lines in Japan and in the world. - DigitalBenjamin D. Cowley, Jr., John J. Bissler, editors.Summary: This comprehensive guide to polycystic kidney disease captures the growing knowledge of this common, potentially-fatal and hereditary disease. The first two sections of the book provide an overview of PKD gene structures, mutations and pathophysiologic mechanisms. This is followed by chapters focused on PKD's clinical features, including renal and extrarenal manifestations, and appropriate management of patients. The final section covers current clinical trials and emerging therapies in PKD. Authored by experts in the field, this book provides the clinician and researcher with critical information on basic and translational science and clinical approaches in one concise resource.Digital Access Springer 2018
- Digitaledited by Rehana Rehman, Aisha Sheikh.Summary: Providing a holistic, global approach to all aspects of PCOS, Polycystic Ovary Syndrome: Basic Science to Clinical Advances Across the Lifespan offers authoritative guidance on the diagnosis, treatment, and management of this challenging syndrome. It presents a coherent, evidence-based approach to diagnosis, as well as recommendations for clinical practice grounded in recent advances in basic sciences. Unique in the field, this practical resource provides decision-making tools for endocrinologists, fertility specialists, gynecologists, and internists who diagnose and treat patients with this complex chronic condition. Covers all aspects of PCOS and management across the lifespan, including short- and long-term metabolic, endocrine, and psychological challenges. Offers an integrative approach to the understanding of pathophysiology and management of PCOS in adult women and adolescent girls with a focus on genetics, microRNAs, and risk factors. Includes clinical, hormonal and metabolic features as well as diagnostic criteria and PCOS phenotypes. Presents treatment and management options for common symptoms, hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, and conception planning, including a chapter on subfertility and the male PCOS equivalent. Includes coverage of standard comorbidities, as well as a section on global approaches to patients with PCOS that addresses unique concerns, practices, and stigmas associated with how different cultures approach the disorder. Addresses the use of complementary/alternative medicine, lifestyle modification, and behavioral therapy in managing PCOS. An eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- DigitalLubna Pal, editor.Summary: Presenting an overview of the current understanding of the pathophysiology of PCOS and a paradigm for the clinical evaluation and management of the disorder, Polycystic Ovary Syndrome is written in an easy to digest, concise format that, with bulleted key points introducing each chapter, is suitable for the trainee and the busy clinician. The breadth and depth of coverage of today's queries and controversies will be of particular interest to the specialist and researcher. An international group of leading experts addresses the varied etiologies of PCOS, comprehensively covering the contemporary treatment approaches and long-term implications of PCOS, a common yet poorly understood disorder. Chapters on treatment will be of particular relevance to the clinician and the trainee as they cover conventional therapies, lifestyle, and diet, as well as address emerging strategies such as the use of statins and surgery in PCOS management. Spanning the breadth of clinical presentations and morbidities related to the diagnosis of PCOS, Polycystic Ovary Syndrome is an exceptional resource for primary care providers, gynecologists, reproductive endocrinologists, and others involved in the care of these patients, and provides the essential tools to aid clinicians in initiating a timely diagnostic workup and appropriate interventions to address both the immediate and long-term sequelae related to PCOS.
Contents:
Diagnostic Criteria and Epidemiology of PCOS
Pathophysiology of PCOS
Managing PCOS
Unique Considerations in PCOS
Role of Surgery in PCOS Management
Recognized Risks and Emerging Concepts. - DigitalLubna Pal, David B. Seifer, editors.Summary: Now in a completely newly revised and expanded second edition, this comprehensive text presents the current state of the art in our understanding and management of polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), the most common hormonal disorder of reproductive aged women. The numerous bothersome symptoms of PCOS include menstrual irregularities, hirsutism, acne, scalp hair thinning, weigh excess and infertility; additionally, as they age, women with PCOS are at a higher risk for metabolic abnormalities such as diabetes and dyslipidemias, as well as for cardiovascular disease and even certain cancers. Despite improvements in our understanding of this condition, the exact cause/s of PCOS remain elusive; genetic, hormonal, metabolic and environmental underpinnings are all suggested as relevant. All chapters have been updated, with eight new chapters added across seven thematic sections. Part one discusses the epidemiology of PCOS in both adults and adolescents. Part two covers the pathophysiology of PCOS, including genetics, the hypothalamo-pituitary-ovarian and the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axes, insulin resistance, inflammation, and obesity. The next three sections present the various management strategies, medical and surgical, for harnessing the symptomatology, including PCOS-related infertility; these chapters include added case material to provide real-world examples of the treatments in action and their efficacy. Part six covers the comorbidities that women with PCOS commonly encounter, such as issues of mental health, sleep disturbances, endometrial hyperplasia, and cancer, as well as examines the economic burden of PCOS. The final section discusses emerging concepts surrounding possible mechanisms and potential therapeutic approaches to PCOS, including angiogenic dysfunction, the role of vitamin D, future potential therapies to targeted AMH signaling. The closing chapter, by familiarizing the readers with the intergenerational implications of PCOS and by raising awareness of potential "ripple effects", aims at alerting the community on a need for vigilance as regards the health of PCOS progeny. With contributions from leaders in the field, Polycystic Ovary Syndrome, Second Edition remains the gold-standard text on this common medical condition and a valuable resource for the wide range of healthcare professionals engaged in caring for the women with PCOS.
Contents:
Part I. Epidemiology of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
1. Diagnostic Criteria and Epidemiology of PCOS
2. Prevalence, Presentation, and Diagnosis of PCOS in Adolescents
3. Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome: A Diagnosis of Exclusion
Part II. Pathophysiology, Endocrine and Metabolic Milieus of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
4. Recent Advances in the Genetics of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
5. The Hypothalamo-Pituitary Axis in PCOS
6. Ovarian Dysfunction in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS)
7. The Role of the Adrenal Glands in the Hyperandrogenism associated with the Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome
8. Insulin Resistance and Lipotoxicity in PCOS: Causes and Consequences
9. Obesity, Dysmetabolic and Proinflammatory Milieu of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
Part III. Management of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
10. Managing PCOS in the Adolescent
11. Managing the PCOS-Related Symptoms of Hirsutism, Acne, and Female Pattern Hair Loss
12. Role of Insulin-Sensitizing Drugs in PCOS Management
13. Role of Statins & Resveratrol in PCOS Management
14. Role of Lifestyle, Diet and Exercise in the Management of Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome
Part IV. Management of Polycytic Ovary Syndrome Related Infertility
15. Managing PCOS-Related Infertility: Ovulation Induction, In Vitro Fertilization, and In Vitro Maturation
16. Considerations and Challenges for Pregnancy in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
Part V. The Role of Surgery in the Management of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
17. Rationale and considerations for Bariatric Surgery
18. Surgical Management of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome: A Contemporary Viewpoint on Place of Ovarian Surgery in PCOS Management
Part VI. Health Risks and Burden of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
19. PCOS and its Association with Mental Health
20. Obstructive Sleep Apnea in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
21. Endometrial cancer and pre-cancer in polycystic ovary syndrome
22. Economic Burden of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
Part VII. Emerging Concepts in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
23. The Role of Angiogenic Factor Dysregulation in the Pathogenesis of Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome
24. Emerging Concepts: Role of Vitamin D Deficiency in the Pathogenesis of PCOS
25. Anti-Mullerian Hormone Signaling relevance for pathophysiology of PCOS & implications for novel therapeutic approaches to managing ovulatory dysfunction of PCOS
26. Newer Glucose Lowering Medications and Potential Role in Metabolic Management of PCOS
27. Intergenerational Implications of PCOS. - DigitalKikuo Iwabuchi.Summary: This book provides an overview of our current understanding of polyembryony in insects. The study of polyembronic insects has advanced considerably over the last several decades. The book shows the exciting potential of polyembryonic insects and their impact on life sciences. It describes the mechanisms of polyembryogenesis; tissue-compatible invasion of the host, which is the first case of compatible cellular interaction between phylogenetically distant organisms without rejection; the sex differences in defense; and the environmental regulation of caste structure. The first book devoted to polyembryony in insects, it draws on the author's research on polyembryonic wasps from 1990 to the present day, covering various topics such as polyembryogenesis in vitro, host-parasite interaction, sex differences in soldier function/humoral toxic factor, and the transcription analysis of polyembryogenesis. It is intended not only for researchers in the field of entomology, parasitology, ontogeny, reproductive biology, developmental biology, sociobiology, and evolutionary developmental biology (Evo-Devo), but also for postgraduate students in these fields.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Overview of polyembryony
Chapter 2. Polyembryony in encyrtid parasitoids. Chapter 3. Host-polyembryonic parasitoid interactions
Chapter 4. Sociality in polyembryonic parasitoids
Chapter 5. Ecology and evolution of polyembryony. . - DigitalAnnamaria Colao, Marie-Lise Jaffrain-Rea, Albert Beckers, editors.Summary: This comprehensive reference book is meant to support clinicians in the diagnosis and treatment of polyendocrine diseases and endocrine neoplastic syndromes. Although a large majority of endocrine diseases present as sporadic cases, an increasing proportion can be identified as part of a polyendocrine or systemic syndrome. These include autoimmune endocrine diseases, which may be part of autoimmune polyendocrine disorders (APS) or rare complex disorders such as POEMS (polyneuropathy, organomegaly, endocrinopathy, M-protein and skin changes) or IPEX (immune dysregulation, polyendocrinopathy, enteropathy, X-linked) syndromes. On the other hand, endocrine tumors may develop in a variety of clinical conditions, including multiple endocrine neoplasia (MEN) syndromes, syndromic diseases such as McCune Albright or Carneys complex, or peculiar familial associations such as pheochromocytoma/paraganglioma syndromes. The book discusses the significant advances that have been made in the clinical and genetic characterization of such entities, with major implications in terms of diagnosis and clinical management - with special attention to emerging syndromes, familial screening , multidisciplinarity and multimodal treatment. This volume is intended for clinicians, residents, specialists and physicians involved in the diagnosis and treatment of affected patients, including specialists in endocrinology, internal medicine, oncology , genetics and imaging.
Contents:
Intro
Series Preface
Volume Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Contributors
Part I: Polyendocrine Disorders in Autoimmune and Systemic Diseases
1 Autoimmune Polyendocrine Syndromes (APS) or Multiple Autoimmune Syndromes (MAS)
Introduction
Criteria for the Diagnosis of Autoimmune Diseases
Classification of Autoimmune Diseases
Natural History of Autoimmune Diseases
Old Classification of APS
New Classifications of APS/MAS
Hypothesis on the Pathogenesis of APS/MAS
APS/MAS-1
Historical Features
Frequency and Epidemiology Animal Models of APS/MAS-1
Genetics of APS/MAS-1
Main Clinical Manifestations of APS/MAS-1
Chronic Mucocutaneous Candidiasis (CMC)
Chronic Hypoparathyroidism (CH)
Autoimmune Addisonś Disease (AAD)
Minor Autoimmune Diseases
Premature Ovarian Failure (POF)
Autoimmune Gastritis (AG)
Auto-Immune Thyroid Diseases (AITD)
Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (DM-1)
Alopecia Areata (AA)
Vitiligo
Autoimmune Hepatitis (AH)
Autoimmune Enteropathy (AE)
Splenic Atrophy (SA)
Pituitary Failure (PF)
Renal Diseases
Pulmonary Diseases (PD) Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy (CIDP)
Vasculitis
Ectodermal Dystrophy
Cancer
Other Rare Diseases
Total Number of Diseases in the Italian Cohort of APS/MAS-1
Diseases of APS/MAS-1 and Related Autoantibodies
New Diagnostic Criteria for APS/MAS-1
How to Manage Patients with ASP/MAS-1
When to Investigate for AIRE Gene Mutations
Therapy
APS/MAS-2
Historical Features
Animal Models
Genetics of APS/MAS-2
Frequency and Epidemiology of APS/MAS-2
Main Clinical Manifestations of APS/MAS-2
Autoimmune Addisonś Disease (AAD) Autoimmune Thyroid Diseases (AITD)
Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (DM-I)
Combinations of the Three Major Diseases
Incomplete or Subclinical Forms of APS/MAS-2
Minor Autoimmune Diseases
Premature Ovarian Failure (POF)
Autoimmune Gastritis (AG)
Vitiligo
Alopecia
Celiac Disease
Other Autoimmune Diseases
Autoimmune Diseases and Autoantibodies in APS/MAS-2
Therapy
APS/MAS-3
General Considerations
Frequency of APS/MAS-3
A New Classification of APS/MAS-3
Genetics of APS/MAS-3
APS/MAS 3A: Association Between AITD and Other Autoimmune Endocrine Diseases AITD and DM-1
AITD and Hirataś Disease (HD)
AITD and Hypergonadotropic Hypogonadism (HH)
AITD and Lymphocytic Adenohypophysitis (LAH)
AITD and Lymphocytic Neurohypophysitis (LNH)
AITD and Chronic Hypoparathyroidism (CH)
AITD and Lymphocytic Mastopathy
Incomplete APS/MAS 3A
APS/MAS-3B: Association Between AITD and Other Autoimmune Diseases of the Digestive System
AITD and Autoimmune Gastritis (AG)
AITD and Pernicious Anemia (PA)
AITD and Celiac Disease (CD)
AITD and Autoimmune Hepatitis (AH)
AITD and Primary Biliary Cholangitis (PBC) - DigitalClévio Nóbrega, Luís Pereira de Almeida, editors.Summary: This book provides a cutting-edge review of polyglutamine disorders. It primarily focuses on two main aspects: (1) the mechanisms underlying the pathologies' development and progression, and (2) the therapeutic strategies that are currently being explored to stop or delay disease progression. Polyglutamine (polyQ) disorders are a group of inherited neurodegenerative diseases with a fatal outcome that are caused by an abnormal expansion of a coding trinucleotide repeat (CAG), which is then translated in an abnormal protein with an elongated glutamine tract (Q). To date, nine polyQ disorders have been identified and described: dentatorubral-pallidoluysian atrophy (DRPLA); Huntington's disease (HD); spinal-bulbar muscular atrophy (SBMA); and six spinocerebellar ataxias (SCA 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, and 17). The genetic basis of polyQ disorders is well established and described, and despite important advances that have opened up the possibility of generating genetic models of the disease, the mechanisms that cause neuronal degeneration are still largely unknown and there is currently no treatment available for these disorders. Further, it is believed that the different polyQ may share some mechanisms and pathways contributing to neurodegeneration and disease progression.
- DigitalDeclan M. Devine, editor.Summary: This book aims to give readers a basic understanding of commonly used additive manufacturing techniques as well as the tools to fully utilise the strengths of additive manufacturing through the modelling and design phase all the way through to post processing. Guidelines for 3D printed biomedical implants are also provided. Current biomedical applications of 3D printing are discussed, including indirect applications in the rapid manufacture of prototype tooling and direct applications in the orthopaedics, cardiovascular, drug delivery, ear-nose-throat, and tissue engineering fields. Polymer-Based Additive Manufacturing: Biomedical Applications is an ideal resource for students, researchers, and those working in industry seeking to better understand the medical applications of additive manufacturing.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: Polymer-Based Additive Manufacturing: Historical Developments, Process Types and Material Considerations; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Stereolithography (SLA); 1.3 Fused Filament Fabrication; 1.4 Selective Laser Sintering (SLS); 1.5 Freeformer; 1.6 InkJet Techniques; 1.7 Laminated Object Manufacturing; 1.8 Summary; References;
Chapter 2: Design for Additive Manufacturing; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Design for Manufacturing and Assembly; 2.3 Advantages of Additive Manufacturing as a Production Process; 2.3.1 Product Digitisation and Rapid Prototyping 2.3.2 Topology Optimisation2.3.3 Geometrical Design Freedom at Low Cost; 2.3.4 Product Customisation; 2.3.5 Product Consolidation; 2.3.6 Lightweight Structures; 2.3.7 Integrated Functions and Internal Features; 2.3.8 Multiple Material Builds; 2.3.9 Optimisation of Supply Chain and Inventory; 2.4 Suitability of Additive Manufacturing; 2.5 Product Design Considerations; 2.5.1 Additive Technology Selection; 2.5.2 Material Selection; 2.5.3 Layer Height; 2.5.4 Support Structures; 2.5.5 Build Orientation; 2.5.6 Overhangs and Unsupported Features; 2.5.7 Hole Design 2.5.8 Hollow Sections and Escape Holes2.5.9 Thin Features; 2.5.10 Geometric Tolerances and Surface Quality; 2.6 Post-processing; 2.6.1 Material Removal; 2.6.2 Surface Finishing and Improving Geometrical Tolerances; 2.7 Product Consolidation and Weight Saving Using Additive Manufacturing; 2.8 Chapter Summary; References;
Chapter 3: Mechanics Modeling of Additive Manufactured Polymers; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Nonlinear Modeling of Additive Manufactured Photopolymers; 3.2.1 Finite Strain Anisotropic Model for Plastics; 3.2.2 Anisotropic Hyperelastic Model for Elastomers 3.3 Modeling of Shape Memory Photopolymers3.3.1 Background of Shape Memory Polymers; 3.3.2 Model Descriptions; 3.3.3 Additive Manufactured Shape Memory Structures; 3.4 Summary; References;
Chapter 4: Additive Manufacturing of Tooling for Use in Mass Production Processes; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Technologies; 4.2.1 Injection Moulding; 4.2.2 Blow Moulding; 4.3 Cooling; 4.3.1 Benefits of Optimised Cooling System Design; 4.3.2 Conformal Cooling; 4.4 Comparison of UV Photocurable AM Resin Tools to Metal AM Tools; 4.5 Benefits of Using Resin-Based Rapid Tools for Injection Moulding 4.6 Rapid Tooling: Case Studies4.6.1 Design Verification Through the Use of Resin-Based Tooling; 4.6.2 Resin-Based Rapid Tooling to Reduce Costs and Lead Times; 4.6.3 Ceramic-Polymer Tooling Inserts for Use in the Production of Electrical Switch Components; 4.6.4 Comparison of Resin-Based Printed Tooling to Metal Tooling; 4.6.5 Comparison of Service Life of Tools Using Different Resins; 4.6.6 Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Rapid Tooling Inserts; 4.7 Limitations of Polymer-Based Rapid Tooling; 4.8 Summary; References;
Chapter 5: Current Market for Biomedical Implants; 5.1 IntroductionDigital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Carmen Scholz.Summary: "This book highlights dynamic developments in polymer synthesis, focusing on synthetic techniques that yield new biomedically relevant polymers, macromolecular super-structures, and biopolymers for surface modification. An added emphasis deals with characterizing these polymers through structure verification"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Characterization of polypeptides and polypeptoides
methods and challenges / David Huesmann, Matthias Barz
Poly(2-oxazoline): the structurally diverse biocompatibilizing polymer / Rodolphe Obeid
Poly(2-oxazoline) polymers
synthesis, characterization and applications in development of therapeutics / Randall W. Moreadith Tacey X. Viegas
Polypeptoid polymers: synthesis, characterization and properties / Brandon A. Chan, Sunting Xuan, Ang Li, Jessica M. Simpson and Donghui Zhang
Polyanhydrides: synthesis and characterization / Rohan Ghadi, Eameema Muntimadugu Wahid Khan, Abraham J. Domb
New routes to tailor-made polyesters / Kazuki Fukushima, Tomoko Fujiwara
Polyphosphoesters: an old biopolymer in a new light / Kristin N. Bauer, Hisaschi T.C. Tee, Evandro M. Alexandrino, Frederik R. Wurm
Design and synthesis of amphiphilic vinyl copolymers with antimicrobial activity / Leanna L. Foster, Masato Mizutani, Yukari Oda, Edmund F. Palermo, Kenichi Kuroda
Enhanced polyethylenimine-based delivery of nucleic acids / Jeff Sparks, Tooba Anwer, Khursheed Anwer
Cationic graft copolymers for DNA engineering / Atsushi Maruyama, Naohiko Shimada
Synthesis of (bio)degradable polymers by controlled/"living" radical polymerization" / Shannon R. Woodruff, Nicolay V. Tsarevsky
Polymerized drugs
a novel approach to controlled release systems / B. Demirdirek, J.J. Faig, R. Guliyev, K.E.Uhrich
Structural design and synthesis of polymer prodrugs / Petr Chytil, Libor Kostka, Tomáš Etrych
Polymeric ultrathin films for surface modifications / Henning Menzel
Surface functionalization of biomaterials by poly(2-oxazoline)s / Giulia Morgese, Edmondo M. Benetti
Biorelated polymer brushes by surface initiated reversible deactivation radical polymerization / Rueben Pfukwa, Lebohang Hlalele, Bert Klumperman
Synthesis of amphiphilic invertible polymers for biomedical applications / A.M. Kohut, I.O. Hevus, S.A. Voronov, A.S. Voronov
Bioadhesive polymers for drug delivery / Eenko Larrañeta, Ryan F. Donnelly.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Bhaskar Dasgupta, Christian Dejaco.Summary: Polymyalgia rheumatica (PMR) and giant cell arteritis (GCA) are related conditions occurring almost exclusively in older people. Polymyalgia rheumatica is considered to be the rheumatic disease that is subject to the widest variations of clinical practice, partially due to the considerable uncertainty related to diagnosis and outcomes. Giant cell arteritis, an inflammatory form of vasculitis, may present with a broad spectrum of clinical manifestations and can be complicated by acute ischemic events, the most serious of which is permanent blindness. Early recognition and adequate treatment of the condition is thus necessary to prevent patients' loss of independence and to maintain their quality of life. Part of the Oxford Rheumatology Library series, Polymyalgia Rheumatica and Giant Cell Arteritis provides quick and practically relevant information on several aspects of the diseases, particularly on diagnosis and management, with the ultimate aim of improving the patient's care. Chapters highlight current concepts of pathogenesis, recent advances of diagnostic and therapeutic approaches, and the ongoing research into the identification of new biomarkers and corticosteroid-sparing medications. Each chapter is complemented with key message boxes highlighting the most relevant information for clinical practice. This concise but comprehensive reference is particularly suited for rheumatologists, general practitioners, and other professionals caring for patients with PMR and GCA.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- DigitalJozef Rovensky, Burkhard Leeb, Viera Štvrtinová, Richard Imrich, editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalJian Li, Roger L. Nation, Keith S. Kaye, editors.Summary: It is our wish that readers discover the importance of polymyxin structure in relation to the mechanisms of activity, resistance and toxicity. We emphasized that reliable analytic methods for polymyxins are critical when investigating their pharmacokinetics (PK) and pharmacodynamics (PD). The complicated dose definitions and different pharmacopoeial standards have already compromised the safe use of polymyxins in patients. Therefore, informed by the latest pharmacological information, scientifically-based dosing recommendations have been proposed for intravenous polymyxins. Considering the PK/PD limitations and potential development of resistance, polymyxin combinations are encouraged; however, the current literature has not shown definite microbiological benefits, possibly because most clinical studies to date overlooked key PK/PD principles. Nephrotoxicity is the major dose-limiting factor and it is imperative to elucidate the mechanisms and develop novel approaches to minimize polymyxin-associated toxicities. In addition, the anti-endotoxin effect of polymyxins supports their clinical use to treat Gram-negative sepsis. Fortunately, the discovery of new-generation polymyxins with wider therapeutic windows has benefited from the latest achievements in polymyxin research.
Contents:
Overview
Multidrug resistant Gram-negative pathogens: the urgent need for 'old' polymyxins
Discovery, antibacterial spectrum and chemistry
Mechanisms of antibacterial activity
Mechanisms of resistance
Bioanalysis and stability of polymyxins
In vitro pharmacodynamics and PK/PD in animals
Antibacterial susceptibility breakpoints
Labeling of parenteral products of colistin methanesulfonate
Meta-analysis of polymyxin use in patients
Clinical use of colistin
Clinical use of polymyxin B
Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, toxicodynamics and dosing recommendations
Rational combinations with other antibiotics
Toxicities in patients: management and mechanisms
Antiendotoxin effect
Discovery of novel polymyxin-like antibiotics
Conclusion. - DigitalOmkar, editor.Summary: Polyphagous pests are primarily agricultural pests that feed on economically important agricultural and horticultural crops of wide taxonomic diversity across the globe. They cause immense damage across different crop varieties owing to their generalist and voracious food habits. The advent of mono-crop culture in a huge area and the massive use of pesticides post green revolution have massively increased pest outbreaks all over the world. The Middle Eastern countries, African continent and even the Indian subcontinent is increasingly facing resurgences of polyphagus pests. This book compiles an inclusive account of polyphagous pests. It covers locusts, termites, aphids, whiteflies, mealybugs, scale insects, gram pod borer, fall armyworm, thrips, mites and rodents. The book discusses mode of spread, enormity of losses caused, mechanism of action, and also means to reduce the crop losses. It brings together a unique perspective for researchers to learn effective pest management practices across all crops. This book is a reference guide to researchers and also useful for academicians and students of entomology.
Contents:
1 Locusts
2 Termites
3 Aphids
4 Whiteflies
5 Mealybugs
6 Scale Insects
7 Gram Pod Borer-(Helicoverpa armigera)
8 Fall Armyworm-Spodoptera frugiperda
9 Thrips
10 Mites
11 Rodents. - Digitaledited by Ronald Ross Watson, Victor R. Preedy, Sherma Zibadi.Summary: Polyphenols in Human Health and Disease documents antioxidant actions of polyphenols in protection of cells and cell organelles, critical for understanding their health-promoting actions to help the dietary supplement industry. The book begins by describing the fundamentals of absorption, metabolism and bioavailability of polyphenols, as well as the effect of microbes on polyphenol structure and function and toxicity. It then examines the role of polyphenols in the treatment of chronic disease, including vascular and cardiac health, obesity and diabetes therapy, cancer treatment and prevention, and more. Explores neuronal protection by polyphenol metabolites and their application to medical care. Defines modulation of enzyme actions to help researchers see and study polyphenols' mechanisms of action, leading to clinical applications. Includes insights on polyphenols in brain and neurological functions to apply them to the wide range of aging diseases.
Contents:
Volume 1. Polyphenols in chronic diseases and their mechanisms of action
Volume 2. Polyphenols in the prevention and treatment of vascular and cardiac disease, and cancer.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - Digitaledited by Graham C. Burdge.Contents:
1. Introduction: more than 50 years of research on polyunsaturated fatty acid metabolism
2. Polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis and metabolism in adult mammals
3. Polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis and metabolism in fish
4. Polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis and metabolism in agriculturally important species
5. The biochemistry and regulation of fatty acid desaturases in animals
6. Biochemistry and regulation of fatty acid desaturases in animals
7. Polyunsaturated fatty acids: metabolism and nutritional requirements in pregnancy and infancy
8. Metabolism of polyunstaurated fatty acids by cells of the immune system
9. Polyunsaturated fatty biosynthesis and metabolism in reproductive tissues
10. The effect of dietary modification on polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis and metabolism
11. Omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acid metabolism in vegetarians
12. Genetic influences on polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis and metabolism
13. Interactions between plyunsaturated fatty acids and the epigenome
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digitaledited by Gregory K. Webster, J. Derek Jackson, Robert G. Bell.Contents:
1. The modern pharmaceutical development challenge : BCS class II and IV drugs / Gregory K. Webster, Robert G. Bell, and J. Derek Jackson
2. Solubility determinations for pharmaceutical API / Kofi Asare-Addo and Barbara R. Conway
3. Use of surfactants in dissolution testing / Amit Gupta
4. Intrinsic dissolution evaluation of poorly soluble drugs / Michele Georges Issa and Humberto Gomes Ferraz
5. Oral delivery of poorly soluble drugs / Dev Prasad, Akash Jain, and Sudhakar Garad
6. A staged approach to pharmaceutical dissolution testing / Gregory K. Webster, Xi Shao, and Paul D. Curry, Jr.
7. Development and application of in vitro two-phase dissolution method for poorly water-soluble drugs / Ping Gao, Yi Shi, and Jonathan M. Miller
8. The use of apparatus 3 in dissolution testing of poorly soluble drug formulations / G. Bryan Crist
9. Use of apparatus 4 in dissolution testing, including sparingly and poorly soluble drugs / Rajan Jog, Geoffrey N. Grove, and Diane J. Burgess
10. Dissolution of nanoparticle drug formulations / John Bullock
11. Dissolution of lipid-based drug formulations / Stephen M. Cafiero
12. Dissolution of stabilized amorphous drug formulations / Justin R. Hughey
13. Dissolution of pharmaceutical suspensions / Beverly Nickerson, Michele Xuemei Guo, Kenneth J. Norris, and Ling Zhang
14. Dissolution testing of poorly soluble drugs : "biorelevant dissolution" / Mark McAllister and Irena Tomaszewska
15. Clinically relevant dissolution for low-solubility immediate-release products / Paul A. Dickinson, Talia Flanagan, David Holt, and Paul W. Stott
16. The QbD approach to method development and validation for dissolution testing / Alger D. Salt
17. Regulatory considerations in dissolution and drug release of BCS class II and IV compounds / Robert G. Bell and Laila Kott
18. Dissolution of liquid-filled capsules based formulations / Rampurna Prasad Gullapalli
19. Current and emerging non-compendial methods for dissolution testing / Namita Tipnis and Diane J. Burgess.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Printcollected by the Engineering foundation, New York, Jan. l5, 1921.
- DigitalPatricia M. Schoon, Carolyn M. Porta.Summary: "Population-Based Public Health Clinical Manual: The Henry Street Model for Nurses has proven to be one of the most important public health texts for students and practitioners alike. Focused on developing a competent public health nursing practice in diverse settings, the core text builds on the Henry Street Consortium's framework of 13 competencIes for population-based, entry-level public health nursing (PHN). Full-color; 500 pages"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library [2024]
- DigitalPatricia M. Schoon, Carolyn M. Porta, Marjorie A. Schaffer.Contents:
Introduction to public health nursing practice
Evidence-based public health nursing practice
Competency 1 : applies the public health nursing process to communities, systems, individuals, and families
Competency 2 : utilizes basic epidemiological principles (the incidence, distribution, and control of disease in a population) in public health nursing practice
Competency 3 : utilizes the principles and science of environmental health to promote safe and sustainable environments for individuals, families, systems, and communities
Competency 4 : practices public health nursing within the auspices of the nurse practice act
Competency 5 : works within the responsibility and authority of the governmental public health system
Competency 6 : utilizes collaboration to achieve public health goals
Competency 7 : effectively communicates with communities, systems, individuals, families, and colleagues
Competency 8 : establishes and maintains caring relationships with communities, systems, individuals, and families
Competency 9 : incorporates mental, physical, emotional, social, spiritual, and environmental aspects of health into assessment, planning, implementation, and evaluation
Competency 10 : demonstrates nonjudgmental and unconditional acceptance of people different from self
Competency 11 : shows evidence of commitment to social justice, the greater good, and the public health principles
Competency 12 : demonstrates leadership in public health nursing with communities, systems, individuals, and families
Putting it all together : what it means to be a public health nurse.Digital Access AccessAPN 2018 - DigitalWenshi Pan.Summary: This book offers a rare and detailed insight into 20 years of in-depth field research and conservation of the white-headed langur. It focuses on the white-headed langurs natural refuge, territory and home range, diets and foraging strategies, behavior modes, reproductive strategies, population, possible future viabilities, and their interaction with human society. From 1996 through 2016, a small research team led by Prof. Wenshi Pan from Peking University conducted studies and conservation efforts on the white-headed langur, one of the most endangered endemic species of China, in Guangxi and saved the species from extinction. With the help of conservationists efforts, the white-headed langur population in Nongguan Mountains, Guangxi, gradually increased from 105 to approximately 820.This book shares the success story of the unification of human development and wildlife conservation.
Contents:
Chapter 1. The origin of white-headed langur
Chapter 2. From ancient Java langur to white-headed langur today
Chapter 3. White-headed langur is an endemic species of Chongzuo
Chapter 4. A catastrophe for the white-headed langur
Chapter 5. White-headed langurs habitats and natural refugees
Chapter 6. White-Headed Langurs Homeland in Nongguan Mountains
Chapter 7. White-headed langurs diets and forage behaviors
Chapter 8. Restoration of the White-headed Langur Population in Nongguan Mountains
Chapter 9. The behavior patterns of a white-headed langur family
Chapter 10. The strategy of white-headed langur reproductive behaviors
Chapter 11.The number of the white-headed langur in Nongguan Mountains
Chapter 12. A Population Viability Analysis for the white-headed langur in Nongguan Mountains
Chapter 13. How to conserve the white-headed langur population. - Digitaleditor, Om P. Rajora.Summary: Population genomics has revolutionized various disciplines of biology including population, evolutionary, ecological and conservation genetics, plant and animal breeding, human health, medicine and pharmacology by allowing to address novel and long-standing questions with unprecedented power and accuracy. It employs large-scale or genome-wide genetic information and bioinformatics to address various fundamental and applied aspects in biology and related disciplines, and provides a comprehensive genome-wide perspective and new insights that were not possible before. These advances have become possible due to the development of new and low-cost sequencing and genotyping technologies and novel statistical approaches and software, bioinformatics tools, and models. Population genomics is tremendously advancing our understanding the roles of evolutionary processes, such as mutation, genetic drift, gene flow, and natural selection, in shaping up genetic variation at individual loci and across the genome and populations; improving the assessment of population genetic parameters or processes such as adaptive evolution, effective population size, gene flow, admixture, inbreeding and outbreeding depression, demography, and biogeography; resolving evolutionary histories and phylogenetic relationships of extant, ancient and extinct species; understanding the genomic basis of fitness, adaptation, speciation, complex ecological and economically important traits, and disease and insect resistance; facilitating forensics, genetic medicine and pharmacology; delineating conservation genetic units; and understanding the genetic effects of resource management practices, and assisting conservation and sustainable management of genetic resources. This Population Genomics book discusses the concepts, approaches, applications and promises of population genomics in addressing most of the above fundamental and applied crucial aspects in a variety of organisms from microorganisms to humans. The book provides insights into a range of emerging population genomics topics including population epigenomics, landscape genomics, seascape genomics, paleogenomics, ecological and evolutionary genomics, biogeography, demography, speciation, admixture, colonization and invasion, genomic selection, and plant and animal domestication. This book fills a vacuum in the field and is expected to become a primary reference in Population Genomics world-wide. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Population Genomics: Advancing Understanding of Nature / Luikart, Gordon (et al.)
Genotyping and Sequencing Technologies in Population Genetics and Genomics / Holliday, J.A. (et al.)
Computational Tools for Population Genomics / Salojärvi, Jarkko
Population and Evolutionary Genetic Inferences in the Whole-Genome Era: Software Challenges / Stamatakis, Alexandros
Population Epigenomics: Advancing Understanding of Phenotypic Plasticity, Acclimation, Adaptation and Diseases / Moler, Ehren R.V. (et al.)
Landscape Genomics: Understanding Relationships Between Environmental Heterogeneity and Genomic Characteristics of Populations / Balkenhol, Niko (et al.)
Paleogenomics: Genome-Scale Analysis of Ancient DNA and Population and Evolutionary Genomic Inferences / Lan, Tianying (et al.)
Genome-Wide Association Studies and Heritability Estimation in the Functional Genomics Era / Pino Del Carpio, Dunia (et al.)
Genomic Selection / Jonas, Elisabeth (et al.)
Population Genomics Provides Key Insights in Ecology and Evolution / Hohenlohe, Paul A. (et al.)
Inferring Demographic History Using Genomic Data / Salmona, Jordi (et al.)
Advancing Biogeography Through Population Genomics / Johnson, Jeremy S. (et al.)
Adaptation Without Boundaries: Population Genomics in Marine Systems / Oleksiak, Marjorie F.
Population Genomics of Speciation and Admixture / Nadeau, Nicola J. (et al.)
Population Genomics of Colonization and Invasion / Welles, Shana R. (et al.)
Population Genomics of Crop Domestication: Current State and Perspectives / Cubry, Philippe (et al.)
Population Genomics of Animal Domestication and Breed Development / Wilkinson, Samantha (et al.)
Population Genomics of Domestication and Breed Development in Canines in the Context of Cognitive, Social, Behavioral, and Disease Traits / Irizarry, Kristopher J.L. (et al.) - DigitalMarjorie F. Oleksiak, Om P. Rajora, editors.Summary: Population genomics has provided unprecedented opportunities to unravel the mysteries of marine organisms in the oceans' depths. The world's oceans, which make up 70% of our planet, encompass diverse habitats and host numerous unexplored populations and species. Population genomics studies of marine organisms are rapidly emerging and have the potential to transform our understanding of marine populations, species, and ecosystems, providing insights into how these organisms are evolving and how they respond to different stimuli and environments. This knowledge is critical for understanding the fundamental aspects of marine life, how marine organisms will respond to environmental changes, and how we can better protect and preserve marine biodiversity and resources. This book brings together leading experts in the field to address critical aspects of fundamental and applied research in marine species and share their research and insights crucial for understanding marine ecosystem diversity and function. It also discusses the challenges, opportunities and future perspectives of marine population genomics.
Contents:
Part I: Introduction
Marine Population Genomics: Challenges and Opportunities
Part II: Marine Microbes
Part III: Genetic Diversity, Population Structure, and Biogeography
Population Genomics of Marine Zooplankton
Population Genomics of Early-Splitting Lineages of Metazoans
Population Genomics and Biogeography of the Northern Acorn Barnacle (Semibalanus balanoides) Using Pooled Sequencing Approaches
Part IV: Seascape Genomics
Seascape Genomics: Contextualizing Adaptive and Neutral Genomic Variation in the Ocean Environment
Part V: Adaptation, Acclimation, and Speciation
Clinal Adaptation in the Marine Environment
The Population Genomics of Parallel Adaptation: Lessons from Threespine Stickleback
Mechanisms of Adaptive Divergence and Speciation in Littorina saxatilis: Integrating Knowledge from Ecology and Genetics with New Data Emerging from Genomic Studies
Ecological Speciation in Corals
Environmental Epigenomics and Its Applications in Marine Organisms
Part VI: Protection, Conservation, and Management of Marine Organisms
Marine Invasion Genomics: Revealing Ecological and Evolutionary Consequences of Biological Invasions
Population Genomics Applied to Fishery Management and Conservation
Marine Conservation and Marine Protected Areas
Index.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalMartin F. Polz, Om P. Rajora, editors.Summary: Population genomics is a rapidly emerging field that has the potential to transform our understanding of how evolutionary forces shape genomic diversity among microbes. There have already been considerable advances in understanding gene flow and spread of adaptive traits, and in linking epidemiology with evolutionary biology. The current challenge is to find unifying evolutionary principles for organisms that display a wide range of reproductive biology - from highly clonal to promiscuous - and for which the vast majority have eluded cultivation. This requires interdisciplinary approaches that incorporate novel computational tools, testing of existing and novel population genetic models, and creative new ways of linking genetic diversity to ecological factors. This pioneering book will discuss the advances made and promises of population genomics in microorganisms, outlining some of the key theoretical and practical challenges for microbial population genomics, including defining and identifying populations, genomics-based reverse ecology and building appropriate tools to understand microbes in a variety of complex environments.
Contents:
Preface I. Concepts and perspectives
1. Microbial Population Genomics Perspectives and Promises Martin Polz, MITOm Rajora, Umiversity of New Brunswick
2. Population Genomics and Microbial Species Concept Jesse Shapiro, University of Montreal
3. Population Genomics and Metagenomics Jill Banfield, University of California Berkeley Vincent Denef, University of Michigan
4. Reverse Ecology Martin Polz, MIT
5. Genomic and Computational Methods in Microbial Population Genomics Xavier Didelot, Imperial College Daniel Falush, Swansea University Eric Alm, MIT II. Population Genomics of Bacteria
6. Population Genomics of Plant Pathogenic Bacteria David Guttman, University of Toronto Boris Vinatzer, Virginia Tech
7. Population Genomics of Human Pathogenic Bacteria Bill Hanage, Harvard School of Public Health Ed Feil, University of Bath Nick Croucher, Imperial College
8. Population Genomics of Symbiotic Bacteria Nancy Moran, University of Texas, Austin
9. Population Genomics of Dairy Industrial Bacteria Paul W. O'Toole, University College, Cork Paola Cremonesi, NRC, Italy
10. Population Genomics of Environmental Bacteria and Archaea Rachel Whitaker, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Daniel Buckley, Cornell University Thane Papke, University of Connecticut Francisco Rodriguez-Valera, University Miguel Hernandez III. Population Genomics of Fungi
11. Population Genomics of Plant Pathogenic Fungi Michael G. Milgroom, Cornell University
12. Population Genomics of Human Pathogenic Fungi Bruce McDonald, ETH Zurich Institute of Integrative Biology
13. Population Genomics and Yeast Biodiversity and Evolution Cletus P Kurtzman, USDA AR Gianni Liti, Institute of Genetics, University of Nottingham Mathew R. Goddard, University of Auckland, University of Lincoln
14. Population Genomics of Domestication in Yeast Edward J. Louis, Institute of Genetics, University of Nottingham; José Paulo Sampaio, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, Caparica, Portugal IV. Population Genomics of Viruses
15. Population Genomics of Human Viruses Richard A. Neher, Max Planck Institute of Developmental BiologyFrancois Balloux, University of Cambridge
16. Population Genomics of Plant Viruses Zhongguo Xiong, University of ArizonaH. C. Prasanna, Indian Institute of Vegetable Research
17. Population Genomics of Bacterial Viruses Mathew Sullivan, University of Ohio
18. Population Genomics of Insect Viruses Robert S. Cornman, Bee Research Lab, USDA-ARS Clement Gilbert, Universite de Poitiers Index. - Digitaledited by Jennifer L. Hefner, Timothy R. Huerta, Ann Scheck McAlearney, the Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA.Summary: Aspects of health care organizations discussed in the volume include the PCMH, ACOs, integration with the public health and mental health systems, hospital-physician alignment, and resource planning.
Contents:
Strategic re-design of team-based patient-focused healthcare services / Denise C. Tahara, Richard P. Green
Community-level sociodemographic characteristics and patient-centered medical home / Larry R. Hearld, Kristine R. Hearld, Tory H. Hogan
Engaging the healthcare team through operations councils : strategies to improve population health from within / Susan Moffatt-Bruce [and others]
Using teams to implement personalized health care across a multi-site breast cancer network / Sarah Lewis [and others]
A business planning model to identify new safety net clinic locations / James Langabeer II [and others]
Answering the call for integrating population health : insights from health system executives / Erik Carlton
Population health management in integrated physical and mental health care / Cynthia J. Sieck, Thomas Wickizer, Laurel Geist
Population, community and public health : measuring the benefits / Jason S. Turner, Connie Evashwick
The evolving model of health care in the United States : system change is not enough / Randell Wexler
Payment models to support population health management / Timothy R. Huerta, Jennifer L. Hefner, Ann Scheck McAlearney.Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014 - DigitalMarieke Verschuuren, Hans van Oers, editors.
- DigitalKatherine M. Keyes and Sandro Galea.Summary: 'Population Health Science' formalizes an emerging discipline at the crossroads of social and medical sciences, demography, and economics-an emerging approach to population studies that represents a seismic shift in how traditional health sciences measure and observe health events.
- Digital/Printprepared by the Agency for International Development, Bureau for Technical Assistance, Office of Population.Digital Access Google Books Oct. 1970
- DigitalMichelle Falkenbach, Scott L. Greer, editors.Summary: This contributed volume is the first in-depth analysis of the health policies of populist radical right (PRR) parties worldwide and their actual involvement in health care. The prominence of authoritarian, nationalistic, and populist parties is expanding steadily. However, it is often difficult to discern what kind of policies they really stand for, particularly with regard to the welfare state and public health, where research remains sparse. This book fills this critical gap. The text connects PRR parties and leaders with actual health and social policy effects in Eastern and Western Europe as well as in the United States, Brazil, and the Philippines. The chapters highlight ten individual country case studies authored by young scholars and professors with political science and health experts: The Austrian Freedom Party in Government: A Threat to Public Health? The Alternative for Germany (AfD) and Health Policy: Normalization or Containment of Populist Radical Right Tendencies? Populist Radical Right Influence on Health Policy in the Netherlands: The Case of the Party for Freedom (PVV) The Evolution of the Populist Radical Right and Their Impact on Health in Italy The Populist Radical Right and Health in Hungary Is the Polish 'Law and Justice' (PiS) a Typical Populist Radical Right Party? A Health Policy Perspective The Case of the United Kingdom Independence Party (UKIP) Rhetoric and Reality in the United States of America: Trump, Populism, and Health Policy Ruling Through Chaos in Brazil: Bolsonaro's Authoritarian Agenda for Public Health An Authoritarian Reaction to COVID-19 in the Philippines: A Strong Commitment to Universal Health Care Combined with Violent Securitization The Populist Radical Right and Health is exceptionally timely and essential reading for political science and health colleagues researching and writing about PRR parties and leaders; students and faculty in public health, health and social policy, and political science; and anyone interested in learning more about this topic.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgements
Abbreviations
Contents
List of Figures
List of Tables
About the Editors and Contributors
Contributors
Introduction
Introduction
Populism and Health: Identifying What We Know
Populism
Populist Radical Right
Populist Radical Right Parties and the Mainstream
Populist Radical Right Politics and Health Policy
The Coronavirus Test
The Book in Brief
References
The Austrian Freedom Party in Government: A Threat to Public Health?
Introduction
History of the FPÖ From Welfare Populism to Welfare Chauvinism
The FPÖ and Their Social Policies
Haider (2000-2005)
Strache (2017-2019)
The FPÖ's Role in Shaping Health Policies
The Social Insurance Merger
Private Hospitals Financing Fund
A New E-Card
The Austrian Smoking Ban
The FPÖ and the Coronavirus
Conclusion
References
The Alternative for Germany (AfD) and Health Policy: Normalization or Containment of Populist Radical Right Tendencies?
Introduction
The History of the AfD
The AfD as a PRR Party
The AfD and Its Response to the Early COVID-19 Crisis The Health Policies of the AfD
Conclusion
References
Populist Radical Right Influence on Health Policy in the Netherlands: The Case of the Party for Freedom (PVV)
Introduction
History of the PVV
The Influence of the PVV on Dutch Health Policy
Elderly Care
Curative Care
Public Health
The PVV in Opposition
The Dutch PRR and the COVID-19 Pandemic
Conclusion
References
The Evolution of the Populist Radical Right and Their Impact on Health in Italy
Introduction
History of the Lega Nord
From Bossi to Salvini
PRR Lega?
Health Policies of the Lega Berlusconi Government II and III (2001-2006)
Berlusconi IV Government (2008-2011)
Conte I Government (2018-2019)
The Corona Pandemic
Conclusion
References
The Populist Radical Right and Health in Hungary
Introduction
Fidesz's Turn to PRR
Welfare Reforms Impacting Health
Health Policies
COVID-19 Response
Conclusion
References
Is the Polish 'Law and Justice' (PiS) a Typical Populist Radical Right Party? A Health Policy Perspective
Introduction
PiS and PRR Ideology
Health Policy Reforms Under PiS Since 2015
Government's Response to COVID-19 Discussion
Conclusion
References
The Case of the United Kingdom Independence Party (UKIP)
Introduction
The Rise of UKIP
UKIP and Radical Right Populism
Beyond Euroscepticism: The Influence of PRR Politics on UK Health Policy
The COVID Crisis and Populism in the United Kingdom
Conclusion
References
Rhetoric and Reality in the United States of America: Trump, Populism and Health Policy
Introduction
PRR, Donald Trump and the United States
Trump and Traditional Conservative Health Policy
Welfare Chauvinistic Policies
Liberal Chauvinistic Policies - Digitaledited by Alejandro P. Heuck.Contents:
X-ray crystallography shines a light on pore-forming toxins / Bronte A. Johnstone, Michelle P. Christie, Craig J. Morton, and Michael W. Parker
How protein engineering has revealed the molecular mechanisms of pore-forming toxins / Jordan C. Evans and Rodney K. Tweten
Electron microscopy as a critical tool in the determination of pore forming mechanisms in proteins / Robert J.C. Gilbert
Going full circle : Determining the structures of complement component 9 / Bradley A. Spicer and Michelle A. Dunstone
Preparation of Clostridium perfringens binary iota-toxin pore complex for structural analysis using cryo-EM / Tomohito Yamada and Hideaki Tsuge
AFM imaging of pore forming proteins / Adrian W. Hodel, Katharine Hammond, and Bart W. Hoogenboom
High-speed atomic force microscopy to study pore-forming proteins / Fang Jiao, Yi Ruan, and Simon Scheuring
The use of giant unilamellar vesicles to study functional properties of pore-forming toxins / Saša Aden, Tina Snoj, and Gregor Anderluh
Preparation and utility of asymmetric lipid vesicles for studies of perfringolysin O-lipid interactions / Shinako Kakuda, Bingchen Li, and Erwin London
Molecular basis for the activation of actinoporins by lipids / Jose M.M. Caaveiro and Kouhei Tsumoto
Biophysical approaches to study actinoporin-lipid interactions / Juan Palacios-Ortega, Esperanza Rivera-de-Torre, José G. Gavilanes, J. Peter Slotte, Álvaro Martínez-del-Pozo, and Sara García-Linares
Conformational switching, refolding and membrane insertion of the diphtheria toxin translocation domain / Alexey S. Ladokhin, Alexander Kyrychenko, Mykola V. Rodnin, and Victor Vasquez-Montes
Cysteine-based crosslinking approach for characterization of oligomeric pore-forming proteins in the mitochondrial membranes / Zhi Zhang, Bo Huang, Xuejun C. Zhang, and Jialing Lin
Topological analysis of type 3 secretion translocons in native membranes / Yuzhou Tang, Hanling Guo, Arjan J. Vermeulen, and Alejandro P. Heuck
Single-molecule imaging of pore-forming toxin dynamics in droplet interface bilayers / Christopher Parperis and Mark I. Wallace
Using multiscale molecular dynamics simulations to obtain insights into pore forming toxin mechanisms / Rajat Desikan, Amit Behera, Prabal K. Maiti, and K. Ganapathy Ayappa
The use of pore-forming toxins to image lipids and lipid domains / Nario Tomishige, Motohide Murate, Pascal Didier, Ludovic Richert, Yves Mély, and Toshihide Kobayashi
The use of anthrolysin O and ostreolysin A to study cholesterol in cell membranes / Kristen A. Johnson and Arun Radhakrishnan
Strategies for enzymological studies and measurements of biological molecules with the cytolysin A nanopore / Carsten Wloka, Nicole S. Galenkamp, Nieck J. van der Heide, Florian L.R. Lucas, and Giovanni Maglia
Pore-forming toxins as tools for polymer analytics : From sizing to sequencing / Fabien Piguet, Tobias Ensslen, Mazdak A. Bakshloo, Monasadat Talarimoghari, Hadjer Ouldali, Gerhard Baaken, Ekaterina Zaitseva, Manuela Pastoriza-Gallego, Jan C. Behrends, and Abdelghani Oukhaled
Use of pore-forming toxins to study co-translocational protein folding / Antonio De la Torre-Cabrera and David Rodriguez-Larrea.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021 - DigitalRoland Hennes, Gisela Müller, editors.Summary: Comprehensive and professional care for people with ports! This book offers nurses and medical professionals comprehensive knowledge for the care of people with ports. Starting with the selection and indication for port placement, through dressing changes and hygiene guidelines, to everyday handling - here you will find expert knowledge at the highest level! The different requirements in inpatient and outpatient settings are also taken into account. The authors come from different professional groups and show that good interprofessional cooperation is essential for successful, evidence-based treatment of patients with a port. Here's how to improve your patients' quality of life! This book is a translation of the original German 1st edition Portpflege by Roland Hennes and Gisela Muller, published by Springer-Verlag GmbH Germany, part of Springer Nature in 2020. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation. Springer Nature works continuously to further the development of tools for the production of books and on the related technologies to support the authors. The Content Basics of port surgery and management of complications Wound care and dressing changes Hygiene standards and legal aspects of care Special situations: Children, ambulatory care The Editors Roland Hennes, MD, Head of the Heidelberg Port Center-Superior Physician, Department of General, Visceral and Transplant Surgery, Heidelberg University Hospital. Gisela Muller, Head of Nursing at the Surgical University Hospital Heidelberg.
Contents:
Interdisciplinary cooperation for the treatment of port patients
Indications for a port catheter system, basics of port surgery and management of complications
Hygiene standards for the treatment of port patients
Legal aspects of port care
Expert standard for port care
Wound care and dressing changes
Intra- and postoperative care after port implantation
Special features of port care in oncological patients
Port care in outpatient care
Special patient groups. Intra- and postoperative care after port implantation
Special features of port care for oncological patients
Port care in outpatient care
Special patient groups
Port care in infants and children
Documentation Patient counseling and information
Current evidence of port care. - DigitalLarry D. Florman, M.D.Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Mentors/Advisors
Chapter 3. The Transition?Part 1
Chapter 4. Attire
Chapter 5. The Little Black Book
Chapter 6. Communications
Chapter 7. Teaching and Learning
Chapter 8. Surgery Suite Etiquette
Chapter 9. The Clinics
Chapter 10. Rounds
Chapter 11. The Difficult
Chapter 12. Documentation
Chapter 13. Presentations
Chapter 14. Mortality and Morbidity Conference
Chapter 15. On Call
Chapter 16. Family and Friends
Chapter 17. Your Health
Chapter 18. Medical?Legal
Chapter 19 The System
Chapter 20. The Boards
Chapter 21 The 80-Hour Week
Chapter 22. Research
Chapter 23. The Interview
Chapter 24. HIPAA
Chapter 25. Social Media
Chapter 26. Electronic Medical Records
Chapter 27. Insurance, Managed Care
Chapter 28. Vacations
Chapter 29. Finances
Chapter 30. Assorted Affairs
Chapter 31. The Transition?Part 2
Chapter 32. The Mentor?s Wrap-Up
Chapter 33. Epilogue
Appendix A. Commonly Used Web-Based Sites
Appendix B. Books of Interest. . - Digital[edited by] Wael E.A. Saad.Contents:
Pathogenesis and diagnosis
Medical, endoscopic, percutaneous, and surgical management
Endovascular management: shunts and splenic embolization
Percutaneous and endovascular management: transvenous obliteration.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Radiology 2018 - DigitalRoberto de Franchis, editor.Summary: This book will be an excellent tool for practitioners seeking an update on the latest developments in the diagnosis and management of cirrhosis and portal hypertension. Among the topics addressed are risk stratification, prognosis, screening and surveillance, impact of etiological and antifibrotic therapy, the gut microbiome and cirrhosis, prevention of decompensation/further decompensation, management of the acute bleeding episode, controversies in pediatrics, and vascular diseases of the liver in cirrhotic and noncirrhotic portal hypertension. The book is a compilation of lectures and important consensus statements from the Sixth Baveno International Consensus Workshop on Portal Hypertension, the most recent of a series of workshops held every 5 years for hepatologists with an interest in the field. Portal Hypertension VI will serve as a reference book for clinical and research fellows in Gastroenterology and Hepatology and should inspire new research projects in the areas identified as promising by the experts of the Baveno VI Faculty.
Contents:
Session 1
Risk stratification and prognosis
Session 2
Screening and surveillance: invasive and noninvasive methods
Session 3
Changing scenarios I: Impact of etiological therapy for cirrhosis and of anti-fibrotic therapy on portal hypertension
Session 4
The gut microbiome and cirrhosis
Session 5
Changing scenarios II: What to do after successful cure of the etiologic factor?
Session 6
Management of the acute bleeding episode
Session 7
Controversies and challenges in Pediatrics
Session 8
Prevention of further decompensation (ascites, spontaneous bacterial peritonitis, hepatorenal syndrome, hepatic encephalopathy)
Session 9 Vascular diseases of the liver in cirrhotic and non-cirrhotic portal hypertension: coagulation, anti-coagulation, anti-platelet drugs.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalRoberto de Franchis, editor.Summary: This book, the seventh in a series of proceedings volumes that began in 1995, reviews the latest developments in the diagnosis and management of cirrhosis and portal hypertension. It addresses a broad range of topics, including: risk stratification, HVPG, non-invasive surrogates for cACLD, CSPH, varices, progression and regression of cirrhosis, impact of etiological therapy on cirrhosis, impact of non-etiological novel therapies on cirrhosis, prevention of first/further decompensation, acute variceal hemorrhage, and Vascular Liver Disorders in Cirrhosis (VALDIG). The book is a compilation of lectures and important consensus statements from the Seventh Baveno International Consensus Workshop on Portal Hypertension, the latest in a series of workshops held every five years for hepatologists with an interest in the field. Portal Hypertension VII offers a valuable reference guide for clinical and research fellows in Gastroenterology and Hepatology and will inspire new research projects in the promising areas identified by the experts of the Baveno VII Faculty.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Thomas D. Boyer, MD (1943-2018)-A Tribute
Memories of Prof Andrew K. Burroughs, MD (1953-2014)
Tribute to Roberto J. Groszmann
Tribute to Prof Luigi Pagliaro (1931-2020)
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Introductory Lectures
1: Introduction: Baveno I to Baveno VII ... and Beyond
Baveno I to VI
Attendance at the Baveno Workshops
Publications Derived from the Baveno Workshops
Impact of the Baveno Consensus on the Medical Literature
Validation of the Baveno Definitions and Recommendations
Beyond Baveno VII, the Baveno Cooperation The Baveno I-VII Workshops Were a Concerted Effort of the Following
Speakers and Chairpersons
References
2: New Concepts in Risk Stratification
Introduction
Risk Prediction and Probabilistic Thinking
Diagnosis as a Risk Prediction Problem
Decision Thresholds and Risk Stratification
Risk Prediction and the Interpretation of Treatment Effects in Randomized Controlled Trials
Conclusion
References
3: Clinical Stages and Ordinal Outcomes in Portal Hypertension
Background
Definition and Incidence of Decompensation
Clinical Stages of Cirrhosis Ordinal Outcomes
Examples of Application of an Ordinal Outcome in Compensated Cirrhosis
Ordinal Outcomes for Randomized Clinical Trials in Cirrhosis
Sample Size Estimation with Ordinal Compared to Binary Outcomes
Using Ordinal Outcomes in Portal Hypertension
Conclusions
References
4: Lifestyle and Genetic Modifiers of Liver Disease Progression
Lifestyle Modifiers of Liver Disease Progression
Unhealthy Lifestyle
Alcohol
Obesity
Malnutrition, Sarcopenia, and Frailty
Cigarette Smoke
Healthy Lifestyle-Protective Factors
Physical Activity and Exercise Coffee Consumption and Mediterranean Diet
Genetic Modifiers of Progression of cACLD
Individual Genetic Variants
PNPA3 and HSD17B13
SERPINA1/Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency
NOD2
NR1H4/FXR
Conclusions and Outlook
References
Part II: HVPG as a Gold Standard
5: HVPG as a Gold Standard: Accuracy Is Essential
Procedure Technique
Pressure Measurements and Data Recording
Technical Aspects
Diagnosis of Clinically Significant Portal Hypertension (CSPH) and Prediction of Main Outcomes in Patients with Different Etiologies of Cirrhosis
Variceal Hemorrhage Hepatocellular Carcinoma (HCC)
Survival
Assessment of HVPG in Patients Receiving NSBBs for Prevention of Variceal Hemorrhage and Decompensation
HVPG Predicts Risk of Decompensation and Mortality after Hepatic and Non-hepatic Surgery
Patients with Cirrhosis and HCC: Candidates for Hepatic Resection
Patients with Cirrhosis Who Undergo Extrahepatic Surgery
PPG in the Setting of Tips
PPG Measurement
Anatomic Location for PPG Measurement
Optimal PPG Threshold for Portal Hypertensive Bleeding/Ascites
PPG Thresholds in Overshunting Adverse Events
References - DigitalXingshun Qi, Weifen Xie, editors.Summary: This book covers major knowledge and recent advance regarding portal vein thrombosis. Portal vein thrombosis, a potentially life-threatening vascular disorder of the liver, refers to the development of thrombosis within main portal vein trunk and intrahepatic portal vein branches with or without splenic and mesenteric veins. In patients with acute portal vein thrombosis, if a thrombus extends into the mesenteric veins, there is a risk of intestinal ischemia and necrosis; in patients with chronic portal vein thrombosis, portal hypertension and its complications develop. The book includes chapters on the topics of epidemiology, risk factors, diagnosis, and prognostic impact, pharmacological, interventional with surgical treatment of this disease. Concepts of early diagnosis of portal vein thrombosis and extensive assessment of its severity are fully introduced. The book is beneficial for physicians to establish standard treatment strategy, for researchers to launch creative clinical and experimental studies.
Contents:
1 Anatomy of Portal Vein System
2 Epidemiology of Portal Vein Thrombosis
3 Risk factors for portal vein thrombosis
4 Imaging of Portal Vein Thrombosis
5 Classification of Non-malignant Portal Vein Thrombosis
6 Impact of Non-malignant Portal Vein Thrombosis on Outcomes of Liver Cirrhosis
7 Anticoagulation for Nontumoral Portal Vein Thrombosis
8 Thrombolysis for Non-malignant Portal Vein Thrombosis
9 Transjugular Intrahepatic Portosystemic Shunt for Non-malignant Portal Vein Thrombosis
10 Liver Transplantation in the Setting of Non-Malignant Portal Vein Thrombosis
11 Management Of Portal Vein Thrombosis In Liver Cancer
12 Future Directions. - Digital/PrintGrace D. Li.Summary: "Ocean's Eleven meets The Farewell in this lush, lyrical heist novel inspired by the true story of Chinese art vanishing from Western museums, about diaspora, the colonization of art, and the complexity of the Chinese American identity. History is told by the conquerors. Across the Western world, museums display the spoils of war, of conquest, of colonialism: priceless pieces of art looted from other countries, kept even now. Will Chen plans to steal them back. A senior at Harvard, Will fits comfortably in his carefully curated roles: a perfect student, an art history major and sometimes artist, the eldest son who has always been his parents' American Dream. But when a mysterious Chinese benefactor reaches out with an impossible--and illegal--job offer, Will finds himself something else as well: the leader of a heist to steal back five priceless Chinese sculptures, looted from Beijing centuries ago. His crew is every heist archetype one can imagine--or at least, the closest he can get. A con artist: Irene Chen, a public policy major at Duke who can talk her way out of anything. A thief: Daniel Liang, a pre-med student with steady hands just as capable of lockpicking as suturing. A getaway driver: Lily Wu, an engineering major who races cars in her free time. A hacker: Alex Huang, an MIT dropout turned Silicon Valley software engineer. Each member of his crew has their own complicated relationship with China and the identity they've cultivated as Chinese Americans, but when Will asks, none of them can turn him down. Because if they succeed? They earn fifty million dollars--and a chance to make history. But if they fail, it will mean not just the loss of everything they've dreamed for themselves but yet another thwarted attempt to take back what colonialism has stolen"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
- DigitalDonata Villani, Maria Vittoria Meraviglia, editors ; foreword by Adriano Ferrari.Summary: This book provides clear guidance on the prevention, early diagnosis, and treatment of positional plagiocephaly. Information is first presented on classification, epidemiology, and etiopathogenesis. Diagnosis is then explained in detail, covering the significance of anamnestic data, physical examination, differential diagnosis, instrumental examinations, and anthropometric measurements. Preventive measures such as 'tummy time' and physiotherapy are described, and the role of orthoses, osteopathy, and surgery in treatment is closely examined. The closing chapter addresses prognosis and complications. Positional plagiocephaly is not only a "cosmetic" problem but can cause facial and mandibular asymmetry, visual disturbances, and cognitive and psychomotor impairment, yet when correctly treated it usually resolves by 6-7 years of age. This book will be an ideal aid for pediatricians, neurosurgeons,maxillo-facial surgeons, orthopedic physicians, physiotherapists, and for all involved in preventing and managing the condition.
Contents:
1 Historical notes
2 Definition and classification
3 Epidemiology
4 Etiology and pathogenesis
5 Diagnosis and clinical evaluation
6 Prevention and physiotherapic treatment
7 Osteopathic considerations
8 Surgical indications and treatment for cranial occipital anomalies
9 Outcomes. - DigitalNico de Vries, Madeline Ravesloot, J. Peter van Maanen, editors.Summary: Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA) is the most prevalent sleep disordered breathing disorder. It has become apparent that in more than half the patients with OSA, the frequency and duration of apneas are influenced by body position. To treat patients with Position Dependent OSA (POSA), positional therapy can be considered for preventing patients from sleeping in the worst sleeping position. Recently, treatment of POSA has advanced dramatically with the introduction of a new generation of positional therapy. Positional Therapy in Obstructive Sleep Apnea presents improved OSA diagnostic methods and the tools needed to implement positional therapy in clinical practice. This includes patient work-up, positional therapy with or without other treatments, consequences of guidelines, and future developments. Clinicians, students and researchers will find this comprehensive guide to be an invaluable resource for evaluating and treating sleep breathing disorders.
Contents:
1. Introduction.- 2. OSA, the magnitude of the problem 3
Compliance of various forms of OSA treatment
4. Prevalence of positional obstructive sleep apnea in patients undergoing polysomnography and the effect of sleep stage
5 The contribution of head position to the apnea hypopnea index in patients with position dependent obstructive sleep apnea
6. Influence of sleep position on the transition of mild to moderate and severe OSA
7. Clinical characteristics of positional obstructive sleep apnea among Asians.- 8. Positional therapy: left lateral decubitus position versus right lateral decubitus position
9. Drug Induced Sleep Endoscopy and Sleep Position.- 10. Changes in site of obstruction in obstructive sleep apnea patients according to sleep position.- 11. Towards a clinical classification system (APOC) for positional dependent obstructive sleep apnea
12. Retrospective cohort analysis with the APOC system.- 13. Correlation between calculated/predicted and actual AHI after positional therapy.- 14. Influence of sleep position on snoring
15. The effect of body position on sleep apnea in children.- 16. Sleep position and pregnancy
17. Positional OSA in Down syndrome.- 18. Positional OSA in the morbidly obese and the effect of weight loss on OSA severity.- 19. The impact of body weight changes on body posture dominance in adult Obstructive Sleep Apnea Patients.- 20. Positional central sleep apnea
21. History of positional therapy: transition from tennis balls to new devices
22. Long term results and compliance of a special vest preventing the supine position.- 23. Results of a first generation new device for positional therapy
24. Short term (4 weeks) results of the Sleep Position Trainer for positional therapy.- 25. Long-term (6 months) effectiveness, compliance and subjective sleep outcomes of treatment with the Sleep Position Trainer in a large cohort of position-dependent OSA patients.- 26. 10 problems and solutions for Positional Therapy: Technical aspects of the Sleep Position Trainer
27. Prevalence and Effect of supine-dependent obstructive sleep apnea and effect of oral appliance therapy.- 28. Positional therapy and palatal surgery
29. Positional therapy and tongue base surgery.- 30. Residual POSA after maxillomandibular ad-vancement in patients with severe OSA.- 31. Impact of upper airway surgery on positional change during sleep.- 32. Comparison of positional therapy to CPAP in patients with positional obstructive sleep apnea .- 33. Position training: an indispensable therapy.- 34. Positional therapy, consequences for and implementation in OSA guidelines.- 35.- Position-dependent sleep apnea: implications for diagnosis and management.- 36. Positional Therapy in Obstructive Sleep Apnea: For whom and for whom not.- 37. Summary and future perspectives. - Print[by] K. C. Clark. Rev. by James McInnes.
- Printby Paige Rawl with Ali Benjamin.Summary: "A teenager's memoir of the experinces of bullying, being HIV positive and surviving the experiences to become a force for positive change in this world"-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalNichole Wood-Barcalow, Tracy Tylka, Casey Judge.Summary: This clear and easy-to-use workbook provides clinicians, clients, and those interested in self-improvement with a practical guide to understanding and improving body image through the latest research findings and clinical tools. The key components of positive body image, such as embodiment, body appreciation, self-care, intuitive eating, social comparison, and body talk, are all covered, with reliable assessments and guidelines for applications accompanying each topic. An array of assignments are also included for clients and readers to complete based on their values, needs and interests to provide positive body image. Clinicians will appreciate the practical treatment planning sections (including talking points for sessions, goals and objectives) to assist in clinical interventions. Additionally, a specific chapter is devoted to how clinicians can prepare themselves both professionally and personally for body image work.Digital Access Cambridge 2021
- Digitaledited by Dilip V. Jeste, M.D., Senior Associate Dean for Healthy Aging and Senior Care, Estelle and Edgar Levi Chair in Aging, Director, Sam and Rose Stein Institute for Research on Aging, and Distinguished Professor of Psychiatry and Neurosciences, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California, Barton W. Palmer, Ph. D., Professor, Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California.Contents:
Introduction, what is positive psychiatry? / Dilip V. Jeste, Barton W. Palmer
Positive psychological traits / Averria Sirkin Martin, Alexandrea l. Harmell, Brent T. Mausbach
Resilience and post-traumatic growth / George E. Vaillant
Positive social psychiatry / Dan G. Blazer, Warren A. Kinghorn
Recovery in mental illnesses / Christine Rufener, Colin A. Depp, Maja K. Gawronska, Elyn R. Saks
What is well-being? / Robert M. Kaplan, Wendy B. Smith
Clinical assessments of positive mental health / Per Bech
Clinical assessments of positive mental health / Per Bech
Positive psychotherapeutic and behavioral interventions / Acacia C. Parks, Evan M. Kleiman, Todd B. Kashdan, Leslie R.M. Hausmann, Piper S. Meyer, Anne M. Day, Nichea S. Spillane, Christopher W. Kahler
Positivity in supportive and psychodynamic therapy / Richard F. Summers, Julie A. Lord
Complementary, alternative, and integrative medicine (CAIM) interventions / Helen Lavretsky, Taya C. Varteresian
Preventive interventions / Carl C. Bell
Integrating positive psychiatry into clinical practice / Samantha Boardman, P. Murali Doraiswamy
Biology of positive psychiatry / Raeanne C. Moore, Lisa T. Eyler, Paul J. Mills, Ruth M. O'Hara, Katherine Wachmann, Helen Lavretsky
Positive child psychiatry / David C. Rettew
Positive geriatric and cultural psychiatry / Maria J. Marquine, Zvinka Z. Zlatar, Daniel D. Sewell
Bioethics of positive psychiatry / Ajai Singh.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015 - DigitalErick Messias, Hamid Peseschkian, Consuelo Cagande, editors.Summary: This book is the first to bring together the innovations gained from positive psychology, positive psychotherapy, and positive psychiatry in one volume that will serve as an excellent resource for medical and mental health professionals looking to reap the benefits gained by the studies and experiences in these areas. Currently, the majority of texts that are available are targeting psychologists and researchers, whereas this book seeks to use positive mental health as the foundation on which the clinical applications are built. Written by 49 experts in psychiatry, psychotherapy, and psychology, from 13 countries representing 5 continents, this book is designed to take an accessible approach that leaves the reader with a clear understanding of the epidemiology, development, and clinical applications for modern practice. Chapters include discourse on positive interventions across the lifespan and psychiatric and psychosomatic disorders, including depression, psychosis, anxiety disorders, and substance use disorders. The text also covers special topics such as care of transcultural considerations, special psychotherapeutic settings, and hot topics. Positive Psychiatry, Psychotherapy and Psychology is a valuable resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, psychotherapists, social workers, and all other mental health professionals working with patients who may benefit from this approach.
Contents:
Part 1: Basic Concepts, Background, and History
Positive Psychiatry: An Introduction
Positive Psychotherapy: An Introduction
Positive Psychology: An Introduction
Part 2: Staying Positive Through Life
Positive Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
Positive Psychiatry in Midlife
Professional well-being
Successful Aging
Life Balance with Positive Psychotherapy
Part 3: Psychiatric and Psychosomatic Disorders
Positive interventions in Depression
Positive interventions in Anxiety disorders
Positive interventions in Schizophrenia and Psychotic Disorders
Positive interventions in Substance Use Disorders
Positive Psychotherapy and Eating Disorders
Positive interventions in PTSD and post traumatic growth
Positive Psychosomatics
Positive Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy
Part 4: Special Settings and Populations
Culture and Minorities: Positive Psychology and Positive Psychiatry Perspectives
Positive Psychotherapy in different Cultures
Positive Sports Psychiatry
Positive Family Counselling and Marital Therapy
Positive Pedagogy and Counselling
Positive Group Psychotherapy
Positive Psychotherapy in organizational and leadership coaching
Psychotherapeutic work with men
Part 5: Theoretical Foundations and Training
Theoretical Foundations and Roots of Positive Psychotherapy
The First Interview in Positive Psychotherapy
The Conflict Model in Positive Psychotherapy
Using stories, anecdotes and humor in Positive Psychotherapy
Supervision in Positive Psychotherapy
Spirituality and Religion in positive psychiatry and psychology
Positive Psychotherapy as an Existentialism
Positive Psychotherapy and other psychotherapeutic methods
Positive Psychotherapy and Meaning
Positive interpretation as a tool in psychotherapy.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalSarah Lewis.Contents:
About the author
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgements
The legacy of twentieth century idea about organisational change
The challenge of leadership
Helping people engage positively with imposed change
How the methodologies described later approach organisations and change
Using positive psychology to achieve change at the team and individual level
Appreciative inquiry
World cafe
Simu-real
Pulling it all together
References
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalBirendra Kishore Das, editor.Summary: This book provides basic information about the relatively new and evolving technology ?positron emission tomography- for its clinical applications and practical guidance for the referring physicians. Chapters cover application of PET in various clinical settings including oncology, cardiology, and neurology with a focus on its role in various cancers. Because most of the new PET equipments come as hybrid machines with CT or MRI, two chapters have been included at the end of the book to provide basic and comprehensive information about these two technologies. Molecular imaging is going to revolutionize the way we practice medicine in the future. It will lead to more accurate diagnosis of diseases and its extent which will lead to better management and better outcomes. PET imaging is mostly used in oncology, neurology and cardiology but also finds application in other situations such as infection imaging. The main focus, of course, is in management of cancer patients. PET (PET-CT) is not only very sensitive as it can detect changes in abnormal biochemical processes at cellular level but in one go all such areas can be detected in a whole body scan. It can show response to therapy, eradication of the disease or recurrence during the follow-up period. Some cancers, especially lymphoma or cancers of the head and neck, brain, lung, colon, or prostate, in very early stage may show up more clearly on a PET scan than on a CT scan or an MRI. A PET scan can also measure such vital functions as blood flow, oxygen use, and glucose metabolism, which can help to evaluate the effectiveness of a patient?s treatment plan, allowing the course of care to be adjusted if necessary. Apart from its vital role in oncology it can estimate brain's blood flow and metabolic activity. A PET scan can help finding various nervous system disorders, such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, multiple sclerosis, TIA etc. PET scan is also increasingly being used to find poor blood flow to the heart, which may mean coronary artery disease. It can most accurately estimate the extent of damage to the heart tissue especially after a heart attack and help choose the best treatment, such as coronary artery bypass graft surgery, stenting or medical treatment. PET scan can also contribute significantly in identifying areas exactly where radiotherapy is to be targeted avoiding unnecessary radiation exposure to surrounding tissue.
Contents:
Positron Emission Tomography ( PET ) ? an overview
Development of Positron Emission Tomography (PET)
A historical prospective
Planning of a PET Facility in India
PET in comparison with other imaging modalities
Technical considerations during PET imaging
Application of PET in Oncology ( Overview)
Application of PET in Neurology (Overview)
Application of PET in Cancer of the Brain
Application of PET in Cancer of the Naso-Pharynx
Application of PET in Cardiology
Application of PET in Breast Cancer
Application of PET-CT in lung cancer- The Current Status and Future Potentials
Application of PET in Cancer of Gastro-Intestinal System
Application of PET in Cancer of the Genito-Urinary System
Application of PET in Cancer of the Endocrine Organs
Application of PET in Cancer of the Bone and Bone Marrow
Application of PET in Infection and inflammation
Application of PET in therapy planning
Basic principles and functional aspects of a medical Cyclotron
Basic principles of CT Imaging
Fundamentals of MRI Imaging
Comparison of PET-CT with PET-MRI. - Digitalby Jonas Francisco Y. Santiago.Summary: Positron Emission Tomography with Computed Tomography (PET/CT) is an accessible case book presenting interesting cases encountered by the author over the last ten years experience as the chairman and director of the only PET Center in the Philippines. It aims to guide physicians in the accurate interpretation of the PET scans of uncommon diseases, and sometimes common cases but in extraordinary situations or conditions. Encompassing a wide and varied range of fields such as oncology, inflammatory, immunology, anatomic variants etc., Positron Emission Tomography with Computed Tomography (PET/CT) will help those beginning their practice, and may even be useful to veterans of the field whose scope of practice has been limited to more common indications of an FDG-PET scan.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Brain
3. Diagnosed by PET
4. Tuberculosis
5. Inflammation
6. Rare or Unusual Primary Malignancies
7. Unusual Metastatic Sites
8. Missed in PET
9. Anatomical and Physiological Variants
10. Unconventional Imaging Techniques. - DigitalPamela A. Fenstemacher, Peter Winn, editors.Contents:
Home Health Care
Assisted Living and Residential Care
PACE
Department of Veteran Affairs Option for LTC
Behind the Scenes at Nursing Facilities
The Role of Practitioners and the Medical Director
Nurse Practitioners, Clinical Nurse Specialists and Physician Assistants
Common Clinical Conditions in Long Term Care
Preventing Hospital Admissions and Readmissions
Goals of Care and Prevention
Integrating Palliative Care into Practice
Weight and Nutrition
Wound Care
Dementia, Delirium and Depression
Ethical and Legal Issues
Caring for Families
Documentation and Coding
Medication Management in Long Term Care
Rehabilitation and Maximizing Function. - Digitaledited by Ayad K. Ali, Abraham G. Hartzema.Summary: Post-Authorization Safety Studies of Medicinal Products: The PASS Book bridges the gap in the literature by providing a complete look at post-authorization safety studies and important pharmacoepidemiology and pharmacovigilance aspects. It covers various types and limitations of active surveillance programs, including the use of large databases and disparate data sources for rapid signal detection, as well as novel and advanced design and analysis approaches for causal interference from observational data. This book serves as an important reference for pharmacovigilance scientists and pharmacoepidemiologists who are searching for the appropriate study design to answer safety research questions. Readers will be able to effectively and efficiently design and interpret findings from post-authorization safety studies with the goal of improving the benefit-risk balance of a drug in order to optimize patient safety.
Contents:
Intro
Title page
Table of Contents
Copyright
List of Contributors
Foreword
Chapter 1. Introduction
Risk Management and Benefit-Risk Evaluation
Transparency
About This Book
Chapter 2. Risk Management Process
Chapter 2.1. Risk Assessment
Chapter 2.2. Risk Minimization
Chapter 3. Data Sources for Post-Authorization Safety Studies
Chapter 3.1. Health Insurance Administrative Claims
Chapter 3.2. Electronic Medical Records
Chapter 3.3. Registries
Chapter 3.4. Big Data
Chapter 3.5. Social Media
Chapter 4. Study Designs for Post-Authorization Safety Studies
Chapter 4.1. Drug Utilization and Prescription-Event Monitoring StudiesChapter 4.2. Self-Controlled Studies
Chapter 4.3. Cohort and Nested Case-Control Studies
Chapter 4.4. Enriched Studies
Chapter 4.5. Prospective Studies
Chapter 5. Analytical Approaches for Post-Authorization Safety Studies
Chapter 5.1. Exposure Propensity Scores
Chapter 5.2. Disease Risk Scores
Chapter 5.3. Instrumental Variables
Chapter 5.4. Data Analytic Platforms
Chapter 5.5. Proactive Safety Surveillance
Chapter 6. Benefit-Risk Evaluation
Chapter 6.1. Benefit-Risk Evaluation Frameworks
Chapter 6.2. Post-Authorization Effectiveness StudiesChapter 7. Post-Authorization Safety Studies for Specialty Products
Chapter 7.1. Post-Authorization Safety Studies for Biosimilars and Interchangeable Biologic Products
Chapter 7.2. Post-Authorization Safety Studies for Medical Devices and Combination Products
Chapter 7.3. Post-Authorization Safety Studies for Vaccines
Chapter 8. The European Union Post-Authorization Study Register
Disclaimer/Acknowledgments
Introduction
IndexDigital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digitaledited by Vinay K. Kapoor.Summary: This book provides detailed insight to the readers into various aspects of bile duct injury. Bile duct injury is a common complication of cholecystectomy to treat gall stone disease prevalent all over the world. Risk of bile duct injury is more during a laparoscopic procedure as compared to open procedure and most cholecystectomies today are performed laparoscopically. Bile duct injury causes major morbidity and may even result in death, additionally it increases the healthcare costs and impairs quality of life. It is therefore important that every surgeon who performs cholecystectomy knows how to suspect, diagnose, manage and prevent bile duct injury. This book provides practical information and offers assistance in managing patients with difficult cases of bile duct injury. It summarises Dr Kapoor's experience with management of more than 1,000 patients with post-cholecystectomy bile duct injury/ biliary stricture. Chapters cover anatomy, epidemiology, mechanism, pathophysiology, clinical presentation, investigations, classification, diagnosis, management and prevention of bile duct injury. It also includes non-medical issues including health care, socio-economic, costs and quality of life.
Contents:
Surgical anatomy
Epidemiology
Etiology
Prevention
Patho-physiology of bile leak, bile loss and biliary obstruction
Non-biliary injuries
Nomenclature and classification
Intra-operative diagnosis and management
Postoperative diagnosis and management
External biliary fistula
Benign biliary stricture
Surgical management
Endoscopic management
Follow up
Health care
Socio-economic and medico-legal aspects. - DigitalAnant Mohan, Saurabh Mittal, editors.Summary: The book covers all aspects of clinical manifestations and management of various complications following acute coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). COVID-19 is considered a multisystem disease and may lead to long-term complications and sequelae in various organ systems, some of whom may severely impair quality of life and may cause higher mortality. The current understanding of these complications is still incomplete and unclear, consequently the management strategies are not well elucidated. This book provides an extensive review of the current understanding of post COVID-19 complications and a simple, yet rational approach to their management. The chapters include complications related to multiple organ systems of the body including the respiratory system, nervous system, cardiovascular system, psychiatric issues, endocrine abnormalities, and others. Every chapter provides a detailed description of a practical approach to chronic sequelae along with important summary points for quick reference. Each chapter provides easy-to-follow algorithms and key points. This book will assist medical practitioners in understanding various aspects of post COVID-19 complications and will be helpful for general practitioners, internists, pulmonologists and other healthcare workers dealing with patients with COVID-19. It will also be useful to undergraduates and postgraduates since COVID-19 has been included in medicine curriculum.
Contents:
COVID-19: An Overview
Pulmonary Sequelae of COVID-19
Role of Imaging in Post-COVID-19 Complications
Cardiovascular Complications Following COVID-19
Neurological Sequelae of COVID-19
Psychiatric Issues After COVID-19
Gastrointestinal and Hepatobiliary Complications Following COVID-19
Post-COVID-19 Endocrine Abnormalities
Renal Abnormalities Following COVID-19
COVID-19 Sequelae Affecting Ear, Nose and Throat
Rheumatological Complications Following COVID-19
Dermatological Sequelae of COVID-19
Eye Complications Following COVID-19
Role of Rehabilitation in the Post-COVID-19 Period
Palliative Care Issues in Post-COVID-19. - PrintSteindler, Arthur.Contents:
v. 1. Sect. A. Propedeutics in orthopedic diagnosis. Sect. B. Congenital deformities and disabilities
v. 2. Sect. A. Paralytic disabilities. Sect. B. Static disabilities
v. 3. Sect. A. Tuberculosis of the skeletal system. Sect. B. Osteomyelitis
v. 4. Sect. A. Arthritis and diseases of muscle, bursae tendons and fasciae. Sect. B. Deficiency and degenerative diseases of the locomotor system. - DigitalJean-Charles Preiser, Margaret Herridge, Elie Azoulay, editors.Summary: This book, part of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine textbook series, provides detailed up-to-date information on the physical, cognitive, and psychological impairments that are frequently present following a stay in an intensive care unit and examines in depth the available preventive and therapeutic strategies, including adapted rehabilitation programs. Beyond acquainting readers with the multiple facets of post-intensive care syndrome (PICS), the book aims to promote the effective follow-up of patients, thereby enhancing their ability to work and their functional autonomy, and to identify risk factors for the development of PICS as a stimulus to beneficial organizational changes in intensive care departments. The background to the book is the realization by healthcare providers that the quality of life of patients who have required a stay in an intensive care unit can be severely impaired or even become unacceptable. All too often, the diverse sequelae are overlooked by specialists of other disciplines. Moreover, families and caregivers are also at high risk of post-traumatic stress disorder and depression. The European Society of Intensive Care Medicine has developed the Lessons from the ICU series with the vision of providing focused and state-of-the-art overviews of central topics in Intensive Care and optimal resources for clinicians working in Intensive Care. This book, written by renowned experts in the field, will facilitate the transmission of key knowledge with significant clinical and financial benefits.
Contents:
Foreword, by Jean-Louis Vincent.- Part I. Introduction.- Chapter 1. The post ICU syndrome, history and definition.- Chapter 2. The Differential Diagnosis of Persistent Critical Illness and Other Causes of Prolonged ICU Stays.- Part II. Physical Impairment.- Chapter 3. Changes in Skeletal Muscle Mass and Contractile Function.- Chapter 4. Critical Illness Neuromyopathy: clinical, electrophysiology and histological diagnosis.- Chapter 5. Neuromyopathy: histological and molecular finding.- Chapter 6. Functional Outcomes Following Critical Illness.- Chapter 7. Diaphragmatic involvement.- Chapter 8. Imaging.- Chapter 9. Endocrinopathy of the Critically Ill.- Chapter 10. Post-ICU diabetes.- Chapter 11. Short and long-term ICU-acquired immunosuppression.- Part III. Cognitive / Psychological Impairment Chapter 12. Post Traumatic Stress Disorder after Critical Illness: Current Issues and Future Directions.- Chapter 13. Mood Disorders and Dementia in Survivors of Intensive Care.- Chapter 14. Functional scores of disability.- Chapter 15. Pain, analgesic effectiveness and long-term opioid dependency.- Chapter 16. Behavioral therapies.- Chapter 17. Post-intensive Care Syndrome in relatives of critically ill patientsChapter 18. Psychological impairment in professional caregivers.- Part IV. Rehabilitation.- Chapter 19. Modalities for physical rehabilitation.- Chapter 20. Nutritional strategies.- Chapter 21. Nutritional rehabilitation in the ICU.- Chapter 22. Follow-up consultations
why?.- Chapter 23. Feasibility of follow-up consultations.- Chapter 24. Coordinating rehabilitation in hospital after ICU discharge
priorities and pitfalls.- Chapter 25. Cost of disability.- Chapter 26. Cost effectiveness of post-intensive care clinics. - DigitalAyeshea Shenton, Peter Kralt, S. Kim Suvarna.Summary: This book is an ideal introduction to the specialty of post mortem computed tomography (PMCT). It will serve as a comprehensive yet accessible guide to the understanding and interpretation of whole-body studies for both hospital and community settings. Both normal post mortem appearances and findings associated with a wide range of diagnoses encountered in real cases from the coronial service are presented with the aid of numerous images. The coverage encompasses not only findings in all anatomic regions but also the imaging appearances in cases following targeted coronary angiography, attempted cardiopulmonary resuscitation and various special circumstances such as suicide. The inclusion of many practical tips and possible pitfalls will support the radiologist to become more confident when reporting PMCT, while for the more experienced practitioner the wealth of examples will serve as a useful resource. In addition to radiologists, the book will be of value for pathologists at all levels of experience and anyone needing to understand the role and limitations of PMCT.
Contents:
1) Introduction to the Investigation of Death and Post mortem Computed Tomography
2) Practical Considerations of Post Mortem Computed Tomography and Report Writing
3) Death, Post Mortem Changes and Decomposition on Post Mortem Computed Tomography
4) External Findings, Tubes and Devices on Post Mortem Computed Tomography
5) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Brain and Spinal Cord
6) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Extra-cranial Head and Neck
7) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Chest
8) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Heart
9) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Abdomen and Pelvis
10) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Bones and Soft Tissues
11) Findings Related to Attempted Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation on Post Mortem Computed Tomography. - Digitaledited by Erik Dassi.Contents:
Regulation of gene expression / Alessandro Quattrone and Erik Dassi
Computational approach for the discovery of protein-RNA networks / Domenica Marchese, Carmen Maria Livi, and Gian Gaetano Tartaglia
Transcriptional regulation with CRISPR/Cas9 effectors in mammalian cells / Hannah Pham, Nicola A. Kearns, and René Maehr
Studying the translatome with polysome profiling / Paola Zuccotti and Angelika Modelska
Exploring ribosome positioning on translating transcripts with ribosome profiling / Pieter Spealman ... [et al.]
Studying isoform-specific mRNA recruitment to polyribosomes with Frac-seq / Rocio T. Martinez-Nunez and Jeremy R. Sanford
Use of the pBUTR reporter system for scalable analysis of 3' UTR-mediated gene regulation / Arindam Chaudhury and Joel R. Neilson
Comprehensive identification of RNA-binding proteins by RNA interactome capture / Alfredo Castello ... [et al.]
Identifying RBP targets with RIP-seq / Hans-Herman Wessels ... [et al.]
PAR-CLIP : a method for transcriptome-wide identification of RNA binding protein interaction sites / Charles Danan, Sudhir Manickavel, and Markus Hafner
Profiling the binding sites of RNA-binding proteins with nucleotide resolution using iCLIP / FX Reymond Sutandy, Andrea Hildebrandt, and Julian König
Pipeline for PAR-CLIP data analysis / Marvin Jens
Capture and identification of miRNA targets by biotin pulldown and RNA-seq / Shen Mynn Tan and Judy Lieberman
Identification of miRNA-target RNA interactions using CLASH / Aleksandra Helwak and David Tollervey
Genome-wide analysis of A-to-I RNA editing / Yiannis A. Savva, Georges St. Laurent, and Robert A. Reenan
Nucleotide-level profiling of m5C RNA methylation / Tennille Sibbritt ... [et al.]
Probing N 6-methyladenosine (m6A) RNA modification in total RNA with SCARLET / Nian Liu and Tao Pan
Genome-wide identification of alternative polyadenylation events using 3'T-fill / Stefan Wilkening, Vicent Pelechano, and Lars M. Steinmetz
Genome-wide profiling of alternative translation initiation sites / Xiangwei Gao, Ji Wan, and Shu-Bing Qian
Genome-wide study of mRNA isoform half-lives / Joseph V. Geisberg and Zarmik Moqtaderi
Visualizing mRNA dynamics in live neurons and brain tissues / Hye Yoon Park and Minho Song
Single-molecule live-cell visualization of pre-mRNA splicing / Robert M. Martin ... [et al.].Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Benjamin A. Garcia.Contents:
Crosstalk between cellular metabolism and histone acetylation / Sophie Trefely, Mary T. Doan, and Nathaniel W. Snyder
Purification and enzymatic assay of class I histone deacetylase enzymes / Mark K. Adams, Charles A.S. Banks, Sayem Miah, Maxime Killer, and Michael P. Washburn
Multiplexed quantitative phosphoproteomics of cell line and tissue samples / Johannes Kreuzer, Amanda Edwards, and Wilhelm Haas
Differentiation of peptide isomers and epimers by radical-directed dissociation / Tyler R. Lambeth and Ryan R. Julian
Biochemical analysis of protein arginylation / Junling Wang, John R. Yates III, and Anna Kashina
Site-specific determination of lysine acetylation stoichiometries on the proteome-scale / Yue Chen and Yunan Li
RNA modifications and the link to human disease / Amber Yanas and Kathy Fange Liu
Isolation and characterization of glycosylated neuropeptides / Yang Liu, Qinjingwen Cao, and Lingjun Li
Utilizing intein trans-splicing for in vivo generation of site-specifically modified proteins / Igor Maksimovic, Devin Ray, Qingfei Zheng, and Yael David
Systematic and site-specific analysis of N-glycoproteins on the cell surface by integrating bioorthogonal chemistry and MS-based proteomics / Fangxu Sun and Ronghu Wu
Silencing glycosaminoglycan functions in mouse embryonic stem cells with small molecule antagonists / Sourav Chatterjee, Tesia N. Stephenson, Austen L. Michalak, Kamil Godula, and Mia L. Huang
Biochemical and structural analysis of N-terminal acetyltransferases / Leah Gottlieb and Ronen Marmorstein
Site-specific analysis of the Asp- and Glu-ADP-ribosylated proteome by quantitative mass spectrometry / Peng Li, Yuanli Zhen, and Yonghao Yu
Analysis of the topology of ubiquitin chains / Lucia Geis-Asteggiante, Amanda E. Lee, and Catherine Fenselau
Analysis of cardiac troponin proteoforms by top-down mass spectrometry / Timothy N. Tiambeng, Trisha Tucholski, Zhijie Wu, Yanlong Zhu, Stanford D. Mitchell, David S. Roberts, Yutong Jin, and Ying Ge
Assays for tyrosine phosphorylation in human cells / Monica Kruk, Naomi Widstrom, Sampreeti Jena, Nicole L. Wolter, John F. Blankenhorn, Ibrahim Abdalla, Tzu-Yi Yang, and Laurie L. Parker
Metabolomics analysis of lipid metabolizing enzyme activity / Timothy B. Ware, Myungsun Shin, and Ku-Lung Hsu
Simplified high yield TAILS terminomics using a new HPG-ALD 800K-2000 polymer with precipitation / Nestor Solis, Anilkumar Parambath, Srinivas Abbina, Jayachandran Kizhakkedathu, and Christopher M. Overall
Methods for the expression, purification, and crystallization of histone deacetylase 6-inhibitor complexes / Jeremy D. Osko and David W. Christianson
Quantitative analysis of global protein lysine methylation by mass spectrometry / Peder J. Lund, Stephanie M. Lehman, and Benjamin A. Garcia
The roles of S-nitrosylation and S-glutathionylation in Alzheimer's disease / Ryan R. Dyer, Katarena I. Ford, Renã A.S. Robinson
Expression of authentic post-translationally modified proteins in organisms with expanded genetic codes / Kyle Mohler and Jesse Rinehart
Preparation of a new construct of human histone deacetylase 8 for the crystallization of enzyme-inhibitor complexes / Nicholas J. Porter and David W. Christianson
Methods for characterizing protein acetylation during viral infection / Laura A. Murray, Ashton N. Combs, Pranav Rekapalli, and Ileana M. Cristea.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - DigitalVikas R. Dharnidharka, Michael Green, Steven A. Webber, Ralf Ulrich Trappe, editors.Summary: This disorder transcends multiple disciplines and demands a team approach to improve knowledge and treatment. The highly experienced internationally recognized authors have updated every section and added many new chapters, including some on genetic abnormalities in virus and host seen in PTLDs. In this successor edition, there is a completely new section on PTLDs after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation. The newest PTLD classifications and current treatment paradigms that reflect recently conducted international trials are fully incorporated. As technologies have advanced, this book provided state-of-the-art new diagnostic and prognostic information. Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders 2nd Edition is designed to be a valuable reference for oncologists and all transplant professionals, such as surgeons, nephrologists, cardiologists, hepatologists/gastroenterologists, pulmonologists, infectious disease specialists, pathologists, as well as interns and residents in training in these specialists. It provides these professionals with comprehensive and up-to-date information that guides their management of transplant patients before and after transplant, with and without PTLD. .
Contents:
Introduction and History
Definitions and Pathology of PTLD
EBV Biology in the Pathogenesis of PTLD
Host genetic mutations and expression analyses in PTLD
Immune responses to EBV in the immunocompromised host
Technical aspects of Epstein-Barr viral load assays
Epidemiology of PTLD after SOT
Clinical Features and Diagnostic Considerations
Prognostic Factors
Management of PTLD
Prevention of Epstein - Barr virus Infection and Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders Following Transplantation
Epidemiology and Prognosis of PTLD after HSCT
Clinical Presentations and Features of PTLD after Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Management of PTLD after HSCT
Preventative and preemptive strategies for EBV infection and PTLD after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
Organ Specific issues of PTLD Kidney
Liver
Post-transplantation Lymphoproliferative Disorder in Intestinal Transplant Recipients
PTLD After Heart Transplantation
Lung Transplantation
Research Priorities and Future Directions. - DigitalSavyasachi Thakkar, Erik A. Hasenboehler, editors.Summary: The incidence and prevalence of post-traumatic arthritis (PTA) is increasing globally due to longevity of life and increased activity and injuries. Compared to the non-traumatic etiology of arthritis, post-traumatic arthritis differs in presentation, severity and complexity of management. This book illustrates all pertinent facets of post-traumatic arthritis, from the basic science and diagnostic modalities to their management and outcomes. The opening section reviews the current scientific literature on PTA and presents the preferred imaging techniques and interpretation methods. A unique chapter on the economic impact of PTA is also included here. The subsequent two sections discuss both the upper and lower extremity, respectively, with each joint covered in a dedicated chapter of its own, describing the mechanisms of injury, assessment, management strategies and outcomes. Case material provides real-world context for the concepts and techniques presented, supported by generous radiology and intraoperative photos and figures. With Post-Traumatic Arthritis, orthopedic surgeons, as well as trauma surgeons, rheumatologists and associated clinical staff, will receive a comprehensive framework on which to base their clinical decisions and enhance their post-operative outcomes.
Contents:
Chapter 2: Imaging Modalities for Post-traumatic Arthritis
Introduction
Conventional Radiography
MR Imaging
Association Between Pain and Imaging Findings of OA
References
Chapter 3: Economic Implications of Post-traumatic Arthritis of the Hip and Knee
Introduction
Post-traumatic Osteoarthritis of the Knee
Types of Injuries Associated with PTOA of the Knee
Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries
Meniscus Injuries
Intra-articular Fractures
Management of Post-traumatic Osteoarthritis of the Knee
Primary Prevention
Secondary Prevention
Tertiary Prevention Post-traumatic Osteoarthritis of the Hip
Types of Injuries Associated with PTOA of the Hip
Hip/Acetabular Fractures
Hip Dislocations and Osteonecrosis
Management of PTOA in the Hip
Primary Prevention
Secondary Prevention
Tertiary Prevention
Costs Associated with Post-traumatic Osteoarthritis
Recommendations
Summary
References
Part II: Post-traumatic Arthritis of the Upper Extremity
Chapter 4: Post-traumatic Glenohumeral Arthritis
Introduction
Causes
Fractures
Instability
Other Causes
Treatment
Nonoperative Treatment Elbow Arthrodesis
Conclusion
References
Chapter 6: Post-traumatic Arthritis of the Wrist
Introduction
Main Text
Wrist Anatomy
Carpus and Intercarpal Joints
Distal Radioulnar Joint
Wrist Arthritis
Evaluation
Intercarpal and Radiocarpal Arthritis
Scapholunate Advanced Collapse (SLAC) and Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse (SNAC)
Management
S4CF Versus PRC
Wrist Denervation
Total Wrist Arthroplasty and Arthrodesis
Surgical Technique
Isolated Radiocarpal Arthritis
Management
Isolated Intercarpal ArthritisDigital Access Springer 2021 - DigitalSteven A. Olson, Farshi Guilak, editors.Summary: Bringing together the most up-to-date research on post-traumatic arthritis (PTA) and its management, this book is a comprehensive presentation of the current thinking on all aspects of the mechanisms of joint injury and subsequent development of PTA. Divided into thematic sections, it includes discussions of the incidence and burden of PTA, both in society at large and in the military population specifically; the relevant experimental work on PTA, from basic science to animal models; peri-articular tissue responses to of joint injury and potential mechanisms of PTA; the current clinical assessment and treatment of common joint injuries leading to PTA; and emerging technologies and treatments for PTA, including biomarkers and stem cell therapies. Taken together, it will be an invaluable resource for orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists and other joint injury researchers and clinicians.
Contents:
Section I: The Problem of Post-Traumatic Arthritis
Arthritis that Develops after Joint Injury: Is it Post-Traumatic Arthritis or Post-Traumatic OsteoArthritis?
Post-Traumatic Arthritis: Definitions and Burden of Disease
Arthritis after Joint Injury: The Military Experience
Section II: Experimental Models of Joint Injury
In Vitro Cartilage Explant Injury Models
Animal Models of Meniscal Injury in Post-Traumatic Arthritis.-Anterior Cruciate Transection/Disruption Models of Posttraumatic Arthritis
Closed Joint ACL Disruption Murine Model of PTA
Whole Joint Models of Articular Injury and Articular Fracture
Instability: Dynamic Loading Models
Survey of Animal Models in Post-Traumatic Arthritis: Choosing the Right Model to Answer the Right Question
Section III: Peri-articular Tissue Response to Joint Injury
The Response of Cartilage to Injury
The Response of Subchondral Bone to Injury
Genetic Variability in the Response to Injury
Aging and Post-Traumatic Arthritis.-Potential Mechanisms of PTA: Cell Death
Potential Mechanisms of PTA: Inflammation
Potential Mechanisms of PTA: Oxidative Stress
Potential Mechanisms of PTA: Alterations in Joint Loading
Section IV: Clinical Assessment and Treatment of Patients with Joint Injury
Imaging Specific to Cartilage Injury
Outcomes of ACL Injury: The MOON Consortium
Current Treatment and Outcomes of Intra-articular Fractures
Non-arthroplasty Treatments for PTA in the Lower Extremity
Results of Arthroplasty in Post-Traumatic Arthritis
Section V: Developing and Future Assessment and Therapies
Measurement of Severity of Injury after Articular Fracture and Correlation with Post-Traumatic Arthritis Development
Biomarkers of PTA
Potential Targets for Pharmacologic Therapies for Prevention of PTA.- Stem Cells Therapies for Post-Traumatic Arthritis
Unanswered Questions and Future Directions.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJames F. Pagel.Summary: PTSD is in no way an easy diagnosis for the patient, the provider, or the therapist. It is a diagnosis developed at the border of our capacity to handle extreme stress, a marker diagnosis denoting the limits of our capacity for functioning in the stress of this modern world. For both individuals and society, PTSD marks the limits of our available compassion and our capacity to protect ourselves from the dangers of the environment and other humans. PTSD is often a chronic disease, forming at a place where mind sometimes no longer equals the brain, a point at which individual patient requirements often trump theory and belief. There are treatments for PTSD that work, and many that do not. This book presents evidence, rather than theory, anecdote, or case report. Psychological approaches including prolonged exposure, imagery rehearsal therapy and EMDR have a greater than 75% positive short-term response when used to treat PTSD. Yet these treatments vary markedly and have different, even contradictory underlying theory and objectives for treatment. Medications, rarely indicated as primary therapy, can be used to treat symptoms and address comorbid PTSD diagnoses. Treatment of sleep apnea in the PTSD population produces a positive effect on symptoms and a reduction in morbidity and mortality across the span of life. Complementary treatments offer the many individuals chronically affected by PTSD assistance in coping with symptoms and opportunities to attempt to functionally integrate their experience of trauma.
Contents:
Shell shock and society
Unzipping PTSD: criteria and screeners
Disasters and societal trauma: complex and societal PTSD
The origins of PTSD: psychodynamic trauma and the human stress response
Nightmare science
Chronic PTSD
Treating the emergency: acute trauma
Classic psychotherapy for PTSD
Group therapy for PTSD
Classic cognitive behavioral therapy
Prolonged exposure therapy
Eye movement desensitization and processing (EMDR)
Imagery rehearsal therapy
PTSD: the medications
Sleep apnea and PTSD
Complementary approaches to healing PTSD: art, body, and mind awareness
When treatment doesn't work
An evidence-based approach to PTSD therapy. - DigitalDaniel Thomas Ginat, Suzanne K. Freitag, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the imaging features that are seen following the application of a variety of ophthalmic and orbital procedures and therapies in patients with disorders affecting the cornea, retina, lens and ocular adnexa, as well as glaucoma. A wealth of high-quality radiographic images, including CT, MRI and ultrasound, depict expected post-treatment findings and appearances in patients with complications. In addition, correlations are made with clinical photographs and photographs of implanted devices. This reference has been prepared by experts in the field and should serve as a valuable guide to both radiologists and ophthalmologists, facilitating navigation of the intricacies of the treated eye and orbit and optimization of patient management.
Contents:
Cornea
Lens
Retina
Ocular Adnexa
Glaucoma
Intraocular Tumor Treatments. - Digitaledited by Emmanuel Y. Lartey, Hellena Moon ; foreword by Abdullahi Ahmed An-Na'im; epilogue by Bonnie Miller-McLemore.Summary: "This anthology is about caring for all persons as a part of the revolutionary struggle against colonialism in its many forms. In recognition of the varied ways in which different forms of oppression, injustice, and violence in the world today are traceable to the legacy and continuing effects of colonialism, various authors have contributed to the volume from diverse backgrounds including differing ethnic identities, religious and cultural traditions, gender and sexual orientations, as well as communal and personal realities. As a postcolonial critique of spiritual care, it highlights the plurality of voices and concerns that have been overlooked or obscured because of the politics of race, religion, sexuality, nationalism, and other structures of power that have shaped what discursive spiritual care entails today. Postcolonial Images of Spiritual Care presents voices of practical and pastoral theologians, academics, spiritual care providers, religious leaders, students, and activists working to provide greater intercultural spiritual care and awareness in the areas of healthcare, community work, and education. The volume, as such, expands the discourse of spiritual care and participates in the ongoing paradigm shifts in the field of pastoral and practical theology."--Publisher.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020
- Digitaledited by Audrey J. Jaeger, Alessandra J. Dinin.Summary: The Postdoc Landscape offers historical, international, and domestic examples, solutions, and strategies for addressing the needs of postdoctoral scholars in terms of their presence in government, industry, and the academy. Growing issues and concerns are identified with a clear direction in terms of what practitioners, policymakers, and educators can do to improve the working conditions of postdoctoral scholars. The book includes chapters centered on three themes: the Postdoc Landscape, Postdoc Support and Postdoc Career Literacy, Agency and Choice. This comprehensive reference serves as a guide for scholars, individuals who supervise and mentor postdoctoral scholars and policymakers.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalCommittee to Review the State of Postdoctoral Experience in Scientists and Engineers, Committee on Science, Engineering, and Public Policy, Policy and Global Affairs, National Academy of Sciences, National Academy of Engineering, Institute of Medicine.Summary: The Postdoctoral Experience Revisited builds on the 2000 report Enhancing the Postdoctoral Experience for Scientists and Engineers. That ground-breaking report assessed the postdoctoral experience and provided principles, action points, and recommendations to enhance that experience. Since the publication of the 2000 report, the postdoctoral landscape has changed considerably. The percentage of PhDs who pursue postdoctoral training is growing steadily and spreading from the biomedical and physical sciences to engineering and the social sciences. The average length of time spent in postdoctoral positions seems to be increasing. The Postdoctoral Experience Revisited reexamines postdoctoral programs in the United States, focusing on how postdocs are being guided and managed, how institutional practices have changed, and what happens to postdocs after they complete their programs. This book explores important changes that have occurred in postdoctoral practices and the research ecosystem and assesses how well current practices meet the needs of these fledgling scientists and engineers and of the research enterprise. The Postdoctoral Experience Revisited takes a fresh look at current postdoctoral fellows--how many there are, where they are working, in what fields, and for how many years. This book makes recommendations to improve aspects of programs--postdoctoral period of service, title and role, career development, compensation and benefits, and mentoring. Current data on demographics, career aspirations, and career outcomes for postdocs are limited. This report makes the case for better data collection by research institution and data sharing. A larger goal of this study is not only to propose ways to make the postdoctoral system better for the postdoctoral researchers themselves but also to better understand the role that postdoctoral training plays in the research enterprise. It is also to ask whether there are alternative ways to satisfy some of the research and career development needs of postdoctoral researchers that are now being met with several years of advanced training. Postdoctoral researchers are the future of the research enterprise. The discussion and recommendations of The Postdoctoral Experience Revisited will stimulate action toward clarifying the role of postdoctoral researchers and improving their status and experience.
Contents:
Introduction
The disconnect between the ideal and reality
Changing aspects of the postdoctoral experience
The shifting career landscape
Recommendations
Appendixes.Digital Access eBook Comp Acad [2014] - DigitalArup Chakrabarti, editor.Contents:
Anatomy of the Crystalline Lens
Anatomy of the Vitreous
Incidence, Magnitude and Significance of the Problem
Posterior Capsular Rents
Predisposing Factors
Management Strategies for Cataracts with Pre-existing PCR
How to Reduce the Incidence of Posterior Capsular Rupture
Surgical Pearls
Posterior Capsular Rupture during the Phaco Learning Curve
Tips on How to Reduce the Incidence
Posterior Capsular Rent
Early Diagnosis
Posterior Capsular Rupture
Various Case Scenarios.-Management of Vitreous Disturbance and Basic Principles of Anterior Vitrectomy
Staining of the Vitreous/Enhancing Visibility of Vitreous.-Bimanual Vitrectomy from Limbus
Bimanual pars plana Anterior Vitrectomy
Posterior Assisted Levitation (PAL)
IOL Options in the Presence of Posterior Capsular Rent
ACIOL
Iris Claw IOLs.-Sutured Scleral Fixated IOLs
Unsutured Scleral Fixated IOLs
Glued IOLs
Management of Retained Lens Matter in the Postoperative Period
Posterior Capsular Rent
Sequelae
Postoperative Management of an Eye that has Suffered a Posterior Capsular Rupture.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJong S. Kim, editor.Summary: This book, written by renowned experts from across the world, provides readers with a detailed and up-to-date understanding of posterior circulation stroke and its management. Anatomy, pathophysiology, clinical syndromes, and imaging findings are clearly and thoroughly described with the aid of illustrative cases and schematic drawings. The management-oriented chapters explain all forms of treatment, including the use of antiplatelet agents and anticoagulants, thrombolysis, mechanical thrombectomy, stenting, and surgical therapy, i.e., bypass and decompression. Throughout, full account is taken of recent significant advances in knowledge and clinical practice. Stroke affecting the posterior circulation continues to pose particular challenges for clinicians. This book will help readers to avoid misdiagnosis, which still occurs far too frequently, and to manage individual patients optimally. It will be an excellent learning resource for residents in neurology, neurosurgery, radiology, interventional radiology, and vascular surgery, as well as an ideal reference for more experienced practitioners in these specialties.
Contents:
1. History of vertebro-basilar stroke and TIA
2. Arterial anatomy and collaterals in posterior brain circulation
3. Risk factors and stroke mechanisms in posterior brain
4. Brainstem ischemic stroke syndromes
5. Thalamic and occipital stroke syndromes
6. Ocular-vestibular-otologic syndromes
7. Hemorrhagic strokes in posterior brain
8. Imaging diagnosis and assessment of perfusion in posterior circulation stroke
9. Acute therapy (thrombolysis, thrombectomy) in posterior circulation stroke
10. Angioplasty/stenting in posterior circulation stroke
11. Medical treatment in posterior circulation stroke
12. Surgical therapy: Bypass and decompression in posterior circulation stroke
13. Non-atherosclerotic vascular diseases in posterior circulation stroke
14. Outcome and prognosis in posterior circulation stroke. - DigitalGregory C. Fanelli, MD, editor.Summary: Now in a revised and expanded second edition including ten new chapters, this classic text on the diagnosis and management of posterior cruciate ligament injuries represents the state of the art. Comprehensive and used-friendly, the book covers PCL anatomy and biomechanics, diagnosis and evaluation, and both surgical and non-surgical treatment strategies. Surgical chapters discuss graft selection and open and arthroscopic techniques, including both primary and revision surgery and combined reconstruction with other knee ligaments. New chapters illustrate cutting-edge and advanced surgical techniques in reconstruction and primary repair, articular cartilage resurfacing and meniscus transplant in the PCL injured knee, mechanical graft tensioning, the role of osteotomy, treatment of PCL injuries in children, results of treatment and outcomes data in PCL injuries, clinical case studies, and the editorℓ́ℓs experience chapter based on 24 years of treating PCL injuries. Complications, bracing and rehabilitation round out the presentation. Written and edited by leaders in the management of injuries to the knee, this will be an invaluable text for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine practitioners alike.
Contents:
Part I: Editor?s Experience
Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries and Reconstruction: What I Have Learned
Part II: Anatomy and Biomechanics
Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Posterior Cruciate Ligament and their Surgical Implications
Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Posterolateral and Posteromedial Corners of the Knee and their Surgical Implications
Part III: Diagnosis and Evaluation
Clinical and Arthroscopic Evaluation of the Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injured Knee
Instrumented Measurement of the Multiple Ligament Injured Knee: Arthrometry, Stress Radiography, Rotationometry, and Computer Navigation
MRI Imaging of PCL, Posteromedial, and Posterolateral Corner Injuries of the Knee
Part IV: Non-Surgical Treatment
Nonoperative Treatment and Natural History of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries
Part V: Surgical Treatment
Graft Selection in Posterior Cruciate Ligament Surgery
Arthroscopic Transtibial Tunnel Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
Open Tibial Inlay Graft for Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
All-Arthroscopic Tibial Inlay Double-Bundle Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
All-Inside Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
The All-Inside Technique: Surgical Technique and Outcomes
Arthroscopic Primary Repair of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries
Combined PCL, ACL, Posteromedial, and Posterolateral Reconstruction
Surgical Treatment of Combined PCL/Lateral-Sided Injuries
Combined Posterior Cruciate Ligament and Posteromedial Reconstruction
Combined PCL, Posteromedial Corner and Posterolateral Corner Reconstruction
Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction in Patients Eighteen Years of Age and Younger
Revision Surgery in the Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
Part VI: Other Considerations
Mechanical Graft Tensioning in Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
The Role of Osteotomy in the Treatment of PCL Injuries
Articular Cartilage Restoration in the PCL Injured Knee
Meniscus Transplant in the PCL Injured Knee
Rehabilitation Following PCL Reconstruction: Scientific and Theoretical Basis
Brace Considerations for Posterior Cruciate Ligament (PCL) Injuries of the Knee
Complications and PCL Reconstruction
Part VII: Outcomes of Treatment
Results of Treatment of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Surgery
Part VIII: Clinical Case Studies
Selected Case Studies in Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction. . - DigitalM. Memet Özek, Giuseppe Cinalli, Wirginia Maixner, Christian Sainte-Rose, editors.Digital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalCarlos Eduardo Costa Almedia, editor.Summary: This book will offer for the first time a step-by-step description of the posterior retroperitoneoscopic adrenalectomy, a minimally invasive technique, moving the gold standard of laparoscopic adrenalectomy towards the retroperitoneoscopic approach. Detailed information about the technique, the advantages over other approaches, the technical steps, the potential complications and how to solve them, outcomes, and robotics, will be offered to readers. This practical guide will be of great interest for all general surgeons and urologists already performing adrenal surgery, and for those that wish to start performing adrenalectomy.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Abbreviations
1: Anatomy of the Adrenal Gland
1.1 Introduction
1.2 The Adrenal Gland
1.2.1 Anatomical Landmarks and Topographic Anatomy
1.2.2 Arterial Supply
1.2.3 Venous Drainage
1.2.4 Lymphatic Drainage
1.2.5 Innervation
1.3 Anatomical Considerations in Posterior Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy
1.3.1 Retroperitoneum
1.3.2 Abdominal Wall (Posterior and Anterolateral)
References
2: Indications for Adrenalectomy
2.1 Introduction 2.2 Posterior Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy in Overproduction Adrenal Syndromes
2.2.1 Excessive Production of Aldosterone: Hyperaldosteronism
2.2.2 Excessive Production of Glucocorticoids: Cushing's Syndrome
2.2.3 Excessive Production of Catecholamines: Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
2.3 Posterior Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy in Adrenal Malignancies
2.3.1 Adrenocortical Carcinoma
2.3.2 Malignant Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
2.3.3 Metastases to the Adrenal Glands
2.4 Adrenal Incidentaloma
2.5 Partial Adrenalectomy
References 3: Open Versus Minimally Invasive Approach
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Validation of Laparoscopic Adrenal Surgery
3.3 Still a Place for Open
3.4 Open Surgery
3.4.1 Current Indications
3.4.2 Risk of Conversion to Open
3.5 Open Technique
3.5.1 Anterior Approach
3.5.1.1 Technique for the Right Side
3.5.1.2 Technique for the Left Side
3.5.2 Posterior Approach
3.5.3 Thoracoabdominal Approach
3.6 Conclusion
References
4: Retroperitoneoscopic Versus Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy
4.1 Background and Clinical Considerations
4.2 Intraoperative Outcomes 4.3 Postoperative Outcomes
References
5: Retroperitoneoscopic Approach in Malignant Disease
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Preoperative Evaluation of Patients with Adrenal Lesions Suspicious for Malignancy
5.3 Minimally Invasive Adrenal Surgery for Indeterminate Adrenal Nodules Suspicious for Malignancy
5.4 Minimally Invasive Adrenal Surgery for Metastatic Disease
5.5 Minimally Invasive Adrenal Surgery for Adrenocortical Carcinoma
References
6: Anesthesia in Posterior Retroperitoneoscopic Approach
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Preoperative Patient Evaluation 6.3 Anesthesia for PRA
6.4 Postoperative Pain Management
References
7: Technical Steps of Posterior Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Surgical Instruments and Operation Table Setup
7.3 Surgical Team
7.4 Step-by-Step
7.4.1 Positioning the Patient
7.4.2 Placing the First Trocars (Balloon Trocar and Lateral Trocar)
7.4.3 Creating the Working Space
7.4.4 Placing the Third Trocar (Medial Trocar)
7.4.5 Finding Upper Pole of the Kidney
7.4.6 Finding the Inferior Vena Cava (IVC)
7.4.7 Dissecting and Ligating the Adrenal Vein - DigitalMeena Chakrabarti, Arup Chakrabarti, editors.Summary: Posterior segment complications of cataract surgery are encountered not only by the cataract and retinal surgeons but also by the general ophthalmologists in their daily practice. Yet, a definitive volume on this subject is not available. Written by experts in the field of cataract surgery and vitreoretinal surgery, this book is a comprehensive, updated practical guide on evaluation and management of patients with posterior segment complications following cataract surgery. This up-to-date reference covers all aspects of the field including evaluation of a patient, and all surgical procedures currently used in managing various complication in an organized systematic fashion. Necessary surgical modalities and approaches are thoroughly reviewed with ample illustrations for better understanding. Chapter dealing with surgical complications and failure has also been included in this book.
Contents:
Intro
Introduction
Contents
1: Risk Factors for Posterior Segment Complications of Cataract Surgery
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Conclusion
References
2: Needle Stick Globe Injuries
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Epidemiology and Risk Factors
2.3 Mechanism of Injury
2.4 Signs and Symptoms
2.5 Management
2.6 Prognosis
2.7 Prevention
References
3: The Dropping and Dropped Nucleus
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Intraoperative Management by the Cataract Surgeon
3.3 IOL Implantation Options for the Cataract Surgeon
3.4 Definitive Surgery 3.5 Management of Associated Complications
References
4: Pseudophakic Retinal Detachment
4.1 Epidemiology
4.2 Risk Factors
4.2.1 Preoperative
4.2.2 Intraoperative
4.2.3 Postoperative
4.3 After Nd:YAG Posterior Capsulotomy
4.4 Clinical Findings
4.5 Management
4.6 Prognostic Factors
4.7 Conclusion
References
5: Pseudophakic Cystoid Macular Oedema
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Definition
5.3 History
5.4 Incidence
5.5 Aetiopathogenesis
5.6 Histopathology
5.7 Classification of Pseudophakic CMO 5.8 Classification Based on the Time of Onset [28]
5.9 Risk Factors for Pseudophakic CMO
5.10 Diagnosis, Symptoms and Signs
5.11 Diagnostic Tests
5.12 Management
5.12.1 Medical Treatment
Conservative Management
NSAIDS
Steroids
Combination of Topical NSAIDS and Steroids
Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitor (Acetazolamide)
Anti-VEGF Therapy
5.12.2 Surgical
5.12.3 Other Therapies
5.13 Prophylactic Treatment
5.14 Nepafenac 1 mg in 1 mL in Adults, Including the Elderly
References 6: Prophylaxis of Postoperative Endophthalmitis Following Cataract Surgery
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Perioperative Nonantibiotic Prophylactic Measures
6.2.1 Povidone-Iodine (PVP-I)
6.2.2 Incision Construction
6.3 The Role of Antibiotics
6.3.1 Preoperative Topical Antibiotics
6.3.2 Antibiotics in the Irrigating Solution
6.3.3 Intracameral Antibiotics
Vancomycin
Cefuroxime
Moxifloxacin
6.3.4 Post-operative Antibiotics
Appendix 1
References
7: Postoperative Endophthalmitis
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Incidence
7.3 Classification 7.4 Risk Factors
7.5 Pathogenesis
7.6 Etiology
7.7 Clinical Features
7.8 Prophylaxis
7.8.1 Topical Antibiotics
7.8.2 Systemic Antibiotics
7.9 Investigations
7.10 Treatment
7.10.1 Intravitreal Antibiotics
7.10.2 Systemic Antibiotics
7.11 Surgery
7.12 Prognosis
7.13 Conclusion
References
8: Toxic Anterior Segment Syndrome
8.1 Introduction
8.2 Clinical Presentation
8.2.1 Differential Diagnosis
8.3 Treatment and Clinical Course
8.4 Etiology and Recommendations
8.4.1 Recommendations
Enzymatic DetergentsDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalNarsing A. Rao, Julie Schallhorn, Damien C. Rodger, editors.Summary: This comprehensive text provides readers with an in-depth examination of posterior uveitis, and expert instruction on diagnosis, imaging techniques and treatments that are being reshaped by advancements in the field. Posterior Uveitis: Advances in Imaging and Treatment focuses on the ocular imaging modalities used in the diagnosis of various uveitis and intraocular inflammation entities resulting from infectious and non-infectious etiologies. Each topic is succinctly presented by experts in the field of intraocular inflammation and ocular imaging and starts with salient clinical features, differential diagnosis and specific treatment, and concludes with in-depth and relevant clinical imaging findings. The book opens by touring a multitude of infectious and non-infectious uveitidies and explores how advances are aiding our diagnosis and treatment. The second half will delve into established and emerging therapeutics, including advances in drug delivery. Evolving treatments for recalcitrant uveitis are discussed, including the newer biological agents, and each chapter includes ample illustrations and several tables for readers to comprehend with ease the inflammatory disorders and to interpret the imaging changes in various uveitis entities.
- Digitaledited by A. Victor Hoffbrand, Douglas R. Higgs, David M. Keeling, Atul B. Mehta.Contents:
Stem cells and haemopoiesis / Emma de Pater, Elaine Dzierzak
Erythropoiesis / Douglas R Higgs, Noémi Roy, Deborah Hay
Iron metabolism iron deficiency and disorders of haem synthesis / Clara Camaschella, A Victor Hoffbrand, Chaim Hershko
Iron overload / Clara Camaschella, A Victor Hoffbrand, Maria Domenica Cappellini
Megaloblastic anaemia / A Victor Hoffbrand
Haemoglobin and the inherited disorders of globin synthesis / Swee Lay Thein, David Rees
Sickle cell disease / Anne Marsh, Elliott P Vichinsky
Hereditary disorders of the red cell membrane and disorders of red cell metabolism / Paola Bianchi, Narla Mohandas
Acquired haemolytic anaemias / Modupe O Elebute, Rachel Kesse-Adu
Inherited aplastic anaemia/bone marrow failure syndromes / Inderjeet S Dokal
Acquired aplastic anaemia and paroxysmal nocturnal haemoglobinuria / Judith CW Marsh, Austin G Kulasekararaj, Neal S Young, Peter Hillmen
Red cell immunohaematology / Geoff Daniels, Marcela Contreras, Shubha Allard
Clinical blood transfusion / Shubha Allard, Marcela Contreras
Phagocytes / John Mascarenhas, Marina Kremyanskaya,, Ronald Hoffman
Lysosomal storage disorders / Atul B Mehta, Derralynn A Hughes
Normal lymphocytes and non-neoplastic lymphocyte disorders / Paul Moss, Mark Drayson
The spleen / Paul Moss
The molecular basis of haematological malignancies / Niccolo Bolli, George Vassiliou
Laboratory diagnosis of haematological neoplasms / Torsten Haferlach, Barbara J Bain
Acute myeloid leukaemia / Alan K Burnett, David Grimwade
Adult acute lymphoblastic Llukaemia / Clare J Rowntree, Adele K Fielding
Childhood acute lymphoblastic leukaemia / Ajay Vora
Supportive care in the management of leukaemia / Eliza Gil, Vanya Gant, Panagiotis Kottaridis
Chronic myeloid leukaemia / David TO Yeung, Timothy P Hughes
The myelodysplastic syndromes / Kavita Raj, Ghulam J Mufti
Myeloproliferative neoplasms / Peter J Campbell, Claire Harrison, Anthony R Green
Chronic lymphocytic leukaemia and other chronic B-cell disorders / Emili Montserrat, Peter Hillmen
T-cell lymphoproliferative disorders / Pier Luigi Zinzani, Alessandro Broccoli
Multiple myeloma / Jesús San-Miguel, Joan Bladé́
Amyloidosis / Simon DJ Gibbs, Philip N Hawkins
The classification of lymphomas: updating the WHO classification / Elias Campo, Stefano A Pileri
Hodgkin lymphoma / Piers Blombery, David Linch
Non-Hodgkin lymphoma: low grade / William Townsend, Robert Marcus
Non-Hodgkin lymphoma: high grade / Jessica Okosun, Kate Cwynarski
Stem cell transplantation / Charles Craddock, Ronjon Chakraverty
Normal haemostasis / Keith Gomez, John H McVey
The vascular function of platelets / Stephen P Watson, Neil V Morgan, Paul Harrison
Haemophilia and VonWillebrand disease / Michael A Laffan, K John Pasi
Rare inherited coagulation disorders / Flora Peyvandi, Marzia Menegatti
Acquired coagulation disorders / Peter W Collins, Jecko Thachil, Cheng-Hock Toh
Congenital platelet disorders / Maurizio Margaglione, Paul RJ Ames
Primary immune thrombocytopenia / Drew Provan, Adrian C Newland
Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura and haemolytic-uraemic syndrome (congenital and acquired) / Pier Mannuccio Mannucci, Flora Peyvandi, Roberta Palla
Heritable thrombophilia / Trevor Baglin, David Keeling
Acquired venous thrombosis / Beverley J Hunt, Henry G Watson
Antithrombotic agents / Trevor Baglin, David Keeling
Management of venous thromboembolism / Trevor Baglin, David Keeling
Haematological aspects of systemic disease / A Victor Hoffbrand, Atul B Mehta
Haematological aspects of tropical diseases / Imelda Bates, Ivy Ekem
Neonatal haematology / Irene Roberts, Subarna Chakravorty
WHO classification: Tumours of the haematopoietic and lymphoid tissues (2008).Digital Access Wiley 2016 - Print
- Digitaledited by Paul A. Banaszkiewicz and Deiary F. Kader.Summary: "Develop an aptitude for defining key topics, features and processes, vital for your FRCS (Tr & Orth) Viva exam success, with this newly updated and detailed guide. This new edition expertly delivers invaluable insights into tactics and planning, for candidates to sharpen exam skills, and gain confidence. Thoroughly updated to include an expanded basic science section, to answer all of your viva questions, this guide also supplies candidates with new illustrations and exam-specific diagrams; adapting to meet the expectations of a constantly changing syllabus. Vital for orthopaedic surgeons in training, this forward-looking text includes a drawing chapter, for candidates to practise creating succinct, exam-style illustrations, before the exam itself. Proactive in its approach, this book addresses the balance between trauma, general orthopaedics and basic science; by editors with extensive national and international experience of preparing candidates for the FRCS(Tr & Orth)"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- PrintMcFarland, John Bryan.
- DigitalDavide Spadaro, Samir Droby, Maria Lodovica Gullino, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: The book will address selected topics in postharvest pathology aiming at highlighting recent development in the science, technology and control strategies of postharvest diseases to reduce losses and enhance safety of harvested agricultural products. Topics will include: 1) Introduction: Perspectives and challenges in postharvest pathology 2) Elucidating host-pathogen interactions 3) Next generation technologies for management and detection of postharvest pathogens 4) Food safety in postharvest pathology 5) Alternative postharvest diseases control strategies 6) Chemical control of postharvest diseases.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Chapter 1: Role of Effector Proteins in the Virulence of Penicillium expansum on Apple Fruit
Introduction
Plant Defense Mechanisms
Pathogenicity of P. expansum on Fruit
Fungal Effectors and Their Role in the Pathogenicity of Necrotrophic Fungi
P. expansum Secretes Factors That Down-Regulate ROS Production in Apple During Infection
Discovery and Functional Analysis of Effectors in Plant Pathogenic Fungi
Small, Cysteine-Rich Proteins in P. expansum
LysM Proteins in P. expansum
NLP Proteins in P. expansum
PePRT Protein
Summary Chapter 3: Uncovering the NLR Family of Disease Resistance Genes in Cultivated Sweetpotato and Wild Relatives
Introduction
Importance of Sweetpotato
Origin and History of Sweetpotato
Sweetpotato Production
The Sweetpotato Genome
A Case Study: Ceratocystis fimbriata, The Causal Agent of Black Rot of Sweetpotato
Management of Black Rot in Sweetpotato
Sweetpotato Resistance Against Ceratocystis fimbriata
Plant Defenses Against Pathogens
Next Generation Sequencing Accelerates Resistance Gene Discovery
Resistance Genes in Sweetpotato Chapter 5: Endophytic Microbiome in the Carposphere and Its Importance in Fruit Physiology and Pathology
Introduction
Entry, Colonization and Transmission of Endophytes into Plant Tissue
Coevolution of Endophytes with Their Host
Diversity of Endophytic Microbiota on Fruit Carpophore
Stem-End Rots Pathogens in Fruit as Endophytes
Utilization of Endophytic Microorganisms in Diseases Management of Fruits
Future Prospective
References
Chapter 6: The Production of Mycotoxins as an Adaptation to the Post-Harvest Environment
Introduction Genome Survey of NLR Encoding Genes in I. batatas, I. trifida, and I. triloba
Future Perspectives
References
Chapter 4: Spatial and Compositional Diversity in the Microbiota of Harvested Fruits: What Can It Tell Us About Biological Control of Postharvest Diseases
Introduction
Spatial Differences in the Microbiome of Harvested Apples
Genotype Effect on the Composition of the Endophytic Microbiome of Apple Scions and Rootstocks
The Apple Rhizosphere
Conclusion
References - DigitalZsolt J. Balogh, Raul Coimbra, Salomone Di Saverio, Andrew W. Kirkpatrick, Federico Coccolini, editors.Summary: This book on post-injury multiple organ failure (MOF) offers a comprehensive overview and clinically focused practical guide to treating the condition. MOF is arguably the most difficult complication to manage in polytrauma patients and is responsible for the majority of trauma deaths among patients who survived the first 24 hours after injury. Beyond mortality, it has a major impact on healthcare resource utilization and a persistent negative effect on patients' long-term reported outcomes. This book is edited by surgeons who are passionate about the topic, and about optimizing the outcomes for polytrauma patients. Grasping the fascinating pathophysiology of MOF is essential for providing patients with quality early care. Each chapter highlights key learning objectives, historical perspectives, diagnostic and therapeutic pearls, and includes a must-know summary, additional reading suggestions and future research directions. Flowcharts, decision-making guides, summary tables, graphics and clinical photographs help to maximize the learning experience and to ensure readers retain what they've learned. The book fills a unique niche area for many specialties dedicated to critical care of polytrauma patients and to their management before and beyond intensive care.
Contents:
1 Historic perspective and relevant evolutionary landmarks in trauma care
2 The definition of postinjury Multiple Organ Failure
3 The pathomechanism of postinjury MOF
4 Genomic considerations related to postinjury MOF
5 The epidemiology of postinjury MOF
6 The relevance of traumatic shock and its treatment on the epidemiology of MOF
7 The relevance of the timing of surgical interventions
8 The population at risk, predictors of MOF
9 Postinjury MOF with and without infection
10 The principles of treatment, modern therapeutic targets
11 Central nervous system
12 Respiratory failure
13 Cardiac failure
14 Liver failure
15 Gastrointestinal failure, clinical presentations and treatment
16 Kidney failure
17 Bone marrow failure
18 MOF management in low resource settings
19 MOF in pregnancy and its relevance to Eclampsia
20 MOF in paediatric patients
21 Summary of randomised controlled trials with significant effect on MOF outcomes
22 Iatrogenic causes leading to MOF
23 Short term outcomes, what has changed during the last 40 years?
24 Long term outcomes and functional outcomes
25 Future directions. - DigitalFaustino R. Pérez-López, editor.Summary: Supported by the latest scientific data, this book serves as a guide to the clinical assessment of women’s health during the second half of life (post-reproductive years), including approaches to the management of the most frequent age-related diseases and disorders and the most recent advances in treatment. In addition, it discusses preventive aspects of healthcare in post-reproductive women, identifying lifestyle measures to enhance healthy aging. By highlighting research gaps, it promotes the development of quick and easy-to-use assessment tools and predictive markers of age-related co-morbidities. As such, the book is a valuable resource for researchers and clinicians alike. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Assisted reproductive technology in perimenopausal women / Nicolás Mendoza Ladrón de Guevara and Miguel Angel Motos Guirao
2. Turner syndrome : primary amenorrhea from adolescence to aging / Camil Castelo-Branco and Iuliia Naumova
3. Premature ovarian insufficiency / Agnieszka Podfigurna, Monika Grymowicz, Anna Szeliga, Ewa Rudnicka, Marzena Maciejewska-Jeske, Roman Smolarczyk, and Blazej Meczekalski
4. Human papillomavirus infection and cancer risk in peri- and postmenopausal women / Pedro Vieira-Baptista, Mario Preti, and Jacob Bornstein
5. Sporadic ovarian and fallopian tube cancer in postmenopausal women / Faustino R. Pérez-López
6. Vulvar dermatoses and menopause / Joana Lyra and Pedro Vieira-Baptista
7. Bladder pain syndrome/interstitial cystitis / Rui Almeida Pinto
8. Overactive bladder / Visha K. Tailor and G. Alessandro Digesu
9. Management of female stress urinary incontinence / Giampiero Capobianco, Pier Luigi Cherchi, and Salvatore Dessole
10. Screening and management of female sexual dysfunction during the second half of life / Ana M. Fernández-Alonso, Marcos J. Cuerva, Peter Chedraui, and Faustino R. Pérez-López 11. Current treatment modalities for the genitourinary syndrome of menopause / Cemal Tamer Erel
12. Laser treatment for vulvovaginal atrophy / Marco Gambacciani
13. Laser treatments in female urinary incontinence / Ivan Fistonić and Nikola Fistonić
14. Metabolic syndrome and excessive body weight in peri- and postmenopausal women / Andrea Giannini, Maria Magdalena Montt-Guevara, Jorge Eduardo Shortrede, Giulia Palla, Peter Chedraui, Andrea Riccardo Genazzani, and Tommaso Simoncini
15. Metabolic syndrome and atherosclerosis in nondiabetic postmenopausal women / Stavroula A. Paschou, Panagiotis Anagnostis, Dimitrios G. Goulis, and Irene Lambrinoudaki
16. Polycystic ovary syndrome-related risks in postmenopausal women / Panagiotis Anagnostis, Stavroula A. Paschou, Irene Lambrinoudaki, and Dimitrios G. Goulis
17. Sleep and sleep disturbances in climacteric women / Päivi Polo-Kantola, Tarja Saaresranta, and Laura Lampio
18. Impact of menopause on brain functions / Alice Antonelli, Andrea Giannini, Marta Caretto, Tommaso Simoncini, and Andrea R. Genazzani
19. Vasomotor symptoms : clinical management / Maria Celeste Osorio-Wender and Mona Lúcia Dall’Agno
20. Vasomotor symptoms, metabolic syndrome, and cardiovascular risks / Pauliina Tuomikoski and Hanna Savolainen-Peltonen 21. Menopause and age-related general health risk : a woman's heart needs her hormones / Adam Czyzyk and John C. Stevenson
22. Menopausal hormone therapy to prevent chronic conditions / Rafael Sánchez-Borrego
23. Selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs) : state of the art / Santiago Palacios
24. Management of osteoporosis in postmenopausal women / J. J. Hidalgo-Mora, Antonio J. Cano-Marquina, A. Szeliga, Miguel Ángel García-Pérez, and A. Cano
25. Anabolic agents for the treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis / Salvatore Minisola
26. The links between osteoporosis and sarcopenia in women / Juan Enrique Blümel, Eugenio Arteaga, María Soledad Vallejo, and Rosa Chea
27. Female sarcopenic obesity / Fidel Hita-Contreras
28. Cognitive decline in women : the ZARADEMP study / Patricia Gracia-García, Elena Lobo, Javier Santabárbara, Concepción de la Cámara, and Raúl López-Antón
29. Managing menopause and post-reproductive health : beyond hormones and medicines / Skye Marshall and Margaret Rees
30. Effects of exercise on menopausal prevalent conditions / Samuel J. Martínez-Domínguez, Juan Bueno-Notivol, Peter Chedraui, Vanesa Alonso-Ventura, Julia Calvo-Latorre, and Faustino R. Pérez-López.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalSheri Berg [and] Edward A. Bittner.Contents:
Section I. Patient care
Section II. Postoperative complications
Section III. Special considerations
Section IV. Ethico-legal issues and PACU administration
Index.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - DigitalMert Şentürk, Mukadder Orhan Sungur, editors.Contents:
What happens to the lung during mechanical ventilation and one-lung ventilation?
Where should I send my patient after the operation?
Does it matter, how I ventilate the patient during the operation?
Can the "postoperative pulmonary complications" (PPC) be objectively evaluated?
Fluid management during and after the operation: Less is more or more is less?
How to organize the PACU/ How to treat in PACU
Should I blame the surgeon: Surgical complications and surgical treatment of the complications
Should every "myasthenic thymectomy" be sent to ICU?
How about esophagectomies?
Do the "new" devices of monitoring and USG make sense compared to the "classical" ones?
What is different in postop MV after thoracic surgery?
Pro's & Con's of non-invasive ventilation after thoracic surgery
Extracorporeal lung support: Also after thoracic surgery?
Pneumonia after thoracic surgery: infectious / ventilatory induced / any other reason?
When and how do I have to treat the arrhythmia's after thoracic surgery?
DVT-PE prophylaxy and patient using anticoagulants: a challenge?
Pain after thoracic surgery: Why is it so bad?
Rehabilitation for thoracic surgical patients: why and how.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAli Dabbagh, Fardad Esmailian, Sary Aranki editors.Summary: This text reviews the postoperative management of patients who have undergone cardiac surgical procedures, some of the most common and most complicated forms of surgery. These patients and their management are characterized by complex challenges, while among the factors determining ultimate clinical outcome, postoperative critical care is of major importance. This new and extensively updated edition of Postoperative Critical Care for Cardiac Surgical Patients maintains the general clinical approach in explaining and analyzing the course of clinical care in patients undergoing cardiac surgery, providing the reader with a practical "cookbook" of postoperative intensive care in adult cardiac patients. It has been extensively updated to include the developments in this field during the last few years, from new chapters on postoperative management of renal, gastrointestinal and respiratory systems, postoperative management of infectious and inflammatory complications, and postoperative care of transplant patients and postoperative safety. This book is of critical importance for cardiac surgeons, cardiac anesthesiologists and intensivists, and defines optimal daily practice for adult patients undergoing cardiac surgical procedures.
Contents:
Introduction to postoperative care of adult cardiac surgical patients
Risk and Outcome Assessments in adult Cardiac Surgery
Cardiac physiology
Cardiovascular Pharmacology
Principles of Pharmacoeconomics
Cardiovascular monitoring after adult Cardiac Surgery
Postoperative Central Nervous System Monitoring after adult Cardiac Surgery
Postoperative coagulation and bleeding: monitoring and hematologic management after adult Cardiac Surgery
Cardiovascular Complications & Management after adult Cardiac Surgery
Renal and GI Complications & their Management after adult Cardiac Surgery
Respiratory Complications & Management after adult Cardiac Surgery
CNS Complications & Management after adult Cardiac Surgery
Infectious and inflammatory Complications & their Management after adult Cardiac Surgery
Postoperative rhythm disorders after adult Cardiac Surgery
Fluid management and electrolyte balance after adult Cardiac Surgery
Acid-base balance and blood gas analysis after adult Cardiac Surgery
Postoperative care of adult cardiac transplant patients
Postoperative safety in adult Cardiac Surgery. - DigitalAli Dabbagh, Fardad Esmailian, Sary F. Aranki, editors.Summary: Cardiac surgical procedures are among the most common and most complicated forms of surgery worldwide and the postoperative period is characterized by complex challenges. Among the factors determining ultimate clinical outcome, postoperative critical care is of major importance. This book adopts a clinical approach in explaining and analyzing the course of clinical care in patients undergoing cardiac surgery. Since the postoperative clinical status is directly influenced by preoperative and intraoperative factors, the early chapters briefly examine preoperative issues and the intraoperative course of cardiac surgery, with particular attention to anesthesia and the process of cardiopulmonary bypass. Subsequent chapters primarily address the critical care of patients by means of an organ-oriented approach, which will enable the reader to use the text as a "cookbook" of cardiac intensive care. This book is intended for use in daily practice by cardiac surgeons, cardiac anesthesiologists, intensivists and cardiac intensive care nurses.
Contents:
Synopsis of Cardiac Physiology.-Cardiac Pathophysiology
Cardiovascular Pharmacology
Cardiovascular Monitoring
Central Nervous System Monitoring
Coagulation Monitoring
Risk and Outcome Assessments
Cardiac Anesthesia
Cardiopulmonary Bypass and its Effects
Myocardial Protection and its Effects
Respiratory Management
Cardiovascular Management
CNS Management
Coagulation and Postoperative Bleeding
Fluid and Electrolyte Management
Management of the Other Systems.-Long Term Complications Postoperative care in Pediatric Cardiac Surgeries.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Emma Rowbotham, Andrew J. Grainger.Summary: This book describes and illustrates the normal and abnormal postoperative appearances that may be observed following common orthopaedic surgical procedures in patients with sports injuries. The majority of sports injuries comprise ligamentous, cartilage, and tendon injuries at and about the joints. While surgical repair techniques for such injuries have advanced immeasurably over recent years, it is essential that any postoperative abnormalities are recognized promptly. Therefore a key aim of Postoperative Imaging of Sports Injuries is to explain which imaging appearances are to be expected and which are not. The book is primarily organized according to the involved joints and covers procedures for shoulder, elbow, hand and wrist, hip, knee, and foot and ankle injuries. An additional chapter addresses articular cartilage repair techniques and their normal and abnormal imaging appearances. The authors are leading radiologists from Europe and North America who draw on their extensive experience. The book is copiously illustrated and readers will also have online access to ultrasound video clips.
Contents:
Preface
Foreword
List of Contributors
1. Shoulder: Rotator Cuff Repair
2. Post Op Imaging of the Shoulder: Stabilisation Surgery
3. Elbow
4. Post-operative imaging of the hand & wrist
5. Postoperative Imaging of the hip
6. Knee: Ligament Reconstruction
7. Post Operative Imaging : The Menisci
8. Postoperative Imaging of Sports Injuries: Foot and ankle
9. Imaging following cartilage repair surgery. - Digitaleditors, Andrew Green, Roman Hayda, Andrew C. Hecht.Summary: "Bridge the gap between orthopaedic surgery and rehabilitation! Postoperative Orthopaedic Rehabilitation, published in partnership with the AAOS, is the first clinical reference designed to achieve better outcomes and to empower orthopaedic surgeons and rehabilitation specialists by breaking down the traditional boundaries between these two phases of patient management.Key FeaturesAchieve the best possible outcomes with multidisciplinary content co-written by expert surgeons and physical and occupational therapists. Chapters include discussions of relevant anatomy, surgical indications and techniques, rehabilitation protocols, and specific clinical tips and pearls, as well as clear rationales for each rehabilitation protocol.Gain a more thorough, holistic understanding of the entire course of patient management so you can optimally collaborate with your colleagues and accomplish superior results.Access guidance at a glance through concise, clearly formatted chapters containing step-by-step protocols and bulleted lists as well as abundant imaging studies, intraoperative photographs and diagrams, and photographs of rehabilitation methods."--Publisher.
Contents:
Section 1. Shoulder. Anatomic and physiologic basis for postoperative rehabilitation for the shoulder
Patient-related outcome measures for shoulder surgery and rehabilitation
Acromioclavicular separations
Capsular releases for shoulder stiffness: considerations for treatment and rehabilitation
Shoulder instability repairs
Open anterior glenohumeral instability repair
SLAP repairs
Rotator cuff repairs
Shoulder arthroplasty
Proximal humerus fractures
Section 2. Elbow. Elbow anatomy
Elbow contracture release
Lateral and medial epicondylitis
Current concepts in surgical techniques and postoperative rehabilitation strategies following ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow
Elbow rehabilitation after lateral collateral ligament reconstruction
Rehabilitation following distal biceps tendon repair
Evaluation and treatment of ulnar neuropathy at the elbow
Rehabilitation after ORIF of elbow dislocations
Rehabilitation after distal humerus fractures
ORIF for olecranon fractures: singple olecranon fractures, transolecranon fracture-dislocations and posterior monteggia variant
ORIF and radial head replacement for radial head fractures
Total elbow arthroplasty
Section 3. Hand and wrist. Introduction to hand and wrist anatomy
Dupuytren disease
Thumb CMC osteoarthritis: LRTI procedure, simple trapeziectomy, CMC arthrodesis
MP and PIP joint arthroplasty
Acute flexor tendon injuries
Extensor tendon repairs
Tenolysis: flexor and extensor
Principles of tendon transfers
Distal radius fractures
Total wrist arthroplasty
Wrist arthrodesis: limited and completeDigital Access Ovid 2018 - Digital/PrintPeter Sutovsky, editor.Contents:
Sperm proteases and extracellular ubiquitin-proteasome system involved in fertilization of ascidians and sea urchins
ISGylation: a conserved pathway in mammalian pregnancy
Src-family tyrosine kinases in oogenesis, oocyte maturation and fertilization: an evolutionary perspective
Posttranslationally modified tubulins and other cytoskeletal proteins: their role in gametogenesis, oocyte maturation, fertilization and pre-implantation embryo development
Deubiquitinating enzymes in oocyte maturation, fertilization and preimplantation embryo development
Posttranslational modifications of zona pellucida proteins
Role of aberrant protein modification, assembly, and localization in cloned embryo phenotypes
Role of posttranslational protein modifications in epididymal sperm maturation and extracellular quality control
Ubiquitin-proteasome system in spermatogenesis
Role of posttranslational modifications in C. elegans and Ascaris spermatogenesis and sperm function. - DigitalMatthew J. Friedman.Summary: A handy, easy-to-read reference for the diag- nosis and treatment of posttraumatic and acute stress disorders,℗ℓ this important 6th ℗ℓedition has been revised and updated exten- sively, offering a wealth of new information in a concise format. The new DSM-5 diagnos- tic criteria for PTSD and ASD are discussed in depth. Updated tables listing instruments for assessing diagnosis and symptom severity are presented.℗ℓ℗ℓ Chapters 3-5 have been revised to keep pace with the ever-expanding literature on treatment of PTSD with specific attention to evidence-based cognitive-behavioral therapy, ℗ℓCBT, and other individual psychosocial treatments (e.g. eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, EMDR) as well as℗ℓ the growing literature on couples, family, group and school-based treatments. Chapter ℗ℓ5 reviews the pathophysiology of PTSD and evidence-based pharmacotherapy for the disorder.℗ℓ Chapter 6 then addresses both normal acute stress ℗ℓreactions and clinically significant ASD,℗ℓ as well as ℗ℓeffective interventions for each. In short this comprehensive, sophisticated, practical, guide is designed for all practitioners who wish to provide the best treatment for PTSD and ASD.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Overview of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
Chapter 2:Recognizing, Assessing and Diagnosing PTSD
Chapter 3:Global Treatment Issues for PTSD
Chapter 4:Psychological Treatments for PTSD
Chapter 5:Pharmacological Treatments for PTSD
Chapter 6:Strategies for Acute Stress Reactions and Acute Stress Disorder (ASD). - Digitaledited by Anka A. Vujanovic, Sudie E. Back.Summary: Posttraumatic Stress and Substance Use Disorders summarizes the state of the field from a biopsychosocial perspective, addressing key domains of interest to clinicians, students, instructors, and researchers. This book is a valuable resource and reference guide for multidisciplinary practitioners and scientists interested in the evidence-based assessment and treatment of posttraumatic stress and substance use disorders. Chapters written by leaders in the field cover the latest research on assessment, diagnosis, evidence-based treatments, future directions, and much more.
Contents:
PTSD and substance use disorders : a clinical overview / Anka A. Vujanovic, Sudie E. Back
Development of comorbid PTSD and substance use disorders / Erin C. Berenz, Sage McNett, Katherine Paltell
Physical and mental health and other functional outcomes in co-occurring PTSD and substance use disorders / Lauren Rodriguez, Tiffany Jenzer, Jennifer P. Read
Sex and gender differences in PTSD and substance use disorder comorbidity / Iris Torchalla, Elizabeth Nosen
PTSD and substance use disorders : consideration of ethnicity, race, and culture / Kevin Washington, Delisa Brown
Changes from DSM-IV to DSM-5 : PTSD and substance use disorders / Aisling V. Henschel, Stephanie M. Jeffirs, Isabel F. Augur, Julianne C. Flanagan
Assessment of PTSD in the context of substance use disorders / Sunny J. Dutra, Brian P. Marx
Assessment of substance use disorders in individuals with PTSD / Emma L. Barrett, Mark Deady, Ivana Kihas, Katherine L. Mills
Risk reduction through family therapy (RRFT) : exposure-based treatment for co-occurring PTSD and substance use problems among adolescents / Carla Kmett Danielson, Zachary W. Adams, Rochelle Hanson
Seeking safety : a present-focused integrated treatment for PTSD and substance use disorders / Lisa Litt, Lisa R. Cohen, Denise Hien
COPE : overview of an exposure-based treatment of PTSD and substance use disorders / Sudie E. Back, Therese Killeen, Kathleen T. Brady
Integrated cognitive behavioral therapy (ICBT) for co-occurring PTSD and substance use disorders : overview and new applications / Elizabeth C. Saunders, Mark P. McGovern, Christy Capone, Jessica Hamblen
Pharmacotherapies for PTSD and substance use disorders / Lorig K. Kachadourian, Kevin P. Jensen, Mehmet Sofuoglu, Ismene Petrakis
Third-wave behavioral therapies for the co-occurrence of PTSD and substance use disorders / Christopher R. Berghoff, Matthew T. Tull
Genetic studies of ptsd and substance use disorders : background, developments, and future directions / Christina Sheerin, Leslie Brick, Nicole R. Nugent, Ananda B. Amstadter
Treating PTSD in a residential substance use disorder treatment program / Moira Haller, Sonya B. Norman, Brittany C. Davis, John Sevcik, Robert Lyons, and Faith Erickson
New directions in PTSD and substance use treatment : leveraging technology to expand reach / Emily R. Dworkin, Keren Lehavot, Tracy L. Simpson, Debra Kaysen
Transdiagnostic treatments : history and potential for treating PTSD and substance use disorders / Matt R. Judah, Cynthia L. Lancaster, Daniel F. Gros. - Digital[edited by] J. Douglas Bremner.Contents:
Posttraumatic stress disorder : from neurobiology to clinical presentation / Arieh Shalev, J. Douglas Bremner
The epidemiology of PTSD in children and adolescents : a critical review / Leah A. McGuire
Early life stress and development : preclinical science / Dora B. Guzman, Brittany R. Howell, Mar Sanchez
Amygdala contributions to fear and safety conditioning : insights into PTSD from an animal model across development / Christopher Cain, Regina Sullivan
Preclinical evidence for benzodiazepine receptor involvement in the pathophysiology of PTSD, comorbid substance abuse and alcoholism / Robert Drugan, Nathaniel P. Stafford, Timothy A. Warner
Psychosocial predator stress model for PTSD based on clinically relevant risk factors for trauma-induced psychopathology / Phillip R. Zoladz, David Diamond
Coping with stress in wild birds : the evolutionary foundations of stress responses / Molly J. Dickens, Michael Romero
Stress, fear, and memory in healthy human subjects / Christian Merz, Bernet Elzinga, Lars Schwabe
Neurotransmitter, neurohormonal, neuropeptidal and immune function in stress and PTSD / J. Douglas Bremner, Brad Pearce
Genomics of posttraumatic stress disorder / Anthony S. Zannas, Elisabeth Binder, Divya Mehta
Cortisol and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis in PTSD / Amy Lehrner, Nicolaos Daskalakis, Rachel Yehuda
Neuroimaging of posttraumatic stress disorder / Carolina Campanella, J. Douglas Bremner
Posttraumatic stress disorder and mild traumatic brain injury / J. Douglas Bremner
Stress-related psychopathology and pain / Sarah C. Reitz, Karl-Juergen Bar, Christian Schmahl
Stress and health / Vaccarino Vaccarino. Emeran Mayer, J. Douglas Bremner
Pharmacotherapy for PTSD : effects on PTSD symptoms and the brain / Lori Davis, Mark Hamner, J. Douglas Bremner
Effects of psychotherapy for psychological trauma on PTSD symptoms and the brain / J Douglas Bremner, Carolina Campanella.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalJulian D. Ford, Damion J. Grasso, Jon D. Elhai, and Christine A. Courtois.Contents:
Understanding psychological trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD)
The impact of psychological trauma
Etiology of PTSD: What causes PTSD?
Epidemiology of PTSD
Neurobiology of traumatic stress disorders and their impact
Assessment of psychological trauma and PTSD
Treatment of adults with PTSD
Treatment of children and adolescents with PTSD
Prevention of PTSD
Forensic issues in the traumatic stress field
Social, cultural and other diversity issues in the traumatic stress field
Careers and ethical issues in the traumatic stress field.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015 - DigitalElspeth Cameron Ritchie, editor.Contents:
The Basics of Post-traumatic Stress Disorder, Administrative Issues, and Cultural Competency
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Screening in US Military and VA Populations
Therapeutic Alliance in the Treatment of Combat PTSD
Shame and Moral Injury in an Operating Iraqi Freedom Combat Veteran
Updates in Psychopharmacology for PTSD and Related Conditions
Connie L. Barko, Rohul Amin, and Joshua N. Friedlander
Virtual Reality Exposure Therapy for Combat-Related PTSD
Psychoanalytic Approaches to Treatment-Resistant PTSD
Accelerated Resolution Therapy
Meditation for Combat-Related Mental Health Concerns
Use of Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation for the Treatment of PTSD
Adding a Face and the Story to the Data: Acupuncture for PTSD in the Military
The Use of Stellate Ganglion Block in the Treatment of Panic/Anxiety Symptoms (Including Suicidal Ideation), with Combat-Related PTSD
Canine Connection Therapy: Finding Purpose and Healing Through the Training of Service Dogs
Trauma and Pain: Linking Emotional and Physical Symptoms
The Multifactorial Approach to PTSD in the Active Duty Military Population
Comorbid PTSD, Bipolar I and Substance Use Disorder
Psychosis Masquerading as PTSD
The Mefloquine Intoxication Syndrome: A Significant Potential Confounder in the Diagnosis and Management of PTSD and other Chronic Deployment-Related Neuropsychiatric Disorders
Polytrauma with Sexual Dysfunction in a Female Soldier Following IED Blast Exposure
A Community Building Approach to PTSD Using the Arts in a Military Hospital Setting
Mental Health Care of Special Operations Forces. Treating War-Related Moral Injury and Loss with Adaptive Disclosure: A Case Study
Treatment of Conversion Disorder with PTSD
Intimate Relationship Distress and Combat-Related PTSD. - DigitalNicholas Gall, Lesley Kavi, Melvin D. Lobo, editors.Summary: This book describes the varying clinical manifestations of postural tachycardia syndrome (PoTS) and provides a robust yet practical set of clinical tools for those managing patients suffering with this syndrome. Guidance is provided by a range of disciplines relevant to PoTS including general and specialist assessments, associated conditions, diagnostic considerations, therapy and service models. Postural Tachycardia Syndrome: A Concise and Practical Guide to Management and Associated Conditions presents the scientific background and practical information for the busy medical professional, illustrating key features with care-based materials to help them manage this condition, which can be a challenge for patients and clinicians alike.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Contents
POTS, An Introduction
Introduction
References
Historical Background
References
Clinical Presentation
References
Specialty Assessment
Diagnostic Criteria for Postural Tachycardia Syndrome: Consideration of the Clinical Features Differentiating PoTS from Other Disorders of Orthostatic Intolerance
Abbreviations
Background
Diagnostic Criteria
Clinical Evaluation of a Patient with Suspected PoTS
Orthostatic Tachycardia Must Occur Within 10 minutes
Symptoms of Orthostatic Intolerance and Symptoms Independent of Orthostasis PoTS is a Chronic Disorder
Other Causes of Tachycardia
Dehydration and Acute Blood Volume Loss
Deconditioning
Medications
Other Medical Conditions
Diurnal Variability in Orthostatic Tachycardia
Common Misconceptions Regarding the Diagnosis of PoTS
Tilt Table Testing
Specialist Referral
Syncope
Distinguishing PoTS from Other Types of Orthostatic Intolerance
Orthostatic Tachycardia Without Orthostatic Symptoms
Orthostatic Symptoms Without Orthostatic Tachycardia
Inappropriate Sinus Tachycardia (IST) Orthostatic Hypotension (OH) and Initial Orthostatic Hypotension (IOH)
Diagnosing PoTS in the Pediatric Patient
Conclusions
References
Pathophysiology and Classification of PoTS
Abbreviations
Introduction
Partial Sympathetic Neuropathy
Chronic Hypovolemia and Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System
Hyperadrenergic State
Hyperadrenergic State: Norepinephrine Transporter Deficiency
Immune-Mediated
Mast Cell Activation
Deconditioning
Impaired Cerebral Autoregulation
Conclusion
References Cardiological Considerations: Tests to Consider, Are They Useful and What Do They Show?
Echocardiography
Holter Electrocardiography
Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing
References
Neurological Investigations
Neurological Investigations in PoTS
An Approach to Neurological Investigations in PoTS
Neurological Investigations Within Primary Care
Neurological Investigations Within Secondary/Tertiary Care
In Summary
References
The Active Stand and Tilt Tests
Abbreviations
Assessment of Orthostatic Tachycardia
General Considerations Advantages and Disadvantages of Active Stand Testing and the Head up Tilt Test
Conclusion
References
Additional Autonomic Tests
Introduction
Autonomic Target-Organs Neurophysiological Tests (ATONT)
Definition of Autonomic Failure
Assessment of Central Parasympathetic Function
Resting Supine Cardiac Vagal Tone (CVT)
Respiratory Gating of Cardiac Vagal Tone (CVT) in Supine Position
Resting Supine Cardiac Sensitivity to Baroreflex (CSB)
Assessment of Central Baroreflex Gain
Assessment of Peripheral Baroreflex Function - DigitalPatricia Vit, Silvia R.M. Pedro, David W. Roubik, editors.Summary: This book covers pot-pollen--the other product, besides honey, stored in cerumen pots by Meliponini. Critical assessment is given of stingless bee and pot-pollen biodiversity in the Americas, Africa, Asia and Oceania. Topics addressed include historical biogeography, cultural knowledge, bee foraging behavior, pollination, ecological interactions, health applications, microbiology, the natural history of bee nests, and chemical, bioactive and individual plant components in stored pollen. Pot-pollen maintains the livelihoods of stingless bees and provides many interesting biological products that are just now beginning to be understood. The Meliponini have developed particular nesting biologies, uses of building materials, and an architecture for pollen storage. Environmental windows provide optimal temperature and availability of pollen sources for success in plant pollination and pollen storage. Palynological composition and pollen taxonomy are used to assess stingless honey bee pollination services. Pollen processing with microorganisms in the nest modifies chemical composition and bioactivity, and confers nutraceutical benefits to the honey and pollen widely relished by native people. Humans have always used stingless bees. Yet, sustainable meliponiculture (stingless bee-keeping) projects have so far lacked a treatise on pot-pollen, which experts provide in this transdisciplinary, groundbreaking volume.
Contents:
Forewords
Introduction
Acknowledgements
SECTION 1 Pollen and the Evolution of Mutualism
1. Pot-Pollen as a Discipline. What Does it Include?
2. Are Stingless Bees a Broadly Polylectic Group? An Empirical Study of the Adjustments Required
3. Pollen collected by stingless bees: a contribution to understand Amazonian biodiversity
4. The Stingless Honey Bees (Apidae, Apinae: Meliponini) in Panama, and Ecology from Pollen
5. The value of plants for the Mayan stingless honey bee Melipona beecheii (Apidae: Meliponini): a pollen-based study in the Yucatán Peninsula, Mexico
6. Melittopalynological Studies of Stingless Bees from East Coast of Peninsular Malaysia
7. The Contribution of Palynological Surveys to Stingless Bee Conservation: a Case Study with Melipona subnitida
8. Pollen Storage by Melipona quadrifasciata anthidioides in a Protected Urban Atlantic Forest Area of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
9. Angiosperm Resources for Stingless Bees (Apidae, Meliponini): A Pot-Pollen Melittopalynological Study in the Gulf of Mexico
10. Annual Foraging Patterns of the Maya Bee Melipona beecheii (Bennett, 1831) in Quintana Roo, Mexico
11. Crop Pollination by Stingless Bees
12. Stingless Bees as Potential Pollinators in Agroecosystems in Argentina: Inferences from Pot-Pollen Studies in Natural Environments
SECTION 2 Biodiversity, Behavior and Microorganisms of the Stingless Bees (Meliponini)
13. Stingless bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Meliponini) from Gabon
14. Pushing 100 Species: Meliponines (Apidae: Meliponini) in a Parcel of Western Amazonian Forest at Yasuní Biosphere Reserve, Ecuador
15. Diversity of Stingless Bees in Ecuador, Pot-Pollen Standards and Meliponiculture Fostering a Living Museum for Meliponini of the World
16. Nesting Ecology of Stingless Bees in Africa
17. On the Trophic Niche of Bees in Cerrado Areas of Brazil and Yeasts in their Stored Pollen
18. A Review of the Artificial Diets Used as Pot-Pollen Substitutes
19. Yeast and Bacterial Composition in Pot-Pollen Recovered from Meliponini in Colombia: Prospects for a Promising Biological Resource
SECTION 3 Stingless Bees in Culture and Traditions
20. Cultural, Psychological and Organoleptic Factors Related to the Use of Stingless Bees by Rural Residents of Northern Misiones, Argentina
21. The Maya Universe in a Pollen Pot Native Stingless Bees in Precolumbian Maya Art
SECTION 4 Chemical Composition, Bioactivity and Biodiversity of Pot-Pollen
22. Nutritional Composition of Pot-Pollen from Four Species of Stingless Bees (Meliponini) in South East Asia
23. Characterization of Scaptotrigona mexicana Pot-Pollen from Veracruz, Mexico
24. Chemical Characterization and Bioactivity of Tetragonisca angustula Pot-Pollen from Mérida, Venezuela
25. Chemical, Microbiological and Palynological composition of the 'Samburá' Melipona scutellaris Pot-Pollen
26. Characterization of Pot-Pollen from Southern Venezuela
27. Bioactivity and Botanical Origin of Austroplebeia and Tetragonula Australian Pot-Pollen
28. Antibacterial Activity of Ethanolic Extracts of Pot-Pollen from Eight Meliponine Species from Venezuela
29. Metabolomics of Pot-Pollen from Three Species of Australian Stingless Bees (Meliponini)
SECTION 6 Marketing and Standards of Pot-Pollen
30. Rural-Urban Meliponiculture and Ecosystems in Neotropical areas. Scaptotrigona, a Resilient Stingless Bee?
31. Pot-Pollen "Samburá" Marketing in Brazil, and Suggested Legisation
APPENDIX A Ethnic Names of Stingless Bees
APPENDIX B Microorganisms Associated with Stingless Bees or Used to Test Antimicrobial Activity (AM)
APPENDIX C Taxonomic Index of Bees
APPENDIX D List of Bee Taxa
APPENDIX E Taxonomic Index of Plant Families
APPENDIX F Microorganisms Associated to Stingless Bees or Used to Test Antimicrobial Activity
INDEX. - DigitalJohn E. Bradshaw.Summary: The potato (Solanum tuberosum) is the world's fourth most important food crop after maize, rice and wheat with 377 million tonnes fresh-weight of tubers produced in 2016 from 19.2 million hectares of land, in 163 countries, giving a global average yield of 19.6 t ha-1 (http://faostat.fao.org). About 62% of production (234 million tonnes) was in Asia (191), Africa (25) and Latin America (18) as a result of steady increases in recent years, particularly in China and India. As a major food crop, the potato has an important role to play in the United Nations Agenda for Sustainable Development which started on 1 January 2016 (http://faostat.fao.org). By 2030 the aim is to insure access by all people, in particular the poor and people in vulnerable situations, including infants, to safe, nutritious and sufficient food all year round. By then, the world population is expected to reach 8.5 billion and continue to increase to 9.7 billion in 2050. For potatoes, the need is to increase production and improve nutritional value during a period of climate change, a key aspect of which will be the breeding of new cultivars for a wide range of target environments and consumers. The aim of the book is to help this endeavour by providing detailed information in three parts on both the theory and practice of potato breeding. Part I deals with the history of potato improvement and with potato genetics. Part II deals with breeding objectives, divided into improving yield, quality traits and resistance to the most important diseases and pests of potatoes. Part III deals with breeding methods: first, the use of landraces and wild relatives of potato in introgression breeding, base broadening and population improvement; second, breeding clonally propagated cultivars as a way to deliver potato improvement to farmers' fields; third, as an alternative, breeding potato cultivars for propagation through true potato seed; and fourth, gene editing and genetic transformation as ways of making further improvements to already successful and widely grown cultivars. Included are marker-assisted introgression and selection of specific alleles, genomic selection of many unspecified alleles and diploid F1 hybrid breeding.
Contents:
1. Domestication to 21st century cultivars (i.e. historical introduction but including some modern analysis)
2. Need for new cultivars (FAO objectives, yield gap, nutritional value, ideotypes, climate change, end uses and target environments)
3. Utilization of germplasm: wild relatives, land races and modern cultivars (recent molecular studies and genetic structure of landraces, revised taxonomy of wild relatives)
4. Utilization of genes and their alleles (major genes, QTLs of large effect and polygenes)
5. Introgression breeding (diploid, tetraploid and marker-assisted)
6. Population improvement (diploid and tetraploid, base broadening, combining major genes and QTLs and combining polygenes through genomic selection)
7. Breeding clonally propagated cultivars (diploid and tetraploid, multistage and multi-trait selection)
8. Seed-tuber production (including problems faced by poor farmers in developing countries
9. Breeding TPS propagated cultivars (diploid and tetraploid)
10. Breeding diploid F1 hybrids for TPS propagation
11. Genetically modified potatoes
12. Breeding for disease and pest resistance (theory, practice and problems)
Index. - DigitalHugo Campos, Oscar Ortiz, editors.Summary: This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. This book provides a fresh, updated and science-based perspective on the current status and prospects of the diverse array of topics related to the potato, and was written by distinguished scientists with hands-on global experience in research aspects related to potato. The potato is the third most important global food crop in terms of consumption. Being the only vegetatively propagated species among the world's main five staple crops creates both issues and opportunities for the potato: on the one hand, this constrains the speed of its geographic expansion and its options for international commercialization and distribution when compared with commodity crops such as maize, wheat or rice. On the other, it provides an effective insulation against speculation and unforeseen spikes in commodity prices, since the potato does not represent a good traded on global markets. These two factors highlight the underappreciated and underrated role of the potato as a dependable nutrition security crop, one that can mitigate turmoil in world food supply and demand and political instability in some developing countries. Increasingly, the global role of the potato has expanded from a profitable crop in developing countries to a crop providing income and nutrition security in developing ones. This book will appeal to academics and students of crop sciences, but also policy makers and other stakeholders involved in the potato and its contribution to humankind's food security.
Contents:
Preface
Global Food Security, Contributions from Sustainable Potato Agri-Food Systems
The Potato and its Contribution to the Human Diet
Enhancing Value Chains through Collective Actions: Lessons From the Andes, Africa and Asia
Ex situ Conservation of Potato [Solanum Section Petota (Solanaceae)] Genetic Resources in Genebanks
The Genes and Genomes of the Potato
Potato Breeding
Genetics and Cytogenetics of Potato
Insect Pests Affecting Potatoes in Tropical, Subtropical and Temperate Regions
Fungal, Oomycete and Plasmodiophorid Diseases of Potato
Bacterial Diseases of Potato
Viral Diseases in Potato
Potato Seed Systems
Participatory Research (PR) at CIP with Potato Farming Systems in the Andes: Evolution and Prospects
Gender Topics on Potato Research and Development
Index. - DigitalJeffrey C. Stark, Mike Thornton, Phillip Nolte, editors.Summary: This comprehensive guide to potato production systems management contains 20 chapters and more than 350 color photographs. Beginning with the history of potato culture, it spans all aspects of potato production, pest and planting management, storage, and marketing. Written by a team of over 35 scientists from North America, this book offers updated research-based information and serves as a unique, valuable tool for researchers, extension specialists, students, and farm managers. More than a description of principles, it contains practical analytical tools, charts, and methods to create guidelines for best production practices and cost estimates. Some key areas include: Potato Growth and Development, Potato Variety Selection and Management, Seed and Planting Management, Seed Production and Certification, Field Selection, Crop Rotation, and Soil Management, Integrated Pest Management for Potatoes, Potato Nutrient Management, Irrigation Management, Tuber Quality, Economics and Marketing, Production Costs, among others. Potato Production Systems should be a valuable reference for successful culture of the "noble tuber."
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Chapter 1: A Short History of Potato Production Systems
Introduction
History
Production Principles
Crop Rotation
Soil Fertility
Soil Preparation
Irrigation
Hilling
Cultivar Improvement and Selection
Seed Management
Pest Control
Harvest
Storage
Processing
Exchange
References
Chapter 2: Potato Growth and Development
Introduction
Characteristics
Below-Ground Structures
Sprouts
Roots
Stolons
Tubers
Internal Structures
External Structures
Above-Ground Structures Chieftain
Norland
Red LaSoda
Specialty Varieties for the Fresh Market (Yellow Flesh) (Figs. 3.17 & 3.18)
Yukon Gem
Yukon Gold
Chapter 4: Seed Potato Production and Certification
Introduction
Seed Certification
Seed Potato Production
Introductory Materials
Nuclear Material
Production Systems
Transplanting
Fertilization
Harvest and Storage of Pre-Nuclear Tubers
Certification of Greenhouse Crops
Field Production of Certified Seed Potatoes
Cultural Practices for the Field Production of Seed Potatoes
Isolation
Selection of Planting Stocks Planting Stocks for Early-Generation Production
Later Generation Increases
Units of Production
Planting and Nutrition
Disease and Insect Control
Vine Killing
Harvesting and Storage
Chapter 5: Field Selection, Crop Rotations, and Soil Management
Introduction
Field Selection
Soil Health
Soil Texture and Organic Matter
Soil Compaction
Topography
Soil Chemical Characteristics
Soil pH
Cation Exchange Capacity
Soil Salinity
Sodicity
Field History
Crop Rotations
Cover Crops and Green Manures
Crop Sequences in Potato Cropping Systems Russet Varieties for Fresh Use or French Fry Processing (Figs. 3.1-3.4)
Blazer Russet
Clearwater Russet
Russet Burbank
Teton Russet
Russet Varieties for French Fry Processing (Figs. 3.5 & 3.6)
Ranger Russet
Umatilla Russet
Russet Varieties for Fresh Use (Figs. 3.7 & 3.8)
Goldrush
Russet Norkotah
Long White Varieties for Processing (Figs. 3.9 & 3.10)
Alturas
Shepody
Round White Varieties for Processing into Chips (Figs. 3.11-3.13)
Atlantic
Dakota Pearl
Snowden
Specialty Varieties for the Fresh Market (Red Flesh) (Figs. 3.14-3.16) Stems and Leaves
Flowers
Growth Stages
Sprout Development (Growth Stage I)
Plant Establishment (Growth Stage II)
Tuber Initiation (Growth Stage III)
Tuber Bulking (Growth Stage IV)
Maturation (Growth Stage V)
Growth Habit
Impact of Management at Each Growth Stage
Seed Physiological Age
Plant Spacing
Fertilization
Irrigation
Pest Management
References
Chapter 3: Variety Selection and Management
Introduction
The Purpose of Potato Variety Development
Potato Market Classes
Widely Grown, Commercially Available Varieties - DigitalSergey V. Zhevora, Boris V. Anisimov, editors.Summary: This book comprises the best potato seed production practices and includes details on potato cultivation, classification, and the main structural elements of the successive stages of potato seed production. It presents potato varieties from Russian originators, describes modern technologies involved in the process of potato seed production, and presents special aspects of phytosanitary and process regulations for the cultivation of high-quality potato seed. Additionally, the authors illustrate the statutory regulation of salable quality of potato seed: purity of variety, diseases, pests, and defects. The authors identify Russian quality control methods and certification of potato seed, and consider the packaging and labeling of potato seed that is held for sale. Finally, the authors also clarify the features of foreign potato seed certification systems.
Contents:
Introduction
Russian Potato Growing History
Potato Consumption Patterns, Crop Acreage, Bulk Yields, Yielding Capacity and Priority Lines of Innovative Development
Technologies for Clonal Propagation of Healthy Parent in Vitro Material and in Vitro Microtuber Growth
Technologies for Growing Minitubers
Production of Potato Seed: Potato Breeding Using True Seeds
Selection of Special Protected Territories with Favorable Natural, Climatic and Phytosanitary Conditions
Basic Agronomical and Protective Techniques Used in Potato Seed Production
Authenticity and Purity of a Variety
Potato Bacterioses
Defects Caused by Physiological Disorders Under Abnormal Conditions
Quality Standards for Various Potato Seed Categories
Soil Control of Varieties
Bibliography
Index. - DigitalPatricia A. Potter, Anne G. Perry.Summary: Put essential nursing skills and procedures at your fingertips! Based on Potter & Perry's bestselling textbook Clinical Nursing Skills & Techniques, this pocket guide provides quick access to 83 key nursing skills in a convenient, A-to-Z format. Step-by-step instructions include full-color photos plus rationales explaining why and how to use specific techniques, and also suggest nursing interventions for potential complications. The book's portable size and spiral binding make it an ideal companion during clinical rotations. Reflecting the latest in evidence-based practice, this study tool and clinical reference helps you perform core nursing skills safely and effectively.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023
- DigitalPeter J. Hotez.Summary: While COVID-19 has ravaged global economies and changed the way of life for us all, the disease has a disproportionately devastating impact on poorer communities. For the millions without a job because of community shut downs, decisions about basic necessities and the fear of healthcare costs for those diagnosed with the novel coronavirus become critical. In these uncertain times, international diplomacy, solidarity, and cooperation are vital. Dr. Peter Hotez, dean of the National School of Tropical Medicine at Baylor College of Medicine, provides an essential look at the global issue of health and poverty through the lens of COVID-19. He introduces a new global paradigm known as "blue marble health," through which he asserts that poor people living in wealthy countries account for most of the world's poverty-related illness. He explores the current state of neglected diseases in both China and the United States. By crafting public policy and relying on global partnerships to control or eliminate some of the world's worst poverty-related illnesses, Hotez believes, it is possible to eliminate life-threatening disease while at the same time creating unprecedented opportunities for science and diplomacy. Urgent, timely, and compassionate, this excerpted edition of Hotez's wide-sweeping Blue Marble Health serves as a timely guide for anyone committed to helping the millions of people who are facing the visceral threats of both poverty and COVID-19.
Contents:
Information about Blue Marble Health
Table of Contents
What is Blue Marble Health? Introduction: COVID-19 and the Blue Marble
China
The United States of America
The G20
A Framework for Science and Vaccine Diplomacy.Digital Access Project MUSE 2020 - DigitalGovin Singh Saharan, Naresh K. Mehta, Prabhu Dayal Meena.Summary: Powdery mildew disease is the fourth most widespread disease in cruciferous crops and a devastating effect, causing significant losses in terms of quality and quantity in rapeseed and mustard. Powdery mildews are also a favourable host-pathosystem model for basic research on host-parasite interactions, developmental morphology, cytology, and molecular biology to identify the effector proteins/genes governing different biological functions. This book provides a comprehensive overview of all the published information in the field for researchers, teachers, students, extension experts, industrialists and farmers, and includes illustrations, photographs, graphs, figures, tables, histograms, micrographs, electron micrographs, and flow charts to aid understanding. It also describes standardized reducible techniques. The book discusses each disease in detail, describing the distribution, symptomatology, host range, yield losses and disease assessment, as well as the taxonomy, morphology, phylogeny, variability, sporulation, survival and perpetuation of the pathogen. Further, it explores topics such as spore germination; infection; pathogenesis; disease cycle; epidemiology; forecasting; fine structures; host resistance; biochemical, histological, genetic and molecular aspects such as cloning and mapping of R genes; sources of resistance; disease resistance breeding; and the genetics of host-parasite interactions and disease management.
Contents:
1) Powdery Mildew Perspective
2)The Disease- Powdery mildew
3) The Pathogen
4) Infection, Pathogenesis, and Disease cycle
5) Fine Structures, and Electron Microscopy
6) Epidemiology, and Forecasting
7) Host Resistance
8) Disease Management
9) Techniques
10) Powdery mildew epilogue
11) Future research priorities of crucifer's powdery mildew
12) Subject Index. - DigitalIrwin W. Sherman.Summary: This book presents an historical account of how plagues past and present have shaped the outcome of wars and altered the course of medicine, religion, education, feudalism, and science. Cholera gave birth to the field of epidemiology. The bubonic plague epidemic that began in 1346 led to the formation of universities in cities far from the major centers of learning (and hot spots of the Black Death) at that time. Pathogens are not the only stars of this book. Many scientists and physicians who toiled to treat and prevent these plagues are also featured. This edition also covers modern disease.
Contents:
The nature of plagues
Plagues, the price of being sedentary
Six plagues of antiquity
An ancient plague, the black death
A 21st century plague, AIDS
Typhus, a fever plague
Malaria, another fever plague
King cholera
Smallpox, the spotted plague
Preventing plagues: immunization
The plague protectors: antisepsis to antibiotics
The great pox syphilis
The people's plague: tuberculosis
Leprosy, the striking hand of God
Six plagues of Africa
Emerging and re-emerging plagues.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digital/PrintJay J. Van Bavel, PhD, and Dominic J. Packer, PhD.Summary: Most people believe their identity is stable, but in fact it is constantly changing to reflect the interests of the groups you belong to. Van Bavel and Packer integrate their own cutting-edge research in psychology and neuroscience to explain how identity really works. They explain how to harness it to boost cooperation and productivity, lead effectively, and much more. Packed with fascinating insights, vivid case studies, and a wealth of pioneering research, their book will change the way you understand yourself-- and the people around you-- forever. -- adapted from jacket.
Contents:
Power of Us
Lens of Identity
Sharing Reality
Escaping Echo Chambers
Value of Identity
Overcoming Bias
Finding Solidarity
Fostering Dissent
Leading Effectively
Future of Identity.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalPatty McCord.Summary: "When it comes to recruiting, motivating, and creating great teams, Patty McCord says most companies have it all wrong. McCord helped create the unique and high-performing culture at Netflix, where she was chief talent officer. In her new book, Powerful: Building a Culture of Freedom and Responsibility, she shares what she learned there and elsewhere in Silicon Valley. McCord advocates practicing radical honesty in the workplace, saying good-bye to employees who don't fit the company's emerging needs, and motivating with challenging work, not promises, perks, and bonus plans. She argues that the old standbys of corporate HR--annual performance reviews, retention plans, employee empowerment and engagement programs--often end up being a colossal waste of time and resources. Her road-tested advice, offered with humor and irreverence, provides readers a different path for creating a culture of high performance and profitability. Powerful will change how you think about work and the way a business should be run"--Dust jacket flap.
Contents:
Introduction. A new way of working : foster freedom and responsibility
The greatest motivation is contributing to success : treat people like adults
Every single employee should understand the business : communicate constantly about the challenge
Humans hate being lied to and being spun : practice radical honesty
Debate vigorously : cultivate strong opinions and argue about them only on the facts
Build the company now that you want to be then : relentlessly focus on the future
Someone really smart in every job : have the right person in every single position
Pay people what they're worth to you : compensation is a judgment call
The art of good good-byes : make needed changes fast, and be a great place to be from.Digital Access OverDrive 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - DigitalAmerican Academy of Family Physicians [and others] ; editors, David T. Bernhardt, William O. Roberts.Summary: This best-selling resource guides health care professionals through the preparticipation physical evaluation PPE process in the medical home for young athletes from middle school through college.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
- DigitalJoseph F. Maalouf, Francesco F. Faletra, Samuel J. Asirvatham, Krishnaswamy Chandrasekaran, editors.Summary: This extensive clinically focused book is a detailed practical 3D echocardiography imaging reference that addresses the concerns and needs of both the novice and experienced 3D echocardiographer. Chapters have been written in a highly instructive and practical disease- and problem-oriented approach supported by illustrative high-quality images (and corresponding 3D echo video clips where applicable) that demonstrate the incremental value of 3D echocardiography over 2D echocardiography in practice. Practical 3D Echocardiography is an intuitive guide to 3D imaging -- what to look for, how to look for it, the best and special views, caveats and pitfalls when applicable, and clinical pearls and pointers -- that can be used in daily practice. It is therefore of immense value to any practicing or trainee echocardiographer, cardiologist and internist.
Contents:
Part I. Basic, practical principles of 3D Echocardiography
Imaging principles and acquisition modes
Image optimization tools and image display
3DE Color Doppler acquisition and optimization and 3DE artifacts, caveats, and pitfalls
3DE Knobology: A practical guide to use of the available vendor platforms
Part II. Native and Prosthetic Heart Valves
3DE of Normal mitral valve: Image display and anatomic correlations
3DE Spectrum of mitral valve prolapse
Rheumatic mitral valve diseases and mitral annular calcification: Role of 3DE
Role of 3DE in assessment of functional mitral regurgitation
Incremental value of 3DE over 2DE in assessment of mitral clefts and other congenital mitral valve diseases
3D color flow Doppler assessment of mitral regurgitation: Advantages over 2D color Doppler
3DE anatomy of normal aortic valve and root. Image display and anatomic correlations
3DE of the spectrum of native aortic valve and subvalvular diseases and pathological correlations
Correlation of 3DE with CT and MRI in the diagnosis and assessment of valvular heart disease and new trends
3DE appearance of the different types of normal mechanical and biological valves
3DE assessment of the pathological spectrum of mitral prosthesis and sewing ring dysfunction: Incremental value over 2DE
3DE assessment of pathological spectrum of aortic prosthesis dysfunction: Incremental value over 2DE
Native and Prosthetic Valve Endocarditis: Incremental value of 3DE over 2DE
CT and MRI correlations with 3DE in assessment of prosthetic valves including new trends
Part III. Atria and Atrial Septum
Normal 3DE anatomy of atrial septum: Image display and anatomical specimen correlations
Atrial septal defects: 2DE vs 3DE and anatomic specimen
CT and MRI correlations of atria and atrial septum
Part IV. Ventricles and Ventricular Septum
How to acquire and calculate 3D LV and RV volumes and ejection fraction (three vendors)
Is 3D better than 2D during stress echo?
Congenital and acquired ventricular septal defects
CT and MRI of ventricles and ventricular septum
Part V. Cardiac Masses
Role of 3DE in assessment of cardiac masses: incremental value over 2DE
Part VI. Role of 3DE in catheter-based structural heart disease interventions
Atrial Interventions
Ventricular interventions
Edge-to-Edge mitral valve repair
Periprosthetic leak repair
Valve-in-valve/ring implantation
Part VII. Role of 3DE in catheter –based electrophysiologic procedures
The role of imaging techniques in electrophysiologic procedures
The Role of CT and MRI in electrophysiologic procedures
Part VIII. New Trends for 3DE in catheter-based Interventions
Novel percutaneous techniques for mitral and tricuspid valve repair
Echo-navigation
Evolving role of 3D printing in guiding interventional procedures. - DigitalC. Philip Larson Jr., Richard A. Jaffe.Contents:
Chapter 1. Preoperative Evaluation
Chapter 2. Induction of General Anesthesia
Chapter 3. Role of the Laryngeal Mask Airway in Airway Management
Chapter 4. Essentials of Airway Management
Chapter 5. Laryngospasm: The Silent Menace
Chapter 6. Cricothyrotomy: A Lesson to Be Learned
Chapter 7. Bronchospasm vs. Bronchoconstriction: A Different View
Chapter 8. Management of the Full Stomach
Chapter 9. Nitrous Oxide
Yea or Nay
Chapter 10. Meperidine: A Forgotten Jewel
Chapter 11. Sevoflurane: The Best Volatile Anesthetic Ever Developed
Chapter 12. The Bariatric Challenge
Chapter 13. Preventing Ischemic Optic Neuropathy during Posterior Spine Surgery
Chapter 14. Continuous Spinal Anesthesia: A Lost Art
Chapter 15. Epidural Anesthesia: The Best Technique
Chapter 16. An Incendiary Issue: Avoiding Operating Room Fires
Chapter 17. Tension Pneumothorax
Chapter 18. Tips on Blood-Gas Analysis
Chapter 19. Preoxygenation
Chapter 20. Diffusion Hypoxia.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJanine Brooks, Helen Caton-Hughes.Summary: "Mentoring is becoming more widely recognised within dentistry as a tool to enhance performance, motivation and well-being. Key national dental organisations promote mentoring. This includes the General Dental Council (2019) where mentoring is noted as a tool for peer learning and the facilitation of sharing experience and expertise. Mentoring is also identified as a long-term relationship that can contribute to an individual's sustained performance over a period of years. Coaching is less well known within the profession, indeed within healthcare generally, certainly at the level of the practitioner. Where coaching is recognised, it is often in a remedial context and because of that, it has been slow to take root. The use of mentoring and coaching as developmental tools is also less well understood, yet there is anecdotal evidence of their value to individuals, teams and organisations. This is a practically focused book showcasing uses of coaching and mentoring within the dental profession in the UK. It will include underlying theory and models; however, the main purpose is to demonstrate examples of how coaching and mentoring make a real difference to service provision. The impact and benefits of using a coaching and mentoring approach range widely to include individual dental professionals, patients, the team and the organisation. Skills that coach/mentors need to develop and hone are included. The book will also promote the importance of mentors receiving training before they begin to use the tools with other individuals. This will include a consideration of the differing methodologies employed in developing and delivering training and the acquisition of qualification"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Introduction
Mentoring
Coaching
The Forton Model
Practical case studies
Discussion.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - DigitalSarah Pitts, Catherine M. Gordon, editors.Summary: This comprehensive book thoroughly covers bone health in the adolescent, offering evidence-based guidance for clinical care in the primary care setting, and includes aspects of endocrinology, nutrition, radiology, sports medicine, and rehabilitation. A Practical Approach to Adolescent Bone Health begins with an in-depth review of normal bone physiology, and explains how to optimize bone mass accrual in the healthy adolescent. The following chapters detail the importance of nutrition and physical activity to the skeletal system, while later chapters provide a bone-centric review of clinical history taking, the physical examination, laboratory assessment, and imaging to evaluate bone health. Final chapters delve into providing comprehensive care for specific conditions commonly found in the adolescent, including adolescents with multiple fractures, eating disorders, athletic involvement, chronic illness, various ambulatory limitations, and bone fragility. Clinical vignettes are woven into chapters throughout the book, providing real-world application and highlighting key concepts for practitioners. A Practical Approach to Adolescent Bone Health is a unique resource,and ideal for the primary care clinician, including pediatricians, adolescent medicine specialists, and family medicine physicians, as well as endocrinologists, orthopedic surgeons, and any other practitioner working to guide adolescents towards optimal bone health.
Contents:
1. Optimizing Bone Mass Accrual in Healthy Adolescents
2. Normal Bone Physiology 101
3. Optimizing Nutrition to Promote Adolescent Bone Health
4. Physical activity to promote bone health in adolescents
5. The Bone Health History and Physical Examination in Adolescents
6. Bone Health Laboratory Assessments
7. Imaging to Evaluate Bone Health
8. Bone Health in Adolescents with Multiple Fractures
9. Bone Health in Adolescents with Eating Disorders
10. Bone Health of Adolescent Athletes
11. Bone Health in Adolescents with Chronic Disease
12. Bone Health in Immobile Adolescents
13. Treatment of Adolescent osteoporosis
14. Conclusion: A Clinical Bone Perspective.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalYasushi Sugawara.Summary: Difficulty in rhinoplasty takes two forms: the aesthetic and the technical. Rhinoplasty surgeons need a sense of beauty to design the target shape. This shape must comply with the patient's demands, which, however, are often obscure, ambiguous, or inconsistent; thus even the greatest rhinoplasty surgeons have unhappy patients. The only appropriate approach is to suggest two or three shapes that suit the patient's appearance and expectations, and ask the patient to choose between them. Of course, these suggestions must be precise, visualized, and specific. The technical difficulty, on the other hand, lies in assessing the anatomical character of the patient's problem and selecting the procedure that will achieve the desired shape and the means to perform that procedure. This textbook is designed to help all readers: - Make accurate diagnoses by learning morphology based on varied anatomy - Simulate the target shape employing generally used retouch software - Suggest to patients different potential target shapes - Learn how to choose the appropriate procedure in order to produce the selected target shape It is the authors' hope that readers will find this textbook an invaluable aid in the performance of rhinoplasties which are not merely based on the surgeon's "taste" but rather take into account the individual patient's requirements and achieve aesthetic results that guarantee patient satisfaction.
Contents:
Clinical Anatomy
The Presurgical Workflow
Basic Surgical Techniques
Dorsal Augmentation or Height Reduction
Altering the Nasal Tip
Alar and Pedestals
Cases. - DigitalMark H. Libenson.Summary: "Using a highly readable, conversational writing style, Practical Approach to Electroencephalography, 2nd Edition, makes a complex and critically important subject easier to understand. It provides just the right amount of guidance you need, explaining EEG waveforms starting with the basics, then bringing you to a sophisticated level in interpreting EEG tracings--explaining what to do, what not to do, what to look for, and what the results mean. Emphasizing pattern recognition and also why the patterns look the way they do, Dr. Libenson's approachable text focuses on the types of EEG tracings you are likely to encounter in your EEG laboratory, both in the outpatient lab and in the ICU, concentrating at first on the questions and problems encountered by the beginner and non-expert, but bringing you up to the level of an expert"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction to electroencephalography
Visual analysis of the EEG: Wakefulness, drowsiness, and sleep
Introduction to commonly used terms in electroencephalography
Electroencephalographic localization
Electroencephalographic electrodes, channels, and montages and how they are chosen
Electroencephalographic artifacts
Filters in the electroencephalogram
The structure and philosophy of the EEG report
The abnormal EEG
The EEG in epilepsy
Normal variants in the electroencephalogram
EEG patterns in stupor and coma
The electroencephalogram of the newborn
A brief introduction to invasive EEG monitoring for epilepsy surgery.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitaleditors, Curtis L. Baysinger, MD, Professor of Anesthesiology, Division of Obstetric Anesthesia, Department of Anesthesiology, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, Nashville, Tennessee, Brenda A. Bucklin, MD, Professor of Anesthesiology, Assistant Dean, Clinical Core Curriculum, University of California School of Medicine, Aurora, Colorado, David R. Gambling, MB, BS, FRCP, Staff Anesthesiologist, Sharp Mary Birch Hospital for Women and Newborns, Clinical Professor (Voluntary), Department of Anesthesiology, University of California San Diego (UCSD), San Diego, California.Contents:
Intro
Title Page
Copyright
Dedication
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contributors
Section I: Pharmacology and Physiology
1 Physiologic Changes of Pregnancy
2 Uteroplacental Anatomy, Blood Flow, Respiratory Gas Exchange, Drug Transfer, and Teratogenicity
3 Local Anesthetics and Toxicity
4 Obstetric Medications
Section II: Antepartum Considerations
5 Ethical and Legal Considerations in Obstetric Anesthesia
6 Nonobstetric Surgery during Pregnancy
Section III: Labor and Delivery
7. Fetal Assessment and Monitoring
8 Maternal Infection and Fever
9 Non-neuraxial Analgesic Techniques
10 Choice of Neuraxial Analgesia and Local Anesthetics
11 Ultrasound and Echocardiographic Techniques in Obstetric Anesthesia
12 Impact of Neuraxial Analgesia on Obstetric Outcomes
13 Anesthetic Considerations for Women Receiving Cesarean Delivery
14 Difficult Airway Management in the Pregnant Patient
15 Anesthesia for Multiple Gestation and Breech Presentation
16 Obstetric Emergencies
17 Newborn Resuscitation
Section IV: Postpartum Issues
18 Postcesarean Analgesia
19 Management of Postdural Puncture Headache
20 Neurologic Deficits Following Labor and Delivery
21 Postpartum Tubal Ligation
Section V: Disease States
22 Hypertensive Disorders of Pregnancy
23 Endocrine Disorders
24 Thrombophilias/Coagulopathies
25 Cardiac Disease in the Obstetric Patient
26 Neurologic and Neuromuscular Disease
27 Renal and Hepatic Disease in the Pregnant Patient
28 Obstetric Anesthesia for Parturients with Respiratory Diseases
29 Obesity and Pregnancy
30 Trauma in the Obstetric Patient
31 Management of the Opioid Dependent Parturient
32 Maternal Morbidity and Mortality
Section VI: Guidelines From National Organizations
33 Guidelines from National Organizations
Index.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016 - DigitalRobert S. Holzman, MD, MA (Hon.), FAAP, Professor of Anesthesia, Harvard Medical School, Senior Associate in Perioperative Anesthesia, Department of Anesthesiology, Perioperative and Pain Medicine, Boston Children's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Thomas J. Mancuso, MD, FAAP, Associate Professor, Department of Anesthesia, Harvard Medical School, Senior Associate in Perioperative Anesthesia, Pain Management and Critical Care Medicine, Department of Anesthesiology, Perioperative and Pain Medicine, Boston Children's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, David M. Polaner, MD, FAAP, Professor of Anesthesiology and Pediatrics, University of Colorado, Director of Transplant Anesthesia, Anesthesia Informatics, the Children's Hospital, Denver, Aurora, Colorado.Contents:
Fundamental differences between children and adults
Developmental pharmacology
General preoperative evaluation and consultative pediatric anesthesia
Risk management, assessment and quality improvement
Ethical and legal considerations in pediatric anesthesia
Anesthetic equipment and facilities
Management of general anesthesia
Regional anesthesia
Postanesthetic recovery
Pediatric pain management
Systems-based pediatric anesthesia
Healing and recovery in pediatric surgery
Training and education in pediatric anesthesiology: a developmental approach
The Central nervous system: pediatric neuroanesthesia
The Eye: pediatric ophthalmological surgery
The Head and neck: specialty and multidisciplinary surgery
The Body cavity and wall
The Cardiovascular system
Vascular biology and vascular anomalies
Gut development: surgical and anesthetic implications
The Foregut and chest
The Midgut
The Hindgut
Abdominal tumors
The Urogenital system
The Musculoskeletal system and orthopedic surgery
Integumentary system
Hematopoietic system
Endocrine disease
Neuromuscular disorders
Metabolic diseases and inborn errors of metabolism
Abnormalities of the immune response and infection
Fetal medicine and anesthesia for fetal surgery
Delivery room issues and resuscitation of the newborn
Pediatric resuscitation
Anesthesia for the preterm newborn
Minimally invasive surgery
Solid organ and bone marrow transplantation
Anesthesia outside the operating room
Trauma and casualty management
Anesthesia and childhood obesityDigital Access Ovid 2016 - Digitaleditors, Joseph M. Neal, De Q.H. Tran, Francis V. Salinas ; editor of the previous editions, Michael F. Mulroy.Contents:
Regional anesthesia systems / Edward R. Mariano
Equipment / Andrew T. Gray
Ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia / Michael D. Herrick and Brian D. Sites
Premedication, monitoring, and multimodal analgesia / Rebecca Lee Johnson and Michael F. Mulroy
Local anesthetic pharmacology / Francis V. Salinas
Spinal anesthesia / Francis V. Salinas and De Q.H. Tran
Epidural anesthesia and analgesia / De Q.H. Tran and Julian Aliste
Upper extremity blocks / De Q.H. Tran and Joseph M. Neal
Intravenous regional anesthesia / Joseph M. Neal and Susan B. McDonald
Lower extremity : lumbar plexus blocks / Francis V. Salinas
Lower extremity : sacral plexus blocks / Francis V. Salinas
Truncal blocks / Ki Jinn Chin and Monica Liu
Head and neck blocks / Roderick J. Finlayson
Complications associated with regional anesthesia / Joseph M. Neal
Pediatric regional anesthesia / Kathleen Larkin McGinn
Acute pain medicine / Kevin E. Vorenkamp and Christine L. Oryhan.Digital Access - Digitaleditor, Stephan U. Schuele.Summary: "The book is a complete and practical guide to thinking and doing SEEG which will be a solid reference to practitioners around the world. It starts with a review of the main non-invasive pre-implantation investigations and how they inform the selection of patients and the implantation scheme. It proceeds to implantation techniques and issues specific to the different brain regions, including the complex question of temporal-plus epilepsies and investigation of regions that were practically impossible to reach with subdural electrodes such as the insula. The problem is then attacked according to the different types of epileptogenic lesions; as examples, the tuberous sclerosis complex and periventricular nodular heterotopia can only be investigated with SEEG. The critical importance given by the French and Italian epilepsy schools to the relation between a very carefully observed clinical symptomatology and functional anatomy is evident throughout this book"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cover
Title
Copyright
Contents
Contributors
Foreword
Preface
Abbreviations
Section I: Introduction
Chapter 1: The History and Principles of Stereo EEG
The Prestereo EEG Era
Laying the Foundation
Conceptualization of Stereo EEG
Technical Requirements
From Comprehensive Brain Sampling to Rational Surgery
The Stereo EEG Scriptures
Summary
Key References
Section II: Noninvasive Evaluation
Chapter 2: Phase I Evaluation
Key Concepts
Introduction
Symptomatogenic Zone
Irritative Zone
Ictal Onset Zone
Epileptogenic Lesion Functional Deficit Zone
Eloquent Cortex
Epileptogenic Zone and Surgical Planning
Summary
Key References
Chapter 3: Advanced MRI Imaging
Key Concepts
Introduction
An Optimized MRI Epilepsy Protocol
What MRI "Can See"
MRI for Identifying Lesions in Mesial Temporal Lobe Epilepsy
MRI for Identifying Lesions in Neocortical Epilepsies
The Future of MRI: a Role for Artificial Intelligence and Classifiers?
Key References
Chapter 4: Electromagnetic Source Imaging for Stereo EEG Planning
Key Concepts
Introduction and History Electrophysiological and Modelling Basis of Magnetoencephalography
Advantages of Magnetoencephalography for Guidance Of stereo EEG Implantation
Practical Use of Magnetoencephalography in Preimplantation Planning for Stereo EEG
Ictal Magnetoencephalography
Cautions and Limitations
Summary
Key References
Chapter 5: Nuclear Imaging
Key Concepts
Introduction
Single-Photon Emission Computed Tomography
PET
Case Examples
Summary
Key References
Chapter 6: Patient Selection for Stereo EEG
Key Concepts
Introduction
Developing a Hypothesis Invasive Monitoring
Stereo EEG Versus Subdural Grid Implantation
Indications for Stereo EEG
Summary
Key References
Section III: Technical Aspects
Chapter 7: Electrodes
Key Concepts
Introduction
Electrode Materials
Electrode Parameters
Imaging Compatibility
Electrode Manufacturers
Summary
Key References
Chapter 8: Coregistration of Multimodal Imaging
Key Concepts
Introduction
Importance of Multimodal Image Coregistration in Stereo EEG
Identification of Structural Cerebral Abnormalities
Localization of Epileptic Activity Presurgical Mapping of Eloquent Cortex
Illustrative Case
Summary
Key References
Chapter 9: Invasive Monitoring
Key Concepts
Introduction
Technical Aspects
Video-SEEG Monitoring: Early Management
Patient's Care and Safety Procedures
Interictal and Ictal Recordings
Activation Procedures
Intracerebral Stimulations
Summary
Key References
Section IV: Electrode Placement
Chapter 10: The Epileptogenic Zone: A Critical Reconstruction
Key Concepts
Introduction
Different Methods, Different Meaning
What Is Seizure Onset? From Focus to NetworkDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2021]Limited to 3 simultaneous users - Digitaleditors, Albert C. Perrino, Jr., Scott T. Reeves.Contents:
Principles and technology of two-dimensional echocardiography
Two-dimensional examination
Left ventricular systolic performance and pathology
Diagnosis of myocardial ischemia
Doppler technology and technique
Quantitative Doppler and hemodynamics
A practical approach to the echocardiographic evaluation of ventricular diastolic function
Mitral regurgitation
Mitral valve stenosis
Mitral valve repair
Aortic regurgitation
Aortic stenosis
Prosthetic valves
Right ventricle
Transesophageal echocardiography for coronary revascularization
Echocardiography for percutaneous aortic valve and mitral clip implantation
Transesophageal echocardiography of the thoracic aorta
Critical care echocardiography
Transesophageal echocardiography for congenital heart disease in the adult
Cardiac masses and embolic sources
3D TEE imaging
Common artifacts and pitfalls of clinical echocardiography
Techniques and tricks for optimizing transesophageal images.Digital Access Ovid 2020 - DigitalJoachim W. Fluhr, editor.Summary: Skin physiology assessment is moving from a descriptive approach to a deeper understanding of biophysical and biochemical processes in the stratum corneum, such as epidermal barrier function and stratum corneum hydration. New, non-invasive approaches offer reliable and reproducible methods for product testing in the pharmaceutical and cosmetic industry, as well as in basic research. While standard instruments focus on functional aspects, innovative devices offer a deeper understanding of underlying mechanisms. This book discusses the assessment of skin physiology and of skin functions in clinical studies using non-invasive biophysical instruments, offering readers a comprehensive guide to planning, performing and evaluating the results of scientific studies in skin measurement and the legal framework for these studies. Written by leading experts in the field, it focuses on practical aspects of non-invasive measurements. After introducing the legal aspects of the current framework for clinical cosmetic studies and basic research in cosmetology, it explores the technical practicalities of organizing a testing lab and the pre-requirements for planning a study. The third and main section addresses specific topics in cosmetic testing e.g. skin hydration, and also includes chapters on sensory aspects and in vivo skin structure vizualization. This new, updated edition of Practical Aspects of Cosmetic Testing is a valuable tool for researchers, students, and medical staff wanting to gain insights into how best to assess skin functions in controlled studies using non-invasive biophysical instruments.
Contents:
Intro
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Contents
Part I: Legal Aspects of Cosmetic Testing
Chapter 1: Regulatory Aspects
1.1 Comparison Between General Cosmetic Legislation in Europe and Other Countries
1.2 Recent Changes in European Cosmetic Regulation
1.3 Important Weblinks
1.3.1 European Union
1.3.2 USA
1.3.3 Canada
1.3.4 Japan
1.3.5 Mercosur Countries (Examples)
1.3.6 ASEAN Countries (Example)
1.3.7 South Africa
1.3.8 China
1.3.9 India
1.4 Cosmetic Safety Testing 1.5 Responsibility Considerations for Planning and Conduct of a Cosmetic Safety Study
1.6 Frequent Cosmetic Safety Study Models
1.7 Cosmetic Efficacy Testing
1.8 Cosmetic Labeling and Packaging
References
Chapter 2: Ethical Aspects of Cosmetic Testing
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Brief History of Research Ethics
2.3 Ethical Aspects of Cosmetic Testing
2.4 Ethical Aspects of Noninvasive Skin Measurements
2.5 Essential Ethical Requirements for Performing a Study
2.6 Other Considerations
2.7 Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Good Clinical Practice 3.1 Principles of GCP
3.2 Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
3.3 Study Design and Protocol Standards
3.4 Conduct Standards
3.5 Recording and Reporting Standards
References
Chapter 4: Guidelines in Skin Testing
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Skin Bioengineering Endeavour
4.3 Validation of Methods and Instrumentations
4.4 Standardization and Quality Controls
4.5 Search for "Good Biometrological Practice"
4.6 Guidelines in Perspective
4.7 Conclusion
References
Chapter 5: Claim Support: How to Create and Substantiate Claims 5.1 Introduction: Cosmetic Claims and Cosmetic Product Testing
5.1.1 What Is a Cosmetic Claim?
5.1.2 Borderline Claims
5.2 The Process of Creating Cosmetic Claims
5.2.1 Global or Regional
5.2.2 Communication Style and Medium
5.2.3 Consumer Factors
5.3 Deciding How to Support a Claim
5.3.1 Classifying Claims
5.3.2 Level of Evidence
5.3.2.1 Established and Widely Available Evidence
5.3.2.2 Established Rationale But Requiring Specific Evidence
5.3.2.3 Evidence Based Upon a Significant Advance in Science or Technology
5.4 Generating Information to Support Claims 5.5 Presenting Information in Support of a Claim
5.6 State of the Art
5.7 Conclusion
References
Part II: General Aspects of Cosmetic Testing
Chapter 6: Testing Laboratory
6.1 Requirements for Accommodation and Arrangement
6.1.1 Reception/Volunteer Recruitment Office
6.1.2 Data Base/Subject File Room
6.1.3 Waiting Area for Volunteers
6.1.4 Room for Conducting General Volunteer Information Sessions
6.1.5 Investigator's Office(s)/Examination Room(s)
6.1.6 Testing Lab Room(s)
6.1.7 Staff Office(s)
6.1.8 Restrooms for Volunteers - DigitalDamkerng Pathomvanich, Kenichiro Imagawa, editors ; with contributions by Robert Haber.Summary: This book comprehensively discusses the practical aspects of hair transplantation in Asians. The demand for hair transplantation has increased globally in recent years and Follicular Unit Extraction (FUE) is gaining popularity. As such the book examines the techniques used by different ethnic group in Asia, included shaving, non-shaving FUE and robotic hair restoration surgery. With the help of illustrations, it describes surgical techniques and provides numerous practical tips. Written by leading experts and offering an overview of the current state of the art of hair restoration surgery, it enables experienced surgeons in the field to achieve optimal outcomes and to improve patients' QOL. It is a must read for hair surgeons performing hair transplantation on members of the Asian population.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalSimona Stolnicu, Isabel Alvarado-Cabrero, editors.Summary: This book presents the basic concepts for understanding and practicing breast pathology in routine practice. It explains how to tackle the diagnosis, emphasizing diagnostic clues for each entity as well as pitfalls and mimickers. Each chapter has concise, relevant text illustrated by numerous high-quality pictures highlighting the pearls and challenges in the diagnosis of breast lesions. Experts from around the world describe common and rarer conditions affecting the breast. Histology, immunohistochemistry, cytology, radiology and key morphologic criteria are covered. The book includes a chapter dedicated to breast normal histology, which is very important for understanding breast pathology, and a separate chapter for breast radiology, which is essential in understanding and diagnosing the breast lesions especially in a multidisciplinary team. Also, there is a chapter with the latest TNM staging system as well as the recently revised World Health Organization classification of breast tumors. Since in many breast units the cytology is still used to diagnose breast lesions there is a chapter dedicated to this technique. This book is aimed at trainees and practicing pathologists in surgical pathology, particularly those with an interest in breast pathology and those tackling the daily sign-out.
- DigitalW. Dean Wallace, Bita V. Naini.Contents:
Histocompatibility and Immunogenetics for Solid Organ Transplantation
Heart Transplant Pathology
Lung Transplant Pathology
Kidney Transplant Pathology
Liver Transplant Pathology
Small Bowel Transplant Pathology
Vascularized Composite Tissue Transplant Pathology
Pancreas Transplant Pathology
Post-transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorder. - DigitalAllen M. Khakshooy, Francesco Chiappelli.Summary: There is an ever-increasing emphasis on evidence-based medicine that is distinguished by systematic crafting of the patient-centered research question, detailed literature searches, and careful appraisal of the resulting evidence. The consensus that ultimately emerges must then be applied in specific clinical settings, and it is to this process that translational effectiveness analysis refers. This portable and easy-to-use handbook is intended as a practical teaching guide on translational effectiveness for students and clinicians. Specifically, it will serve as a primer on patient-centered outcomes research methodology in the health sciences and explain how to acquire and understand the fundamental data that determine which reports are valued as the "best available" evidence. It presents an accessible and readily intelligible set of principles which doctors, dentists, nurses, and insurance carriers will be able to use in the process of health care-related decision-making.
- Digitaleditors, Yan Peng and Ping Tang.Summary: This comprehensive volume reviews current topics and controversies in diagnostic breast pathology, and addresses frequently encountered diagnostic problems using a question and answer format and case presentations. Emphasis is placed on the diagnostic approach as it relates to morphology, clinical and radiographic correlation, differential diagnosis, and ancillary testing including immunohistochemical and molecular analyses. Answers are provided and serve as a practical, evidence-based, and problem solving guide to diagnostic issues having significant impacts on clinical management. Common but diagnostically challenging entities such as papillary lesions and fibroepithelial lesions are discussed in detail, as well as special types of breast cancer including solid papillary carcinoma, lobular lesions and its variants. Uncommon breast lesions such as mesenchymal, lymphoid, and metastatic lesions are also covered. Chapters discuss genetic alterations and molecular abnormalities in breast cancer, and commonly encountered interpretation dilemmas on immunohistochemistry in breast cancer and metastatic cancer to the breast with a focus on prognostic and predictive tumor biomarkers.
Contents:
Intraductal Proliferative Disease of the Breast
Invasive Ductal Carcinoma (NOS) of the Breast
Invasive Carcinoma of the Breast: Special Types
Lobular Breast Lesions
Papillary Lesions of the Breast (IDP, IDPC, EPC, SPC)
Fibroepothelial Lesions (Phyllodes Tumor and Fibroadenoma) of the Breast
Immunohistochemistry in Breast Cancer
Breast Cancer with Hereditary Cancer Predisposition Syndromes
Mesenchymal and Lymphoid Lesions in the Breast
Metastatic Cancer in the Breast. - Digital[edited by] Majid Maleki, Azin Alizadehasl, Majid Haghjoo.Contents:
Evidence-based cardiology practice / Reza Yousefi-Nooraie, Parham Sadeghipour
Evaluation of patients with cardiovascular problems / Majid Maleki
Electrocardiography / Mohammad Javad Alemzadeh-Ansari
Exercise stress testing / Sedigheh Saedi
Echocardiography / Anita Sadegpour, Azin Alizadehasl
Chest radiography in cardiovascular disease / Hamidreza Pouraliakbar
Cardiac computed tomography / Hamidreza Pouraliakbar
Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging / Hamid Mojibian, Hamidreza Pouraliakbar
Nuclear cardiology / Hadi Malek
Catheterization and angiography / Ali Zahedmehr
Hemodynamic study / Nasim Naderi
Heart failure and pulmonary hypertension / Nasim Naderi
Tachyarrhythmias / Majid Haghjoo
Cardiac implantable electronic devices / Majid Haghjoo
Bradyarrhythmias / Majid Haghjoo
Preventive cardiology / Majid Maleki, Zahra Hosseini
Hypertension / Ali Zahedmehr
Dyslipidemia / Reza Kiani
ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction / Bahram Mohebbi
Percutaneous coronary intervention / Ata Firouzi
Transcatheter therapies for structural heart disease / Hamidreza Sanati
Aortic disorders and their management / Omid Shafe
Peripheral artery disease / Jamal Moosavi
Cardiomyopathies and myocarditis / Nasim Naderi
Valvular heart disease / Feridoun Noohi, Anita Sadeghpour, Azin Alizadehasl
Infective endocarditis / Anita Sadeghpour, Azin Alizadehasl
Pericardial disease / Anita Sadeghpour, Azin Alizadehasl
Congenital heart disease / Zahra Khajali
Venous thromboembolism / Farshad Shakerian, Parham Sadeghipour
Cardiovascualr genetics / Nejat Mahdieh, Majid Maleki
Renal disorders and cardiovascular disease / Samira Tabiban, Nasim Naderi
Endocrine disorders and the cardiovascular system / Zahra Ghaemmaghami
The heart and pulmonary diseases / Hasan Allah Sadeghi
Cardiovascular drugs and hemostasis / Bahram Fariboz Farsad, Hanieh Salehi
Stable ischemic heart disease / Majid Kyavar, Mohammad Javad Alemzadeh-Ansari
Non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes / Hamidreza Sanati
Anesthesia and sedation in cardiac patients / Rasoul Azarfarin
Principles of cardiovascular surgery / Alireza Alizadeh Ghavidel, Saeid Hosseini.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitaledited by Ragavendra R. Baliga, Kim A. Eagle.Summary: This thoroughly updated new edition of the classic practical textbook provides a user-friendly, authoritative guide to evaluation of common cardiovascular symptoms and evaluation and management of common cardiovascular conditions. Coverage also includes clinical challenges such as management of chronic anticoagulation, assessing and minimizing cardiac risk in noncardiac surgery, and management of the cardiac surgery patient. Numerous tables and algorithms help readers find information quickly and aid in clinical decision-making. Practical Cardiology, Evaluation and Treatment of Common Cardiovascular Disorders reflects the current American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association guidelines and provides a concise yet comprehensive handbook presents practical information on the common cardiovascular problems that clinicians encounter daily.
Contents:
Chest Pain
Dyspnea
Palpitations
Edema
Syncope
Approach to Claudication
Coronary Artery Disease
Primary Prevention of Coronary Artery Disease
Secondary Prevention of Coronary Artery Disease
Stable Angina
Unstable Angina
Non-ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction
Acute ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction
Hypertension
Primary Hypertension
Approach to Secondary Hypertension
Congestive Heart Failure
Heart Failure Due to Left Ventricular Systolic Dysfunction
Heart Failure with Preserved Systolic Function
Arrhythmias
Paroxysmal Supraventricular Tachycardia
Atrial Fibrillation & Atrial Flutter
Ventricular Tachycardia
Bradycardia
Valvular Heart Disease
Infectious Endocarditis
Mitral Regurgitation
Aortic Regurgitation
Mitral Stenosis
Aortic Stenosis
Tricuspid
Pulmonary Valve Disease
Pericardial Disease & Cardiac Neoplasms
Acute Pericarditis
Pericardial Effusion
Pericardial Constriction
Aortic & Major Vascular Diseases
Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms
Nondissecting Thoracic Aneurysms
Aortic Dissection
Cerebrovascular Disease
Deep Venous Thrombosis
Lower Extremity Ischemia
Pulmonary Vascular Diseases
Pulmonary Embolism
Pulmonary Hypertension & Cor Pulmonale
Diagnosis & Management
Congenital Heart Disease in Adults
Management of Chronic Anticoagulation
Assessing & Minimizing Cardiac Risk of Noncardiac Surgery
Management of the Cardiac Surgery Patient
Complementary & Alternative Medicine. - Digitaledited by Majid Maleki, Azin Alizadehasl, Majid Haghjoo.Summary: From basic clinical facts to new advanced guidelines, *Practical Cardiology: Principles and Approaches-covers all aspects of cardiology in one quick and current resource. *Packed with "useful" tips and "step-by-step" guidance, this updated second edition reviews new drugs, new invasive and noninvasive therapeutic approaches, and new developments in-cardiology foundations, imaging modalities, management approaches, and specific interventions for all common cardiovascular disease modalities-in all patient care settings. Offers-practical plans of action for all major cardiovascular topics and diseases. *Includes three "new chapters on electrophysiology" (including tracing interpretation); mechanisms, diagnoses, and therapies; and hypotension, syncope, and sudden cardiac death. *Features updated and expanded content throughout, including new findings, non-ST elevation in specific populations (elderly, women), diabetes in heart disease, and more. *Provides integrated key points "that offer" quick clinical summaries for all aspects of common cardiovascular conditions. *Contains more than "125 full-color" illustrations with many algorithms of diagnostic and therapeutic pathways. -- Provided by publisherDigital Access
- DigitalElias B. Hanna.Summary: "Practical Cardiovascular Medicine is a comprehensive yet practical review of all fields of cardiovascular medicine. It addresses various cardiac diseases and presentations using both pathophysiology and clinical evidence, and expands from basic concepts to advanced ones. It should therefore prove useful to experienced physicians as well as trainees. In fact, there is a particular emphasis on the knowledge gaps of cardi- ologists and cardiology fellows. Organizing fellowship conferences and working with cardiology and interventional cardiology fellows has helped me perceive common deficiencies and focus on them. Colleagues who read the book will find that it provides them with an in-depth understanding that translates into better patient man- agement. My aim has also been to improve on pre-existing knowledge of pathophysiology and clinical trials. The book follows a compre- hensive yet easy, practical, and illustrated flow. To facilitate learning, bottom-line approaches are consistently provided throughout the 38 chapters. There is an extra emphasis on concepts that are frequently misunderstood by practitioners. Throughout, I have tried to answer daily, practical questions that may not be addressed in any other book. Even classic topics, such as myocardial infarction, heart failure, arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation, cardiac catheterization, or electrocardiography are discussed from a different, fresh, and contemporary viewpoint. The book is comprehensive, and many of its chapters could stand alone as separate books"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2022
- DigitalTariq Malik, editor.Summary: This book focuses on both the management of the pain as well as the pain patient and is formatted as a practical, evidence-based guide to managing chronic pain conditions. It meets the market need for a reference that aides physicians in understanding and improving chronic pain in their patients. Organized across 46 chapters, the book begins with an introduction on chronic pain evaluation, and specifically stresses the importance of complete patient evaluation including social and psychological evaluation. Subsequent chapters then start with an evaluation, medical and interventional options available, how and when to move from one option to another and the level of evidence offered for each intervention. These unique chapter elements provide the reader with a case-based approach to managing their patients. Additionally, a brief discussion of epidemiology and pathophysiology of the disease process is included and the technical aspects of interventional techniques are reviewed. Edited by a leader in the field with international contributing authors across pain medicine, Practical Chronic Pain Management this book is written primarily for anesthesiologists, pain specialists, rheumatologists, and primary care physicians.
Contents:
What Is the Prognosis of This Condition? Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
Contributors
1: ABCs of Chronic Pain Evaluation
Evaluating a Chronic Pain Patient
History and Physical Examination
Standard Questionnaires
Pain Quality
Functional Limitations
Pain Coping Assessment/Behavioral Assessment
Conclusion
References
2: A 40-Year-Old Woman with Chronic Recurrent Headache (Migraine)
Case Description
What Is Your Preliminary Diagnosis?
How Is the Diagnosis Confirmed?
What Is the Pathophysiology of This Condition?
How Is This Problem Managed?
Acute Treatment
Preventive Therapy What Is the Prognosis of This Condition?
Discussion
Prevalence
Differential Diagnosis
Predictive Value of Different Clinical Features (Both on History and Physical Exam) and Lab Testing/Imaging
History
Physical Exam
Lab Testing
Imaging
Strength of Evidence for Different Treatment Modalities
Future Directions or Clinical Trials in Progress
Conclusion/Summary
References
3: Cluster Headache
Case Description
What Is Your Preliminary Diagnosis?
How Is Diagnosis Confirmed?
What Is the Pathophysiology of This Condition?
How Is This Problem Managed? What Is the Prognosis of This Condition?
Discussion
Prevalence
Differential Diagnosis
Predictive Value of Different Clinical Features (Both on History and Physical Exam) and Lab Testing/Imaging
Strength of Evidence for Different Treatment Modalities
Future Directions or Clinical Trials in Progress
Conclusion/Summary
References
4: Atypical Facial Pain/Persistent Idiopathic Facial Pain
Case Description
What Is Your Preliminary Diagnosis?
How Is the Diagnosis Confirmed?
What Is the Pathophysiology of This Condition?
How Is This Problem Managed? What Is the Prognosis of This Condition?
Discussion
Prevalence
Differential Diagnosis
Predictive Value of Clinical Features
Strength of Evidence for Treatment Modalities
Future Directions
Conclusion/Summary
References
5: A 75-Year-Old Woman with Frequent Fleeting Face Pain (Trigeminal Neuralgia)
Case Description
What Is Your Preliminary Diagnosis?
How is the Diagnosis Confirmed?
What Is the Pathophysiology of This Condition?
How Is the Problem Managed?
Trigeminal Nerve Block Technique
Ophthalmic Branch (V1) Nerve Block Maxillary (V2) and Mandibular (V3) Nerve Block
What Is the Prognosis of This Condition?
Discussion
Prevalence
Differential Diagnosis
Predictive Value of Different Clinical Features and Lab Testing/Imaging
Strength of Evidence for Different Treatment Modalities
Future Directions or Clinical Trials in Progress
Conclusion
References
6: A Patient with Chronic Pain in the Back of the Head
Case Description
What Is Your Preliminary Diagnosis?
How Is Diagnosis Confirmed?
What Is the Pathophysiology of This Condition?
How Is This Problem Managed?Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalCarlo Bettocchi, Gian Maria Busetto, Giuseppe Carrieri, Luigi Cormio, editors.Summary: This open access book offers a valuable resource for understanding the correct pathways in the context of sexual disorders, couple reproduction, gender identity dysphoria, conditions for which patients commonly ask for consultation and treatment. Based on clinical evidence, international guidelines and experts experience, practical clinical management strategies are presented for each condition. Each clinical care pathway is based on updated algorithm, level of evidence, photos and video-clips that describes the clinical presentations and the best practice management through diagnostic tools and medical or surgical treatment. Leading experts from the most important center of excellence in the field of sexual medicine joined to cover the field of andrology in its entirety, each of them dealing with a single topic from the top of their recognized experience and providing a complete and update textbook that will help urologists and other physicians in their daily clinical practice. This book is thought to be a practical and valuable reference for urologists, gynecologists, endocrinologists, psychiatrics and psychologists, and residents who are not specialty trained in andrology. It is designed for both young fellows training in different specialties and coming into contact with andrological issues for the first time and also more experienced clinicians and surgeons requiring updated guidelines and clear advice on the most controversial issues. This book will represent an invaluable quick consulting tool, updated in its scientific contents and rich in tables, images and video-clips.
Contents:
History of Sexual Medicine
Sexuality and sexual orientation in the 21st century
Erectile Dysfunction : from pathophysiology to clinical assessment
Erectile Dysfunction : medical therapy and rehabilitation
Erectile Dysfunction : surgical and regenerative therapy
Peyronie's disease & penile curvature
Orgasm and ejaculation disorders .-Sexual dysfunctions in women - orgasm and female genital disorders
Penile diseases and Dysmorphisms (Phimosis, frenulum, micropenis, buried penis
Andrological urgency
Andrological aspects of penile and testicular cancer
Male reproduction - from pathophysiology to clinical assessment
Seminal Analysis, value and reliability .-Therapy in oligozoospermia (varicocele, cryptorchidism, inflammation and seminal tract infections
Therapy in secretory and obstructive azoospermia
Pathophysiology of female reproduction and clinical management
Laboratory and instrumental diagnostics
Assisted Reproductive Technology : ART
Male sex hormones in Andrology today
The Transgender - Psychiatric assessment
The Transgender - Endocrinological assessment
The Transgender - Legal path to surgery
Gender Affirming Surgery - Assigned Male at Birth
Gender Affirming Surgery - Assigned Female at Birth
Medico-legal aspects in Andrology today. - Digitaleditors, Peter J. Zimetbaum, Alfred E. Buxton, Mark E. Josephson.Contents:
Anatomy in clinical electrophysiology
Membrane and cellular electrophysiology
Mechanism of tachycardias
The basic electrophysiology study
Basic principles in clinical electrophysiology
Atrial fibrillation
Atrial flutter
Supraventricular tachycardia
Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome and variants
Ventricular tachycardia
Bradycardias
Syncope
Sudden death syndromes
Pacemakers : indications and function
Pacemaker troubleshooting
ICD indications and function
ICD troubleshooting
Lead management
Selected forms of congenital heart disease and cardiac arrhythmias
Noninvasive diagnostic testing
Antiarrhythmic drugs.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - DigitalPeter Igaz, editor.Summary: This practical book aims to cover the whole scope of clinical endocrinology, including both common and selected rare but important diseases, with an emphasis on practical clinical management. A number of different questions and problems in clinical routine are discussed in this book in an unconventional format. Each topic begins with the presentation of a typical clinical case, and then the topic is approached in a question and answer format linked to the clinical case presented, highlighting the most important questions in diagnosis, differential diagnosis and therapy. Numerous figures and tables are included to help understanding. The book is chiefly intended for doctors in training (preparing for boarding exam in endocrinology or internal medicine), but also for established clinicians who want to broaden or refresh their skills. University students of medicine can also find this book interesting.
Contents:
Diseases of the pituitary and hypothalamus: Pituitary tumors
Craniopharyngeoma
Hypopituitarism
Secondary hypogonadism/Kallmann syndrome
Diabetes insipidus
Diseases of the thyroid: Hypothyroidism and Hashimoto thyroiditis
Graves-disease
Endocrine ophtalmopathy
Multinodular goiter
de Quervain thyroiditis
Thyroid cancer
Thyroid hormone resistance.-Diseases of the parathyroid and metabolic bone diseases: Primary hyperparathyroidism
Secondary and tertiary hyperparathyroidism
Hypoparathyroidism.-Parathyroid cancer.-Osteoporosis.-Osteomalacia
Diseases of the adrenal: Adrenal incidentaloma
Adrenal Cushings syndrome
Primary aldosteronism
Secondary aldosteronism due to renovascular hypertension
Adrenocortical cancer
Addisons disease and pluriglandular autoimmune syndrome type 2
Congenital adrenal hyperplasia
Glucocorticoid resistance
Pheochromocytoma
Diseases of the gonads: Ovary
Testicle
Neuroendocrine tumors and Paraneoplastic endocrine syndromes: Carcinoid syndrome caused by a small intestinal neuroendocrine tumor
Ectopic ACTH syndrome caused by a bronchial neuroendocrine tumor
Pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors
Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia syndromes: Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia type 1
Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia type 2
von Hippel Lindau syndrome
Neurofibromatosis type 1
Familial Isolated Pituitary Adenoma
McCune-Albright syndrome . - DigitalMarc Shaw, Claire Wong, editors.Summary: This inclusive work presents a comprehensive update on vaccines for the international traveller. In over 21 chapters, written by leading writers in travel medicine from Australia, New Zealand and Singapore, vaccinology for travel is explained in accessible terms with a focus on practical information. An initial introduction to immunology proceeds into common travel-related diseases, and a risk-analysis for acquiring them, followed by vaccine administration techniques and examples of how this knowledge can be applied to the traveller with special risks including children, pregnant women and mass travel. The book also provides a summary of current clinical practice with respect to travel medicine in Australia, New Zealand and Singapore. This straightforward guide to the administration of vaccines for travellers is intended to be the one-stop for the primary healthcare professional needing authoritative practical information speedily. In addition to basic knowledge in vaccinology, guides are offered as to appropriate vaccine recommendations for travel to global regions together with vaccine contents in order to identify any precautions and contraindications. This text presents assessment and management guidelines for common medical presentations to the travel health professional in primary-care health. Easy reference chapters, with practical management parameters for vaccination for travellers, will confidently guide any knowledge acquired permitting self-responsibility in vaccine-preventable disease prevention.
Contents:
Requirements For Vaccination
Indications For Immunisation, Recommending Vaccines
Travel Vaccines At A Glance
General Contraindications
Accelerated Courses In Immunisation
Special Risk Groups
Faqs.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMargaret S. Pearle, Stephen Y. Nakada, editors.Summary: Practical Controversies in Medical Management of Stone Disease addresses areas of controversy regarding the evaluation and management of recurrent stone formers and provides the best available evidence to support or refute common drug and dietary recommendations. Aimed at dispelling common myths about preventative stone treatment, this book provides practical recommendations for the diagnostic evaluation and treatment of recurrent calcium stone formers, and addresses uric acid and cystine stone formers. Written by experts in stone disease, Practical Controversies in Medical Management of Stone Disease is a concise yet comprehensive resource that provides the best, current evidence supporting medical practices regarding kidney stone prevention. The book will be of value to anyone involved in the medical care of patients with kidney stones, including urologists, nephrologists, primary care physicians, and dieticians.
Contents:
Metabolic Evaluation: Underused or Overdone?
Controversies in the Management of High Urine Oxalate as a Risk Factor for Idiopathic Calcium Oxalate Urolithiasis
Dietary Calcium and Prevention of Calcium Stones: More or Less?
Citrus Juices and Prevention of Calcium Stones: Some, but Not All?
Bariatric Surgery and Stone Disease: Help or Hindrance?
Protein Restriction and Stone Disease:? Myth or Reality?
Uric Acid Nephrolithiasis: Uric Acid or Urine pH?
Cystinuria: Assessing and Managing Risk
Potassium Citrate and Calcium Stones: Benefit or Risk?
Thiazides and Calcium Stones: Overrated or Underused?. - Digital[edited by] Andrew S. Field, Matthew A. Zarka.Summary: "Employing a systematic pattern recognition approach, Practical Cytopathology: A Diagnostic Approach equips you to achieve a more accurate diagnosis of aspirated and exfolliative tissue samples from all available body organs and sites. Part of the popular Pattern Recognition Series, this volume is designed to successfully guide you from identification of the dominant cytopathologic pattern, through the appropriate work-up, around the pitfalls, to the best diagnosis"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction to the practical algorithmic pattern recognition approach to fine needle aspiration biopsy
Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of salivary gland : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of lymph nodes : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of thyroid : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of breast : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of liver : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of pancreas : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of lung and mediastinum : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of kidney : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of soft tissue : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
Intraoperative cytology of central nervous system lesions : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - DigitalHuihong Xu, Xiaohua Qian, He Wang, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, practical, and state-of-the art review addressing the major issues and challenges in cytopathology practice using a question and answer format. Making an accurate diagnosis, especially on a limited cytology sample obtained by minimally invasive procedures, is often challenging, yet crucial to patient care. Using the most current and evidence-based approaches, this book: 1) focuses on frequently asked questions in day-to-day practice of cytopathology as well as surgical pathology; 2) provides quick, accurate, and useful answers; 3) emphasizes the importance of clinical, radiological, and cytological correlation, as well as cyto-histological correlation; and 4) delineates how to judiciously use immunohistochemistry, molecular tests, flow cytometry, cytogenetics, and other established ancillary studies including next generation sequencing and computer-assisted diagnostics. Chapters are written by experts in their fields and provide the most up-to-date information in the field of cytopathology. Practical Cytopathology: Frequently Asked Questions serves as a practical resource and guide to relevant references for trainees, cytotechnologists, and cytopathologists at various skill levels.
Contents:
Cytology Techniques
Cytopathology Laboratory Management
Overview of Cervical and Anal Cytopathology
Normal and Benign Cervical Cytology
Cervical Cytology with Squamous and Glandular Abnormalities
Gastrointestinal, Pancreas and Bile Ducts Cytology
Lung and Respiratory Tract Cytology
Urine Cytology
Body Cavity Effusions and Washings
Cerebrospinal Fluid
Ovary and Peritoneal Washings
Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology of the Breast
Thyroid
Salivary Gland
Lymph Nodes
Liver Cytopathology
Soft Tissue and Bone
Kidney, Adrenal Gland, and Retroperitoneum
Ocular Cytology. - Digitaledited by Peter V. Rabins, Professor of Psychiatry, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, Professor of the Practice, Erickson School, University of Maryland, Baltimore County, Constantine G. Lyketsos, Professor of Psychiatry, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, Cynthia D. Steele, Assistant Professor, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD.Contents:
Definitions and overview of the book / Constantine G. Lyketsos
Neurodegenerative diseases causing dementia / Paul Rosenberg, Gregory Pontone, Chiadikaobi Onyike
Other diseases causing dementia / Peter V. Rabins
The evaluation and formulation of dementia / Constantine G. Lyketsos
Overview of dementia care / Quincy Samus and Betty Black
Supportive care for the patient / Constantine G. Lyketsos and Peter V. Rabins
Support for the family and care providers / Peter V. Rabins and Constantine G. Lyketsos
Disease specific therapies and symptomatic cognitive enhancement / Christopher Marano and Constantine Lyketsos
Neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia : general approach and non-pharmacologic treatment / Helen C. Kales
Pharmacologic treatments for neuropsychiatric symptoms / Christopher Marano and Constantine G. Lyketsos
Prevention, early detection, and mild cognitive impairment / Paul Rosenberg
Care in advanced disease / Peter V. Rabins
Ethical and legal issues / Peter V. Rabins.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalRonald P. Rapini.Summary: Written from the perspective of both the histopathologist and clinician, Practical Dermatopathology, 3rd Edition, allows you to search by disease or pathologic feature to quickly locate key criteria and a differential diagnosis. Practical and portable, Practical Dermatopathology is your ideal high-yield microscope companion! Make accurate, complete reports by fully understanding clinical correlations. Accurately diagnose a wide range of conditions using nearly 800 full-color illustrations, with leader lines pointing out key pathologic and clinical features as they would be seen in daily practice. Find critical information quickly through extensive cross-referencing of differential diagnosis lists by finding and disease. Clinical lists are based on location, symptoms, duration, arrangement, morphology, and color. Pathologic lists include major categories such as epidermal changes, dermal changes, and cell types. Gauge your mastery of the material with online multiple-choice review questions (130 are NEW) that provide an ideal study resource for board review or recertification. Stay current with comprehensive updates throughout, as well as unique differential diagnosis lists, numerous tables and boxes, full-color histology images, and supporting clinical photographs including bonus clinical correlation images online. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.Digital Access
- DigitalJie Liu, Xian-biao Zou.Summary: This book aims to provide readers with practical information on the procedure of streamline skin disease recognition with the use of dermoscopy. The first three chapters are mainly focused on the basic knowledge of dermoscopy, such as its history, how it works, the terminology. In the following chapters, the clinical photographs, dermoscopic images and histopathologic images of benign melanocytic neoplasms, malignant melanoma, basal cell carcinoma, seborrheic keratosis and related diseases, vascular diseases, squamous cell neoplasms and other neoplasms are presented in a case-based format. The clinical characteristics are introduced briefly, and the dermoscopic features are highlighted with a number of pictures. The chapter 12 to chapter 14 introduce the dermoscopic appearance of inflammatory skin diseases, infectious and parasitic skin diseases, hair and nail diseases, respectively, which is the extended application of dermoscopy. Last but not least, the development and future of articifial intellegence assisted diagnosis based on dermoscopic images is introduced. Written by dermatologists who have been involved in dermoscopic diagnosis for a long time, this case-based book will be a valuable reference for dermatologists and those who are interested in related field.
Contents:
Introduction of Dermoscopy
Terminology in Dermoscopy
Devices in Dermoscopy
Diagnostic Strategies and Algorithms of Dermoscopy
Benign Melanosytic Neoplasms
Malignant Melanoma
Basal Cell Carcinoma
Seborrheic Keratosis and Related Diseases
Vascular Diseases
Squamous Cell Neoplasms
Other Neoplasms
Inflammatory Skin Diseases
Infectious and Parasitic Skin Diseases
Hair and Nail Diseases
Artificial Intelligent Applications in Dermoscopy. - Digitalby David Levy.Contents:
Classification, diagnosis, and presentation
Diabetes emergencies
Infections and the diabetic foot
Eyes and kidneys
Neuropathy, musculoskeletal, and skin
Diabetes and the cardiovascular system
Type 1 diabetes : glycaemic control
Type 1 diabetes : technology and transplants
Type 2 diabetes : weight loss, exercise, and other "lifestyle" interventions
Type 2 diabetes : glycaemic control
Hypertension
Lipids
Clinical aspects of the metabolic syndrome
Youth and emerging adulthood : old age
Psychological aspects of diabetes.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalMin En Nga.Summary: This book presents rational diagnostic approaches to common areas of cytopathology, such as thyroid, lymph node and effusion cytology. It discusses differential diagnoses for each site, and describes a systematic approach to narrow down differential diagnoses in a logical manner based on cytomorphology and the judicious application of ancillary tests. Further, it introduces discriminatory panels of immunohistochemical tests, with an emphasis on patient-centred approaches with active clinicopathologic correlations. In addition, it provides practical recommendations for optimizing tissue triage for ancillary testing, in terms of both diagnostic and therapy-related testing. The book also includes sample diagnostic reports to help readers formulate appropriate comments and to aid clinicians in specific clinical scenarios, as well as test cases for readers to apply their diagnostic and specimen triage algorithms. The book equips readers to apply logical approaches to sound cytopathology reporting in daily clinical practice, guiding them through specimen collection and triage to diagnostic workup based on morphologic and clinical features, and writing rational and clinically useful diagnostic cytology reports with a focus on clinicopathologic correlation. As such it is relevant for practising cytopathologists and pathology trainees as well as for cytologists (cytotechnologists) and other clinicians involved in cytopathology diagnostic processes.
Contents:
Section I: Introduction to cytopathology
Section II: General approaches to diagnostic cytology
Diagnostic cytologic evaluation: where to start?
Writing cytology reports: dos and donts
On-site evaluation and reporting
Section III: Effusion cytology
General approach to effusion cytology
Ancillary testing in effusion cytology
Section IV: Aspiration cytology
General approach to aspiration cytology
Ancillary testing in aspiration cytology
Approach to thyroid fine needle aspiration
Approach to Lymph node fine needle aspiration
Approach to Salivary gland fine needle aspiration
Section V: Self-test cases. - DigitalDaniel M. Shindler, Olga I. Shindler, Alicia Wright.Summary: This is a practical reference that serves to introduce the discipline of echocardiography. It is meant to be integrated with the search capabilities of a modern cell phone. It enables the reader to quickly find, understand, and quote the relevant literature. The book stems from more than 30 busy years in an academic echocardiography laboratory, and from our initial efforts starting in 1994 to provide free echocardiography education and to promote social media discussions of echocardiography on the Internet.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Ultrasound
Chapter 2: Doppler
Chapter 3: Echocardiographic Quantification
Chapter 4: Echocardiographic Imaging
Chapter 5: Diastology
Chapter 6: Heart Failure
Chapter 7: Coronary Artery Disease
Chapter 8: Aortic Valve Stenosis
Chapter 9: Bicuspid Aortic Valve
Chapter 10: Aortic Regurgitation
Chapter 11: Mitral Regurgitation
Chapter 12: Mitral Stenosis
Chapter 13: Prosthetic Valves
Chapter 14: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
Chapter 15: Cardiomyopathies
Chapter 16: Pericardial Disease
Chapter 17: Endocarditis
Chapter 18: Cardiac Tumors and Masses
Chapter 19: Diabetes and Hypertension
Chapter 20: Pulmonary Disorders
Chapter 21: Tricuspid Valve
Chapter 22: Pulmonic Valve
Chapter 23: Disorders of the Aorta
Chapter 24: Stroke
Chapter 25: Congenital Heart Disorders
Chapter 26: The Stethoscope
Chapter 27: The Electrocardiogram in the Echo Lab
Chapter 28: Radiology
Chapter 29: Internet Resources.Digital Access AccessCardiology 2020 - DigitalMalcolm D.C. Donaldson, John W. Gregory, Guy Van Vliet, Joseph I. Wolfsdorf ; guest chapter "An Endocrinologist's guide to genetic in the age of genomics" contributed by Johnny Deladoëy.Contents:
Diabetes mellitus
Hypoglycaemia
Short stature
Tall stature
Puberty
Thyroid disorder
Differences in sex development and common genital anomalies
Adrenal disorders
Salt and water balance
Calcium and bone
Obesity
Endocrine effects of cancer treatment / supplementary chapter by Johnny Deladoëy
An Endocrinologist's guide to genetic in the age of genomics.Digital Access Wiley 2019 - DigitalMatthew T. Brodhead, David J. Cox, Shawn P. Quigley.Summary: Practical Ethics for Effective Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder is for behavior analysts working directly with, or supervising those who work with, individuals with autism. The book addresses important topics such as the principles and values that underlie the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's ® Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts, and factors that affect ethical decision-making. In addition, the book addresses critical and under-discussed topics of: scope of competence; evidence-based practice in behavior analysis; how to collaborate with professionals within and outside one's discipline; and how to design systems of ethical supervision and training customized to unique treatment settings. Across many of the topics, the authors also discuss errors students and professionals may make during analyses of ethical dilemmas and misapplications of ethical codes within their practice.--Publisher's descriptionDigital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- PrintSamuel J. Knapp, Leon D. VandeCreek, Randy Fingerhut.Contents:
Preface
Acknowledgments
The legal floor and positive ethics
Foundations of ethical behavior
Ethical decision making
Competence
Informed consent, empowered collaboration, or shared decision making
Multiple relationships and professional boundaries
Confidentiality, privileged communications, and record keeping
Life-endangering patients
Forensic psychology
Assessment
Special topics in therapy
Business issues
Psychologists as educators
Consultation and clinical supervision
Research and scholarship
Afterward
References
Index
About the authors.Print - DigitalLloyd A. Jacobs ; manuscript editor, Patricia A. James.Digital Access
- DigitalJohn Heesakkers, Christopher Chapple, Dirk De Ridder, Fawzy Farag, editors.Contents:
Basic: History
Anatomy and neuroanatomy male / female
Neurophysiology
Diagnostics
Pathology
Neurourological diseases: Bifid Spine
SCI
MS
Other ( Parkinson, MSA)
CVA and CCT
Intervertebral disc and failed back surgery
Diabetes
OAB dry / wet: Diagnostics
Treatment
Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
Detrusor Underactivity: Bladder emptying problems
Catheterization in clinical practice
Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
PBS / IC / Prostatitis: Diagnostics
Treatment
Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
SUI female: Diagnostics
Treatment
Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
SUI male: Diagnostics
Treatment
Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
POP: Diagnostics
Treatment
Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
UTI: Diagnostics
Treatment
Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
Urethral disorders: Urethral diverticula
Urethral strictures.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaleditor-in-chief, Nicholas J. Talley ; section editors, Kenneth R. DeVault, Michael B. Wallace, Bashar A. Aqel, Keith D. Lindor.Digital Access Wiley 2016
- DigitalHanlin L. Wang, Zongming Eric Chen, editors.Summary: This book addresses practical issues that reflect the current landscape of GI pathology practice and is organized in such a way that fits the fast-pacing daily life of practicing pathologists. It contains more than 540 questions that address difficult, prevailing and controversial issues in GI pathology that are frequently encountered in daily practice and consult service. For most questions, answers are straightforward with ample literature support. However, true diagnostic controversies and clinical dilemma cannot be easily resolved with current knowledge and available information. To such challenges, an expert approach regarding how to synthesize complicated topics and clearly communicate the thinking process is valuable to readers and can help guide clinicians making optimal treatment plans for their patients. The latter types of answers are highly enriched throughout the book. Distinct from other existing GI pathology textbooks, this book is primarily organized according to disease entities and pathological processes instead of specific organs and anatomic locations. Guided by chapter titles and listed questions, readers should be able to look up a disease or a pathological feature and find the most important and relevant diagnostic criteria and pertinent differential diagnoses. Written by experts in the field, Practical Gastrointestinal Pathology provides easy and quick access to concise, evidence-based and up-to-date information to aid accurate diagnosis and serves as a useful resource for practicing pathologists, pathology trainees and GI clinicians as well as allied health professionals who frequently deal with GI pathology.
Contents:
Gastrointestinal Disorders in the Infant and Child
Non-Barrett Esophagitis
Barrett Esophagus
Nonneoplastic Diseases of the Stomach
Malabsorption Disorders
Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Non-IBD Non-Infectious Colitis
Appendiceal Diseases
Anal Diseases
Infections of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Drug-Induced Gastrointestinal Tract Injury
Eosinophilic, Mastocytic, and Histiocytic Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Motility Disorders of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Non-syndromic Epithelial Polyps of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Syndromic Epithelial Polyps of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Mesenchymal Lesions Often Presenting as Polyps of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Carcinomas of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor
Non-GIST Primary Mesenchymal Tumors of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Lymphomas of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Transplant-related Issues in the Gastrointestinal Tract. - Digitaledited by McKinsey L. Goodenberger, Brittany C. Thomas, Teresa Kruisselbrink.Contents:
Types of laboratories and business relationships
Regulation of laboratory genetic testing
Laboratory infrastructure
Cytogenetic technologies and test issues
Molecular technologies and test issues
Biochemical technologies and test issues
Prenatal screening technologies and test issues
Genetic counselor role in laboratory case management
Test development and validation
Genetic counselor role in hospital test utilization
Genetic counselor role in sales and marketing
Genetic counselor communication and counseling skills for the laboratory
Ethical considerations in the genetic testing laboratory
The laboratory genetic counselor as an educator
Genetic counselor contributions to medical literature and generalizable knowledge
Considering a laboratory genetic counseling position.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalW. Allen Hogge, MD, MA, Professor, Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Sciences, University of Pittsburgh/Magee-Womens Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Aleksandar Rajkovic, MD, PhD, Professor, Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Sciences, University of Pittsburgh/Magee-Womens Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.Summary: Offers a guide to the clinical application of genetics in ob-gyn practice. Suitable for ob-gyn residents and practitioners, this book surveys the modern field of genetics and provides you with a practical understanding of its clinical uses - a critical skill set that you can leverage continually in the years to come.
Contents:
Gene structure and function
Organization and structure of human chromosomes
Patterns of inheritance
Taking a family history
Principles of genetic counseling
Preconception counseling
Common chromosomal abnormalities
Screening for genetic disorders in pregnancy
Methods of prenatal diagnosis
Common fetal malformations diagnosed by ultrasound
Gynecologic disorders with a genetic causation
Hereditary cancer syndromes
Disorders of sexual differentiation
Genetics of infertility and pregnancy loss
Methods of modern cytogenetic testing
Molecular diagnostic testing.Digital Access AccessObGyn 2015 - DigitalXiming J. Yang, Ming Zhou, editors.Summary: This book serves as a practical guide and provides updates in Genitourinary (GU) Pathology. By using a questions and Answers format, it addresses frequently encountered diagnostic challenges in daily practice for pathologists. Emphasis is placed on diagnosis and differential diagnosis based on morphological characteristics, clinicopathologic correlation, and interpretation of immunohistochemical and other ancillary tests. Concise answers to each question are provided by experts in the field accompanied by ample high quality illustrations and updated references. This book includes common and rare benign and malignant conditions in the GU system, covering the entire genitourinary system including the prostate, kidney, bladder, testis, urethra, ureter, penis and adrenal. It also reviews current topics, controversies and diagnostic dilemmas in diagnostic GU pathology. Practical Genitourinary Pathology serves as a quick reference for busy practicing pathologists, pathologists in training, urologists, medical students, and other physicians with questions of genitourinary conditions.
Contents:
Kidney Tumor
Upper Urinary Tract Pathology
Bladder Cancer
Urethra
Prostate Pathology
Testis and Paratesticular Lesions
Penis and Scrotum
Adrenal Gland Pathology. - DigitalThoru Yamada, Elizabeth Meng.Contents:
Section 1: Evoked potentials. Principles of evoked potentials ; Visual evoked potentials ; Brainstem auditory evoked potentials and auditory evoked potentials ; Somastosensory evoked potentials
Section 2: Intraoperative neurophysiologic monitoring. The technologist's role in neurophysiologic intraoperative monitoring ; Brain function monitoring for carotid endarterectomy and aortic arch surgery ; Spinal cord monitoring ; Intraoperative monitoring of the brainstem and cranial nerve function
Section 3: Long-term EEG monitoring. Diagnostic video-EEG monitoring for epilepsy and spells: indications, application, and interpretation ; Invasive video EEG monitoring in epilepsy surgery candidates: indications, technique, and interpretation ; Long-term bedside EEG monitoring for acutely ill patients (LTM/ccEEG)
Section 4: Sleep studies. Technology of polysomnography ; Sleep physiology and pathology ; Sleep apnea and related conditions ; Evaluating narcolepsy and related conditions ; Parasomnias ; Electrophysiological measurement and rules for sleep-related movement disorders
Section 5: Nerve conduction studies. Nerve conduction and electromyography studies.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022 - DigitalThoru Yamada, Elizabeth Meng.Contents:
Introduction : history and perspective of clinical neurophysiologic diagnostic tests / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
Basic EEG technology / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
Basic electronics and electrical safety / Peter Seaba and Thoru Yamada
Digital EEG / Malcolm Yeh
Neuroanatomical and neurophysiologic basis of EEG / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
Principles of visual analysis of EEG / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
Characteristics of normal EEG / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
The assessment of abnormal EEG / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
Activation procedures / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
EEG and epilepsy / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
Diffuse EEG abnormalities / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
Focal EEG abnormalities / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
Continuous EEG monitoring for critically ill patients (CCEEG) / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
Benign EEG patterns / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
Artifact recognition and technical pitfalls / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
EEG of premature and full-term infants / Thoru Yamada, Elizabeth Meng, and Michael Ciliberto.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2018 - Printedited by John A. Dent, MMEd, MD, FAMEE, FHEA, FRCS(Ed), International Relations Officer, Association for Medical Education in Europe ; Honorary Reader in Medical Education and Orthopaedic Surgery, University of Dundee, Dundee, UK, Ronald M. Harden, OBE, MD, FRCP(Glas), FRCPC, FRCSEd, General Secretary, Association for Medical Education in Europe ; Former Professor of Medical Education, Director of the Centre for Medical Education and Teaching Dean, University of Dundee, UK ; Professor of Medical Education, Al-Imam University, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, Dan Hunt, MD, MBA, Assistant Secretary, Liaison Committee on Medical Education ; Senior Director of Accreditation Services, Association of American Medical Colleges, Washington DC, USA ; foreward by Brian D. Hodges, PhD, MD, FRCPC, Executive Vice-President Education, University Health Network ; Professor, Department of Psychiatry, University of Toronto ; Scientist, Wilson Centre for Research in Education ; Richard and Elizabeth Currie Chair in Health Professions Education Research ; Senior Fellow, Massey College ; Senior Strategy Advisor, the AMS Phoenix Project, Toronto, Canada.Summary: "The Fifth Edition of the highly praised Practical Guide for Medical Teachers provides a bridge between the theoretical aspects of medical education and the delivery of enthusiastic and effective teaching in basic science and clinical medicine. Healthcare professionals are committed teachers and this book is an essential guide to help them maximise their performance. This highly regarded book recognises the importance of educational skills in the delivery of quality teaching in medicine. The contents offer valuable insights into all important aspects of medical education today. A leading educationalist from the USA joins the book's editorial team. The continual emergence of new topics is recognised in this new edition with nine new chapters: The role of patients as teachers and assessors; Medical humanities; Decision-making; Alternative medicine; Global awareness; Education at a time of ubiquitous information; Programmative assessment; Student engagement; and Social accountability. An enlarged group of authors from more than 15 countries provides both an international perspective and a multi-professional approach to topics of interest to all healthcare teachers. -- Publisher.
Contents:
Sect. I: Curriculum development
New horizons in medical education
Curriculum planning and development
The undergraduate curriculum
Postgraduate medical education: a 'pipeline' to competence
Continuing professional development
The hidden curriculum
Sect. 2: Learning situations
Lectures
Learning in small groups
Learning with patients: inpatient and outpatient
Learning in the community
Learning in rural and remote locations
Learning in longitudinal integrated clerkships
Learning in a simulated environment
Distance education
Sect. 3: Educational strategies and technologies
Outcome-based education
Integrated learning
Interprofessional education
Problem-based learning
Team-based learning
Using digital technologies
Instructional design
Sect. 4: Curriculum themes
Basic sciences and curriculum outcomes
Social and behavioural sciences in medical school curricula
Clinical communication
Ethics and attitudes
Professionalism
Evidence-based medicine
Patient safety and quality of care
Medical humanities
Integrative medicine in the training of physicians
Global awareness
Medical education in an era of ubiquitous information
Sect. 5: Assessment
Concepts in assessment including standard setting
Written assessments
Performance and workplace assessment
Portfolios, projects and theses
Feedback, reflection and coaching: a new model
The assessment of attitudes and professionalism
Programmatic assessment
Sect. 6: Staff
Staff development
Academic standards and scholarship
Sect. 7: Students
Student selection
Student support
Student engagement in learning
Peer-assisted learning
Sect. 8: Medical school
Understanding medical school leardership: medical teachers as agents of change
Medical education leardership
The medical teacher and social accountability
The educational environment
Medical education research. - DigitalHenry W. Lim, Laurie L. Kohen, Samantha L. Schneider, Danielle Yeager, editors.Summary: This practical manual provides a real-world educationally focused resource. It enables the reader to gain a good understanding of a range of skin diseases, their differential diagnosis and various medical and/or surgical treatment options. Topics covered include general dermatology, oncodermatology, drugs, phototherapy, pigmentary disorders, skin of color, inpatient dermatology and pediatric dermatology. Emphasis is placed on concise, practical points that one can use in clinic, with informative pearls to reinforce the key messages in each chapter. Practical Guide to Dermatology: The Henry Ford Manual systematically describes a broad range of practical concepts, diagnostic and treatment techniques involving various dermatological disciplines. It represents a valuable reference guide for practising and trainee dermatologists alike.
Contents:
Treatments by Disease
Acanthosis Nigricans
Acne Vulgaris
Acne Keloidalis Nuchae
Actinic Keratoses: Field Treatment
Alopecia
Ashy Dermatosis
Atopic Dermatitis
Basal Cell Carcinoma
Brittle Nails
Bullous Pemphigoid
Chronic Paronychia
Chronic Urticaria
Contact Dermatitis
Lupus Erythematosus
Dissecting Cellulitis Erythrasma
Genital Warts
Gram Negative Toe Web Infection
Granuloma Annulare
Hemangiomas
Herpes
Hirsutism
Hidradenitis Suppurativa
Hypercoagulability Work Up
Hyperhidrosis
Intertrigo
Irritant Dermatitis
Keloids
Keratosis Pilaris
Lichen Planus
Lichen Sclerosus et Atrophicus, Melasma
Molluscum Contagiosum
Mycosis Fungoides
Nephrogenic Systemic Fibrosis (from Gadolinium)
Notalgia Paresthetica
Onychomycosis
Pediculosis Capitis / Pubis. Pediculosis Corporis
Pemphigus Vulgaris
Perioral Dermatitis
Perleche, Photoprotection
Porphyria
Post-Inflammatory Hyperpigmentation
Pruritus
Pseudofolliculitis Barbae
Pseudoporphyria
Psoriasis
Pyoderma Gangrenosum
Rosacea
Sarcoidosis
Scabies
Scalp Folliculitis
Syphilis
Tinea Tinea
Versicolor
Vitiligo
Inpatient Diseases of Significance
Calciphylaxis
Cutaneous Metastases
Drug Eruptions
Graft Versus Host Disease
Infections
Ulcers
Vasculitis
Treatment By Drug
Acitretin (Soriatane)
Adalimumab (Humira)
Apremilast (Otezla)
Azathioprine (Imuran)
Bexarotene (Targretin)
Brodalumab (Siliq)
Calcipotriene (Dovonex)
Cyclosporine
Dapsone
Dupilumab (Dupixent)
Etanercept (Enbrel)
Finasteride (Propecia)
Guselkumab (Tremfya)
Hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil)
Isotretinoin
Ixekizumab (Taltz)
Methotrexate
Mycophenolate Mofetil (CellCept)
OCPs, Omalizumab (Xolair)
Prednisone
Rituximab (Rituxan)
Secukinumab (Cosentyx)
Spironolactone (Aldactone)
SSKI
Topical Corticosteroid Chart by Potency
Ustekinumab (Stelara)
Vitamins with Anticoagulation Effects
Side Effects of Commonly Used Dermatology Medications
Lupus Like Reactions
Tetracyclines
Oral/Topical Sulfa Antibiotics
Penicillin
Oral and Topical Erythromycin
Topical Retinoids
Topical Clindamycin
Topical Metronidazole
Benzoyl Peroxide
Azeleic Acid
Griseofulvin
Terbinafine
Itraconazole
Voriconazole
Azoles
Common Cutaneous Side Effects of Immunotherapies and Chemotherapeutic Agents
Bleomycin
BRAF Inhibitors (vemurafenib)
Anti CTLA-4
Hand Foot Syndrome vs Hand Foot Skin Reaction
MEK Inhibitors (trametinib)
Anti-PD1 (ipilimumab)
Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors (sorafenib, sunitinib)
Pregnancy Categories of Commonly Used Dermatology Medications
Common Dosages for Pediatric Medications
Antihistamines
Anti-fungals for tinea capitis
Antibiotics
Phototherapy
General Guidelines
UVA
UVB
Photodynamic Therapy
Compounds and Recipes
Anthralin
Bleach Bath
Castellani's Paint
Dapsone
LCD or Tar Preparations
Tri-Luma
Vinegar Soaks
Xylitol Cream
Miscellaneous Formulations
Staging and Management of Malignant Lesions
Surgical Margin Recommendations
Clinical Staging of Melanoma
Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy (SNLB)
New Treatments for Metastatic Melanoma
Mycosis Fungoides Staging
Mohs Appropriate Use Criteria
Cosmetics Surgery and Laser
Botulinum toxin, Filler: Perlane/ Restylane/ Juvederm/ Radiesse/ Sculptra, Kybella (Deoxycholic Acid)
Peels
Sclerotherapy
CoolSculpt (cryolipolysis)
Lasers
cSkin Surgery
Premedication for Skin Surgery
Table of topical anti-septic characteristics
Topical Injectable Anesthetics
Diagram of Relaxed Skin Tension Lines
Table of Suture Characteristics
Wound Care
Nail Definitions and Diseases
Beau's Lines
Blue lunula.-Brachyonychia
Dolichonychia
Habit Tic
Heller Median Canaliform Dystrophy
Koilonychia
Apparent Leukonychia
True Leukonychia
Linday's Nails
Longitudinal Melanonychia
Mee's Lines
Muehrcke's Lines
Oil Spots
Onychauxis
Onychogryphosis
Onycholysis
Onychomadesis
Onychomalacia
Onychorrhexis
Onychoschizia
Pachyonychia
Pitting
Pincer Nails
Dorsal Pterygium
Terry's Nails
Trachyonychia
Triangular Lunula
Yellow Nail Syndrome
Key Dermoscopy Findings of Common Diagnoses
Alopecia
BCC
Benign nevi
Melanoma
SCC / SCCis
Sebaceous hyperplasia
Seborrheic Keratoses. - DigitalOrit Markowitz.Contents:
Patterns
Equipment
Color-wheel intro
Flat, pink-clear, red
Elevated, pink-clear, Red
Flat, pink-clear, multicolored
Elevated, pink-clear, multicolored
Flat, pale brown, brown
Elevated, pale brown, brown
Flat, pale brown, multicolored
Elevated, pale brown, multicolored
Flat, brown-black, brown
Elevated, brown-black, brown
Flat, brown-black, multicolored
Elevated, brown-black, multicolored
Elevated, pink-clear, yellow
Flat/elevated, purple, multicolored
Flat/elevated, red, red
When do I not use dermoscopy?Digital Access Ovid 2017 - Digital[edited by] Sarah R. Brown, Walter M. Gregory, Christopher Twelves, Julia Brown.Digital Access Wiley 2014
- DigitalDaria Mochly-Rosen, Kevin Grimes, editors.Summary: "A lot of hard-won knowledge is laid out here in a brief but informative way. Every topic is well referenced, with citations from both the primary literature and relevant resources from the internet." Review of first edition from Nature Chemical Biology Written by the founders of the SPARK program at Stanford University, this book is a practical guide designed for professors, students and clinicians at academic research institutions who are interested in learning more about the drug development process and how to start transforming their basic research discoveries into novel drugs. Often many potentially transformative basic science discoveries are not pursued because they are deemed too early to attract industry interest. This comprehensive book lays out simple, relatively cost-effective things that academic researchers can do to advance their findings to the point that they can be tested in the clinic or attract more industry interest. Each chapter broadly discusses an important topic in drug development, from discovery, optimization and preclinical studies through clinical trial design, regulatory issues and marketing assessments. After the practical overview provided here, the reader is encouraged to consult more detailed texts on specific topics of interest. The SPARK model has been adopted in over 50 institutions on six continents, and the program has been honored with multiple awards including the 2020 Xconomy Award for Ecosystem Development, the 2020 Cures Within Reach Award for Patient Impact Research, and the 2022 California Life Sciences Pantheon Award for Academia, Non-Profits, & Research. The new edition updates every chapter with the latest developments since the 2014 publication of the first edition.
Contents:
Getting started
Discovery and preclinical work
Preparing for the clinic
Transferring technology
Commercialization and entrepreneurship
Concluding thoughts. - Digital/PrintDaria Mochly-Rosen, Kevin Grimes, editors.Summary: Written by the founders of the SPARK program at Stanford University, this book is a practical guide designed for professors, students and clinicians at academic research institutions who are interested in learning more about the drug development process and how to help their discoveries become the novel drugs of the future. Often many potentially transformative basic science discoveries are not pursued because they are deemed "too early" to attract industry interest. There are simple, relatively cost-effective things that academic researchers can do to advance their findings to the point that they can be tested in the clinic or attract more industry interest.
Contents:
Getting started
Discovery and preclinical work
Preparing for the clinic
Transferring technology
Commercialization and entrepreneurship
Concluding thoughts.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital[edited by] Karen S. Cosby, John L. Kendall.Contents:
The History and philosophy of emergency ultrasound
Fundamentals of ultrasound
Trauma
Echocardiography
Lung and thorax
Inferior vena cava
A Problem-based approach to resuscitation of acute illness or injury: resusciative ultrasound
Critical procedures for acute resuscitations
Right upper quadrant: liver, gallbladder, and billiary tree
Abdominal aorta
Kidneys
Bedside sonography of the bowel
Abdominal procedures
Pelvic ultrasound in the nongravid patient
First trimester pregnancy
Second and third trimester pregnancy
Lower extremity venous studies
Arterial emergencies
Scrotal emergencies
Skin and soft tissue
Musculoskeletal
Soft tissue and musculoskeletal procedures
Eye emergencies
Infections of the head and neck
Head and neck procedures
General pediatric problems
Pediatric abdominal emergencies
Pediatric procedures
Implementing ultrasound into the community emergency department
Implementing ultrasound into the academic emergency department
Implementing ultrasound in the prehospital setting
Implementing ultrasound in developing countriesDigital Access LWW Health Library 2014 - DigitalTuulia Luomala, PT (Physiotherapist, Lecturer, Teacher, Veterinary Fascial Manipulation Teacher, MT-Physio Oy, Lempäälä, Finland), Mika Pihlman, PT ( Physiotherapist, Lecturer, Teacher, MT-Physio Oy, Lempäälä, Finland) ; consulting technical editor, Carla Stecco, MD (Orthopaedic Surgeon, Assistant Professor of Human Anatomy and Movement Science, University of Padua, Italy) ; English language editor, Warren Hammer, DC, MS (Postgraduate Faculty, New York Chiropractic College, NY, USA, Northwestern Health Sciences University, Bloomington, MN, USA) ; forewords by Luigi Stecco, PT and Carla Stecco, MD.Summary: This book focuses on concepts around evaluating the fascia based on functional testing, movement and direction in specific spatial planes, and the location of specific areas to treat safely.
Contents:
History of fascial manipulation
Anatomy of the fascia from the clinical point of view
Physiology of the fascia from the clinical point of view
Fascial manipulation
What kind of disorders and dysfunctions to treat with musculoskeletal fascial manipulation
Fascial manipulation for internal dysfunctions
Veterinary fascial manipulation
Conclusion.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalAlfred Abuhamad, MD, Professor of Obstetrics & Gynecology, Professor of Radiology, Chairman, Department of Obstetrics & Gynecology, Vice Dean for Clinical Affairs, Eastern Virginia Medical School, Norfolk, Virginia, Rabih Chaoui, MD, Professor of Obstetrics & Gynecology, Prenatal Diagnosis and Human Genetics Center, Berlin, Germany.Contents:
Congenital heart disease: incidence, risk factors, and prevention stragegies
Guidelines for the performance of the sonographic screening and echocardiography examination of the fetal heart
Embryology of the heart
Genetic aspects of congenital heart diseases
Cardiac anatomy
Fetal situs
Cardiac chambers: the four-chamber and short-axis views
The great vessels: axial, oblique, and sagittal views
The three-vessel-trachea view and upper mediastinum
Systematic evaluation of the venous system
Optimization of the two-dimensional grayscale image in fetal cardiac examination
Color doppler in fetal echocardiography
Pulsed doppler in fetal echocardiography
Fetal cardiac function
Three- and four-dimensional ultrasound of the fetal heart
Fetal cardiac measurements and reference ranges
Atrial, ventricular, and atrioventricular septal defects
Univentricular atrioventricular connection, double inlet ventricle, and tricuspid atresia and ventricular septal defect
Ebstein anomaly, tricuspid valve dysplasia, and tricuspid regurgitation
Aortic stenosis and bicuspid aortic valve
Hypoplastic left heart syndrome and critical aortic stenosis
Coarctation of the aorta and interrupted aortic arch
Pulmonary stenosis, pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum, and ductus arteriosus constriction
Tetralogy of fallot, pulmonary atresia with ventricular septal defect, and absent pulmonary valve syndrome
Common arterial trunk
Double outlet right ventricle
Complete and congenitally corrected transposition of the great arteries
Right aortic arch, double aortic arch, and aberrant subclavian artery
Fetal heterotaxy and situs inversus
Anomalies of systemic and pulmonary venous connections
Fetal cardiomyopathies and fetal heart tumors
Fetal arrhythmias.Digital Access Ovid 2016 - DigitalAlfred Abuhamad, Rabih Chaoui.Summary: "Covering every aspect of fetal heart examination and all major cardiac malformations, A Practical Guide to Fetal Echocardiography is widely acknowledged as the definitive text in this challenging field. This award-winning title clearly depicts examples of commonly seen abnormalities and day-to-day cases, as well as rare pathology. Authored by renowned experts, the fully updated fourth edition is a lavishly illustrated, easy-to-read text designed to serve as a comprehensive reference for all practitioners involved in cardiac imaging. Features significant revisions including several new chapters, new artwork, and updated reference lists. Discusses disorders in terms of the ultrasound findings with key points summarized at the end of each chapter. Images are accompanied by clear, colorful schematic drawings that depict cardiac abnormalities. Features the addition of Approach to Diagnosis, an algorithm at the end of each chapter to assist providers in reaching the proper diagnosis.^Includes numerous tables that outline common and differentiating features of various cardiac malformations. Covers the technical aspects of the cardiac exam in the first half of the text; the second half features detailed discussions of fetal cardiac malformations, each presented in a practical, methodical format that includes the definition, spectrum of disease and incidence, the use of gray scale, color Doppler, 3D and early gestation ultrasound in diagnosis, followed by the differential diagnosis, prognosis, and outcome. Features a practical, concise, easy-to-use format, making it indispensable for both physicians and sonographers in the detection of congenital heart disease. Winner of British Medical Association Awards 2016: BMA Medical Book of the Year and Obstetrics and Gynecology - First Prize. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone.^Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2022
- DigitalAngela Amar, L. Kathleen Sekula.Summary: Victims of violence are unfortunately ever-present in healthcare today. Regardless of the setting, nurses are often the first to interact with victims and regularly must step into uncomfortable or difficult situations. To ensure patient and provider safety and enable the best possible outcomes, every nurse should be well- versed in forensic and theoretical issues of violence. A Practical Guide to Forensic Nursing is an evidence-based guide to understanding and applying forensic nursing science. Authors Angela F. Amar and L. Kathleen Sekula introduce practical and theoretical perspectives on violence and provide valuable resources, including injury assessment and violence prevention strategies as well as an overview of relevant legal, ethical, societal, and policy issues. Whether you are a student, new nurse, or experienced clinician, you will find the right tools and strategies to broaden your understanding of violence and help you integrate forensic science into your patient care. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessAPN 2016
- Digitalby: True, Robert H., Garg, Anil K., Garg, Seema.
- Digitaleditor, Charlie Goldberg.Summary: "The focus of this book is to describe foundational skills needed in order to provide clinical care"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
History taking / Charlie Goldberg
Review of systems (ROS) / Charlie Goldberg
Vital signs / Charlie Goldberg
Head and neck exam / Charles Coffey
Eye exam / Jeffrey Lee and Charlie Goldberg
Cardiovascular exam / Charlie Goldberg
Pulmonary exam / Rebecca Sell
Abdominal exam / Charlie Goldberg
Male genital and rectal exams / Charlie Goldberg
Breast exam / Simerjot Jassal
Gynecologic and obstetric pelvic exam / Julia Cormano
Neurological exam / Sean Evans
Mental status exam (MSE) / Savita Bhakta and Jessica Bailis
Knee exam / Michal Kalli Hose
Shoulder exam / Anna Quan
Dermatologic exam / Stacy Charat and Jeremy Schneider
Geriatrics exam / Roopali Gupta and Jean Guan
LGBTQ+ healthcare / Jill Blumenthal
Newborn (birth to 1 month) and infant (1 to 12 months) exams / Michelle Leff
Toddler and early childhood exams / Vanessa P. Scott
Adolescent exam / Maya Michelle Kumar
Medical documentation / Emily Sladek
Oral case presentations / Meghan Sebasky and Brian Kwan
Telehealth / Leonie Heyworth
Thoughts for the road / Charlie Goldberg.Digital Access AccessMedicine [2024] - DigitalShirley V. Hodgson, William D. Foulkes, Charis Eng and Eamonn R. Maher.Summary: A Practical Guide to Human Cancer Genetics, 4th edition, is a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to the diagnosis, clinical features and management of inherited disorders conferring cancer susceptibility. This fully updated new edition covers risk analysis and genetic counseling for individuals with a family history of cancer, and includes a discussion of predictive testing and the organisation of the cancer genetics service. There is also information about the genes causing Mendelian cancer predisposing conditions and their mechanisms of action. This book is an invaluable reference source for students, general practitioners, geneticists and specialist clinicians in all disciplines.
Contents:
1. Central Nervous System
2. Eye
3. Cardiorespiratory System and Thorax
4. Endocrine System
5. Gastrointestinal System
6. Reproductive System
7. Urinary System
8. Blood and Lymph
9. Musculoskeletal System
10. Skin
11. Inherited Cancer-Predisposing Syndromes. - DigitalOst, David E.; Wahidi, Momen M.Summary: "Concise, current, and evidence-based, Practical Guide to Interventional Pulmonology provides authoritative guidance on basic and advanced interventional pulmonology (IP) procedures and state-of-the-art technologies. Leading IP experts offer detailed, practical tips on everything from, how to start an IP practice, patient selection, and pre-procedural decision making to practical approaches and alternate therapies such as surgery or radiation. This one-stop manual covers all the latest IP procedures and their efficacy, precautions, safety aspects, complications, and step-by-step illustrated techniques and tips in one convenient volume"-- publisher's description.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalGuillaume Saliou, Marie Theaudin, Claire Join-Lambert Vincent, Raphaelle Souillard-Scemama.Summary: Modern vascular neurology, particularly in the emergency setting, often requires a great capacity for analysis and synthesis. Physicians who manage these patients must have acquired multidisciplinary skills, including a good knowledge of clinical neurology and medical imaging, but they may also need to be skilled in cardiology and intensive care. The initial clinical and imaging examinations play a decisive role in the management strategy. This book, written by neurologists and neuroradiologists, is designed to help all physicians involved in the management of neurovascular disease. The format and contents of this book, including the latest guidelines from learned societies, are designed to provide a succinct and practical guide. Although this book is particularly devoted to ischaemic stroke, other neurovascular diseases, especially haemorrhagic stroke, are also discussed. This book should constitute a valuable tool for everyday practice for all medical personnel involved in neurovascular disease.
Contents:
Principles of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
Arterial stroke overview
Territorial brain infarction
Watershed infarction
Transient ischemic attack
Lacunar infarction and small arteries diseases
Rare cerebral vasculopathy
Hemopathy
Cerebral hemorrhage
Cerebral venous thrombosis
Medullary infarction
Imaging differential diagnosis in stroke
Incidentalomas
Thrombolysis. - DigitalJolanta Urszula Weaver.Summary: Get a quick, expert overview of the many key facets of obesity management with this concise, practical resource by Dr. Jolanta Weaver. Ideal for any health care professional who cares for patients with a weight problem. This easy-to-read reference addresses a wide range of topics - including advice on how to "unpack" the behavioral causes of obesity in order to facilitate change, manage effective communication with patients suffering with weight problems and future directions in obesity medicine.
Contents:
The global problem of obesity / Susan E. Jones
Health economics of obesity / Sarah Hill, Yemi Oluboyede, Frauke Becker
Glucagon-like peptide 1 and human obesity / Ananthi Anandhakrishnan
Obesity, cortisol excess, and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis / Ann L. Hunter, Akheel A. Syed
Thyroid and weight / Angelos Kyriacou
Obesity and polycystic ovary syndrome / Unaiza Qamar, Stephen L. Atkin, Thozhukat Sathyapalan
The role of human gut microbiota in obesity / Stephen Hyer
Obesity and cardiovascular disease prevention / Ray Meleady
Obesity and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease / Nimantha M.W. de Alwis
Lipid disorders in obesity / Manoj Wickramasinghe, Jolanta U. Weaver
Obesity and the effects on the respiratory system / Dr. Anindo Banerjee, Dr. Emily Heiden
The effect of obesity on reproductive health / Ian A. Aird, Yitka Graham
Obesity and pregnancy / Emma Slack, Helene Brandon, Dr. Nicola Heslehurst
Genetics and obesity / Béatrice Dubern, Karine Clément, Christine Poitou
Childhood obesity / Cristina G. Matei, Philippe Bareille
Obesity and depression / Floriana S. Luppino, Leonore M. de Witt
Visual biases in estimating body size / Martin J. Tovée, Piers L. Cornelissen
Eating disorders and obesity / Dr. Esther M. Cohen-Tovée
Motivational interviewing and mindfulness in weight management / Lynne Johnston, Charlotte Hilton, Claire Lane
The role of physical activity and exercise in managing obesity and achieving weight loss / Dr. Matthew D. Campbell, Dr. Zoe H. Rutherford
Weight management programs / Pamela Dyson
Breakfast for the prevention and treatment of obesity / Javier T. Gonzalez
Overview of a range of diets in obesity management / Helen Long, Grace Stonebanks
New approach to type 2 diabetes reversal in obesity / Sarah Steven
Historical drug therapies in obesity / Ayat Bashir, Jolanta U. Weaver
New therapies in obesity / Caroline Day
Medical management of patients before and after bariatric surgery / Arutchelvam Vijayaraman
Surgical management of obesity / Arutchelvam Vijayaraman
Psychological management before and after weight loss surgery / Lynne Johnston, Charlotte Hilton, Claire Lane
Dietary interventions for weight loss and essential aspects of nutrition post-bariatric surgery / Jordan Barnard, Deborah Snowdon, Lucy Hewitson
The future of obesity medicine / Jolanta U. Weaver.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalGörker Sel.Summary: This book, based on non-interactive question-and-answer format, offers an essential guide for medical students who need to prepare for oral exams or clinical visits. Starting from specific clinical situations the volume provides clear questions on the theory related to the cases. Each question is followed by correct answers that summarize the main information. Suggested reading are included to deepen the topics and enhance the readers knowledge. Accordingly, this practical guide will help students get ready for their oral exams, and help prepare young residents for their first clinical cases.
Contents:
Prenatal invasive procedures
Rh incompatibility and fetal hydrops
Amniotic fluid abnormalities
Antenatal bleeding
Vaginal Bleeding in Pregnant Women
Multiple Pregnancies
Intrauterine Growth Restriction (IUGR)
Normal Birth
Operative Births
Preterm and postterm pregnancies
Pregnancy and Diabetes
Pregnancy and Gastrointestinal Disorders
Pregnancy and Haematological Disorders
Pregnancy and Hypertensive Disorders
Cardiovascular Diseases in Pregnancy
Pregnancy and Renal Diseases
Pregnancy and Respiratory Disorders
Pregnancy and Thyroid Diseases
Ectopic Pregnancy
Malpresentation and Dystocia
Postpartum bleeding
Diseases encountered in Puerperium
Contraception
Painful Conditions in Gynaecology
Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
STD-Infections-Genital Ulcers
Endometriosis
Benign Diseases of Uterus
Benign Diseases of Ovarian and Tuba Uteri
Osteoporosis-Menopause
PCOS
Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology
Approach to infertile patients
Ovulation Induction
Assisted Reproductive Techniques
Pelvic Relaxation
Urinary Incontinence
Endometrial cancer
Ovarian and Tuba cancer
Cervical Pre-invasive Lesions, Cervix and Vulva Cancers
Vaginal preinvasive lesions and Vaginal cancer
Gestational Trophoblastic Diseases. - DigitalRichard Balon, editor.Contents:
1. Introduction to the Realm of Paraphilias / Richard Balon
2. General Information: History, Etiology and Theory (e.g., Courtship), Diagnosis, Comorbidity and Prevalence / Richard Balon
3. Assessment and Basic Management Principles of Paraphilic Disorders / Deyadira Baez-Sierra, Chandrika Balgobin, and Thomas N. Wise
4. Treatment of Paraphilic Disorders / Deyadira Baez-Sierra, Chandrika Balgobin, and Thomas N. Wise
5. Voyeuristic Disorder / Richard Balon
6. Exhibitionistic Disorder / Richard Balon
7. Frotteuristic Disorder / Richard Balon
8. Sexual Masochism Disorder / Rebecca A. Wylie and Kevan R. Wylie
9. Sexual Sadism Disorder / David V. Hamilton and Jordan Rosen
10. Pedophilic Disorder / Julia Machado Khoury, Marco Antônio Valente Roque, and Frederico Duarte Garcia
11. Fetishistic Disorder / Scott F. Martin
12. Transvestic Disorder / Richard Balon
13. Other Specified Paraphilic Disorders / Peer Briken, Verena Klein, and Fritjof von Franqué
14. Non-paraphilic Hypersexual Disorder / Fritjof von Franqué, Verena Klein, and Peer Briken
15. Emerging Issues: Compulsive Online Sexual Behaviors / Gabriel Tobia and Waguih William IsHak
16. Ethics and the Therapeutic Relationship in the Care of People Living with Paraphilic Disorders / Christina Tara Khan, Tara C. Collins, and Laura Weiss Roberts
17. Legal Issues Involved in the Management of Paraphilic Disorders / Brad D. Booth
18. Cultural Aspects of Unusual Sexual Interests / A. Pacheco Palha and Mário F. Lourenço.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAlexandra Armitage, editor.Contents:
The neurobiology of Parkinson's disease
The patient exam
Defining idiopathic Parkinson's disease
Imaging and advanced studies
Neuropsychological analysis
Additional evaluations
Parkinson-plus syndromes
Other Parkinsonisms
Treatment of motor symptoms
Treatment of non-motor symptoms : autonomic dysfunction
Treatment of non-motor symptoms : sleep disturbances
Treatment of non-motor symptoms : disturbances of thought
Treatment of non-motor symptoms : neuropsychiatric symptoms
Exercise
Complementary and alternative therapies
Nutrition
Caregiver burden and legal considerations.Digital Access R2Library 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalEustachio Nettis, Gianni Angelini, editors.Summary: This volume provides allergy and dermatology specialists with a practical guide to the correct patch test methodology for their day-to-day clinical practice: it includes the latest available hapten series (standard series and integrative series), the golden rules for concentration and conservation of the haptens themselves, and the indispensable test equipment. The book, coming in a handy softcover format, is also nicely illustrated with over 100 full color pictures and tables. The contents focus on the interpretation of the epicutaneous test reading as well, relating to clinical relevance of the reactions and granting a correct management of the allergic patient. Practical Guide to Patch Testing will be of great value to all practicing allergists or dermatologists and professionals related.
Contents:
Preface
Contact Dermatitis
Patch Testing
Reading of Patchtest Reactions
Evaluation of the Clinical Relevance of a Positive Patchtest Reaction
Management of the Allergic Patient
Other Techiniques of Diagnosis
Examples of Patch Test Reactions and Related 72-hour Readings
Bibliography. - DigitalJayanta Kumar Patra, Swagat Kumar Das, Gitishree Das, Hrudayanath Thatoi.Summary: Pharmacological biotechnology is applied to and used to study drug development, working mechanisms, diagnosis, and therapies. This manual is the textbook covering the whole range of experiments related to pharmacology. It also contains basic laboratory safety guidelines along with the basic calculations and formulas used in a laboratory. Each chapter starts with an introduction/theory into the basic approach followed by detailed methods sections with easy-to-follow protocols and comprehensive troubleshooting, calculations and possible questions for examination. The target group is researchers who are studying pharmacological biotechnology in the laboratory.
Contents:
General aspects of pharmacology laboratory
Isolated tissues and organs
Screening of drugs using cell lines/isolated tissues/intact animals
Genotoxicity and toxicological studies
Experimental animal studies
Clinical trials
IPR and ethics in animal studies. - DigitalArunangshu Chakraborty, Balakrishnan Ashokka, editors.Summary: This book covers point of care ultrasound (POCUS) in a practical, problem oriented and illustrated manner. It begins with introduction to the basic principles of medical ultrasound imaging and ultrasound guided interventions and outlines point of care ultrasound in a lucid manner for rapid learning for medical students as well as practitioners. It contains chapters on ultrasound of the airways, thoracic ultrasound including lungs and transthoracic screening echocardiogram, vascular assessment, ultrasound of the abdomen for focussed trauma assessment, gastric volume assessment and ultrasound guided interventions such as vascular cannulations, pleurocentesis, etc. along with some of the latest point of care ultrasound techniques such as ocular assessment and assessment of the foetus and placenta in the operation theatre. This book will help the intensivist, emergency physician and anaesthesiologist to learn the basics of POCUS, which ostensibly, is the future of medical practice. It also includes objective structured clinical examination (OSCE) questions after every chapter as well as multiple choice questions (MCQs) that will benefit the students greatly. The book also includes videos from some of the celebrated practitioners of POCUS providing a unique learning experience. This book is suited for students, trainees and practitioners alike. The modules of POCUS described here are part of the curriculum of anaesthesiology in the UK, USA, Singapore, Australia/ New Zealand and most of the countries. The book also covers the curriculum of POCUS in critical care and emergency medicine courses.
Contents:
Chapter 1 Basics of USG and POCUS
Chapter 2 Vascular cannulations: internal jugular vein, subclavian vein, femoral vein, basilic vein, radial artery, femoral artery
Chapter 3 Ultrasound of the airway: oropharynx, larynx, trachea
Chapter 4 Lungs ultrasound- imaging, pleural effusion, pneumothorax, consolidation, interventions (pleural aspiration- USG guided, pleurodesis
Chapter 5 Screening TT echocardiogram, pericardiocentesis
Chapter 6 Assessment of IVC, femoral vein and vascular incompetencies and thromboses
Chapter 7 Focused assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST) scan
Chapter 8 Paediatrics POCUS
Chapter 9 Miscellaneous: including gastric volume assessment, urinary bladder volume assessment, optic nerve sheath diameter measurement etc
Chapter 10 Future of ultrasound: 3d-4d RECONSTRUCTION real-time guidance, AI- direct web assistance, connectivity to group consult for remote expertise. - DigitalAllison Hanlon, editor.
- DigitalRebecca Case, Sinead Blake.Summary: This book is a practical guide, with rationale to supporting people with epilepsy. It encompasses epilepsy guidance such as NICE (2012, revised 2019), The Equality Act (2010), the children and families act (2014), current evidence based-practice, and regulatory organisation standards. It is predominantly aimed at nurses and student nurses, especially, those studying learning disability nursing but also residential, respite and supported living services, schools and family carers, to enable them to offer appropriate and evidence-based support to people with epilepsy of all ages. It is estimated there are approximately 1200 epilepsy related deaths each year in the UK. Many of these are considered to be preventable. High-profile cases have led to an increase in anxiety in people providing services, and greater scrutiny of those services by regulatory bodies. Over the years, the authors have been asked the same questions and witnessed the same misunderstandings and mistakes, by people supporting individuals with epilepsy. So they looked at the common themes and the resources available. It became clear that the information to address these gaps is available, but not easily accessible. There is lots of information in the public domain, however much of it is factual, rather than practical. This book provides practical information and resources with the focus on "what needs to happen"," how to make it happen" and "who needs to do it". This book is useful for supporting people with epilepsy wherever they live (both within and outside the United Kingdom).
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Chapter 1: What Is Epilepsy?
1.1 What Is Epilepsy?
1.1.1 Not All Seizures Are Due to Epilepsy (Differential Diagnosis)
1.1.2 Dissociative Seizures (Also Referred to as Non-epileptic Attack Disorder, Psychogenic Seizures, Organic Seizures, Functional Seizures, Pseudo-Seizures)
1.2 How Common Is Epilepsy?
1.2.1 Patterns
1.2.2 Causes
1.2.2.1 Genetic Causes
1.2.2.2 Symptomatic
1.2.2.3 Unknown
1.3 Diagnosis
1.3.1 Witness Account
1.3.2 Investigations
1.3.2.1 EEG
What Does It Mean?
1.3.2.2 Radiology: MRI or CT Scans 1.3.2.3 MRI Scan (Magnetic Resonance Imaging)
1.3.2.4 CT Scan (Computer Topography)
1.3.2.5 Blood Tests
1.4 Prognosis
1.5 Summary
References
Resources
Chapter 2: Seizures, Syndromes and Status
2.1 Seizures
2.2 Focal Seizures
2.2.1 Focal Aware Seizures
2.2.2 Focal Impaired Awareness Seizures
2.2.3 Common Focal Symptoms
2.2.3.1 Motor
2.2.3.2 Non-motor
2.2.4 Focal to Bilateral Tonic Clonic Seizure
2.3 Generalised Seizures
2.3.1 Tonic Clonic Seizures
2.3.2 Tonic Seizures
2.3.3 Clonic Seizures
2.3.4 Atonic Seizures
2.3.5 Myoclonic Seizures 2.3.6 Absence Seizures
2.3.7 Epileptic Spasms
2.4 Unknown Onset Seizures
2.5 Seizure Syndromes
2.5.1 Genetic Epilepsies (Previously Called Idiopathic Generalised Epilepsies)
2.5.2 Childhood Absence Epilepsy (CAE)
2.5.3 Dravet Syndrome
2.5.4 Epileptic Encephalopathies
2.5.5 Juvenile Absence Epilepsy
2.5.6 Juvenile Myoclonic Epilepsy
2.5.7 Lennox Gastaut Syndrome
2.5.8 Panayiotopoulos Syndrome
2.5.9 West Syndrome (Infantile Spasms)
2.6 Summary
References
Resources Epilepsy Society (2018) Seizures. https://www.epilepsysociety.org.uk/seizure-types. Accessed 08 Jan 2020
Chapter 3: Medication: Epilepsy
3.1 The Likelihood of Getting Seizure Control
3.2 When Are Antiseizure Medications Prescribed?
3.3 How Antiseizure Medications Work
3.4 Choosing a Medication
3.5 Cost of Medication
3.6 Monitoring Medications
3.7 Common Medications
3.8 Medications with Specific Considerations
3.8.1 Controlled Antiepileptic Medications
3.8.2 Sodium Valproate
3.8.3 Medical Cannabis and CBD Oil 3.8.4 Enzyme-Inducing Medications (and Contraception)
3.9 Adjusting Medications
3.10 Withdrawing Medications
3.11 Side Effects
3.12 Interactions
3.13 Addiction
3.14 Brands of Medication
3.15 Overdose/Incorrect Dose/Missed Dose
3.16 Supply Issues
3.17 Formulations
3.18 Off Licence Use (Named Patient Basis)
3.19 Travelling with Antiseizure Medication
3.20 Summary
References
Resources
Chapter 4: Emergency Medication
4.1 Overview of Emergency Medications
4.1.1 Community Treatments
4.2 Types of Emergency Treatments - DigitalJohn L. Dornhoffer, Rudolf Leuwer, Konrad Schwager, Sören Wenzel.Summary: This book, written by international experts, is a detailed guide to the Eustachian tube, with emphasis on those aspects of most relevance to the practitioner. The opening chapters document the clinical anatomy and provide essential information on physiology, with explanation of the new model of tubal mechanics and the use of Eustachian tube function tests. Diagnosis and therapy for the patulous Eustachian tube are then discussed, placing special emphasis on a novel conservative treatment regimen that has proven to be a breakthrough for patients with this clinical syndrome. A further extensive chapter examines overall function of the Eustachian tube, primarily from the middle ear surgeons viewpoint. Tuboplasty procedures, including laser tuboplasty, and tympanoplasty are described, and the implications of different middle ear pathologies for surgical treatment are explained. Conservative treatment of Eustachian tube obstruction and hearing aids for the nonaerated middle ear are also discussed. The previously unpublished treatment methods that are described in this book will be invaluable in ensuring the best possible clinical outcomes.
Contents:
Clinical Anatomy of the Eustachian Tube
Physiology of the Eustachian Tube
Pathophysiology of the Eustachian Tube: The Patulous Eustachian Tube
Tubal Function from a Middle Ear Surgeon's Viewpoint. - DigitalAngelo P. Giardino, Michelle A. Lyn, Eileen R. Giardino, editors.Summary: This updated second edition assists the reader in recognizing abuse and neglect in children and youth, as well as determining its extent. Complete with clinical illustrations, this guide details systematic evaluation procedures, prevention strategies and more.
Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; A Short Historical Reflection on Professional Attention to Child Abuse and Neglect; How the Book Is Organized; Acknowledgment; Authors' Note; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Child Abuse as a Health Problem;
Chapter 1: Introduction: Child Abuse and Neglect; Definition; Child Abuse; Reporting; Scope of the Problem; Epidemiology; Fatal Child Abuse; Inflicted vs. Noninflicted Injuries; Etiology of Physical Abuse and Neglect; Models for Abuse; Helfer's Clinical/Developmental Model for Risk Factors; Caregiver Factors; Child Factors; Environmental Factors EffectsCosts; In Brief; References;
Chapter 2: Evaluation of Physical Abuse and Neglect; Approach to the Medical Evaluation; The History and Interview; Documentation; The Caregiver-Child Interaction; History Related to Injuries; Past Medical History; Histories That Raise the Concern for Abuse; History Incongruous with the Physical Examination; History of Minor Trauma with Extensive Physical Injury; A History of No Trauma with Evidence of Injury (Unexplained Injury); A History of Self-Inflicted Trauma Incompatible with the Development of the Child Caregiver Blame for Serious Injuries on a Young ChildHistory of Injury Changes with Time; Delay in Seeking Treatment; The Physical Examination; Indicated Laboratory/Diagnostic Evaluation; Radiographic Skeletal Survey; Radionuclide Bone Scan; Computed Tomography; Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI); Bleeding Evaluation; Toxicology Screens; Tests for Abdominal Trauma; Photographic Documentation; In Brief; Appendix; References; Part II: Specific Injuries;
Chapter 3: Skin Injury: Bruises and Burns; Introduction; Bruises; Overview; Pathophysiology; What Is an Inflicted Bruise?; Evaluation for Abuse HistoryPhysical Examination; Shape; Dating of Bruises; The Differential Diagnosis of Bruising; Forensic and Laboratory Evaluation; Burns; Overview; Pathophysiology; Burns and Abuse; Scalds; Tap Water: A Special Case; Contact Burns; Evaluation for Abuse; History; Physical Examination; Indicated Laboratory Assessment; Differential Diagnosis of Burns; Treatment: Overview; Critical Burn; Major Burn; Minor Burns; In Brief; Appendix; References;
Chapter 4: Fractures and Skeletal Injuries; General Principles; Bone Anatomy and Fracture Description; Imaging Techniques; Skeletal Survey Radionuclide Bone Scan Computed Tomography; Magnetic Resonance Imaging; Stages of Fracture Healing; Stage 1: Induction; Stage 2: Callus Formation; Stage 3: Remodeling; Dating of Skeletal Injuries; Long Bone Fractures; Diaphyseal Fractures; Metaphyseal Fractures; Growth Arrest Lines; Physeal and Epiphyseal Fractures; Skull Fractures; Skull Anatomy; Skull Fractures and Abuse; Dating Skull Fractures; Rib Fractures; Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Rib Fractures; Radiographic Findings of Rib Fractures; Other Fractures Associated with Child Abuse; Vertebral Fractures; Pelvic FracturesDigital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalPractical Guide to Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation : Principles, Procedures and ApplicationsHelena Knotkova, Michael A. Nitsche, Marom Bikson, Adam J. Woods, editors.Summary: Of the Effects of Weak Direct Current Stimulation on Synapses and Neuronal Populations and Open QuestionsEmerging Framework: Functional Targeting by tDCS; References; Chapter 3: Mechanisms of Acute and After Effects of Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation; Introduction; Regional Neuronal Effects of tDCS; Primary or Acute Effects; The Polarization Effect and Acute DCS Polarity-Specific Excitability Changes; Quantification of Polarization Effects with Coupling Constant; Geometry of Stimulation Effects and Sensitivity of Soma, Dendrite, and Axon Compartments.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalKenneth Wong, Shernaz Walton, Simi Sudhakaran, John Cookson, editors.Summary: This book provides a practically orientated resource that details the use a range of imaging techniques across major specialties plus those that are less well represented in standard textbooks (e.g. cardiothoracic surgery, palliative care, geriatric medicine, skin conditions from diverse ethnic groups). Emphasis is placed on enabling the reader to interpret images and clinical data, while avoiding mistakes and pitfalls in their day-to-day practice. Detailed question and answer sections along with insightful videos reinforce key messages (e.g. visualizing heart murmurs). Grading of questions aids navigation, with more difficult questions to benefit the high-flying students/junior doctors preparing for postgraduate exams/physician associates and advanced nurse practitioners working in a specialist area. Practical Guide to Visualizing Medicine: A Self-Assessment Manual concisely covers how to use imaging techniques in medicine, surgery, pediatrics, obstetrics and gynecology. It emphasizes the value of being able to accurately visualize signs and symptoms to make accurate diagnoses and provide patient-centered care. The added insight given from experienced medical educators on how to select an appropriate medical specialty makes this work critical for all trainee and early-career medical practitioners and allied healthcare professionals.
Contents:
1 Introduction: Cultivation of Clinical Reasoning
Introduction
Development of "Clinical Sense" or Clinical Reasoning Skills from Diagnosis to Management
Conclusions
Reference
2 Top Tips for Image Interpretation
Conclusion
Recommended Further Reading
3 Dermatology
Basic Structure and Function of Skin with Immuno-Pathogenetic Mechanisms Causing Skin Disease
Inflammatory Skin Disease
Dermatological Emergencies
Skin Infections Systemic Diseases with Dermatological Manifestations
Benign and Malignant Skin Tumors
Hair and Nails
References
Further Reading
4 Endocrinology
Further Readings
5 Breast Disease
Further Reading
6 Pediatrics
Further Readings
7 Cardiology
References
8 Respiratory Medicine
References
9 Anesthesia and Intensive Care
Anesthesia and Pain Management
Intensive Care Medicine
Further Reading
10 Cardiothoracic Surgery
Cardiac Surgery
Thoracic Surgery
Recommended Further Reading
11 Gastrointestinal Surgery, Gastroenterology and Hepatology References
12 Neurology and Neurosurgery
Neurology
Neurosurgery
References
13 Geriatric Medicine
References
Further Reading
14 Renal and Transplant Medicine and Urology
Acknowledgements
Further Reading
15 Trauma and Orthopedics
References
16 Rheumatology
Recommended Reading
17 Infectious Diseases
Further Readings
18 Ophthalmology
Pre-study Questions
Main Section
References
19 ENT and Head and Neck Surgery
Learning Outcomes
Ear
Nose
Throat
Emergencies and Complications
References
20 Obstetrics & Gynecology
21 Immunology
References
22 Hematology
References
Palliative Care
References
Vascular Diseases
References
Appendix_1
Appendix_2
Index. Topic 1: Antenatal Screening
Topic 2: Gestational Hypertension and Pre-eclampsia
Topic 3: Preterm Prelabor Rupture of Membrane (PPROM)
Topic 4: Preterm Birth
Topic 5: Pregnancy of Unknown Location (PUL), Miscarriage and Ectopic Pregnancy
Topic 6: Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI)
Topic 7: Heavy Menstrual Bleeding (HMB)
Further Reading
21 Immunology
Pre-study Questions
Further Readings
22 Hematology
Basic Blood Count and Morphology
Pre-study MCQs
Main Questions
Further Readings
23 Palliative Care
Conclusions
References 24 Vascular Diseases
Pre-study Questions
Tailoring Therapy to the Individual/Whole Person Care
Other Vascular Diseases
References
Appendix_1
Appendix_2
Index - DigitalFiona M Lewis, Fabrizio Bogliatto, Marc van Beurden.Contents:
The normal vulva
Taking a history and examination
How to take a vulval biopsy and the importance of clinico-pathological correlation
Basic histology of the vulva
Investigations in vulval disease
Topical treatment in vulval disease
Symptoms in vulval disease
Signs in vulval disease
Eczema, allergy and the vulva
Psoriasis
Lichen simplex
Lichen sclerosus
Lichen planus
Hidradenitis suppurativa and Crohn's disease
Disorders of pigmentation on the vulva
Other dermatoses
Vulval infection : sexually transmitted
Vulval infection : non-sexually transmitted
Vulval intraepithelial neoplasia
Extramammary Paget's disease
Vulval squamous cell carcinoma
Other vulval cancers
Vulvodynia
Psychosexual aspects of vulval disease
Benign lesions.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - PrintAndrew D. Hollenbach, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics, Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center, New Orleans, LA.Contents:
Machine generated contents note: ch. 1 Ruth L. Kirschstein
The Woman and Her Legacy
1.1. Ruth L. Kirschstein
A Brief Biography
1.2. The Legacy
The Ruth L. Kirschstein NRSA Grants
ch. 2 The People Behind the Curtain
Understanding the Review Process
2.1. The Review Process
2.2. The Role of Human Nature in the Review Process
ch. 3 Who Are You?
The Fellowship Applicant
3.1. The Biosketch
3.2. Goals for Fellowship Training and Career
3.3. Selection of Sponsor and Institute
3.4. Previous Research Experience
3.5. Letters of Recommendation
3.6. Respective Contributions
3.7. Activities Planned Under This Award
ch. 4 Who's the Boss?
Sponsor, Collaborators, and Consultants
4.1. Biosketch
4.2. Sponsor and Cosponsor Information
ch. 5 Blind Them with Science
The Research Training Plan
5.1. Specific Aims
5.2. Significance
5.3. Approach
ch. 6 Last but Not Least: Institutional Environment, Training Potential, and Other Scored Items
6.1. Institutional Environment and Commitment to Training
6.2. Training Potential
6.3. Overall Impact Score
6.4. Other Scored Items
ch. 7 Details, Details, Details
Nonscored Items, Formatting, and the Cover Letter
7.1. Project Summary/Abstract
7.2. Project Narrative
7.3. Responsible Conduct of Research
7.4. Formatting
7.5. Cover Letter
ch. 8 Now What?
Resubmission
8.1. The Summary Statement
8.2. To Resubmit or Not to Resubmit
8.3. Addressing the Critiques
8.4. Introduction to the Application. - DigitalAndrew D. Hollenbach, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics, Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center, New Orleans, LA.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- DigitalAndrew D. Hollenbach, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics, Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center, New Orleans, LA.Summary: A Practical Guide to Writing a Ruth L. Kirschstein NRSA Grant, Second Edition, continues to provide F-Series grant applicants and mentors with insider knowledge on the process by which these grants are reviewed, the biases that contribute to the reviews, the extent of information required in an NRSA training grant, and a deeper understanding of the exact purpose of each section of the application. New additions to this edition include coverage of other NIH grants, such as R01, R21, and P20, as well as information on significant modifications to the Biosketch and Letters of Recommendation sections. This book is a solid resource for trainees and their mentors to use as a guide when constructing F30, F31, and F32 grant applications.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalJian-Jun Wei, Pei Hui, editors.Summary: This book serves as a quick review or summary of major diagnostic challenges in gynecologic pathology and embraces a Q/A format by providing the desired diagnostic knowledge. It combines the diagnostic approach as it relates to morphology and the relevant ancillary tests which impact on clinical outcome or management. Each topic is written by subspecialty gynecological pathologists in the field in making this a valuable book for a broad spectrum of readers, particularly pathology trainees, junior pathologists and general practicing pathologists. These authors provide concise and accurate answers for a variety of common, yet challenging diagnostic scenarios that are relevant and frequently encountered in daily practice. The book walks readers through current topics, controversies and diagnostic dilemmas for common gynecologic diseases with morphologic features and key ancillary tests, richly illustrated with figures and tables. To reflex the current advances in diagnostic gynecological pathology, the topics are closely correlated with the updated disease classifications and diagnostic criteria, particularly those recognized by the World Health Organization. Practical Gynecologic Pathology provides a concise summary and review for some of the most difficult, prevailing and emerging concepts in gynecologic pathology.
Contents:
Diseases of the Vulva
Diseases of the Vagina
HPV-Associated Cervical Neoplasia
NonHPV-Associated Cervical Neoplasia
Uterine Epithelial Neoplasia
Uterine Mesenchymal Neoplasia
Gestational Trophoblastic Diseases
Diseases of the Fallopian Tube
Ovarian Epithelial Neoplasia
Ovarian Germ cell and Sex Cord-Stromal Neoplasia
Mescelineous Neoplasia of the Ovary
Diseases of the Peritoneum
Intraoperative Consultation
Inherited Cancer Syndromes
Immunohistochemistry
Molecular Diagnosis. - DigitalUlrich Spandau, Heinrich Heimann.Summary: Since publication of the first edition of this book in 2012 vitreoretinal surgery has marched with huge steps forward. In 2012 23G was standard, today 25G and 27G are the most commonly used gauge sizes for vitrectomy. In 2012 the cutting rate was 5.000 cuts/min and today with the development of a novel vitreous cutter the cutting rate has increased to 16.000 cuts/min. The advent of 25G/27G made the instruments smaller and surgery less traumatic. Practical Handbook for Small-Gauge Vitrectomy: A Step-By-Step Introduction to Surgical Techniques, 2ndEdition focuses on these new developments and features new chapters on PVR detachment, intraocular tumour, macular translocation, sub macular hemorrhages and ocular trauma. The surgeries are demonstrated step-by-step and the material is shown in detail and videos vsualize the surgery. This book will serve as an immensely useful guide for all surgeons who are intending to make use of this exciting and increasingly used technique.
Contents:
Introduction to small-gauge vitrectomy
Equipment
General considerations and techniques of pars plana vitrectomy
Special techniques for pars plana vitrectomy
Conventional vitrectomy with 3-port trocar system
Bimanual vitrectomy with 4-port trocar system
Diabetic retinopathy
Dislocated IOL and dropped nucleus
Endophthalmitis
Detachment
Trauma
Ocular trauma
Iris Prosthesis, Special IOLþs and Submacular Hemorrhages
Surgical pearls
Appendix. - Digitaledited by Thach Nguyen, Ernest F. Talarico, Jr., Shao Liang Chen, Duane S. Pinto, Moo-Hyun Kim, Cindy Grines, C. Michael Gibson.Contents:
Vascular access / Thach N. Nguyen, Trung Le
Dynamic coronary angiography and flow / Ernest F. Talarico, Jr. Thach N. Nguyen, Trung Le
Guides / Dobrin Vassilev, Thach N. Nguyen
Wires / Thach N. Nguyen
Balloon angioplasty / Thach N. Nguyen, Nguyen Van Viet Thang, Nguyen Van Lanh, Kim Truong, Ria Shah
Stenting / Thach N. Nguyen, Nguyen Van Thuan, Vy Le, Riichi André Ota González, Ami Shah
Bioresorbable vascular scaffolds / Michael Nguyen, Tan Huay Cheem, Thach Nguyen, Azeem Latif
Transradial approach / Jack Chen, Sandeep Nathan, Xian Kai Li, Thach Nguyen
Slender transradial intervention / Yuji Ikari
Left main PCI / Michael S. Lee, Heajung Nguyen, Madhan Shanmugasundaram
Chronic total occlusion / Minh Vo, Sundeep Mishra, Mohamad Lazkani, Shishir Murarka, Ashish Pershad
Ostial lesions / Szabolcs G. Szabo, Gautam Kumar, Thach N. Nguyen
Acute ST segment elevation myocardial infarction / John Soverow, Son Pham, Quan H. Nguyen, Alan Fong, Michael Gibson
INTERventions in patients after CABG / Faisal Latif, Timir Paul, Phuong Anh Do, Trung Le, Thach N. Nguyen
Bifurcation lesion / Christian Stumpf, SL Chen, Imad Sheiban, Dobrin Vasilev
Complications / Nguyen Ngoc Quang, Thach Nguyen
High risk patients / Nathan Sandeep, Vien Truong, Florian Krackhardt, Khanh Duong, Pham Nguyen Vinh, Thach Nguyen
Coronary atherectomy / Michael S. Lee, Arthur Lee
Removal of embolized material / Thach N. Nguyen
Subclavian artery interventions / Gianluca Rigatelli, Paolo Cardaioli, ARavinda Nanjundappa
Renal artery interventions / Gianluca Rigatelli, Paolo Cardaioli
Carotid artery occlusive disease / Gianluca Rigatelli, Paolo Cardaioli, Horst Sievert
Iliac artery stenosis / Gianluca Rigatelli, Paolo Cardaioli, Aravinda Nanjundappa
Infrainguinal and infragenicular interventions / Gianluca Rigatelli, Robert S Dieter, Faisal Latif, Nelson Bernardo, Aravinda Nanjundappa
Pulmonary embolism / Faisal Latif, Mihas Kodenchery, Anas Safadi, Thao Nguyen and Zeeshan Khan
MitraClip mitral valve repair system / Srinivas Iyengar, James Nguyen and Edgar Tay
Septal puncture and inoue-balloon mitral valvuloplasty / Pham Manh Hung, Nguyen Ngoc Quang, Jui-Sung Hung
Retrograde percutaneous aortic valvuloplasty / Ted Feldman, Thach Nguyen, Duane Pinto
Watchman left atrial appendage closure device / Srinivas Iyengar, James Nguyen, Edgar Tay, Dongming Hou
Interventions in acute ischemic stroke / Le Van Truong, Ernest Talarico, Thach Nguyen.Digital Access Wiley 2020 - DigitalDanielle Elliott Range, Xiaoyin "Sara" Jiang, editors.Summary: Practical Head and Neck Pathology: Frequently Asked Questions centers around frequently asked questions, but it is not meant to be comprehensive in its approach. Instead, it aims to touch on all major or commonly encountered entities. Each chapter begins with a list of questions typically ordered from basic histologic knowledge, to inflammatory processes, primary tumors, and secondary tumor types. Strategies for the diagnosis of salivary gland, metastatic head and neck cancers and thyroid disease using ancillary testing is highlighted. Small biopsy dilemmas in undifferentiated tumors of the sinonasal and nasopharyngeal tracts are undertaken with emphasis on differential diagnosis and ancillary techniques. The tables are the foundation of the book, offering a quick reference guide for salient features of various entities and differential diagnoses. A comprehensive set of references after each question can be used to supplement the information provided and give the reader a foundation for further learning. This book answers some of the difficult, prevailing and emerging questions in head and neck pathology that arise in everyday practice. While such challenges may not always be frequent, they have tremendous impact on clinical practice. Clinically pertinent, molecular advances in treatment and diagnosis for the practicing and junior pathologist are covered.
Contents:
Oral Cavity
Oropharynx, Nasopharynx and Waldeyer Ring
Larynx/Hypopharynx
Sinonasal Tract
Salivary Gland
Jaw and Bones of the Head and Face
Ear Lesions
Thyroid Gland
Parathyroid
Soft Tissue and Lymph Nodes of the Head and Neck. - Digitaledited by Ebbing Lautenbach, [and 5 others].Summary: "Practical Healthcare Epidemiology takes a hands-on approach to infection prevention for physicians, healthcare epidemiologists, infection preventionists, microbiologists, nurses, and other healthcare professionals. Increased regulatory requirements and patient knowledge and involvement has elevated patient safety, healthcare-associated infections, antibiotic stewardship and quality-of-care to healthcare wide issues. This fully updated new edition brings together the expertise of leaders in healthcare epidemiology to provide best practice expert guidance on infection prevention for adult and pediatric patients in all types of healthcare facilities, from community hospitals and academic institutions, to long-term care and resource limited settings. Written in clear, straightforward terms to address prevention planning and immediate responses to specific situations, this is the go-to resource for any practitioners in medicine or public health involved in infection prevention, regardless of their current expertise in the field"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- Digitaledited by Nigel S. Key, Michael Makris and David Lillicrap.Summary: "Designed as a practical, succinct guide, for quick reference by clinicians with everyday questions, this title guides the reader through the range of approaches available for diagnosis, management, or prevention of hemorrhagic and thrombotic diseases or disorders." -- Back cover.
Contents:
Basic Principles Underlying Coagulation / Dougald M Monroe
Laboratory Tests of Hemostasis / Steve Kitchen, Michael Makris
Molecular Diagnostic Approaches to Hemostasis / Paula James, David Lillicrap
Tests of Platelet Function / Marie Lordkipanidz, Gillian C Lowe, Paul Harrison
Evaluation of the Bleeding Patient / Alice Ma, Marshall Mazepa
Hemophilia A and B / Rhona M Maclean, Michael Makris
Von Willebrand Disease / Giancarlo Castaman, Alberto Tosetto, Francesco Rodeghiero
The Rarer Inherited Coagulation Disorders / Paula HB Bolton-Maggs, Jonathan Wilde, Gillian N Pike
Acquired Inhibitors of Coagulation / Riitta Lassila, Elina Armstrong
Quantitative Platelet Disorders / Riten Kumar, Walter HA Kahr
Qualitative Platelet Disorders / Eti A Femia, Gian Marco Podda, Marco Cattaneo
Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation / Raj S Kasthuri, Nigel S Key
Thrombotic Microangiopathies / Marie Scully, David Kavanagh
Venous Thromboembolism / Sarah Takach Lapner, Lori-Ann Linkins, Clive Kearon
Myeloproliferative Neoplasms: Thrombosis and Hemorrhage / Brandi Reeves, Stephan Moll
Arterial Thrombosis / R Campbell Tait, Catherine N Bagot
Anticoagulation: Heparins and Vitamin K Antagonists / Gualtiero Palareti, Benilde Cosmi
The Direct Oral Anticoagulants / David A Garcia, Mark A Crowther, Walter Ageno
Antiphospholipid Syndrome / Henry G Watson, Mark Crowther
Cardiovascular Medicine / Sreekanth Vemulapalli, Richard C Becker
Cardiothoracic Surgery / Denise O'Shaughnessy, Ravi Gill
Neurology / Michael Wang, Natalie Aucutt-Walter, Valerie L Jewells, David Y Huang
Hepatology / Lara N Roberts, Raj K Patel, Roopen Arya
Nephrology / Vimal K Derebail, Thomas L Ortel
Oncology / Anna Falanga, Marina Marchetti
Obstetrics, Contraception, and Estrogen Replacement / Amy Webster, Sue Pavord
Pediatrics / Mary E Bauman, Aisha Bruce, M Patricia Massicotte
Intensive and Critical Care / Beverley J Hunt
Transfusion / Adrian Copplestone. - Digital[edited by] Romil Saxena.Contents:
Microscopic anatomy, basic terms, and elemental lesions
Clinical features of liver disease
Laboratory tests in liver disease
Investigative imaging of the liver
Liver diseases of childhood
Medical genetics and biochemistry in diagnosis and management
Histologic patterns of metabolic liver diseases
Liver in Wilson disease
Liver disease in alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
Liver disease in cystic fibrosis
Liver disease in iron overload
Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease
Acute viral hepatitis
Hepatitis B
Hepatitis c
Chronic hepatitis : grading and staging
Human immunodeficiency virus infection of the liver
Nonviral infections of the liver
Hepatic granulomas : differential diagnosis
Hepatic sarcoidosis
Autoimmune hepatitis and overlap syndromes
Metabolism of drugs and xenobiotics
Liver injury due to drugs and herbal agents
Alcohol-induced liver disease
Fibrocystic liver diseases
Primary biliary cholangitis
Primary sclerosing cholangitis
Loss of intrahepatic bile ducts
Intrahepatic cholestasis
Vascular disorders of the liver
Premalignant and early malignant hepatocellular lesions in chronic hepatitis/cirrhosis
Benign hepatocellular tumors
Hepatocellular carcinoma
Benign and malignant tumors of bile ducts
Liver tumors of childhood
Miscellaneous liver tumors and tumor-like lesions
Clinical aspects of liver transplantation
Pathology of liver transplantation
Biphenotypic primary liver carcinoma
Regression of liver fibrosis : from myth to reality
Cirrhosis : a term in need of a makeover.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - Digitaledited by Baron F. Branstetter IV.Summary: This new edition is a comprehensive source of imaging informatics fundamentals and how those fundamentals are applied in everyday practice. Imaging Informatics Professionals (IIPs) play a critical role in healthcare, and the scope of the profession has grown far beyond the boundaries of the PACS. A successful IIP must understand the PACS itself and all the software systems networked together in the medical environment. Additionally, an IIP must know the workflows of all the imaging team members, have a base in several medical specialties and be fully capable in the realm of information technology. Practical Imaging Informatics has been reorganized to follow a logical progression from basic background information on IT and clinical image management, through daily operations and troubleshooting, to long-term planning. The book has been fully updated to include the latest technologies and procedures, including artificial intelligence and machine learning. Written by a team of renowned international authors from the Society for Imaging Informatics in Medicine and the European Society of Medical Imaging Informatics, this book is an indispensable reference for the practicing IIP. In addition, it is an ideal guide for those studying for a certification exam, biomedical informaticians, trainees with an interest in informatics, and any professional who needs quick access to the nuts and bolts of imaging informatics.
Contents:
Section I: Medical Imaging
Introduction to Medical Images
Medical Terminology
Imaging Modalities and Digital Images
Image Post-Processing
Incorporating Non-Image Data
Section II: Information Technology
Computers and Networking
Data Storage
Data Security and Patient Privacy
PACS and Other Image Management Systems
Ancillary Software
Section III: Imaging Informatics
Databases and Data Retrieval
Standards and Interoperability
Billing and Coding
Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning
Section IV: Image Interpretation and Support
Roles and Relationships in Healthcare
Workflow Steps in Radiology
Viewing Images
Reporting and Dictation
User Governance
External Data
Section V: Work Environment and User Training
Reading Room Design
Enterprise Distribution
Customer Relations
User Training
Quality Improvement and Workflow Engineering
Change Management and Acceptance Testing
Section VI: Operations
Imaging Quality Assurance
Disaster Recovery
Downtime Procedures
Policy Management and Regulatory Compliance
Availability and Notification
Section VII: Project Management
PACS Readiness and PACS Migration
Procurement
Imaging Program Management. - DigitalEugenio Leonardo, Ricardo H. Bardales.Summary: This book provides current information for a judicious use of conventional and molecular ICC markers performed in cytologic samples to help in the cost-effective diagnosis of superficial and deep-seated masses. By providing both an eminently practical information for appropriate technical preparation of cytologic samples and a systematic exposure of the immunophenotypic and biomolecular characteristics of normal and pathological cells, the reported morphological-molecular findings highlight the characteristics of different lesions that are useful for the practical solution of a particular differential diagnosis. Chapters include description of the cytomorphology followed by a practical ICC staining pattern for each entity. Cytologic materials include serous effusions, exfoliative cytology, fine needle aspiration cytology of superficial and deep-seated masses, and squash preparation from central nervous system masses. Practical Immunocytochemistry in Diagnostic Cytology serves as a valuable resource towards understanding critical differences between tests performed on tissue samples and those carried out on cytologic samples.
Contents:
Preface
Immunocytochemistry: Technical Considerations Applied to Cytology
Serous Effusions
Exfoliative Cytology
Aspiration Cytology of Masses of Superficial Organs
Aspiration Cytology of Deep-Seated Masses
Pitfalls in Immunocytochemistry.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalXing-Hua Gao, Hong-Duo Chen, editors.Summary: This book discusses typical skin diseases from an immunological point of view, introducing the latest immunological techniques and practices. It begins with a brief overview of the human immune system, including the basic concepts and principles as well as the general symbols used in immunology. Part Two describes the human skin as an integral part of the immune system, explaining the immunological roles of major cellular and molecular composites in the skin. Part Three illustrates typical skin diseases that have immunological involvement (immunodermatological conditions). It describes 40 skin diseases, focusing on immunological causes, pathogenesis, pattern of reaction and treatment choices and responses. The final part discusses advanced immunodiagnostics and immunotherapy in dermatology, providing detailed descriptions of immune techniques for the diagnosis of skin diseases, their principles and background, indications, requirements for sampling, test protocols, interpretation of results and trouble shooting. This work offers insights into both the systemic immune system and the skin immune system, and integrates the information into discussions of clinical diseases, relevant immune techniques and immunological drugs. Presenting the latest advances in clinical immunology, it is an invaluable resource for dermatologists, residents and graduate students in dermatology.
Contents:
Part I. The fundamentals of human immune system
Part II. Skin immune system
Part III. Immunodermatological conditions
Part IV. Immuno-techniques, immuno-diagnosis and immunotherapy in dermatology. - Digitaledited by Tamar F. Barlam, Boston Medical Center, Melinda M. Neuhauser, Department of Veteran Affairs, Pranita D. Tamma, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Kavita Trivedi, Stanford University School of Medicine.Summary: "Practical Implementation of an Antibiotic Stewardship Program provides an essential resource for healthcare providers in acute care, long-term care, and ambulatory care settings looking either to begin or to strengthen existing antibiotic stewardship programs. Each chapter is written by both physician and pharmacist leaders in the stewardship field and incorporates both practical knowledge as well as evidence-based guidance. This book will also serve as a useful resource for medical students, pharmacy students, residents, and infectious diseases fellows looking to learn more about the field of antibiotic stewardship"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
The need for antibiotic stewardship programs
Structure of an antibiotic stewardship team and core competencies
The social determinants of antibiotic prescribing
Selecting and applying antibiotic stewardship strategies
Syndrome-based antibiotic stewardship
Duration of therapy
Measurement in antibiotic stewardship
What every steward should know about pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
Collaborating with the microbiology laboratory
Informatics and stewardship
Antibiotic allergies and antibiotic stewardship
Antibiotic stewardship in post-acute care facilities
Outpatient antibiotic stewardship
Maintaining an antibiotic stewardship program: keeping everyone happy and remaining relevant
Practical antibiotic stewardship. - DigitalBryan J. Weiner, Cara C. Lewis, Kenneth Sherr, editors.Summary: "Implementation science seeks to close the research-to-practice gap by identifying the barriers that impede the adoption, implementation, sustainability, and scale-up of evidence-based health interventions, and by identifying the best methods for overcoming those barriers. As implementation scientists, our aspiration for the field is to generate useful and usable scientific knowledge to improve the practice of implementation. Put differently, we envision the field of implementation science producing the knowledge and tools to support the evidence-based implementation of evidence-based health interventions. The rapid growth of implementation science as a research enterprise, however, has given rise to concerns that we and other implementation scientists share that implementation science itself will replicate the research-to-practice gap that the field was intended to address. This book represents the first systematic attempt by leading implementation researchers to "translate" implementation science for implementation practitioners by making accessible and practical the wealth of scientific knowledge and associated tools that implementation science has produced"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introducing implementation science / Bryan J. Weiner, Cara C. Lewis, and Kenneth Sherr
Assessing the practice (know-do) gap / Christine Fahim and Sharon E. Straus
Selecting evidence-based interventions to reduce practice gaps / Jennifer Leeman, Mary Wangen, and Cam Escoffery
Adaptation of evidence-based interventions / Heidi La Bash, Fiona C. Thomas, and Shannon Wiltsey Stirman
Identifying barriers and facilitators for implementation in diverse settings / Maria E. Fernandez, Laura Damschroder, and Bijal Balasubramanian
Engaging stakeholders / Melanie Pellechhia, Kimberly T. Arnold, Liza Tomczuk, and Rinad S. Beidas
Creating a structure for implementation : building implementation teams and developing implementation plans / Kevin Fiori, Hueiming Liu, and Lisa R. Hirschhorn
How to implement an evidence-based intervention / Ryan R. Singh and Lisa Saldana
An introduction to evaluation and learning in implementation science / Arianna Rubin Means, Bradley H. Wagenaar, Sarah J. Masyuko, and Anjuli D. Wagner
Disseminating information about evidence-based interventions / Jonathan Purtle, Margaret E. Crane, Katherine L. Nelson, and Ross C. Brownson
Scaling up evidence-based interventions / Ruth Simmons, Peter Fajans, and Laura Ghiron
Sustaining evidence-based interventions / Rachel C. Shelton and Nicole Nathan
De-implementing practices / Christian D. Helfrich
Implementation science in policy / Heather Bullock, Mile Wilson, and John Lavis.Digital Access R2Library 2023 - Digitaledited by Liron Pantanowitz, Anil V. Parwani.Contents:
Introduction to informatics / Liron Pantanowitz
Basic computing / Seung L. Park, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
Networking / Muhammad A. Syed, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
Databases / Seung L. Park, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
Coding / Seung L. Park, Jacqueline Cuda, and Liron Pantanowitz
Laboratory information systems / Ioan C. Cucoranu, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
Laboratory information system operations and regulations / Ioan C. Cucoranu, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
Reporting / Liron Pantanowitz
Quality management / Liron Pantanowitz, Luke T. Wiehagen, and R. Marshall Austin
Barcoding / Ioan C. Cucoranu, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
Informatics projects / Liron Pantanowitz
Lean Six Sigman / Ioan C. Cucoranu, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
Electronic medical records / Seung L. Park, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
Digital imaging / Milon Amin, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
Automated pap tests / Liron Pantanowitz
Telecytology / Sara E. Monaco and Liron Pantanowitz
Cytology online / Walid E. Khalbuss
Bioinformatics / Somak Roy, Liron Pantanowitz, and Anil V. Parwani
Research informatics / Somak Roy, Liron Pantanowitz, Anil V. Parwani.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalKwang Hoon Lee, Eung Ho Choi, Chang Ook Park, editors.Summary: This book is a comprehensive, practical guide to the latest developments in the understanding and management of atopic dermatitis. Detailed information is provided on age-specific clinical symptoms, features, and diagnostic methods. Current theories on the pathogenesis of atopic dermatitis are closely examined, with attention to the roles played by genetic, allergic, immunologic, and skin barrier dysfunctions. In the second half of the book, the scientific background to and the practical use of the full range of treatment methods are described, covering topical agents, systemic agents, phototherapy, allergen-specific immunotherapy, and the most recently developed biologics and small molecules. This textbook will be an excellent guide to diagnosis and treatment for not only dermatologists but also practitioners in allergy and general medicine, including pediatricians, allergists, and primary care physicians. In addition, it will be of value for all scientists interested in developing new drugs for atopic dermatitis.
Contents:
Introduction to atopic dermatitis
Epidemiology of atopic dermatitis
Clinical manifestations
Pruritus
Diagnosis and severity assessment of atopic dermatitis (Korean guideline included)
Genetics of atopic dermatitis
Immune-mediated pathogenesis of atopic dermatitis
Environmental factors related to atopic dermatitis
Food, inhalents, and microbial allergens
Role of infection and microbial factors
Psychological stress
Endophenotype and biomarker
Topical treatment
Systemic treatment
Emerging treatment of AD: biologies and small molecules
Phototherapy
Allergen immunotherapy for atopic dermatitis
Treatment algorithms
Prevention of atopic dermatitis. - DigitalVishal Madan, editor.Summary: This title introduces readers to the use of lasers in dermatology/aesthetic practice and focuses on the fundamentals of lasers and light-based devices and their clinical application. Each chapter addresses the use of lasers in the treatment of a variety of skin conditions, detailing mechanisms of action, pre-treatment preparation, post-treatment advice, follow-up, and potential complications and pitfalls. Besides discussing ablative, vascular, pigment-specific and epilation lasers, and intense pulsed light, the book also reviews the use of light-emitting diodes, low-level laser therapy and radio frequency devices. In addition, cosmeceuticals complementing laser treatments are also discussed. Readers will also find the chapter on self-assessment questionnaires especially useful. Practical Introduction to Laser Dermatology provides detailed explanation of the topics, while the chapters are supported by illustrative case studies that will enable readers to develop a deeper understanding of the subject of lasers in dermatology. Using clinically relevant Illustrations, it provides a comprehensive resource on a variety of laser technologies for novice readers and trained laser clinicians.
Contents:
Fundamentals of lasers and light devices in dermatology
Vascular lasers
Pigment Specific lasers and light devices
Ablative lasers
Body sculpting including laser liposuction, ultrasound, cool sculpting
Light emitting diodes and low level laser light therapy
Lasers in pigmented skin
Recent advances in cutaneous laser therapy and future trends. - DigitalBiagio Allaria, editor.Contents:
1 Perioperative fluid therapy and fluid therapy in patients with sepsis. In search of clarification
2 Enough has been written about the treatment of ALI, but has enough been said about how to prevent it?
3 Prevention of perioperative myocardial ischemia
4 Respiratory complications after major abdominal surgery: causes, diagnosis, and prevention
5 Positive and negative aspects of aerosol therapies in ventilated patients
6 Update on lung imaging to select ventilation management in ARDS patients
7 Chest X-ray in ICU: an examination in which there is too much confidence. Possible alternatives
8 Continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT) in intensive care
9 Loss of autoregulation of interstitial fluid dynamic in patients with sepsis and mechanisms causing edema
10 How to prevent and effectively treat postoperative shivering
11 Epidemiology, etiopathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of postoperative paralytic ileus in intensive care
12 Which adult patients undergoing non-cardiac surgery should be monitored postoperatively in ICU?
13 Invasive candidiasis in the intensive care setting.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalDavide Chiumello, editor.Summary: This book describes the state of the art concerning some of the most hotly debated topics in anesthesia and intensive care and is at the same time intended to serve as a useful practical guide that will assist in improving outcomes. The topics covered are wide ranging and include, for example, use of the prone position in ARDS, the role of therapeutic hypothermia in the critically ill, the value of immunoglobulins in the treatment of severe sepsis, drug management of septic shock, new strategies for prevention of ventilator-associated pneumonia, non-invasive ventilation outside of the ICU, management of postoperative bleeding, and prognostic factors in cardiac arrest. Written by recognized experts in the field, the book will offer a comprehensive and easy to understand update for specialists and students of anesthesia and intensive care.
Contents:
The prone position in the treatment of patients with ARDS: problems and real utility
Therapeutic hypothermia in the critically ill patient
Immunoglobulins in the treatment of severe sepsis
Noradrenaline, vasopressin and terlipressin in the management of septic shock
The most recent strategies for VAP (ventilator-associated pneumonia) prevention
Hemodynamic optimization in the perioperative period: guidelines vs tailored strategies
Management of perioperative bleeding in abdominal surgery
How to manage coagulation during the perioperative period in patients with non-traumatic intracerebral hemorrhage
How to improve the outcome after cardiac arrest
Non-invasive ventilation outside of the Intensive Care Unit
Interventional cardiology: the role of the anesthesiologist
Everything you need to know about the plasma lactate level
Dynamic tests to study liver function: the role of indocyanine green in clinical practice.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalHaodong Xu, Robert W. Ricciotti, Jose G. Mantilla, editors.Summary: This text consists of neoplastic and non-neoplastic lung pathology. It discusses frequently encountered issues and diagnostic problems using a Q&A format and case presentations. Emphasis is placed on differentiating one from another based on the histopathological features, ancillary tests including immunohistochemical and molecular analyses, and clinical and radiologic correlation. In particular, clinical-radiologic-pathologic correlation is emphasized in the diagnosis of interstitial lung disease (ILD). This text addresses the issues and diagnostic criteria in segregating a reactive process from adenocarcinoma, poorly differentiated adenocarcinoma from poorly differentiated squamous cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma from other types of neuroendocrine tumors, large cell carcinoma from large cell neuroendocrine carcinoma, spindle cell/sarcomatoid carcinoma from sarcomatoid mesothelioma, and carcinoma from epithelioid mesothelioma in small biopsy specimens. It also discusses key features useful for differentiating usual interstitial pneumonia (UIP) pattern from non-UIP patterns of ILD such as hypersensitivity pneumonitis, nonspecific interstitial pneumonia, and organizing pneumonia patterns in wedge biopsy specimens as well as highlights the differential diagnosis in the granulomatous inflammation. As a whole, this text answers many of the difficult questions relevant to daily practice of lung pathology. Each chapter addresses a specific diagnostic question significantly related to patients treatment options.
- DigitalEndi Wang, Anand Shreeram Lagoo, editors.Summary: This book provides a step-by-step and practically applicable approach for the accurate and clinically relevant diagnosis of lymph node (LN) and bone marrow (BM) biopsies. Clinicians expect pathological guidance not only with accurate diagnosis, but also about disease progression, minimal residual disease, disease susceptibility to a particular therapy, effects of prior therapy on prognosis and subsequent therapy etc. This book provides brief but to the point guidance about the prognostic and therapeutic implications of key ancillary studies so that the pathologist is comfortable to answer clinician's questions over the entire arc of manifestations and management of the disease. The text follows the WHO (2016) classification in essence but the material is organized in a fashion most useful to a practicing surgical pathologist. This is achieved by focusing on the morphological findings as the starting point. Using this morphological "backbone" and several frequently asked questions (FAQs) the reader is guided to a rational list of differential diagnoses leading to a definitive diagnosis. The contents of each chapter are carefully selected so that the practically important and directly applicable information is available in an easy-to-find and easy-to-grasp format. Practical Lymph Node and Bone Marrow Pathology serves as a practical introduction and handbook for pathology trainees and hematopathology fellows and will remain a useful reference to practicing pathologists when they are signing out lymph nodes or bone marrow specimens.
Contents:
Essentials of the Immune Response and Immunophenotyping
Molecular Genetics and Cell Biology for Hematopathology
Evaluation of Excised Lymph Nodes
Lymphoid Pathology on Small Biopsies (FNA and Small Core)
Advantages and Limitations: Guidelines for Ancillary Studies According to Clinical Scenario and Morphology
Small B-Cell Lymphomas With and Without Plasmacytic Differentiation
Large B-Cell Lymphoma
High-Grade B-Cell Lymphoma
Major Subtypes of Mature T- and NK-cell Neoplasms
Hodgkin Lymphomas
Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders (PTLD)
Immunodeficiency-Associated Lymphoproliferative Disorders Other Than PTLD (In Primary Immune Deficiency, HIV, and Iatrogenic Conditions)
Primary Extranodal Lymphomas of GI Tract, Lung, CNS and Skin With Common Mimics
Lymphoid Neoplasms With "Benign" Clinical Course or Unclear Malignant Potential
B-Cell Lymphoma in Children or Pediatric Type
Indolent T/NK-Cell Lymphoproliferative Disorders
Composite Lymphoma
Histiocytic/Dendritic Cell Neoplasms: Primary and Transdifferentiated
Typical Morphologic Patterns of Infectious and Other Reactive Lymphadenopathies
HHV8-Associated Lymphoproliferative Disorders
Bone Marrow at Initial Diagnosis: Clinical Associations and Approach to Diagnosis
Acute Leukemias
Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
Chronic Myeloproliferative Neoplasms (Other Than Chronic Myeloid Leukemia)
Myelodysplastic Syndromes
Myelodysplastic/Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
Plasma Cell Neoplasms (Including Plasma Cell Myeloma)
Bone Marrow Involvement by Lymphoid Neoplasms
Bone Marrow Involvement by Metastases and Granulomatous Conditions
Bone Marrow Findings in Congenital/Hereditary Conditions
Bone Marrow Involvement by More Than One Entity of Hematolymphoid Neoplasm
Detection of Minimal Residual Disease
Therapy Induced Marrow Changes. - Digitaledited by Honorio T. Benzon, James P. Rathmell, Christopher L. Wu, Dennis C. Turk, Charles E. Argoff and Robert W. Hurley.Summary: "This volume is intended for the diverse range of pain clinicians looking for applications in their daily practice, pain researchers seeking extensive background on relevant topics, fellows reviewing for the pain medicine boards, and residents who want a complete discussion of the breadth of the field. Each chapter provides practical applications of the various and diverse acute and chronic pain syndromes"--Pref.
Contents:
General considerations
Basic considerations
Evaluation and assessment
Clinical conditions
Pharmacologic, psychological, and physical medicine treatments
Nerve block techniques
Interventional techniques
Pain management in special situations and special topics
Research, ethics, and reimbursement in pain.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014 - Digital[edited by] Honorio T. Benzon, James P. Rathmell, Christopher L. Wu, Dennis C. Turk, Charles E. Argoff, Robert W. Hurley, Andrea L. Chadwick.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalMarco Matucci-Cerinic, Christopher P. Denton, editors.Summary: This book provides a practical guide for managing a variety of problems encountered by the clinician in managing patients with systemic sclerosis. Chapters take a problem-orientated approach to help the reader cut through potential barriers that can arise when working with different medical specialities. Management strategies for a broad range of conditions, including pericardial and pleural effusion, sicca syndrome, calcinosis and watermelon stomach, are presented. Practical Management of Systemic Sclerosis in Clinical Practice describes a range of problems and clinical items encountered by a variety of medical professionals who encounter these patients. It is a valuable resource for rheumatologists, immunologists, specialist nurses and primary care professionals.
Contents:
Scleroderma Renal Crisis and Acute Kidney Injury
Chronic Kidney Disease in Scleroderma
Anemia
Breathlessness
Fatigue
Itch
Pain and Tenosynovitis, Tendon Friction Rubs
Raynaud's
Critical Ischemia
Digital Ulcers
Lower Limb Ulcers
Decline in PFT
Arrhytmias
Pericardial and Pleural Effusion
Constipation
Incontinence
Bloating
GE reflux
Diarrhea
Watermelon Stomach
Malnutrition
Calcinosis
Pregnancy
Sicca Syndrome
Sexual dysfunction
Transitional care for juvenile onset systemic sclerosis
Assessment for HSCT
Very early disease
VEDOSS type case
Primary Biliary Cholangitis
Hand Arthritis
Contractures
Tendon Friction Rubs
Interpretation of the Modification of Laboratory Parameters. - DigitalUjjal K. Mallick [and 3 others], editors.Summary: The new edition of this book highlights the recent advances and state-of-the art in surgical and non-surgical management of thyroid cancer. Readers will learn about the latest advances and recommendations in the field, from molecular studies and biomarkers to the changing epidemiology, kinase inhibition in drug discovery and new surgical approaches, such as intra-operative neural monitoring and robotics. The management of differentiated thyroid cancer as well as childhood cancer, survivorship and clinical trial design and findings and how these fit into cancer management are discussed in detail. This comprehensive volume provides an overview of the current world literature and outlines the practical aspects of management from world leaders in this field and helps clinicians and patients on practical matters. With a selection of authors from around the world it draws on international experience giving a global perspective to the topic. Following on from the success of the first edition, it uses a multidisciplinary, evidence-based approach centered on the patient, discussing guidelines and how these have improved the quality of care and outcomes. This guide is aimed mainly at thyroidologists of all disciplines, (in training or experts) students, non-specialist clinicians, nursing staff, all the disciplines involved in a multidisciplinary team such as surgeons - Head & Neck or Endocrine and General Surgeons, Oncologists, Endocrinologists, Nuclear Medicine Physicians, Nuclear Medicine Physicists, Radiologists, Pathologists, Specialist Nurses, Geneticists, Clinical Psychologists, Palliative Care Physicians and, of course, patients.
Contents:
1. Pragmatism, Precision Oncology, International Partnership for Research and Quality-The New Paradigm for Thyroid Cancer
Section I. Multidisciplinary Approach to Management of Thyroid Cancer
2. The UK Evidence-Based Guidelines for the Management of Thyroid Cancer: Key Recommendations
3. The 2015 American Thyroid Association Evidence-Based Guidelines for Management of Patients with Thyroid Nodules and Differentiated Thyroid Cancer: Key Recommendations
4. Thyroid Cancer: One Doctor-Patient Partnership -The Newcastle Butterfly Model
Section II. The Diagnosis of Thyroid Cancer
5. Molecular Diagnosis of Thyroid Nodules
6. Ultrasonography in Diagnosis and Management of Thyroid Cancer -Current International Recommendations
Section III. Initial Thyroid Surgery
7. The 21st Century Endocrine Surgeon
8. Management of Cervical Lymph Nodes in Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
9. Advances in Thyroid Surgery
^Section IV. Non surgical Management of Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
10. Risk Stratification and Current Management of Low Risk Thyroid Cancer
11. Management of Low risk Papillary Thyroid Carcinomo and Papillary Cancer and Microcarcinoma-the Japanese experience
12. Radioiodine Ablation
Current Status
13. Dosimetric Approaches
Current Concepts
14. External Radiation in Differentiated Thyroid Cancer in the era of IMRT and modern radiation planning techniques
Section V. Follow up and Longterm Management of Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
15. Thyroglobulin
16. Management of Post-Operative Hypocalcemia
17. Radioiodine Refractory Thyroid Cancer
Section VI. Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
18. Medullary Thyroid Cancer :Surgical Management
19. Medullary Thyroid Cancer: Diagnosis and Non Surgical Management
20. Familial Non-Medullary Thyroid Cancer
Section VII. Thyroid Cancer in Children
21. Pediatric Differentiated Thyroid Carcinoma
^Section VIII. Aggressive Thyroid Cancers
22. Anaplastic Thyroid Cancer
23. Palliative care
Section IX. Future Developments and Directions for Research in Thyroid Cancer
24. Translational Research and Genomics Driven Trials in Thyroid Cancer
25. Thyroid Cancer Trials
26. The Barriers to Uniform Implementation of Clinical Practice Guidelines (CPG) for Thyroid Cancer
27. Survivorship: The Role of the Clinical Psychologist and the Clinical Nurse Specialist in Thyroid Cancer Care. - DigitalAnthony C.F. Ng, Michael Y.C. Wong, Shuji Isotani, editors.Summary: This book aims to provide readers a practical guidance in the management of urolithiasis from diagnosis to surgical treatment. First part introduces related anatomy, symptom, and Imaging of urinary calculi. In the following chapters, techniques, tips and tricks in endourological, ureteroscopic, PCNL, ESWL, and laparoscopic treatment of urinary calculi are described in details with high-resolution illustrations and typical cases. Last part discusses the choice of treatment for some specific case situations. Written by leaders and core faculties from the Asian Urology Surgery Training and Education Group (AUSTEG), this book will be a valuable reference for urologists, as well as practitioners in related disciplines.
Contents:
Part 1: Basic Principle and Management of Urinary Calculi
Symptoms, Signs and Basic Investigations for Urinary Calculi
Imaging for Urinary Calculi
Part 2: Instrument for Endourological Treatment of Urinary Calculi
Understanding the Instruments Endoscope
Understanding the Instruments Endourology Accessory
Understanding the Instruments Intracorporeal Lithotripsy Non-Laser Types
Understanding the Instruments Intracorporeal Lithotripsy Laser
Understanding the instruments ureteric stent
Understanding the instruments-imaging system; radiation safety and ultrasound technique. Part 3: Ureteroscopy
How to Perform Rigid Ureteroscopy Step by Step
How to Perform Flexible Ureteroscopy Step by Step
Management of Complications related to Ureteroscopy
Part 4: Percutaneous Nephrolithotomy
Percutaneous Nephrolithotomy Preparation and Procedure Overview
How to Perform Renal Puncture Fluoroscopic Approach
How to Perform Renal Puncture Ultrasound Approach
Tips and tricks of Supine PCNL
Mini-PCNL
Recent Development of Endoscopic Intrarenal Stone Surgery: Approaches and Surgical Tips
Percutaneous Nephrolithotomy: Management of complications
Part 5: Other Approaches
Principles of Modern ESWL and Best Lithotripsy Practice
Laparoscopic Stone Surgery
Part 6: Practical Advices on Special Situation
Overview of Treatment Selection for Individual Patient
Challenging Anatomy
Patients with Special Medical Condition
Patients with Special Anatomy
Management of Stone Diseases in Special Patient Population. - DigitalDelphine J. Lee, Mark B. Faries, editors.Summary: This book provides a practically applicable resource for all clinicians managing patients with or who may develop melanoma. Each chapter focuses on clinically relevant information on the latest advances in the field, including techniques for early detection of skin cancers, cross-sectional imaging and staging of regional nodes. Algorithms for clinical decision-making along with clinical vignettes are incorporated into each chapter, enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to manage a range of scenarios. Practical Manual for Dermatologic and Surgical Melanoma Management systematically details the latest diagnostic criteria, treatment guidelines and management techniques available for treating these patients and is a valuable resource for the trainee and practising clinician.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Chapter 1: Can We End Melanoma As We Know It? The Role of Early Detection in Defeating Deadly Skin Cancer
Introduction
Case
Additional Clinical History
Melanoma Risk Factors
Physical Exam Findings
Discussion
Critical Take Home Messages
References
Chapter 2: Melanoma Risk Factors and Prevention
Introduction
Case
Melanoma Disparities
Risk Factors
Phenotypic Features
Personal Medical History
Genetic Predisposition/Family History
Environmental Factors
Screening
Prevention
Discussion of Case
Conclusions Mutational Load
Sentinel Lymph Nodes (SLN)
Discussion of Case
Conclusions
References
Chapter 4: Melanoma Epidemiology, Staging and Prognostic Factors
Introduction
Melanoma Epidemiology
Melanoma Staging
Prognostic Factors in Melanoma
Depth of Invasion
Ulceration
Mitotic Rate
Growth Phase and Melanoma Subtypes
Regression
Tumor Infiltrating Lymphocytes
Lymphatic Invasion and Angiotropism
Neurotropism
Nevus Association
Age
Gender
Marital Status
Anatomical Location
Tumor Derived Markers
Molecular Markers of Melanoma Prognosis Conditional Survival
Summary
References
Chapter 5: Imaging in Melanoma
Lymphoscintigraphy for Sentinel Node Biopsy
Lymphoscintigraphy Technique
Possible Radiation Risk of LS
Potential Problems with LS
Wide Local Excision (WLE)
Reproducibility
The Melanoma Site Immediately Overlies a Node Field
Conclusion
Ultrasound in Melanoma Patients
Diagnosis
Patient Case
Does US Have a Role in Primary Assessment of Melanoma?
Staging
Case Continued
What Are the US Criteria for Defining Normal and Abnormal Lymph Nodes? What Is the Role of US Assessment of the Regional Lymph Node Basins Before Sentinel Node Mapping and/or Biopsy?
Follow Up
Case Continued
How Is US Used in Follow Up?
Conclusion
Cross Sectional Imaging
Staging
Early Stage Disease
Later Stage Disease
Monitoring the Effects of Therapy
Post Treatment Surveillance
Effect on Survival
Conclusion
References
Chapter 6: Primary Melanoma Treatment
Case
Introduction
Operative Primary Melanoma Treatment
Wide Excision
Technique
Recommended Margins for Wide Excision
Clinical vs Pathologic MarginsDigital Access Springer 2021 - Digitaledited by David McCance, Michael Maresh, David Sacks.Contents:
Section I. Introduction
1. Epidemiology of diabetes in pregnancy
2. Pathophysiology of diabetes in pregnancy
3. The placenta in a diabetic pregnancy
Section II. Gestational Diabetes
4. Screening for gestational diabetes
5. Diagnostic criteria for hyperglycemia in pregnancy
6. Lifestyle treatment
7. Obesity and diabetes in pregnancy
8. Metabolic abnormalities in gestational diabetes
9. Maternal risk after the gestational diabetes mellitus pregnancy
Section III. Diabetes Preceding Pregnancy
10. Pre-pregnancy care in Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes
11. Malformations
12. Provision of pregnancy care
13. Problems encountered more frequently in women with Type 1 diabetes
14. Problems encountered more frequently in women with Type 2 diabetes
15. Advances in oral anti-diabetes drugs in pregnancy
16. Advances in insulin therapy
17. Putting pregnant women with diabetes on the pump
18. Pregnancy, perinatal, and fertility outcomes following bariatric surgery
19. Fetal surveillance
20. Complications in pregnancy: hypertension and diabetic nephropathy in diabetes
21. Retinopathy in diabetic pregnancy
Section IV. Delivery and postnatal care
22. Delivery and postdelivery care: obstetric management of labor, delivery, and the postnatal period for women with Type 1, Type 2, or gestational diabetes mellitus
23. Diabetic management in labor, delivery, and postdelivery
24. Delivery and postdelivery care: care of the neonate
25. Postpartum contraception for women with diabetes
26. Breastfeeding and diabetes
Section V. Implications for the Future
27. Implications for the mother with diabetes
28. Diabetes in pregnancy: implications for the offspring
29. From the bench to the bedside: potential future therapies for gestational diabetes- the enhancement of β-cell mass and function during pregnancy
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Peter H. Scanlon, Ahmed Sallam, Peter van Wijngaarden.Contents:
Diabetes / Jonathan Shaw and Peter H. Scanlon
Lesions and classifications of diabetic retinopathy / Peter H. Scanlon
Screening for diabetic retinopathy / Peter H. Scanlon
Imaging techniques in diabetic retinopathy / Peter van Wijngaarden and Peter H. Scanlon
The normal eye / Stephen J. Aldington
Diabetic macular oedema / Ahmed AB Sallam and Abdallah A. Ellabban
Mild NPDR (background DR) / Peter H. Scanlon
Moderate and severe NPDR (pre-proliferative DR) / Peter H. Scanlon
Proliferative DR and advanced DR / Peter H. Scanlon
Proliferative diabetic retinopathy with maculopathy / Ahmed AB Sallam and Peter H. Scanlon
The stable treated eye / Peter H. Scanlon
Vitrectomy surgery in diabetic retinopathy / Charles P. Wilkinson
Cataract surgery in the diabetic eye
pre, intra and postoperative considerations / Abdallah A. Ellabban, Ahmed AB Sallam
Pregnancy and the diabetic eye / Peter H. Scanlon
Low vision and blindness from diabetic retinopathy / Peter H. Scanlon
Future advances in the management of diabetic retinopathy / Peter van Wijngaarden
Other retinal conditions in diabetes / Stephen J. Aldington and Peter H. Scanlon
Conditions with appearances similar to diabetic retinopathy / Stephen J. Aldington and Peter H. Scanlon.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalJelena Martinovic, editor.Summary: This book provides a concise guide to fetal pathology and postnatal fetal examination. The legal and ethical aspects of fetal examination are addressed, along with the modern practical approach to fetal malformations, oriented fetal autopsy, neuro-fetopathological examination, and pathology of the placenta. Practical Manual of Fetal Pathology aims to evaluate recent advancements and the impact they have had on clinical practice. This book is relevant to fetal and perinatal pathologists, geneticists, obstetricians, gynecologists, and pediatricians.
Contents:
1. Legal and Ethical Aspects of Fetal Examination Worldwide
2. Biometrical Charts
3. Fetal Examination
4. Neuro-Fetopathological Examination
5. Placenta Pathology. - DigitalEnlan Xia, editor.Summary: This book aims to provide readers with the latest information on application of hysteroscopy in diagnosis and treatment of gynaecological diseases. The first chapters systematically review current status, equipment and instruments, applied anatomy, preoperative treatment and anesthesia for hysteroscopic surgery. In the following chapters, details in aspect of hysteroscopy from diagnostic to hysteroscopic surgery are explained with clinical cases. After that, advanced techniques in hysteroscopy combined with laparoscopy and ultrasound monitoring hysteroscopic surgery are introduced with high-resolution illustrations. Written by experts with wealthy experience in the field, this book will be a valuable reference for gynecologists at hysteroscopy units, reproductive units, gynecological and oncological units.
Contents:
1 History and Development of Hysteroscopy
2 Equipment and Instruments for Hysteroscopy
3 Anatomy and Histology In Hysteroscopy
4 Effects of Preoperative Medication for Hysteroscopy and Commonly used drugs in Gynecology on Endometrium
5 Application of High-frequency Electricity in Hysteroscopic Surgery and its Thermal Effects on Tissues
6 Distention Medium in Hysteroscopy
7 Anesthesia for Hysteroscopy
8 Diagnostic Hysteroscopy
9 Operative Hysteroscopy
10 Combined Hysteroscopy and Laparoscopy
11 Ultrasonography monitoring during Hysteroscopic surgery
12 Complications of Hysteroscopic Surgery
13 Hysteroscopy for Other Purpose
14 Hysteroscopy Training.
15 The Future of Hysteroscopy
16 Digital Storage and Application of Endoscopic Image. - Digitaledited by Annapoorna Kini, Samin Sharma, Jagat Narula.Summary: This practical handbook is based on an internal working manual developed by staff and fellows at Mount Sinai Heart Cardiovascular Catheterization Laboratory, renowned for its high-volume and low complication complex coronary procedures. The Practical Handbook of Interventional Cardiology captures the knowledge and methodological know-how from leaders in interventional cardiology, it intends to guide users in a stepwise, methodical and practical approach through various cardiac interventional procedures in order to achieve maximum patient safety and improved outcomes. From patient selection, preoperative work-up, setting up equipment to step-by-step illustrations of various procedural details and troubleshooting, this handbook captures all the details necessary to perform the simplest to the most complex cardiac interventions. The book is designed for cardiologists and trainees who desire an efficient way to review the steps of various cardiac interventional procedures and a quick, reliable reference for everyday use.
Contents:
Part I: Interventional Basics
Basics of Radiation Safety
Achieving Perfect Vascular Access
The Perfect Shot: Angiographic Views for the Interventionalist
Physiological assessment during interventional procedures
Antiplatelet and Antithrombotic therapy in PCI
Patient Selection and Appropriateness
Guiding Catheter Selection
Guidewire Properties and Selection
Assessment of Lesion Severity (Intravascular Ultrasound, Optical Coherence Tomography, NIRS and Beyond)
Basics of Intracoronary Devices
Hemodynamic assessment: Right Heart Catheterization, Pulmonary Hypertension, Left-To-Right Shunt, And Constriction
Hemodynamic Assessment of Aortic/Mitral Stenosis And Regurgitation
Vascular Closure Devices and Complications
Part 2: Coronary Intervention
Basics of Intervention
Difficult Stent Delivery
Bifurcation Lesions
Ostial Lesion Interventions
Left Main Coronary Interventions
Chronic Total Occlusions
ACS: STEMI/ Non-STEMI Intervention
Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Interventions
Calcific Lesion Interventions
Coronary Complications Of Percutaneous Coronary Interventions
Radial Coronary Interventions
Part 3: Special Procedures
Advanced Hemodynamic Support
Aortic Valve Interventions-Balloon Aortic Valvuloplasty/ Transcatheter Aortic Valve Implantation
Balloon Mitral Valvuloplasty
Alcohol Septal Ablation
Pericardiocentesis and Balloon Pericardiotomy
Contrast-Induced Nephropathy Post Percutaneous Interventional Procedures. - DigitalAnnapoorna Kini, Samin K. Sharma, editors.Summary: The second edition of this essential book provides a practically applicable manual to a variety of procedures in interventional cardiology keeping up to date with the advancements in percutaneous interventions. All included chapters identify areas that have significantly developed, and feature step-by-step user guides for the latest cardiac intervention techniques for the treatment of various conditions and the use of devices. Many new tops have been discussed such as left main coronary interventions and how to use Cangrelor in patients requiring P2Y12 inhibition after surgery. New topics covered include how to select patients for transcatheter aortic valve replacement (TAVR), and appropriately apply in-stent restenosis methodologies. Practical Manual of Interventional Cardiology systematically describes the use of a range of simple and complex interventional cardiology procedures, and the challenges associated with utilizing these techniques. It is therefore ideal for use by practicing and trainee cardiologists seeking an easily accessible reference to apply in their everyday clinical practice.
Contents:
Part I Interventional Basics
Basics of Radiation Safety
Achieving Perfect Vascular Access
The Perfect Shot: Angiographic Views for the Interventionalist
Physiological Assessment During Interventional Procedures
Antiplatelet and Antithrombotic Therapy in PCI
Patient Selection and Appropriateness
Guide Catheter Selection
Guidewire Properties and Selection
Assessment of Lesion Severity (Intravascular Ultrasound, Optical Coherence Tomography, NIRS, and Beyond)
Basics of Intracoronary Devices
Hemodynamic Assessment: Right Heart Catheterization, Pulmonary Hypertension, Left-to-Right Shunt, and Constriction
Hemodynamic Assessment of Aortic/Mitral Stenosis and Regurgitation
Part II Coronary Intervention
Vascular Closure Devices and Complications
Basics of Intervention
Difficult Stent Delivery
Bifurcation Lesions
Ostial Lesion Interventions
Left Main Coronary Interventions
Chronic Total Occlusions
ACS: STEMI/Non-STEMI Intervention
Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Interventions
Calcific Lesion Interventions
Coronary Complications of Percutaneous Coronary Interventions
Radial Coronary Interventions
Part III Special Procedures
Advanced Hemodynamic Support
Aortic Valve Interventions: Balloon Aortic Valvuloplasty/Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
Percutaneous Mitral Balloon Valvotomy
Alcohol Septal Ablation
Pericardiocentesis and Balloon Pericardiotomy
Contrast-Induced Nephropathy Post Percutaneous Interventional Procedures
Guide catheter selection in patients with TAVR
Transcatheter Mitral valve repair
In-Stent Restenosis (ISR)
Laser
Rota
IVBT
Balloon
Stent. - Digitaledited by Shad Deering.Contents:
Introduction and basic principles of labor and delivery / Shad Deering
Common examinations and procedures in labor and delivery / Ashley S. Coggins
Fetal heart rate monitoring in labor and delivery / Noelle Breslin
First-stage labor management / Emily Sheikh
Second stage labor management / Kelsey J. Simpson
Third stage labor management / Kelsey J. Simpson
Induction and augmentation of labor / Irina U. Tunnage
Obstetric analgesia/anesthesia in labor and delivery / Elise Diamond
Operative vaginal delivery / Morgan Light
Caesarean delivery / Meghan Yamasaki
Laceration and episiotomy repair / Allison A.C. Aubanks
Neonatal resuscitation in labor and delivery / Mary Kathryn Collins
Postpartum care / Sierra Seamon
Common OB complications and emergencies in labor and delivery / Devon M. Rupley and Kristen Elmezzi.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalPete S. Batra, Joseph K. Han, editors.Summary: Chronic rhinosinusitis (CRS) is an inflammatory disorder of the nose and paranasal sinuses with symptoms persisting for at least 3 months. The treatment paradigm for CRS includes medical therapy as the cornerstone, coupled with endoscopic sinus surgery in refractory cases. To date, however, no FDA-approved treatments exist for medical treatment of CRS, and most treatment algorithms rely on expert opinion supplemented by available peer-review data. This underscores the need for a comprehensive primer to optimize the care of CRS patients. This book is a detailed compendium on the medical and surgical treatment of CRS, with or without polyposis. Detailed coverage is provided of a wide range of topics, including pathophysiologic mechanisms, medical and surgical management of CRS and its subsets, medical therapy in the pre- and postoperative period, specific medical therapeutic classes currently employed in CRS patients, and optimization of the efficacy of endoscopic sinus surgery for postoperative medical therapy. Each chapter highlights key aspects of specific therapies, including mechanism of action, indications, dosages, side-effects, and available clinical efficacy data, and emphasizes practical management pearls and pitfalls from experts in the field. Operative techniques for endoscopic sinonasal procedures for CRS are also outlined. This book will be a valuable resource for practicing general otolaryngologists, rhinologists, and allergists as well as residents and fellows in training. It will also serve as a reference guide for physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and nurses involved in the care of CRS patients.
Contents:
Epidemiology and Pathophysiology of Chronic Rhinosinusitis
Microbiology of CRS
Endoscopic Diagnosis of Chronic Rhinosinusitis
Radiographic Diagnosis of Chronic Rhinosinusitis.-Classification of Chronic Rhinosinusitis and its Subsets
Nasal Polyposis
Fungal Rhinosinusitis
Management of FESS Failures
Pediatric Sinusitis
Allergic Rhinitis
Asthma
Therapeutic Modalities for CRS
Overview of Medical Treatment of CRS
Oral Antibiotics as Anti-Infectives
Oral Antibiotics as Anti-Inflammatories
Topical and Intravenous Antibiotics
Oral Steroids
Topical Steroids
Oral and Topical Antifungals
Leukotriene Modifiers
Aspirin desensitization
Saline Irrigations
Emerging Innovative Medical Therapies
Endoscopic Sinus Surgery as Adjunct to Medical Therapy
Endoscopic Sinus Surgery: Rationale, Indications, and Technique
Medical Therapy in Preoperative and Postoperative Period
Surgery for Maxillary Sinus Disease
Ethmoid Sinus Surgery
Surgery for Frontal Sinus Disease
Surgery for Sphenoid Sinus Disease
Surgery for Nasal Polyposis
Surgery for Fungal Rhinosinusitis
Surgery for Pediatric Sinusitis
Surgery of the Nasal Septum and Turbinates.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalAntonio Russo, Marc Peeters, Lorena Incorvaia, Christian Rolfo, editors.Summary: This textbook combines essential information on clinical cancer medicine with a guide to the latest advances in molecular oncology and tumor biology. Providing a systematic overview of all types of solid tumors, including epidemiology and cancer prevention, genetic aspects of hereditary cancers, differential diagnosis, typical signs and symptoms, diagnostic strategies and staging, and treatment modalities, it also discusses new and innovative cancer treatments, particularly targeted therapy and immunotherapy. Expert commentaries at the end of each chapter highlight key points, offer insights, suggest further reading and discuss clinical application using case descriptions. This textbook is an invaluable, practice-oriented tool for medical students just beginning their clinical oncology studies, as well as for medical oncology residents and young professionals.
Contents:
Epidemiology and Cancer Prevention
Tumor biology and natural history
Histopathology of the Tumors
Biomarkers
Liquid biopsy
Diagnosis and staging
Molecular Diagnostics: innovative technologies for clinical and translational research
Hereditary cancers and genetics
Principles of anti-cancer therapy: Chemotherapy
Principles of anti-cancer therapy: Hormonal therapy
Principles of anti-cancer therapy: Target Therapy
Principles of anti-cancer therapy: Immunotherapy
The role of Surgery
Surgery in the Management of Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors
Integrated Treatments: The role of radiotherapy
Response assessment to cancer therapy
Clinical trials and methodology in cancer research
Basic principles of bioinformatics for next generation sequencing molecular testing in oncology
New drugs development
Treatment toxicity
Cardioncology
The cancer cachexia
Support and palliative care
Physician-Patient Communication
Breast Cancer: Locoregional and locally advanced disease
Metastatic breast cancer
Chest Tumors: Lung Cancer
Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
Gastrointestinal Cancers: Oesophagus
Gastric cancer
Gastrointestinal Cancers: Stomach, advanced/metastatic disease
Gastrointestinal Cancers: Colorectum, locoregional disease
Metastatic colorectal cancer
Anal Carcinoma
Gastrointestinal Cancers: exocrine pancreas
Gastrointestinal Cancers - Biliary cancer
Hepatocellular Carcinoma
Head and Neck Cancers (HNCs)
Central Nervous System Malignancies
Genitourinary cancers: Kidney
Bladder Cancer
Genitourinary cancers: Prostate, locoregional disease
Advanced and Metastatic Prostate Cancer
Genitourinary cancers: Testis
Genitourinary cancers: Penis
Gynaecological cancers: Ovaris, early primary disease
Gynaecological cancers: Ovaris, primary advanced and recurrent disease
Gynaecological cancers: Uterus, endometrial and cervical cancer
Vulvar and Vaginal Cancer
Endocrine cancers: Adrenal gland
Endocrine cancers: Thyroid
Neuroendocrine Tumors
Cutaneous Melanoma and other skin cancers
Soft Tissue Sarcomas (STS)
The Role of Medical Treatment in the management of Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors (GIST)
Bone health in cancer patients
Nutrition and cancer
Personalized medicine
Categorization of Cancer Survivors
Precision medicine in oncology: glossary of relevant scientific terms. - Digitaledited by Eric Marsault, University of Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada, Mark L. Peterson, Quebec, Canada.Contents:
1. Contemporary macrocyclization technologies
2. A practical guide to structural aspects of macrocyles (NMR, X-Ray and Modeling)
3. Designing orally bioavailable peptide and peptoid macrocycles
4. Natural and nature-inspired macrocycles: a chemoinformatic overview and relevant examples
5. Bioactive and membrane-permeable cyclic peptide natural products
6. Chemical approaches to macrocycle libraries
7. Biological and hybrid biological/chemical strategies in diversity generation of peptidic macrocycles
8. Macrocycles for protein-protein interactions
9. Synthetic strategies for macrocyclic peptides
10. Ring-closing metathesis-based methods in chemical biology: building a natural product-inspired macrocyclic toolbox to tackle protein-protein interactions
11. the synthesis of peptide-based macrocycles by Huisgen Cycloaddition
12. Palladium-catalyzed synthesis of macrocycles
13. Alternative strategies for the construction of macrocycles
14. Macrocycles from multicomponent reactions
15.Synthetic approaches used in the scale-up of macrocyclic clinical candidates
16. Overview of macrocycles in cllinical development and clinically used
17. The discovery of macrocyclic IAP inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
18. Discovery and pharmacokietic-pharmacodynamic evaluation of an orally available novel macrocyclic inhibitor of anaplastic lymphoma kinase and c-Ros oncogene 1
19. Optimization of macrocyclic ghrelin receptor agonist (Part II): development of TZP-102
20. Solithromycin: fourth generation macrolide antibiotic
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalChunlin Hou, Shimin Chang, Juyu Tang, Zhigang Cai, editors.Summary: This book aims to introduce the most recent microsurgical techniques and applications in the pattern of illustrative case presentations, including digit replantation, toe-to-hand transplantation, peripheral nerve injuries especially total brachial plexus avulsion injury, surgical flaps. Microsurgery appeared to be a great procedure suitable for more applications. Anatomic research of the blood supply of skin, fascia, nerve, muscle, and bone identified flaps could be carried by pedicle vessels. Transfer of these flaps and revascularization by micro-vascular anastomoses of the arteries and veins set the stages for free flaps. In free flap surgery, single-stage and complex reconstructions could be achieved, which then lead to earlier mobilization and better restoration of function with a shorter hospital stay. Today, microsurgical technique is fully matured, and micro-vascular free tissue transfer is an essential part of reconstructive surgery. Development of microsurgery in China is introduced in the initiation of the current book. Key technical points and experience of replantation, reconstruction, tissue repair, nerve repair and reconstruction, oncological repair and reconstruction cases together with other applications of microsurgery are further demonstrated.
Contents:
Part 1 Upper limbs and hands
1 Successful replantation of the distal phalanx of the little finger in a newborn: A case report
2 Replantation of amputated finger composite tissue mass
3 Replantation of severed fingers in children
4 Replantation of single hand's multiplane severances with 17 segments
5 Replantation of severed upper arm of a nine-month-old infant
6 Replantation with vessel anastomosis for treatment of hand degloving injuries
7 Transpositional replantation of severed fingers
8 Salvage of the damaged hand by the emergency reconstruction with heterotopic replantation of discarded fingers
9 Salvage of an amputated upper extremity with ectopic implantation followed by replantation at the second stage
10 Emergency repair of a degloving injury in three fingers
11 Reconstruction for forearm deformities with ulnar shortening induced by capitulum ulnae giant chondroma
12 First intention combined plastic reconstruction of the thumb through transplanting separated second toe with full dorsal toenail flaps exchange between the first and second toes
13 Tissues mass replantation of the index and middle finger
14 The Use of a Third Metacarpal Base Vascularized Osteoarticular Graft for Treatment of Metacarpophalangeal Joint Traumatic Defects
15 Two-Staged Surgical Treatment of Composite Tissue Defects of the Dorsum of Hand and Finger Involving Fingerweb
16 Reconstruction of combined thumb amputation at the metacarpal base level and index amputation at the metacarpal level with pollicization and bilateral double toe composite transfer
17 Harvest and separate the second toe for repair of compound tissue defects for multiple fingers
18 Combined biological reconstruction can be used to repair large bone defect after resection of malignant bone tumor
19 Anterolateral thigh flap for the reconstruction of forearm with severe injury
20 The free peroneal artery perforator flap for combined medial ankle injury
21 The ultra-long free peroneal artery perforator flap for lateral foot defect coverage
22 Sural nerve nutritional vessel axial flap for the heel skin defect coverage and calcaneal reconstruction
Part 2 Lower limbs and hands
23 Repair and reconstruction of the segmentally destructed lower limb in a child
24 Exploration of the superior retinacular arterial system of the femoral head after femoral neck fractures in young adults
25 Replantation of Segmental destructive disconnect of the child's calf
26 Extension of lower limbs for extreme flexion of knee joint induced by dorsal scar adhesion after burned for 13 years in a child
27 Posterior tibial artery flap in series with medial plantar artery flap for repair of anterior foot degloving injury
28 Adipofascial turnover flap for dorsal foot coverage and dead space filling
29 Repair hot-pressed wound of hand with lobulated chimeric flaps of perforator branch of lateral circumflex femoral artery
30 The waveform design of decending branch of lateral circumflex femoral artery perforator flap for the heel defect reconstruction
31 Chimeric peroneal artery perforator flap for reconstruction post-traumatic osteomyelitis of tibia
32 Dual skin paddles descending branch of the lateral circumflex femoral artery perforator flap for one-staged reconstruction of two adjacent wounds
33 Dual skin paddles descending branch of the lateral circumflex femoral artery perforator flap for reconstruction of extensive foot defects
34 Treatment of tibia GUSTILO IIIC fractures by bone transfer combined with flap technique
35 Large Segmental Free Ectopic Revascularized and Prefabricated Bone Flap for Second Stage Repair of Bone and Soft Tissue Defects
36 Repair of a lateral malleolus defect with a composite pedicled second metatarsal flap
Part 3 Head, neck and trunk
37 Replantation repair of total scalp avulsion
38 Replantation of facial tissue mass
39 A case for replantation of amputated ear
40 Salvage of large scalp defect with exposed skull necrosis by a free vascularized greater omentum graft in a 3-year-old child: a case report and 10-year follow-up
41 Maxillary and orbital floor reconstruction with anterolateral thigh flap and individual pre-bended titanium mesh
42 Deep circumflex iliac artery (DCIA) flap for one-staged reconstruction of left mandible defects
43 Case of facial nerve reconstruction
44 Mandibular reconstruction with vascularized fibular flap in double-barrel technique
45 Oromandibular Reconstruction with Intraoral Anastomosis of a Deep Circumflex Iliac Artery Perforator Fascial Flap with Iliac Crest
46 Bilateral submandibular gland transplantations for paediatric several dry eye disease
47 Chimeric thoracoacromial artery perforator flap for one-staged reconstruction of complex haryngoesophageal defects
48 Maxillary reconstruction with vascularized fibula osteomyocutaneous flap using virtual surgical planning
49 Transoral segmental mandibulectomy and intraoral anastomosis for mandibular reconstruction guided by virtual surgical planning and intraoperative navigation
50 Reconstructed bladder innervation above the level of spinal cord injury to produce urination by abdomen-to-bladder reflex contractions
51 Reconstructed bladder innervation below the level of spinal cord injury to produce urination by Achilles tendonto-bladder reflex contractions
52 Transfer of normal S1 nerve root to reinnervate atonic bladder due to conus medullaris injury. - Digitaledited by Bijan Siassi, MD, FACC, Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Radiology, Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California, Shahab Noori, MD, MS CBTI, RDCS, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California, Fetal and Neonatal Institute, Division of Neonatology, Children's Hospital Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California, Ruben J. Acherman, MD, Professor of Pediatric Cardiology, Children's Heart Center Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada, Pierrce C. Wong, MD, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California, Director, Echocardiography Lab and Cardiac Pathology Registry, Children's Hospital Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California.Contents:
Basic principles of echocardiography / Apichai Khongphatthanayothin
Echocardiographic scanners and transducers / Mahmood (Mac) Ebrahimi
Cross-sectional neonatal cardiac anatomy as depicted by standard two-dimensional echocardiography / Bijan Siassi, Mahmood Ebrahimi, Shilpa Patil, and Ruben Acherman
Application of echocardiographic simulators in training for neonatal echocardiography / Bijan Siassi, Mahmood Ebrahimi, and Shahab Noori
M-mode echocardiography and 2D cardiac measurements / Merujan Uzunyan and Lindsey Miller
Pulse wave, continuous wave and color flow Doppler in assessment of regurgitant flow and measurement of pressure gradients / Merujan Uzunyan and Lindsey Miller
Application of pulse wave and continuous wave Doppler in the assessment and measurement of cardiac and systemic blood flow / Shahab Noori
Assessment of systolic, diastolic and global cardiac function / Shahab Noori
Shunts through a patent foramen ovale / Bijan Siassi
Shock, myocardial dysfunction and heart failure / Shahab Noori and Tai Wei Wu
Patent ductus arteriosus / Shahab Noori
Persistent pulmonary hypertension in newborn infants : assessment of pulmonary artery pressure / Tina A. Leone
Desaturation and cyanosis in the newborn infant without congenital heart disease / Tina A. Leone
Aneurysm of ductus arteriosus, cardiomyopathies, and aortopulmonary collaterals / Ruben Acherman
Suspecting congenital heart disease / Bijan Siassi, Mahmood Ebrahimi, and Ruben Acherman
Overview of fetal echocardiography / Ruben J. Acherman and William N. Evans.Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2019 - DigitalMark Harber, editor.Contents:
Assessment of the Renal Patient
Urine Analysis
Imaging in Nephrology
Kidney Biopsy
Acute Kidney Injury: Epidemiology and Assessment
Acute Kidney Injury: Management and Prevention
Acute Renal Replacement Therapy
Hepatorenal Syndrome
Common Electrolyte Disorders
Acid-Base Disorders
Diagnosis and Investigation of the Hypertensive Patient
Management of High Blood Pressure
Podocytopathies
Management of the Nephrotic Patient: The Overall Approach to the Patient with Nephrotic Syndrome (NS)
Management of the Nephrotic Patient: Treatment of ECF Volume Expansion Due to Nephrotic Syndrome in Adults
Minimal Change Disease and Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
Membranous Nephropathy
Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis and C3 Glomerulopathy
IgA Nephropathy and Henoch-Schonlein Purpura
Systemic Small Vessel Vasculitis
Goodpasture's or Anti-glomerular Basement Membrane (GBM) Disease
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Antiphospholipid Syndrome and the Kidney
Practical Immunosuppression Guidelines for Patients with Glomerulonephritis
Infectious Diseases and the Kidney
Blood-Borne Viruses and the Kidney
Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
Rheumatological Conditions and the Kidney
Multiple Myeloma and the Kidney
Amyloidosis
Thrombotic Microangiopathies
Sickle Cell Disease and Other Haematological Disorders Involving the Kidney
Diabetes and the Kidney
Pregnancy and the Kidney
Disease of the Renal Vessels
Urinary Tract Infection
Renal Stone Disease
Congenital Anomalies of the Kidneys and Urinary Tract
Acquired Urinary Tract Obstruction
Kidney Cancer
Inherited Renal Tumour Syndromes
Polycystic Kidney Disease
Other Cystic Kidney Diseases
Genetic Disorders of the Glomerular Basement Membrane
Anderson-Fabry Disease and Other Inherited Lipid Disorders of the Kidney
Inherited Metabolic Disease
Dermatology in Kidney Disease
Chronic Kidney Disease: Epidemiology and Causes
Chronic Kidney Disease: Management
Transition
Anaemia Management in Chronic Kidney Disease
Chronic Kidney Disease: Mineral and Bone Disorder (CKD-MBD)
Chronic Kidney Disease: Cardiovascular Complications
Coagulation in Kidney Disease
Symptom Control and Palliative Care in Advanced CKD
Nutrition and Kidney Disease
Pharmacology and the Kidney
Prevention of Infection in Kidney Patients
Setting Up and Running a Haemodialysis Service
Vascular Access: Improving Outcomes for Haemodialysis Patients
Vascular Access: Fistulae and Grafts
Complications of Maintenance Haemodialysis and How to Avoid Them
Providing a Peritoneal Dialysis Service
Peritoneal Dialysis Prescription
Complications of Peritoneal Dialysis and How to Avoid Them
Assessment of the Potential Transplant Donor
Assessment of the Potential Transplant Recipient
Tissue Typing, Crossmatch and Antibody Incompatibility in Kidney Transplantation
Surgical Aspects of Kidney and Pancreas Transplantation
Management of the Acute Transplant
Immunosuppression for Kidney Transplantation
Infectious Complications of Transplantation
Long-Term Management of Kidney Transplant Recipients (KTRs)
International Health Partnerships. - Digital[edited by] José Biller, MD, FACP, FAAN, FAHA, professor and chairman, Department of Neurology, Loyola University Chicago, Maywood, Illinois.Contents:
Machine generated contents note: 1. Approach to the Patient with Acute Confusional State (Delirium/Encephalopathy)
2. Approach to the Patient with Dementia / Joseph Zachariah / Sara Hocker
3. Approach to the Patient with Aphasia / Nilufer Ertekin-Taner / Neil R. Graff-Radford
4. Approach to the Patient with Memory Impairment / Jeffrey L. Saver / Jose Biller
5. Approach to the Comatose Patient / Torricia H. Yamada / Natalie L. Denburg / Daniel Tranel
6. Approach to the Patient with Seizures / Michael P. Merchut
7. Approach to the Patient with Syncope / Vicenta Salanova / Meridith Runke
8. Approach to the Patient with Gait Disturbance and Recurrent Falls / Peter A. Santucci / Joseph G. Akar / David J. Wilber
9. Approach to the Patient with Sleep Disorders / Xabier Beristain
10. Approach to the Patient with Visual Loss / Mark E. Dyken / Kyoung Bin Im
11. Approach to the Patient with Abnormal Pupils / Devin D. Mackay / Valerie Biousse / Nancy J. Newman
12. Approach to the Patient with Diplopia / Aki Kawasaki
13. Approach to the Patient with Facial Numbness / Devin D. Mackay / Valerie Purvin
14. Approach to the Patient with Facial Pain / Arash Salardini / Betsy B. Love
15. Approach to the Patient with Facial Weakness / Murray S. Flaster
16. Approach to the Patient with Dizziness and Vertigo / Sam J. Marzo / John P. Leonetti
17. Approach to the Patient with Hearing Loss / Timothy C. Hain / Marcello Cherchi
18. Approach to the Patient with Dysphagia / Richard T. Miyamoto / Marcia J. Hay-McCutcheon
19. Approach to the Patient with Dysarthria / Alejandro A. Rabinstein
20. Approach to the Patient with Acute Headache / Sarah S. Kramer / Michael J. Schneck / Jose Biller
21. Approach to the Patient with Chronic and Recurrent Headache / Mark W. Green / Sarah L. Rahal
22. Approach to the Patient with Neck Pain and/or Arm Pain / Robert G. Kaniecki
23. Approach to the Patient with Low Back Pain, Lumbosacral Radiculopathy and Lumbar Stenosis / Scott A. Shapiro
24. Approach to the Patient with Upper Extremity Pain and Paresthesias and Entrapment Neuropathies / Eric M. Horn / Paul B. Nelson
25. Approach to the Patient with Lower Extremity Pain, Paresthesias and Entrapment Neuropathies / Mark A. Ross
26. Approach to the Patient with Failed Back Syndrome / Gregory Gruener
27. Approach to the Patient with Acute Sensory Loss / Tarik F. Ibrahim / Russ P. Nockels / Michael W. Groff
28. Approach to the Hyperkinetic Patient / Eoin R. Flanagan / Neeraj Kumar
29. Approach to the Ataxic Patient / Javier Pagonabarraga / Christopher G. Goetz
30. Approach to the Hypokinetic Patient / Adolfo Ramirez-Zamora
31. Approach to the Patient with Acute Muscle Weakness / Ergun Y. Uc / Robert L. Rodnitzky
32. Approach to the Patient with Neurogenic Orthostatic Hypotension, Sexual and Urinary Dysfunction and Other Autonomic Disorders / Holli A. Horak
33. Approach to the Patient with Functional Disorders in the Neurology Clinic / Emilio Oribe
34. Approach to the Patient with Suspected Brain Death / Jeannette M. Gelauff / Jon Stone
35. Neuroimaging of Common Neurologic Conditions / Christopher R. Robinson / Eelco F.M. Wjdicks
36. Approach to the Selection of Electrodiagnostic Cerebrospinal Fluid and Other Ancillary Testing / Jordan Rosenblum
37. Approach to Common Office Problems of Pediatric Neurology . / Maria Baldwin / Matthew A. McCoyd
38. Approach to Common Emergencies in Pediatric Neurology / Eugene R. Schnitzler / Nikolas Mata-Machado
39. Approach to Ethical Issues in Neurology / Melissa G. Chung / E. Steve Roach
40. Ischemic Cerebrovascular Disease / Bhupendra O. Khatri / Michael P. McQuillen
41. Hemorrhagic Cerebrovascular Disease / Jose Biller / Rochelle Sweis
42. Epilepsies in Children / Harold P. Adams Jr
43. Epilepsy in Adults / Hema Patel / David W. Dunn
44. Multiple Sclerosis / Omkar N. Markand
45. Movement Disorders / Matthew A. McCoyd
46. Dementia / Andrew P. Duker / Alberto J. Espay
47. Central Nervous System Infections / Annya D. Tisher / Arash Salardini
48. Neurologic Complications in Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome / Karen L. Roos
49. Inherited Metabolic Neurologic Disorders / Krutika Kuppalli / Paul O'Keefe
50. Spinal Cord Disorders / Marc C. Patterson
51. Peripheral Neuropathy / Athena Kostidis
52. Myopathy / John C. Kincaid
53. Disorders of the Neuromuscular Junction / Holli A. Horak / Raul N. Mandler
54. Therapy of Migraine, Tension-Type >and Cluster Headache / Robert M. Pascuzzi / Cynthia L. Bodkin
55. Chronic Pain / Amy R. Tso / Peter J. Goadsby
56. Complex Regional Pain Syndrome / Troy Buck / Walter S. Jellish
57. Primary Central Nervous System Tumors / Joseph R. Holtman / Michael J. Frett Jr
58. Nervous System Complications of Cancer / Edward J. Dropcho
59. Neurotoxicology / Rimas V. Lukas
60. Sleep Disorders / Laura M. Tormoehkn / Daniel E. Rusyniak
61. Dizziness and Vertigo / Phyllis C. Zee / Alon Y. Avidan
62. Neurologic Diseases in Pregnancy / Matthew L. Kircher / Sara Anderson-Kim
63. The ABCs of Neurologic Emergencies / Kathleen B. Digre / Michael W. Varner.Digital Access - Digitaleditor, Edward (Ted) Parks.Contents:
The knee
The shoulder
The hip
The hand, wrist, and elbow
The foot and ankle
Low back pain (spine)
Orthopedic emergencies
Fracture management
Injection techniques.Digital Access - DigitalYi Ding, Linsheng Zhang, editors.Summary: This book is a review and high-yield reference on the clinical molecular diagnostics of malignant neoplasms. It aims to address the practical questions frequently encountered in the molecular oncology practice, as well as key points and pitfalls in the clinical interpretation of molecular tests in guiding precision cancer management. The text uses a Q&A format and case presentations, with emphasis on understanding the molecular test methods, diagnosis, classification, risk assessment and clinical correlation. Starting with an update on the molecular biology of cancer, the book focuses on the topics related to molecular diagnostics and genetics-based precision oncology. Separate chapters are dedicated to discussion of the bioinformatics for the analysis of genetic/genomic data generated from molecular assays, and quality control (QC)/quality assurance (QA) programs in the clinical laboratories; both are critical in producing high quality results for clinical care of cancer patients. These are followed by organ system-based reviews and discussions on the molecular genetic abnormalities and related tests covering diverse types of common to rare malignant neoplasms. This book also provides up-to-date knowledge related to malignant neoplasms, discusses the established as well as evolving requirements for pathologic diagnosis of these malignancies. It also discusses the cost effective utilization of molecular tests in clinical oncology. Written by experts in the field, Practical Oncologic Molecular Pathology serves as a valuable reference for practicing pathologists, fellows, residents and other health care professionals.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Molecular Methods and Data Analysis in Clinical Molecular Diagnostic Laboratories
1: The Molecular Pathobiology of Malignant Process and Molecular Diagnostic Testing for Cancer
List of Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions
Case Presentations
Case 1
Learning Objectives
Case History
Initial Work-up
Histologic Findings
Molecular Genetic Study
Final Diagnosis
Discussion
Case 2
Learning Objectives
Case History
Molecular Genetic Studies
Final Diagnosis
Clinical Follow-Up Discussion
Case 3
Learning Objectives
Case History
Laboratory Findings
Molecular Genetic Studies
Final Diagnosis
Discussion
Case 4
Learning Objective
Case History
Molecular Genetic Studies
Final Diagnosis
Discussion
Case 5
Learning Objectives
Case History
Molecular Genetic Studies
Final Diagnosis
Discussion
References
2: Molecular Diagnostic Methods
List of Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions
Case Examples
Case #1
Learning Objectives
Case History
Final Diagnosis
Discussion
Case #2 Learning Objectives
Case History
Laboratory Work-up
Histologic Findings
Molecular Genetic Studies
Final Diagnosis
Discussion
NGS Sequencing Results
Case #3
Learning Objectives
Case History
Final Diagnosis
Discussion
Case #4
Learning Objectives
Case History
Final Diagnosis
Discussion
References
3: Bioinformatics Analysis in Molecular Pathology
List of Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions
Cases
Case 1: HGVS Nomenclature and Rules
Discussion for Case 1
Case 2: Read Depth and Molecular Bar Coding Discussion for Case 2
Case 3: FASTQ Format and Mate-Pairs
Discussion for Case 3
Case 4: Variant Filtering
Discussion for Case 4
Case 5: Protected Health Information and Cloud Services
Discussion for Case 5
References
4: Quality Assurance and Quality Control in Molecular Diagnostic Laboratories
List of Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions
Case Presentations
Case 1
Learning Objective
Case History
Case 2
Learning Objective
Case History
Case 3
Learning Objective
Case History
References Part II: Molecular Pathology of Solid and Soft Tissue Tumors
5: Breast and Gynecologic Tumors
List of Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions
Case Presentations
Case 1
Case History
Histologic Finding
Differential Diagnosis
Ancillary Studies
Final Diagnosis
Discussion
Case 2
History
HER2 Testing
Final HER2 Interpretation
Discussion
Case 3
History
Gross Findings
Histologic Findings
Differential Diagnosis
Ancillary Studies
Final Diagnosis
Discussion
Case 4
History
Histologic Findings
MMR Studies - Digitaledited by Jaideep Pandit.Contents:
Introduction and scope of book / Jaideep J Pandit
Defining "efficiency" / Jaideep J Pandit
Defining "productivity" / Jaideep J Pandit
Case Scheduling / Jaideep J Pandit
Capacity planning / Jaideep J Pandit
Staffing and contracts / Jaideep J Pandit
Theatre finances / Jaideep J Pandit
Pre-operative patient preparation / Jaideep J Pandit
Operating theatre management in New Zealand / Cameron C.R. Buchanan
Operating theatre management in Japan / Yoshinori Nakata
Operating theatre management in Two European Countries / André van Zundert and Thomas Sieber
Operating theatre management in Australia / André van Zundert
Operating theatre management in the United States / Emily B. Goldenberg and Alex Macario
Clinical governance and safety in theatres / Meghana Pandit
Summary and Overview / Peter H.J. Müller.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - Digitaledited by Andrea T. Deyrup, Gene P. Siegal.Contents:
Normal bone anatomy / Michael J. Klein
Patterns in radiology / D. Lee Bennett and Georges Y. El-Khoury
Clinical patterns of orthopedic disease / Kevin B. Jones and Joseph A. Buckwalter
Patterns of diagnostic evaluation / Michael J. Klein
Lesions characterized by osteoid deposition and non-aggressive radiology / Luminita Rezeanu
Lesions characterized by osteoid deposition and aggressive radiology located within bone / Anthony Montag
Lesions characterized by osteoid deposition and non-aggressive radiology located on bone surface / Shi Wei
Lesions characterized by osteoid deposition and aggressive radiology located on bone surface or within cortex / Anthony Montag
Lesions characterized by cartilage deposition and non-aggressive/intermediate radiology / Yong-Koo Park
Lesions characterized by cartilage deposition and aggressive radiology / Andrea T. Deyrup
Lesions characterized by large numbers of giant cells replacing trabecular bone / Edward McCarthy
Lesions characterized by a fibrous, spindle cell proliferation replacing trabecular bone / Frank Gannon and Benjamin Hoch
Lesions characterized by vascular proliferation replacing trabecular bone / Wendong Yu, Sathiyamoorthy Selvarajan and Andrew E Rosenberg
Lesions characterized by permeation of cells through trabecular bone with or without bone destruction / M. John Hicks
Cystic lesions in bone / Yong-Koo Park
Avascular necrosis bone infarcts, paget disease and "soft tissue tumors" of bone / Shadi A. Qasem
Metastasis / Julie Fanburg-Smith, Michael E. Mulligan and Mark D. Murphey
Notochordal and related lesions / Carrie Y. Inwards and Karen J. Fritchie
Degenerative joint disease / Meera R. Hameed
Crystalline arthropathies / Edward F. DiCarlo
Synovial based lesions / Andrea T. Deyrup.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - DigitalZhonglin Mu, Jugao Fang, editors.Summary: This book aims to provide clinical advices on diagnosis and treatment of main and rare diseases of ear, nose, throat, head and neck to clinical practitioners. The highlight of this book is that important surgeries, for example, transoral robotic surgery for tongue base tumours, cochlear implant, are displayed in high-resolution videos. The first chapter gives a general introduction of otolaryngology, head and neck foundation which helps clinical practitioners generate the basic ideas of equipment, drugs and treatment used. The following chapters introduce anatomy, physiology, diagnosis and therapeutic approach for common diseases of otolaryngology, head and neck, with brief case studies. For each disease, a brief introduction, clinical symptoms, imaging diagnosis, treatment plan as well as complications management are offered to the readers. With the illustrative figures and videos, this book is a useful reference to otolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, professional clinical staff, and medical students.
Contents:
General Otolaryngopharyngology Head and Neck Surgery
Otology
Rhinologgy
Pharyngology
Laryngology
Tracheoesophagology
Head and Neck Surgery
Complications in Otorhinolaryngopharyngology Head and Neck Surgery. - Digitaledited by Alberto M. Marchevsky, Aliya N. Husain, Françoise Galateau-Sallé.Contents:
The mesothelium : embryology, anatomy and biology / Thomas Krausz and Stephanie McGregor
Classification of neoplastic and non-neoplastic lesions of the serosal surfaces / Alberto M. Marchevsky
Multi-modality imaging of pleural and peritoneal disease / Jane Cunningham and Ritu R. Gill
Processing of pleural and peritoneal biopsies / Francoise Galateau-Salle
Cytology of pleural and peritoneal lesions / Shikha Bose
Surgical pathology of non-neoplastic conditions of the pleura, pericardium and peritoneum / A. Valeria Arrossi and Fadi Abdul-Karim
Surgical pathology of benign lesions of mesothelial origin / Aliya N. Husain and Marina Ivanovic
Epidemiology, etiology and pathogenesis of malignant mesothelioma / Alberto M. Marchevsky
Pathologic "markers" of above background asbestos exposure / Allen Gibbs
Molecular aspects of malignant mesothelioma and other tumors of the pleura and peritoneum / Sanja Dacic
Pathology of malignant mesothelioma / Alberto. M. Marchevsky, Francoise Galateau-Salle, Lucian Chirieac, and Aliya N. Husain
Surgical treatment of pleural and peritoneal mesothelioma / Sean C. Wightman, Eugene A. Choi and Wickii T. Vigneswaran
Non-surgical treatment of malignant mesothelioma / Manuel Fernández-Bruno, Silvia Fernández, Macarena González, Jordi Remon and Pilar Lianes
Primary carcinoma of the pleura and peritoneum / Bonnie Balzer
Lymphoid malignancies of the pleura and peritoneum / Richard Attanoos
Mesenchymal and other unusual tumors of the pleura and peritoneum / Nicole A. Ciprani and Peter Pytel.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalAlan G. Magee, Jan Till, Anna N. Seale, editors.Summary: This book is a collection of cases highlighting situations which can ensnare even the best cardiologist working with pediatric patients. Heart disease in children has a number of diagnostic traps for the unwary, and many of those involved in the specialty have been caught at one time or another. Although the cases contained within these pages illustrate the importance of taking a good history and performing a thorough examination, the most important lesson is learning to keep an open mind and develop the ability to think laterally. For example, it is sometimes very difficult to differentiate between respiratory and cardiac disease in infants and between neurological and cardiac conditions in older children, and the consequences of taking the wrong path can be significant. Practical Pediatric Cardiology is made up of concise chapters that are designed to shed some light on the often difficult management decisions in this group of patients. The chapters represent a wide range of clinical experience and thus will be useful for all readers from those in training through nursing and emergency medical professionals to practicing pediatric cardiologists and cardiac surgeons.
Contents:
It's Enough to Make You Anxious
Fetal AVSD or Maybe Not?
Mind the Gap
Dilated Cardiomyopathy: If You Don't Suspect, You Can't Diagnose!
Syncope: It's All in the History
Chest Pain in Children: Not Always Benign
Coronary Artery Imaging Is Crucial
The Woes Lie Below
When Not to Intubate Babies Receiving 100% Oxygen
A Child with a Long QT?
Breathlessness in an Ex-Prem When All Is Not What It Seems
Think Outside the Chest
Fontan Circulation: Forget the Atrial Septum at Your Peril
Is This Really Bronchiolitis?
A Neonatal Dilemma
The Collapsing Teenager
Dilated Cardiomyopathy: Think of the Diet
A T-Wave Tight Spot
Don't Forget the Head and Neck Vessels
The Test that Gets Forgotten
Don't Ignore Reverse Differential Cyanosis
Pulmonary Resistance: How Best to Measure?
Cardiomyopathy in Infants: Look at the Rhythm, Then Look Again. - Digitaledited by George Gershman, Mike Thomson.Summary: "The GI endoscopy market generally is on the rise - due to a combination of new techniques and procedures being developed (i.e. robotic endoscopy), higher levels of obesity worldwide causing more GI problems, colon and GI cancer on the rise, poorer diets in Western countries leading to GI problems, etc. The GI endoscopy market in the US alone is worth approximately $2.5 billion. Colonoscopy is the most common endoscopic procedure. It is estimated that there are approx. 14 million colonoscopies performed in the US alone each year, and 3 million flexible sigmoidoscopies (which only looks at the sigmoid colon, not the whole colon). The gastroenterologist him/herself will perform 85% of all colonoscopy procedures. There are many differences between how the gastroenterologist performs an adult and a pediatric endoscopy. The age of a patient is hugely significant: there are clear differences between the pediatric compared with the adult patient in terms of GI pathology, and the response to the non-physiological conditions induced by the procedure itself, such as esophageal intubation, increased abdominal pressure, gastric distension etc., which can compromise cardio-respiratory state. In addition, the reduced thickness of intestinal wall in infants and young children requires appropriate adjustment in technique"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Front Matter
Pediatric Endoscopy Setting. Introduction / George Gershman, Mike Thomson
History of pediatric gastrointestinal endoscopy / Samy Cadranel, Jean-Fran©ʹois Mougenot, Douglas S Fishman
The endoscopy unit / Harpreet Pall
Pediatric procedural sedation and general anesthesia for gastrointestinal endoscopy / Tom Kallay, Rok Orel, Jernej Brecelj
Pediatric endoscopy training and ongoing assessment / Catharine M Walsh, Looi Ee, Mike Thomson, Jenifer R Lightdale
Recertification and revalidation as concepts in pediatric endoscopy / Priya Narula, Mike Thomson
The role of the Global Rating Scale in pediatric endoscopy / Priya Narula, Mike Thomson
Quality indicators as a critical part of pediatric endoscopy provision / Priya Narula, Mike Thomson
e-learning in pediatric endoscopy / Claudio Romano, Mike Thomson
Diagnostic Pediatric Endoscopy. Indications for gastrointestinal endoscopy in childhood / Dalia Belsha, Jerome Viala, George Gershman, Mike Thomson
Diagnostic upper gastrointestinal endoscopy / George Gershman, Mike Thomson
Pediatric ileocolonoscopy / George Gershman, Mike Thomson
Handling of specimens and orientation of biopsies / Marta C Cohen, Paul Arnold
Enteroscopy / Mike Thomson, Arun Urs
Wireless capsule endoscopy / Mike Thomson
Endoscopic ultrasonography / Simona Faraci, Luigi Dall'Oglio, Paola Angelis, Douglas S Fishman
Chromoendoscopy / Mike Thomson, Paul Hurlstone
Confocal laser endomicroscopy in the diagnosis of pediatric gastrointestinal disorders / Mike Thomson, Krishnappa Venkatesh
High-risk pediatric endoscopy / Jenifer R Lightdale, Mike Thomson, Douglas S Fishman
Pediatric GI Pathologies and the Role of Endoscopy in Their Management. Esophagitis / Mario C Vieira, Luciana B Mendez Ribeiro, Sabine Krger Truppel
Eosinophilic esophagitis / Calies Menard-Katcher, Glenn T Furuta, Robert E Kramer
Gastritis and gastropathy / Shishu Sharma, Mike Thomson
Celiac disease / Alina Popp, Vasile Daniel Balaba, Markku M©Þki
Role of endoscopy in inflammatory bowel disease including scoring systems / Salvatore Oliva, Mike Thomson, David Wilson, Dan Turner
Therapeutic Pediatric Endoscopy. Endoscopic management of esophageal strictures / Michael Manfredi, Frederick Gottrand, Luigi Dall'Oglio, Mike Thomson, George Gershman, Antonio Quiros, Thierry Lamireau
Endoscopic management of caustic ingestion / Erasmo Miele, Samy Cadranel
Pneumatic balloon dilation and peroral endoscopic myotomy for achalasia / Valerio Balassone, Mike Thomson, George Gershman
Endoscopic approaches to the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease / Mike Thomson, Chris Fraser
Foreign body ingestion / Raoul Furlano, George Gershman, Jenifer R Lightdale
Non-variceal endoscopic hemostasis / George Gershman, Jorge H Vargas, Mike Thomson
Variceal endoscopic hemostasis / Patrick McKiernan, Lauren Johanson, Mike Thomson
Endoscopic approach to obscure gastrointestinal bleeding lesions / Natalia Nedelkopoulou, Sara Isoldi, Dalia Belsha, Mike Thomson
Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy / Natalie Bhesania, Mike Thomson, Marsha Kay
Single-stage percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy / Andreia Nita, Jorge Amil-Dias, Arun Urs, Mike Thomson, Prithviraj Rao
Pediatric laparoscopic-assisted direct percutaneous jejunostomy / Mike Thomson, Jonathan Goring, Richard Lindley, Sean Marven
Naso-jejunal and Gastro-jejunal tube placement / George Gershman
Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography / Douglas S Fishman, Paola Angelis, Luigi Dall'Oglio, Victor Fox
Endoscopic drainage of pancreatic pseudocysts / Mike Thomson
Duodenal web division by endoscopy / Mike Thomson, Shishu Sharma, Filippo Torroni, Jonathan Goring
Polypectomy / George Gershman, Mike Thomson, Gabor Veres
Endomucosal resection / Mike Thomson, Paul Hurlstone
Endoscopic management of polyposis syndromes / Warren Hyer, Mike Thomson, Thomas Attard
Transnasal gastrointestinal endoscopy / Sara Koo, Kristina Leinwand, Simon Panter, Joel A Friedlander
Endoscopic bariatric approaches / Mike Thomson, Matjaz Homan
Over-the-scope clip and full-thickness resection device / Mike Thomson
Endoscopic treatment of gastrointestinal bezoars / Andreia Nita, Mike Thomson
Natural orifice transendoluminal surgery / Mike Thomson
IndexDigital Access Wiley 2021 - DigitalPrasad Godbole, Duncan T. Wilcox, Martin A. Koyle, editors.Summary: This book provides a case based approach to the problems faced within pediatric urology and an evidence based approach to their solutions. Chapters on urodynamics, external genitalia, the upper urinary tract, the lower urinary tract, and office pediatric urology are included. Practical Pediatric Urology aims to utilise real life scenarios to improve data analysis, diagnosis, and treatment decisions within clinical settings. Key learning objectives are included to enable medical professionals to assimilate, synthesise, and formulate a management plan for pediatric urological conditions encountered in clinical practice in a safe and evidence based approach. This book is relevant to pediatricians, pediatric surgeons, pediatric urologists and adult urologists who undertake some pediatric urology practice.
Contents:
The Evolution of Evidence Based Clinical Medicine
Clinical Practice Guidelines: Choosing wisely
Antibiotic Stewardship in Pediatric Urology: Editorial Comment
Pain Management in paediatric urology
Antenatal Urology
Office Paediatric Urology
Neonatal UrologicalEmergencies
Urinary Tract Infection in Infants and Children
Upper Urinary Tract Obstruction UPJO, megaureter, ureterocele
Congenital Upper Tract Anomalies: Duplication, Cystic Renal Dysplasia, Multicystic Dysplastic Kidney
Practical Pediatric Urology: An Evidence Based Approach- Vesicoureteral Reflux and Bladder Diverticulum
Lower Urinary Tract Obstruction
Lower urinary tract : urethra: duplication, prostatic utricle, Cowper's gland cyst
Hypospadias
Bladder Exstrophy
Genitalia: undescended testis, acute scrotum, buried penis
Inguinal hernia, Hydrocele, Varicocele, Spermatocele and Abdomino-scrotal hydrocele
Urolithiasis
Urologic Tumors
Pediatric Urologic Trauma
Functional voiding disorders. Neurogenic Bladder
Disorders of sex development
Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology. - Digitaledited by S. Abbas Shobeiri.Summary: Practical Pelvic Floor Ultrasonography: A Multicompartmental Approach to 2D/3D/4D Ultrasonography of Pelvic Floor provides an introduction to pelvic floor imaging, as well as a resource to be used during initial and more advanced practice. The book helps readers gain competence in performing 2D/3D/4D transperineal, and 2D/3D endovaginal / endoanal ultrasound evaluation of the pelvic floor, including anal sphincter and levator ani complex. The text also shows interested clinicians how to obtain optimal images of pelvic floor muscles and organs, how to obtain useful images of the anal canal, levator ani complex, urethra, and how to interpret clinical implications of alterations of the anatomy. In addition, emerging techniques of dynamic pelvic floor ultrasound and 3D/4D ultrasound are introduced through step by step protocols that are aimed at optimizing sonographic images. Written entirely by experts in their fields, Practical Pelvic Floor Ultrasonography: A Multicompartmental Approach to 2D/3D/4D Ultrasonography of Pelvic Floor is a comprehensive resource that will be of great value to urogynecologists, colorectal surgeons, obstetrician and gynecologists, female urologists, ultrasonographers, radiologists, physiotherapists, as well as fellows in urogynecology and colorectal surgery.
Contents:
Pelvic Floor Anatomy
2D / 3D Endovaginal and Endoanal Instrumentation and Techniques
Instrumentation and Techniques for Translabial and Transperineal Pelvic Floor Ultrasound
3D Endovaginal Ultrasound imaging of the Levator Ani Muscles
Endovaginal Urethra and Bladder Imaging
3D Endovaginal Imaging of the Anorectal Structures
Endovaginal Imaging of Vaginal Implants
Endovaginal Imaging of Pelvic Floor Cysts and Masses
Three-dimensional Endoanal Ultrasonography of the Anorectal Region
Endoanal Ultrasonographic Imaging of the Anorectal Cysts and Masses
Emerging Imaging Technologies and Techniques
Post-Test Questions. - DigitalYvonne Bouwman-Boer, V'lain Fenton-May, Paul Le Brun, editors.Contents:
Preface
Introduction
Prescription assessment
Availability of medicines
Oral solids
Oral liquids
Pulmonary
Oropharynx
Nose
Ear
Eye
Rectal and vaginal
Dermal
Parenteral
Irrigation and dialysis
Product design
Biopharmaceutics
Quality risk management
Physical chemistry
Microbiology
Statistics
Radiopharmacy
Stability
Raw materials
Containers
Human resources
Occupational health and safety
Premises
Equipment
Basic operations
Sterilisation methods
Aseptic handling
Quality requirements and analysis
Documentation
Production, Validation Quality Control
Quality systems
Logistics
Instructions for the use of medicines
Impact on Environment
Information sources
Index. - DigitalTakashi Kudo, Kenneth L. Davis, Rafael Blesa Gonzalez, David George Wilkinson.Contents:
Basic theory of pharmacology for Alzheimer's disease
Practical Pharmacology of Donepezil
Practical pharmacology of Galantamine
Practical pharmacology of Rivastigmine
Practical Pharmacology of Memantine
How do we use Symptomatic drugs for Dementia.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalJames M. Daniels, Richard A. Hoppmann, editors.Contents:
Preface
Introduction
Equipment
Knobology
ENT
Cardiovascular
Pulmonary
Gastrointestinal
Genitourinary
Musculoskeletal
Trauma
Procedures
Index. . - DigitalAnver Kuliev, Svetlana Rechitsky, Joe Leigh Simpson.Summary: Fully revised and updated with the most current information, the third edition of this practical clinical text covers all aspects of the rapidly advancing field of preimplantation genetic testing (PGT). Although PGT has become an established procedure for genetics and assisted reproduction practices over the last decade, its wider application has occurred after the introduction of next generation technologies in the last few years, necessitating this much-needed new edition. This will include, first of all, an update on PGT accuracy, reliability and safety, to ensure improved access to PGT for those who may benefit greatly from this technology. New content will also present progress in the primary prevention of genetic disorders, which now discusses approaches for prospective identification of at-risk PGT couples through the application of the extended gene testing panels. In fact, because of dramatic technological improvements in all aspects of PGT, most of the sections have been updated, with the addition of new sections on next generation technologies and universal PGT with combined testing for single gene and chromosomal disorders, which has previously presented a challenge. The guiding PGT strategies for different genetic disorders are presented, with emphasis on the most complicated cases that might be of special utility in the wider application PGT technologies worldwide. Additionally, a new section will be devoted to borderline indications, which will include common adult-onset conditions with genetic predisposition and non-genetic indications, expanding PGT applications to heart disease and cancer and the use of PGT for stem cell transplantation treatment of genetic and acquired disorders, where unique outcome data has become available. Combining the latest research and the most cutting-edge practice, Practical Preimplantation Genetic Testing, 3e is an excellent resource for clinical reproductive medicine specialists, genetic counselors, researchers and analysts.
Contents:
Place of Preimplantation Genetic Testing (PGT) in the Options for Primary Prevention of Genetic Disorders
Major Components of Preimplantation Genetic Testing: Obtaining Biopsy Material
Major Components of Preimplantation Genetic Testing: Adjustment of Available Genetic Technologies to PGT Practice
Strategies and Indications for Preimplantation Genetic Testing of Monogenic Disorders (PGT-M)
Preimplantation Genetic Testing for Human Leucocyte Antigens (HLA) (PGT-HLA)
Preimplantation Genetic Testing for Chromosomal Disorders
Clinical Outcomes of Preimplantation Genetic Testing
Ethical, Social and Legal Issues with Preimplantation Genetic Testing.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Ying Cheong, Togas Tulandi, Tin-Chiu Li.Summary: "Authored by leading experts in the field, this user-friendly guide is an invaluable for any IVF practitioner and embryologist, facing everyday hands-on issues, through to high-pressure laboratory problems, efficiency ratings and ensuring cost-effective delivery of care. With the strict governance of regulatory bodies worldwide, the success of any fertility centre depends on successful problem solving, all day every day. Based on a wealth of experience, identify commonly occurring problems, and fresh perspectives of problem- solving, with 'must-have' protocols, patient information sheets and suggested equipment. This go-to companion tackles operational, organizational, clinical and laboratory issues to financial and clinical governance, with a focus on quick and effective solutions for the busy practitioner"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- Digitaledited by Christopher C.K. Ho.Summary: "Master the fundamentals and intricacies of implant dentistry with this comprehensive and practical new resource Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry delivers a comprehensive collection of information demonstrating the science and clinical techniques in implant dentistry. Written in a practical and accessible style that outlines the principles and procedures of each technique, the book offers clinical tips and references to build a comprehensive foundation of knowledge in implantology. Written by an international team of contributors with extensive clinical and academic expertise, Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry covers core topics such as: Rationale and assessment for implant placement and restoration, including the diagnostic records and surgical considerations required for optimal planning and risk management; Incision design considerations and flap management, with an essential knowledge of regional neuro-vascular structures; Implant placement, encompassing the timing of the placement, bone requirements and understanding the importance of the peri-implant interface for soft tissue stability; Impression techniques, loading protocols, digital workflows and the aesthetic considerations of implants Prosthetic rehabilitation of single tooth implants to fully edentulous workflows, including discussions of soft tissue support, biomechanics and occlusal verification Perfect for both general dental practitioners and specialists in implant dentistry, Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry is also a valuable reference to senior undergraduate and postgraduate dental students"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Patient Assessment and History Taking / Christopher C.K. Ho
Diagnostic Records / Aodhan Docherty and Christopher C.K. Ho
Medico-Legal Considerations and Risk Management / Christopher C.K. Ho
Considerations for Implant Placement: Effects of Tooth Loss / Kyle D. Hogg
Anatomic and Biological Principles for Implant Placement / Kyle D. Hogg
Maxillary Anatomical Structures / Kyle D. Hogg
Mandibular Anatomical Structures / Kyle D. Hogg
Extraction Ridge Management / Tino Mercado
Implant Materials, Designs, and Surfaces / Jonathan Du Toit
Timing of Implant Placement / Christopher C.K. Ho
Implant Site Preparation / Tom Giblin
Loading Protocols in Implantology / Christopher C.K. Ho
Surgical Instrumentation / Christopher C.K. Ho
Flap Design and Management for Implant Placement / Christopher C.K. Ho, David Attia, and Jess Liu
Suturing Techniques / Christopher C.K. Ho, David Attia, and Jess Liu
Pre-surgical Tissue Evaluation and Considerations in Aesthetic Implant Dentistry / Sherif Said
Surgical Protocols for Implant Placement / Christopher C.K. Ho
Optimising the Peri-implant Emergence Profile / David Attia
Soft Tissue Augmentation / Michel Azer
Bone Augmentation Procedures / Michel Azer
Impression Taking in Implant Dentistry / Christopher C.K. Ho
Implant Treatment in the Aesthetic Zone / Christopher C.K. Ho
The Use of Provisionalisation in Implantology / Christopher C.K. Ho
Abutment Selection / Christopher C.K. Ho
Screw versus Cemented Implant-Supported Restorations / Christopher C.K. Ho
A Laboratory Perspective on Implant Dentistry / Lachlan Thompson
Implant Biomechanics / Tom Giblin
Delivering the Definitive Prosthesis / Aodhan Docherty and Christopher C.K. Ho
Occlusion and Implants / Christopher C.K. Ho and Subir Banerji
Dental Implant Screw Mechanics / Christopher C.K. Ho and Louis Kei
Prosthodontic Rehabilitation for the Fully Edentulous Patient / Christopher C.K. Ho
Implant Maintenance / Kyle D. Hogg and Christopher C.K. Ho
The Digital Workflow in Implant Dentistry / Andrew Chio and Anthony Mak
Biological Complications / Christopher C.K. Ho
Implant Prosthetic Complications / Christopher C.K. Ho and Matthew K. Youssef. - DigitalMaggi A. Budd, Sigmund Hough, Stephen T. Wegener, William Stiers, editors.Contents:
Basics and Biopsychosocial Practicalities
Information gathering and documentation
Language of rehabilitation
Basic lab findings
Neurology of neuropsychology
Neurology
Imaging basics
Everyday psychopharmacology
Practical ethics
Models of adaptation and resilience
Disability models
Social participation and ability/disability
Forensic issues: health care proxy, advance directives, and guardianship
Populations, Problems, and Procedures
Traumatic brain injury
Stroke
Neurological tumors.? Spinal cord injury
Multiple sclerosis
Sensory impairments
Spine, back, and musculoskeletal disorders
Amputation
Total joint replacement
Developmental similarities and differences: congenital and acquired disabilities
Pediatric rehabilitation psychology
Geriatric rehabilitation psychology
Organ transplantation patients
Intensive care patients.-Cardiovascular disease patients
Pain
Delirium
Suicidality
Substance abuse
Severe mental illness
Conversion disorder
Treatment adherence to prevent secondary complications
Sexual health
Sleep issues
Fatigue.-Obesity
Burns
Respiratory and pulmonary disorders
Decision making capacity and competency
Adaptive/assistive technology
Incorporating accreditation standards
Behavioral medicine: nutrition, medication management, exercise
Biofeedback
Group psychotherapy
Assessment and Practical Intervention
Neurological exam: mental status, cranial nerves, and motor systems
Assessing acute mental status changes
Differentiating dementias and delirium
Depression and anxiety assessment
Cognitive assessment
Evaluating for opioid use
Behavioral activation: smart goals
Psychotherapy
Interventions: family adaptation
Coping effectiveness training.? Self-management.? Cognitive retraining and remediation
Interventions to increase resilience and adaptation
Managing challenging patients (countertransference, resistance, apathy, anger, etc.)
Vocation and recreation
Consultation and Advocacy
Models of consultation
Interdisciplinary teams
Practice Management and Administration
CPT and billing codes
Burnout prophylactics: professional self-care
Research and Self Evaluation
Research made useful for clinicians
Using technology to practice evidence-based medicine
Systematic program evaluation and improvement activities .Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJoseph F. Goldberg, Stephen M. Stahl ; foreword by Alan F. Schatzberg.Summary: "The impetus for this book comes from our perception of a distinct unmet need in the world of clinical psychopharmacology, that of a marriage between clinical neuroscience and evidence-based trials, brokered by the matchmaker of pragmatism. There is, on the one hand, an ever-growing literature of randomized controlled trials, crossover trials, open case series, proof of concept studies and case reports that lend varying degrees of support for innovative therapeutic strategies; and, on the other hand, there exists a clinical reality in which patients frequently start and stop drugs not always for compelling reasons, where everyday practitioners manage patients on extensive polypharmacy regimens that may at times look like random assemblages, pharmacodynamic rationales are not always purposeful, mechanisms of action can be unwittingly redundant or contradictory, and ineffective treatments may senselessly get retained (sometimes perhaps even hoarded) rather than deprescribed"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Core Concepts of Good Psychopharmacology
Targets of Treatment : Categories versus Dimensions of Psychopathology
Interpreting and Using the Literature : Integrating Evidence-Based Trials with Real World Practice
Placebo and Nocebo Effects
Tailoring the Fit : Moderators and Mediators of Treatment Outcome
Complex Regimens and Rationale-Based Combination Drug Therapies
Laboratory Values and Psychiatric Symptoms : What to Measure, What Not to Measure, and What to Do With The Results
Pharmacogenetics : When Relevant, When Not
Cross-tapering and the Logistics of Drug Discontinuation
Managing Major Adverse Drug Effects : When to Avoid, Switch, or Treat Through
Novel Drug Therapeutics : Nutraceuticals, Steroids, Probiotics, and Other Dietary Supplements
Human Diversity and Considerations in Special Populations
Disordered Mood and Affect
Disorders of Impulsivity, Compulsivity, and Aggression
Psychosis
Deficit States and Negative Symptoms
Anxiety
Addiction and the Reward Pathway
Trauma and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Personality Disorders
Cognition
Putting it All Together.Digital Access Cambridge 2021 - Digital[edited by] Kevin O. Leslie, Mark R. Wick.Contents:
Lung anatomy / Kevin O. Leslie and Mark R. Wick
Pulmonary function testing for pathologists / Imre Noth
Optimal Processing of diagnostic lung specimens / Staci Beamer, Dawn E. Jaroszewski, Robert W. Viggiano, and Maxwell L. Smith
Computed tomography of diffuse lung diseases and solitary ulmonary nodules / Giorgia Dalpiaz
Developmental and pediatric lung disease / Megan K. Dishop
Acute lung injury / Oi-Yee Cheung, Paolo Graziano, and Maxwell L. Smith
Lung infections / Ann E. McCullough and Kevin O. Leslie
Chronic diffuse lung diseases / Mikiko Hashisako, Junya Fukuoka, and Maxwell L. Smith
Nonneoplastic pathology of the large and small airways / Mattia Barbareschi and Alberto Cavazza
Pneumoconioses / Kelly J. Butnor and Victor L. Roggli
Pulmonary vasculitis and pulmonary hemorrhage / William David Travis, Kevin O. Leslie, and Mary Beth Beasley
Pulmonary hypertension / Andrew Churg and Joanne L. Wright
Pathology of lung transplantation / Andras Khoor
Neuroendocrine neoplasms of the lung / Alain C. Borczuk
Sarcomas and sarcomatoid neoplasms of the lungs and pleural surfaces / Mark R. Wick, Kevin O. Leslie, and Mark H. Stoler
Hematolymphoid disorders / Madeleine D. Kraus and Mark R. Wick
Nonneuroendocrine carcinomas (excluding "sarcomatoid" carcinoma) and salivary gland analogue tumors of the lung / Philip T. Cagle and Timothy C. Allen
Metastatic tumors in the lung : a practical approach to diagnosis / Stephen Spencer Raab
Pseudoneoplastic lesions of the lungs and pleural surfaces / Mark R. Wick, Timothy C. Allen, Jon H. Ritter, and Osamu Matsubara
Benign and borderline tumors of the lungs and pleura / Mark R. Wick and Stacey E. Mills
Malignant and borderline mesothelial tumors of the pleura / Mark R. Wick, Kevin O. Leslie, Jon H. Ritter, and Stacey E. Mills.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalLeslie, Kevin O.; Smith, Maxwell L.; Wick, Mark R.Summary: Part of the in-depth and practical Pattern Recognition series, Practical Pulmonary Pathology, 4th Edition, helps you arrive at an accurate diagnosis by using a pattern-based approach. Leading diagnosticians in pulmonary pathology offer practical assistance in identifying all major neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases of the lungs, guiding you from a pathological pattern through the appropriate work-up, around the pitfalls, and to the best diagnosis. More than 1,000 high-quality illustrations capture key morphologic patterns for a full range of common and rare conditions and assist in the interpretation of complex diagnostic puzzles. A unique "visual index at the beginning of the book directs you to the exact chapter and specific page you need for in-depth diagnostic guidance. Helps you quickly recognize the vast variety of appearances of the lung that result from infections, tumors, and tumor-like lesions, both malignant and benign. Discusses advances in molecular diagnostic testing, its capabilities and its limitations, including targeted/personalized medicine. Incorporates clinicopathologic background and relevant data from ancillary techniques (immunohistochemistry, cytogenetics, and molecular genetics), giving you the tools you need to master the latest breakthroughs in diagnostic technology. Covers the latest TNM staging and WHO classification systems, as well as new diagnostic biomarkers and their utility in differential diagnosis, newly described variants, and new histologic entities. Color-codes patterns to specific entities, and summarizes key points in tables, charts, and graphs so you can quickly and easily find what you are looking for. Shares the knowledge and expertise of new co-editor, Dr. Maxwell L. Smith. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalSupriya Mallick, Goura K. Rath, Rony Benson, editor.Summary: This book addresses the most relevant aspects of radiation oncology in terms of technical integrity, dose parameters, machine and software specifications, as well as regulatory requirements. Radiation oncology is a unique field that combines physics and biology. As a result, it has not only a clinical aspect, but also a physics aspect and biology aspect, all three of which are inter-related and critical to optimal radiation treatment planning. In addition, radiation oncology involves a host of machines/software. One needs to have a firm command of these machines and their specifications to deliver comprehensive treatment. However, this information is not readily available, which poses serious challenges for students learning the planning aspect of radiation therapy. In response, this book compiles these relevant aspects in a single source. Radiation oncology is a dynamic field, and is continuously evolving. However, tracking down the latest findings is both difficult and time-consuming. Consequently, the book also comprehensively covers the most important trials. Offering an essential ready reference work, it represents a value asset for all radiation oncology practitioners, trainees and students.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Editors; Part I: Practical Physics and Instrument;
1: Interaction of Radiation with Matter; 1.1 Basic Physics Concepts to Understand Basic Interactions; 1.1.1 Electromagnetic Radiation; 1.1.2 Interaction of Charged Particles with Matter; 1.1.3 Radiative Interaction of Charged Particles; 1.2 Interaction of Electromagnetic Radiation; 1.2.1 Rayleigh Scattering; 1.2.2 Photoelectric Absorption; 1.2.3 Pair Production and Pair Annihilation; 1.2.4 Photodisintegration; 1.2.5 Linear Attenuation Coefficient and Mass Attenuation Coefficient 1.3 Interaction of Neurons with the Matte
r2: Practical Aspects of QA in LINAC and Brachytherapy; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance; 2.2.1 Acceptance of Linear Accelerator; 2.2.2 Commissioning of Linear Accelerator; 2.2.3 Periodic Quality Assurance of Linear Accelerator; 2.3 Brachytherapy Quality Assurance; 2.3.1 Acceptance of Brachytherapy (Remote Afterloading); 2.3.2 Periodic Quality Assurance of Brachytherapy (Remote Afterloading); References;
3: Radiation Dosimetry; 3.1 Radiation Dosimeter; 3.2 Ionization; 3.2.1 Free Air Ionization Chamber [3] 3.2.2 Thimble Chamber3.2.3 Farmer Chamber; 3.2.4 Parallel Plate Ionization Chamber; 3.2.5 Well Type Chamber; 3.3 Film; 3.3.1 Radiographic Film; 3.3.2 Radiochromic Film [4]; 3.3.3 Luminescence; 3.3.4 Thermoluminescent Dosimeter (TLD); 3.3.5 Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter (OSLD); 3.4 Semiconductor; 3.4.1 Diode Detector; 3.4.2 MOSFET Detector; 3.5 Gel Dosimeter; References;
4: Radiation Protection Practical Aspects; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Important Organizations Pertaining to Radiation Safety; 4.3 Basic Quantities and Units in Radiation Safety 4.4 Transport of Radioactive Material4.5 Equipment Required for Radiation Safety; 4.6 Radioactive Waste Disposal; 4.6.1 Management of Radioactive Waste; 4.6.2 Radioactive Waste on the Basis of the Physical Form; 4.6.3 Quality Assurance and Radiation Safety in Radiotherapy; References;
5: Beam Modifying Devices; 5.1 Shielding; 5.1.1 Gamma and X-Ray Shielding; 5.1.2 Neutron Shielding; 5.2 Custom Blocks [1]; 5.3 Independent Jaws; 5.4 Multileaf Collimator; 5.4.1 Types; 5.5 Compensators; 5.5.1 Types; 5.6 Wedge Filters; 5.7 Bolus; 5.7.1 Uses of Bolus; 5.8 Breast Cone 5.9 Penumbra Trimmers5.10 Flattening Filters; 5.11 Beam Modifying Devices for Electron Beams; References;
6: Simulators; 6.1 2D Simulators; 6.2 3D Simulators; 6.2.1 CT Simulators (https://www.healthcare.siemens.com/magnetic-resonance-imaging/magnetom-world/hot-topics/mri-in-radiation-therapy/articles-and-case-studies); 6.2.2 MRI Simulators; 6.2.3 PET-CT Simulators; Reference;
7: Telecobalt; 7.1 History; 7.2 Isotope [1]; 7.3 Machine Details; 7.4 Source Stuck; 7.5 Miscellaneous Points [2]; References;
8: Gamma Knife; 8.1 Indication of Gamma Knife SurgeryDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalSonja Dieterich, Eric Ford, Daniel Pavord, Jing Zeng.Contents:
Reference dosimetry for ionizing radiation
Relative dosimetry for MV beams
In-vivo dosimetry
Quality assurance and commissioning of new radiotherapy technology
Quality assurance of radiotherapy dose calculations
Immobilization techniques in radiotherapy
Image guidance and localization technologies for radiotherapy
Brachytherapy
Proton radiotherapy
Radiation safety and shielding in radiotherapy
Information technology in radiation oncology
Quality and safety improvement in radiation oncology
Simulation for radiotherapy treatment planning
Treatment planning and quality metrics
The use of electrons for external beam radiotherapy
IMRT and VMAT
SRS and SBRT
Clinical aspects of image guidance and localization in radiotherapy
Respiratory motion management for external beam radiotherapy
Intracavitary brachytherapy
Interstitial brachytherapy
Prostate seed implant
Intraoperative radiotherapy (IORT)
Special procedures
Resource documents.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - DigitalChandra Shekhar Biyani, Ben Van Cleynenbreugel, Alexandre Mottrie, editors.Summary: This book provides a detailed overview of a range of simulation models that have been developed which are applicable to urology. Chapters feature critical analysis of techniques including synthetic bench top models, computer-assisted virtual reality and box simulators. Furthermore, details of best practice, the latest innovations and guidance on how to select potential low-cost options is provided, enabling the reader to systematically develop a thorough understanding of the subject. Practical Simulation in Urology is a comprehensive resource that critically analyses the latest simulation techniques that are applicable in urology, making it an ideal resource for the practicing and trainee urologist seeking an up-to-date overview on the subject.
Contents:
History of Simulation in Urology
Surgical Education and Learning Theory
Role of a Surgeon as an Educator
Proficiency-Based Progression Simulation Training; Shortening the learning curve
Importance of e-learning
Proficiency and Competency Assessment in training
Procedural Training Simulators
Basic Laparoscopic skills training
Advanced Laparoscopic Simulation
Cystoscopy and Ureteroscopy Simulation
Simulation for Benign Prostatic Conditions
PCNL simulation
Simulation in Female Urology
Simulation in penoscrotology (circumcision, SPC, catheterisation, Priapism)
Simulation in Advanced Open Urology(Ileal conduit, ureteric reimplantation)
Low-cost simulations in urology
Learning Non-technical skills through Simulation
Basic Robotic Skills Training
Procedural Robotic Skills Training
Validated training curricula in Robotic Urology
Importance of a TTT Course.-Debriefing and Feedback
Costs in surgical training, does it outweigh to the benefits?.-Standardisation of Training
Role of Immersive Technology in Urological Simulation
Role of 3D technology in simulation
Simulation in Paediatric Urology
Developing and Designing a Course. - DigitalDiya F. Mutasim.Contents:
Part I. The pathologist's view
1. What is Atypical Junctional Melanocytic Hyperplasia?
2. What is Dysplastic Nevus?
3. What is Hypersensitivity Reaction?
4. What is Spongiotic Dermatitis?
5. What is Psoriasiform Dermatitis?
6. What is Lichenoid Dermatitis?
7. What is Granulomatous Dermatitis?
8. What is Dermatitis with Epidermotropism?
9. What is Drug Eruption?
10. What is Pseudolymphoma?
Part II. The clinician's view
11. Reddish Facial Papules
12. Face infiltrated Plaques/Nodules
13. Patchy Alopecia
14. Diffuse Smooth Alopecia
15. Follicular Pustules of the Scalp
16. Scaly Scalp
17. Oral Erosions
18. Vulvar Lesions
19. Penile Lesions
20. Diffuse Leg Induration
21. Subcutaneous Leg Nodules
22. Leg Ulcers
23. Follicular Papules and Pustules
Trunk
24. Palmoplantar Red Hyperkeratosis
25. Skin Folds Diffuse Rash
26. Exfoliative Erythroderma
27. Generalized Pruritus
28. Photo-Eruptions
29. Hypopigmented Patches
30. Pigmented Patches
31. Red Smooth Patches
32. Red Scaly Patches
33. Red Sloughing Patches
34. Red Scaly Papules
35. Red Non-facial Papules
36. Papulo-nodular Lesions with Scale and/or Crust
37. Edematous Smooth Plaques
38. Sclerotic Plaques
39. Diffuse Sclerosis
40. Purpuric Lesions
41. Blisters.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital[edited by] Jason L. Hornick.Contents:
Introduction : tumor classification and immunohistochemistry / Jason L. Hornick
Biologic potential, grading, staging, and reporting of sarcomas / Jason L. Hornick
Spindle cell tumors of adults / Adrian Marino-Enriquez and Jason L. Hornick
Pediatric spindle cell tumors / Cheryl M. Coffin and Rita Alaggio
Tumors with myxoid stroma / Vickie Y. Jo and Jason L. Hornick
Epithelioid and epithelial-like tumors / Leona A. Doyle and Jason L. Hornick
Pleomorphic sarcomas / J. Frans Graadt van Roggen and Pancras C.W. Hogendoorn
Round cell tumors / Enrique de Alava
Biphasic tumors and tumors with mixed patterns / Jason L. Hornick
Soft tissue tumors with prominent inflammatory cells / Jason L. Hornick
Giant cell-rich tumors / Bernadette Liegl-Atzwanger and Jason L. Hornick
Adipocytic tumors / Marta Sbaraglia and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Vascular tumors / Briana Gleason and Jason L. Hornick
Cartilaginous and osseous soft tissue tumors / Jodi Carter and Andre Oliveira
Cutaneous mesenchymal tumors / Thomas Brenn and Jason L. Hornick
Mesenchymal tumors of the gastrointestinal tract / Brian Rubin and Jason L. Hornick
Lower genital soft tissue tumors / Marisa R. Nucci
Applications of molecular testing to differential diagnosis / Wei-Lien Wang and Alexander J. Lazar.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalJames E. De Muth.Summary: "This is an introductory statistics book designed to provide scientists with practical information needed to apply the most common statistical tests to laboratory research data. The book is designed to be practical and applicable, so only minimal information is devoted to theory or equations. Emphasis is placed on the underlying principles for effective data analysis and survey the statistical tests. It is of special value for scientists who have access to Minitab software. Examples are provided for all the statistical tests and explanation of the interpretation of these results presented with Minitab (similar to results for any common software package)"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Essential elements and statistical terms
Descriptive statistics and univariate analysis
Statistical inference and making estimates of the truth
Dealing with inherent statistical error
Multivariate analysis: tests to identify differences
Multivariate analysis: tests to evaluate relationships
Tests to identify similarities
Tests to evaluate potential outliers
Appendices. Flow charts for the selection of the most appropriate inferential test given the types of variables in the study
Common statistical tables
Summary of initial commands for Minitab 19®
Calculations for statistical results present in various chapters.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital/Printedited by Laura B. Dunn, Erin L. Cassidy-Eagle.Contents:
Late-life depression I : "I can't keep up with my grandkids" / Dolores Gallagher-Thompson, Ann Choryan Bilbrey, Erin Cassidy-Eagle, Larry W. Thompson
Late-life depression II : "I think of ending my life every day" / Aazaz U. Haq and Christopher O'Connell
Working with depressed caregivers : behavioral activation: "I can't find the energy or time to leave the house" / Ann Choryan Bilbrey, Erin Cassidy-Eagle, and Dolores Gallagher-Thompson
Diagnosis and treatment of generalized anxiety disorder in later life : "Getting old is not for wimps!" / Marla Kokesh Daniel D. Sewell
Somatic complaints and anxiety in older adults : "I wish the doctor would figure out what's wrong with me" / Sheila Lahijani
Pain and psychological factors in older adults : "I need more pain medication, not less!" / Beth D. Darnall
Primary sleep disorders : "My wife says I snore loudly and sometimes stop breathing while I'm asleep" / Cathy I. Cheng and Clete A. Kushida
Evaluation and management of insomnia : "My sleeping pill isn't working anymore" / Erin L. Cassidy-Eagle, Laura B. Dunn, and Oxana Palesh
Bipolar disorder : "What's wrong with Mom? Is it dementia?" / Barbara R. Sommer
Post-traumatic stress disorder : "My stomach hurts" / Kelli M. Columbo and Aazaz U. Haq
Evaluation and treatment of substance use disorders : "I just have one drink with dinner, Doc" / Karen Reimers and Ilse R. Wiechers
Mild cognitive impairment : "I'm forgetting things. Is this normal for my age, or do I have dementia?" / Iuliana Predescu and Laura B. Dunn
Neuropsychological testing : "I sometimes forget things" / Tonita E. Wroolie, Erin Cassidy-Eagle, and Laura B. Dunn
Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia : "Little men are invading my backyard" / Awais Aftab and Daniel Kim
Delirium in older adults : "Me, confused? Nah!" / Patricia Serrano, Elizabeth Hathaway, and Ajita Mathur
Inpatient issues
behavioral and pharmacologic interventions : "He tried to kick a staff member" / Nishina A. Thomas, Monica Mathys, and Mary (Molly) E. Camp
Post-intensive care syndrome : "He's just not himself" / Duane Allen, Babar Khan, and Sophia Wang
Physical activity in late life : "I run out of breath" / J. Kaci Fairchild, Kathryn Phillipps, and Peter Louras
The social worker in geriatric outpatient care : "Can you help me with this patient?" / Laura Clayton
Initial evaluation and management of frontotemporal dementia : "My wife seems different" / Eveleigh Wagner, Warren Taylor, and R. Ryan Darby
Legal issues in cognitive disorders : "Mom changed her will" / Leah McGowan, Michael Kelly
Driving in the older adult : "My husband can be absent-minded when he's driving, that's all" / Christopher O'Connell and Aazaz U. Haq
LGBT issues in aging : "I've been a woman my whole life" / Kevin K. Johnson
Practical strategies for approaching grief : "When in doubt, be human" / Alana Iglewicz.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2020 - DigitalCraig A. Solid.Summary: These days, the idea of value is at the center of many activities and decisions in health care in the United States. While there exist books that detail the technical steps for how to carry out a specific type of value assessment, such as cost-effectiveness or return on investment, there are few that attempt to teach healthcare professionals how to think about value. This book provides a deeper understanding of value as a concept as well as an endeavor (as in, to determine or uncover the value of care) within the healthcare industry by illustrating the different components of value that should guide decision-making processes for policy, infrastructure, and quality improvement. Through an exploration of theories of economics and implementation science, as well as practical suggestions for real-world applications, this text provides a foundation for the long and complicated value journey the US has bet its entire healthcare system on. In the US, policy to promote what is referred to as value-based care is here to stay. As we move forward within this construct, we need to move beyond the over-simplified definition of value as quality per dollar spent to a more functional framework for how to think about value that can adapt to different circumstances and points of view. Only then will it be possible to compare value across settings, conditions, and activities. The book consists of 9 chapters organized in four sections: Part I: Understanding the Challenges of Assessing the Value of Health Care Part II: A Primer on Fundamental Concepts and Current Techniques Used to Measure Value in Health Care Part III: A Discussion of the Real-world Motivations and Requirements that Should be Contemplated when Exploring Value Part IV How to Design and Perform a Value Assessment Practical Strategies to Assess Value in Health Care is an essential resource for healthcare professionals at all levels and points of care who are interested in understanding how best to assess and interpret value for a particular situation including providers, administrators, payers, insurers, health plans, and policy-makers.
Contents:
1. Introduction
Part I: Understanding the Challenges of Assessing the Value of Health Care
2. Challenge One: Complexity
3. Challenge Two: Continuity
4. Challenge Three: Lack of Consistency
Part II: A Primer on Fundamental Concepts and Current Techniques Used to Measure Value in Health Care
5. Key Economic Concepts and Their Implications
6. Current Methods of Value Assessments
Part III: A Discussion of the Real-world Motivations and Requirements that Should be Contemplated when Exploring Value
7. Practical and Human Considerations
Part IV: How to Design and Perform a Value Assessment
8. The Value Assessment Framework
9. Examples and Practical Suggestions. - Digital[edited by] Arie Perry, Daniel J. Brat.Summary: "Part of the in-depth and practical Pattern Recognition series, Practical Surgical Neuropathology, 2nd Edition, by Drs. Arie Perry and Daniel J. Brat, helps you arrive at an accurate CNS diagnosis by using a pattern-based approach. Leading diagnosticians in neuropathology guide you from a histological (and/or clinical, radiologic, and molecular) pattern, through the appropriate work-up, around the pitfalls, and to the best diagnosis. Almost 2,000 high-quality illustrations capture key neuropathological patterns for a full range of common and rare conditions, and a "visual index" at the beginning of the book directs you to the exact location of in-depth diagnostic guidance"--Publisher's description.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
- DigitalYuichi Hirase.Contents:
Chapter 1 : Reconstruction of Upper Arm and Medial and Lateral Elbow
Chapter 2 : Reconstruction of Forearm Region
Chapter 3 : Reconstruction of Dorsum of Hand
Chapter 4 : Degloving Injury
Chapter 5 : Reconstruction of Palm and Wrist Area
Chapter 6 : Reconstruction of First web space Area
Chapter 7 : Reconstruction of Finger Trunk
Chapter 8 : Reconstruction of Fingertip
Chapter 9 : Toe Transfer
Chapter 10 : Nail Reconstruction
Chapter 11 : Reconstruction of Mediastinitis/ Pyothorax/ Abdominal Incisional Hernia
Chapter 12 : Reconstruction of Inguinal Region
Chapter 13 : Reconstruction of the Gluteal, Sacral, and Trochanteric Regions
Chapter 14 : Patella Region Reconstruction
Chapter 15 : Anterior lower leg reconstruction
Chapter 16 : Reconstruction of Distal 1/3 of Lower Leg
Chapter 17 : Reconstruction of Achilles Tendon Area
Chapter 18 : Reconstruction of Calcaneal Region/ Lateral Plantar Region
Chapter 19 : Reconstruction of the Plantar Forefoot
Chapter 20 : Reconstruction of Dorsum and Amputated Foot Stump
Chapter 21 : Reconstruction of Dorsum of Toes
Chapter 22 : Nerve Transplant & Nerve Transfer
Chapter 23 : Transplantation of Bone and Joints
Chapter 24 : Fat graft
Chapter 25 : Muscle graft.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Tae-Hwan Lim.Summary: This up-to-date textbook comprehensively reviews all aspects of cardiac CT and MRI and demonstrates the value of these techniques in clinical practice. A wide range of applications are considered, including imaging of atherosclerotic and non-atherosclerotic coronary artery disease, coronary revascularization, ischemic heart disease, non-ischemic cardiomyopathy, valvular heart disease, cardiac tumors, and pericardial disease. The numerous high-quality images illustrate how to interpret cardiac CT and MRI correctly for the purposes of diagnosis, treatment planning, and follow-up. Helpful summarizing sections in every chapter will facilitate rapid retrieval of information. This book will be of great value to radiologists and cardiologists seeking a reliable guide to the optimal use of cardiac CT and MRI in real clinical situations. An additional feature is the provision of QR codes allowing internet access to references, further figures, and motion pictures. The reader will be able to enjoy this book using a smartphone or tablet PC.
Contents:
Part I: Coronary artery imaging
Chapter 1: Normal anatomy, variations and anomalies
Chapter 2: Atherosclerotic coronary artery disease
2-1 Calcium scoring
2-2 Determination of coronary artery stenosis by CT
2-3 Plaque morphology evaluation by CT
2-4 MR coronary angiography
Chapter 3: Non-atherosclerotic coronary artery disease
Chapter 4: Imaging of coronary revascularization: stent and CABG
Part II: Ischemic Heart disease
Chapter 5: Assessment of myocardial ischemia, non-MI
Chapter 6: Acute MI
Chapter 7: Chronic ischemic cardiomyopathy
Part III: Non-Ischemic Cardiomyopathy
Chapter 8: Dilated cardiomyopathy
Chapter 9: Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Chapter 10: Restrictive cardiomyopathy
Chapter 11: Myocarditis and Other Cardiomyopathies
Part IV: Valvular Heart Disease
Chapter 12: Aortic valvular heart disease
Chapter 13: Non-aortic valvular heart disease
Part V: Cardiac tumor
Chapter 14: Cardiac tumor
Part VI: Pericardial Disease
Chapter 15: Pericardial Disease
Part VII: Technical Overviews
Chapter 16: Technical Overviews. - DigitalJohn A. Elefteriades, Bulat A. Ziganshin.Summary: This textbook provides practical tips on the conduct of aortic surgery, from the aortic valve to the iliac arteries. It is organized as a series of Plates, each with a key central illustration, followed by bullet items of accompanying explanatory text. The accompanying text concentrates on specific, critical dos and donts that promote and enhance patient safety. Chapters include dozens of color illustrations by one of the nations premier medical illustrators, along with selected classic pen and ink line drawings. Each central illustration is accompanied by additional secondary figures interspersed at intervals within the accompanying text. Each practical tip has an accompanying short (15-30 second) video demonstrating vividly the specific didactic point being made in each Plate. Chapters provide Q & A sections, to promote an interactive feel and experience. The textbook shares practical, potentially life-saving tipsgleaned from over three decades of experience in thousands of aortic operationsregarding virtually every standard operation that arises in aortic surgery. Practical Tips in Aortic Surgery will be an essential resource for surgeons and trainees at all levels of experience: residents and fellows, surgical physician assistants, surgical nurses and technicians, and medical students. The book directly targets two surgical specialties: Cardiac Surgery and Vascular Surgery.
Contents:
Section 1. General Tips
General Approach
Cannulation Sites
Bevel Your Distal Ascending or Hemi-Arch Anastomosis
Aortic Wrap
Carbon Dioxide Flooding of the Pericardial Well
Innominate Vein Ligation
Pericardial Bridge for Delayed Sternal Closure
Pull Hard on Graft to Measure Length
Reduction of Graft Diameter
Increase of Graft Diameter
Reinforcement of Posterior Wall of Aortic Anastomosis
Retrosternal Sponge Re-entry Technique
Reinforced Sternal Closure
The Tightening Stitch
Towel Clip Technique to Control Re-entry Bleeding
Turn Off LV Vent Well Before Finishing Last Ascending Suture Line
Conduct of DHCA
Clamping the Aorta
Other Cerebral Perfusion Strategies
Swing Venous Line Down to Expose Aortic Root
Intraoperative Malperfusion
Surrounding the Ascending AortaWithout Injuring the PA
Do NOT obliterate a chronic flap
Hugging but not Restricting the Innominate Artery with the Clamp
Do Not Cut Too Close to the Clamp
Graft Sizing
Valerie Stitch for Exposure of the Aortic Root
Cannulation of Left Inferior Pulmonary Vein
Left Atrial Cannulation in Atrial Fibrillation
The E-Rule: Never Start LA-FA Artery Perfusion w/o the Aorta Clamped
Remember the Pulmonary Artery for Venous Return
Mobilize the Posterior Wall Completely
Mobilize the Descending Aorta from the Esophagus
Sub-adventitial Hematoma
Sienna graft for Mega-aorta
The Inclusion Anastomotic Technique
Big Needle for Thick Aortas
Aneurysms of the Branches of the Aortic Arch
Attaching Arch Graft to Ascending Graft (Configurations)
BioGlue on Graft-to-Graft Anastomoses
Lung Adhesions
Adherence of Aneurysm to Chest Wall
Reoperative Adhesions
Extracting old prosthetic valves
Section 2. Ascending Aorta and Aortic Arch
Aortic Morphology Determines Extent of Resection
Use the Corner of the Commissure to Advantage
Aortic Valve Repair
Ascending Aortic Replacement (*deeper stitches on non-coronary sinus)
Composite Graft (Aortic Root Replacement) (Bentall Procedure)
Composite Graft (Aortic Root Replacement) (Bentall Procedure)
V-Shaped Aortic Root Remodeling
Valve-Sparing Aortic Root Replacement
Arch Replacement Options (2-vessel, 3-vessel, trifurcated graft)
Standard (Non-Frozen) Elephant Trunk Procedure
Retrieving the Elephant TrunkFour Options
Stand-alone Elephant Trunk
Acute Type A Aortic Dissection
Ross Procedure
Section 3. Descending and Thoracoabdominal Aorta
Descending Aortic Replacement
Acute Type B Aortic Dissection: Clinical Perspectives to Guide Surgery
Fenestration Procedure
Thoracoabdominal Aortic Replacement
Abdominal aortic replacement
Visceral artery aneurysms
Pulmonary Artery Aneurysms
Section 4. Vascular Rings
General Comments
Vascular Rings and Kommerils Diverticula. - DigitalAbhay Rané, Burak Turna, Riccardo Autorino, Jens J. Rassweiler, editors.Summary: This book is a compact, illustrated reference which provides the reader with practical tips and advice in managing day-to-day urological issues encountered in a clinical setting. Practical Tips in Urology draws on practical experience and offers useful information that is often lacking in didactic textbooks of urology and in journal articles. The chapters provide tips in dealing with urological emergencies, elective surgery and common outpatient consultation problems, among other things. Written by experts in the field, Practical Tips in Urology is key reading for all practicing urologists and residents in training.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalCarolyn A. Sink.Contents:
The blood donor
Blood collection
Blood product overview
Clinical considerations in transfusion practice
Adverse effects of blood transfusion
Methods and storage
Quality assurance.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digital/Print... With a paper on the diseases of the breasts, by Robert S. Newton.Digital Access Google Books 1857-
- Digitaleditor: Davide Chiumello.Summary: This book offers an essential guide to managing the most-debated hot topics of practical interest in anesthesia and intensive care. It reviews the state of the art in issues concerning both intensive care medicine and anesthesia, such as perioperative coagulation management, neuroaxial blockade and complications, postoperative pain management, pediatric airway management, septic shock and hemodynamic management, diagnosis and management of acute respiratory distress syndrome, and antifungal treatments for critically ill patients. Written by leading experts and including updated references, it provides a comprehensive, easy-to-follow update on anesthesia and intensive care. The book clearly explains complex topics, offering practicing clinicians valuable insights into the latest recommendations and evidence in the field while, at the same time, making it a vital resource for students new to the fields of anesthesia and intensive care.
- DigitalDavide Chiumello, editor.Summary: This book offers an essential guide to managing the most heatedly debated topics of practical interest in anesthesia and intensive care. It reviews the state of the art in issues concerning both intensive care medicine and anesthesia, such as antibiotic therapy in multidrug resistance infection, acute hepatic failure, weaning, ECMO, difficult airway in pediatric patients, goal directed fluid therapy, preoperative anesthesia evaluation and delirium. Written by leading experts and including updated references, it provides a comprehensive, easy-to-follow guide to anesthesia and intensive care. The book clearly explains complex topics, offering practicing clinicians valuable insights into the latest recommendations and evidence in the field while, at the same time, making it a vital resource for students new to the fields of anesthesia and intensive care.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: The Role of the Heart in Weaning Failure
1.1 Weaning as an Intense Exercise
1.2 The Diagnosis of Weaning Failure of Cardiovascular Origin
1.3 Transthoracic Echocardiography
1.4 Conclusions
References
2: MDR Infections in the ICU
2.1 Infections and Resistance: The Problem Dimension
2.2 Infections and Resistance: Definitions
2.3 MDR Gram Positive
2.3.1 MRSA
2.3.2 Potential Role for the New Antibiotics
2.3.3 VRE
2.4 MDR Gram Negative
2.4.1 ESBL-Producing Enterobacteriaceae
2.4.2 AmpC-Producing Enterobacteriaceae 2.4.2.1 Carbapenem-Resistant Gram Negative
2.4.3 XDR P. aeruginosa
2.4.4 XDR A. baumannii
2.4.5 KPC-Producing K. pneumoniae and Other Carbapenemase-Producing Enterobacteriaceae (CRE)
2.5 Empiric Therapy
2.6 Duration of Therapy
2.7 Role of Additional Therapies in Gram-Negative MDR/XDR Bacteria Septic Shock
2.8 Prevention and Control of MDR Infections in the ICU
2.9 Antimicrobial Stewardship
References
3: The Diaphragmatic Dysfunction
3.1 Introduction
3.2 The Diaphragm
3.3 Anatomy and Respiratory Function 3.4 Diaphragmatic Dysfunction and Fatigue
3.4.1 Diaphragmatic Dysfunction
3.5 Invasive Evaluation of Diaphragmatic Function
3.6 Noninvasive Evaluation of Diaphragmatic Function: The Ultrasound
3.7 Diaphragmatic Displacement
3.7.1 Limits of the Technique
3.8 Thickness and Thickening Fraction
3.9 Conclusion
References
4: Neuromuscular Blocking Agents: Review on Agents (NMBA and Antagonists) and Monitoring
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Neuromuscular Blocking Agents (NMBAs): The Classification [5, 7, 8, 10, 16, 18] 4.2.1 Neuromuscular Junction and Basic Physiology of Neurotransmission [5, 15, 18, 19] (Fig. 4.1)
4.3 Depolarizing Neuromuscular Blocking Agents: Succinylcholine (SCh) [7, 8, 10, 18, 19] (Fig. 4.2)
4.3.1 Side Effects [7, 8, 18, 19]
4.4 Nondepolarizing Neuromuscular Blocking Agents (NDNMBAs)
4.4.1 Aminosteroidal NDNMBAs
4.4.2 Benzylisoquinoline Derivatives
4.5 Monitoring Neuromuscular Function in Anesthesia [5, 15, 16, 17, 20-22]
4.5.1 Train of Four (TOF) [5, 15, 16, 22]
4.5.2 Post-Tetanic Twitch Count (PTC) [5, 15, 22] 4.5.3 Double-Burst Stimulation (DBS) [5, 15]
4.6 Neuromuscular Blockade Antagonization
4.6.1 Acetylcholinesterase Inhibitors (ACEIs) [5, 7, 8, 17, 18]
4.6.2 Sugammadex (SUG) [5, 7, 8, 17, 18, 31, 32]
4.7 Future Perspectives [7, 8, 34-36]
References
5: Extracorporeal Circulation in Acute Respiratory Failure: High Flow Versus Low Flow
5.1 Introduction
5.2 General Principles of Treatment
5.3 History
5.4 Techniques
5.4.1 Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (ECMO)
5.4.2 Extracorporeal CO2 Removal (ECCO2R)
5.5 Indications and ContraindicationsDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalDavide Chiumello, editor.Summary: This book offers an essential guide to managing the most-debated hot topics of practical interest in anesthesia and intensive care. Part I reviews the state of the art in issues concerning both intensive care medicine and anesthesia, such as perioperative medicine, acute liver failure, anesthesia monitoring and ERAS in hepatic surgery. Part II focuses on microbiome in critically ill patients, on COVID-19 aspects and related issues, on sepsis in pediatric patients and ventilatory management in obese patients. Written by leading experts and including updated references, it provides a comprehensive, easy-to-follow update on anesthesia and intensive care. The book clearly explains complex topics, offering practicing clinicians valuable insights into the latest recommendations and evidence in the field while, at the same time, making it a vital resource for students new to the fields of anesthesia and intensive care.
Contents:
Part I. Anesthesia
Perioperative Management of Patients Affected by Ischemic Cardiomyopathy
Acute Liver Failure: Definition, Epidemiology, Management. Update 2022
Perioperative Medicine: Technical and Organizational Issues
Perioperative Hypertension and Anesthesia
Depth of Anesthesia Monitoring
ERAS (Enhanced Recovery After Surgery) in Liver Surgery
Part II. Critical Care Medicine
The Microbiome in Critically Ill Patients
Coagulation Abnormalities in Patients with COVID-19
Vascular Failure and Sepsis In Pediatrics
Ventilatory Management of the Patient with Severe Obesity. - DigitalTaizhu Yang, Hong Luo, editors.Summary: With rapid development of ultrasound technology, its clinical application is expanding and deepening. This book is focused on practical application of ultrasound in obstetrics and gynecology. Besides ultrasound diagnosis, the new progress of ultrasound in obstetrics and gynecology, such as interventional ultrasound, 3D ultrasound, and endoscopic ultrasonography, is also discussed. Typical images selected from abundant cases are provided with concise and refining key points. It serves as a valuable reference for sonologists, radiologists and gynaecologists for accurate diagnosis.
Contents:
Clinical Basis of Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology
Application of Ultrasound in Perinatal Period
Ultrasound Diagnosis in Pathological Obstetrics
Ultrasound Diagnosis of Fetal Heart
Application of Ultrasound in Gynecology
Application of Ultrasound in Female Infertility and Contraception
Application of Interventional Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology
Application of 3D Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology
Application of Endoscopic Ultrasonography. - DigitalAndrew C. Peterson, Matthew O. Fraser, editors.Contents:
The Basic Science Behind Practical/Clinical Urodynamics Analysis
Urodynamics Equipment: What the Clinician Needs to Know to Set Up the Lab
The Clinical Evaluation of the Patient Who Requires Urodynamics
Noninvasive Urodynamics
The Cystometrogram
The Pressure Flow Study
The EMG
The Use of Fluoroscopy
Putting it All Together: Practical Advice on Clinical Urodynamics
Nomograms
Ambulatory Urodynamics
Bedside Urodynamics
Practical Urodynamics in Children. - DigitalPat F. Fulgham, Bruce R. Gilbert, editors.Summary: This comprehensive volume covers the basic science of ultrasound - a popular choice in medical imaging - and thoroughly explores its clinical applications in urology. Covers changing technology and regulatory requirements, and includes detailed illustrations.
Contents:
1. History of ultrasound in urology
2. Physical principles of ultrasound
3. Bioeffects and safety
4. Maximizing image quality: user-dependent variables
5. Renal ultrasound
6. Scrotal ultrasound
7. Penile ultrasound
8. Transabdominal pelvic ultrasound
9. Pelvic floor ultrasound
10. Transrectal ultrasound
11. Ultrasound for prostate biopsy
12. Pediatric urologic ultrasound
13. Applications of urologic ultrasound during pregnancy
14. Application of urologic ultrasound in pelvic and transplant kidneys
15. Intraoperative urologic ultrasound
16. Urologic ultrasound protocols
17. Urology ultrasound practice accreditation
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalPat F. Fulgham, Bruce R. Gilbert, editors.Summary: Practical Urological Ultrasound has become a primary reference for urologists and sonographers performing urologic ultrasound examinations. This third edition is comprised of twenty-two chapters including newly added chapters on technical advancements in ultrasound, male reproduction ultrasound, point-of-care ultrasound, quality assessment and implementation for urologic practices, and sonographers in the urologic practice. All chapters are fully updated and expanded, covering additional literature on further elucidation of Doppler ultrasound principles, sonoelastography, quantitative evaluation of the clinical causes of ED, evaluations of the pelvic mesh implant and its complications, developments in multiparametic ultrasound of the prostate, and updated protocols in POCUS. Written by experts in the field of urology, Practical Urological Ultrasound, Third Edition continues to serve as an important resource for the novice and a comprehensive reference for the advanced sonographer.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Contributors
1: History of Ultrasound
History of Doppler Ultrasound
History of Ultrasound in Urology
Prostate
Kidney and Renal Hilum
Scrotum
Emerging Techniques
High-Intensity Focused Ultrasound
Elastography
Histioscanning or Computer-Analyzed Ultrasound
Harmonics
Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasonography
Multiparametric Ultrasound
Ultrasound in Therapeutics
Conclusion
References
2: Physical Principles of Ultrasound
Introduction
The Mechanics of Ultrasound Waves
Ultrasound Image Generation Interaction of Ultrasound with Biological Tissue
Artifacts
Modes of Ultrasound
Gray-Scale, B-Mode Ultrasound
Doppler Ultrasound
Artifacts Associated with Doppler Ultrasound
Harmonic Scanning
Contrast Agents in Ultrasound
References
3: Bioeffects and Safety
Introduction
Bioeffects of Ultrasound
Thermal Effects
Mechanical Effects
Patient Safety
Mechanical Index
Thermal Index
ALARA
Scanning Environment
Patient Identification and Documentation
Equipment Maintenance
Cleaning and Disinfection of Ultrasound Equipment
References 4: Maximizing Image Quality: User-Dependent Variables
Introduction
Tuning the Instrument
Transducer Selection
Scanning Environment
Monitor Display
Scanning Technique
User-Controlled Variables
Dynamic Range (Contrast)
Conclusion
Summary
References
5: Renal Ultrasound
Introduction
Point-of-Service Ultrasound
Indications
Equipment
Patient Preparation
Anatomic Considerations for Renal Imaging
Imaging the Right Kidney
Technique
Imaging the Left Kidney
Technique
Normal Findings
Adjacent Structures
Ultrasound Report Indications
Equipment
Findings
Impression
Image Documentation
Doppler
Resistive Index
Artifacts
Renal Findings
Extrarenal Pelvis
Normal Parenchymal Variants
Ultrasound Diagnosis of Renal Pathology
Renal Cysts
Parapelvic Cysts
Hydronephrosis
Urolithiasis
Renal Masses
Angiomyolipomas
Renal Scars
Medical Renal Disease
Applications of Intraoperative Renal Ultrasound
Conclusion
References
6: Scrotal Ultrasound
Introduction
Scanning Technique and Protocol
Transducer Selection
Overview of the Exam Color and Spectral Doppler
Documentation
Indications
Normal Anatomy of the Testis and Paratesticular Structures
Scrotum
Testis
Epidymis
Vascular Anatomy
Embryology Relevant to Ultrasound Imaging of the Scrotum
Early Gonadal Developmental Anatomy
Testicular Descent
Development of the Scrotum
Pathologic Conditions and the Scrotal Ultrasound
Extratesticular Findings
Hydrocele
Pyocele
Scrotal Hernia
Sperm Granuloma
Tumors of the Spermatic Cord
Epididymal Findings
Epididymo-Orchitis
Torsion of the Appendix Epididymis and Testis - DigitalRuifang Sui, Fu Tang, Minglian Zhang.Summary: This book includes the concept, general summary and the equipment of the visual electrophysiological examination. It also covers the clinical application scope, diagnosis protocol, standardized operation steps, clinical report samples, and the key points of reading reports, etc. of visual evoked potential (VEP), electroretinogram (ERG), electrooculogram (EOG), multifocal VEP, multifocal ERG and other commonly used visual electrophysiological examinations. Typical clinical report examples of normal and abnormal waveforms are specially added, which is a highlight of this book and can help clinical technicians quickly grasp the key points of electrophysiological report reading.
Contents:
Visual Electrophysiology Summary
Visual Electrophysiology equipment
Visual Electrophysiology report reading key points
Visual Electrophysiology clinical cases
Visual Electrophysiology equipment install and operation
ISCEV extended visual electrophysiological examinations
Visual electrophysiological in animal experiments. - DigitalKaren Fenstermacher, Barbara Toni Hudson.Summary: Prepare for FNP practice with the latest evidence-based guidelines! Practice Guidelines for Family Nurse Practitioners, 4th Edition provides essential information on current assessment and management protocols for primary care patients of all ages. Key details are easy to find, with the book's concise, outline-style guidelines and abundant summary tables and charts. And you'll be ready to manage care more effectively with the latest information on topics such as pain management, bariatric surgery follow-up, restless legs syndrome, and new medications for diabetes and cardiovascular disorders. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
History and physical examination. Adult assessment ; Pediatric assessment ; Geriatric assessment ; Laboratory and diagnostic pearls
Common Conditions. Skin conditions ; Respiratory conditions ; Eye, ear, nose, and throat conditions ; Cardiovascular conditions ; Peripheral vascular and hematologic conditions ; Abdominal conditions ; Gynecologic conditions ; Common urinary tract conditions ; Neurologic conditions ; Musculoskeletal conditions ; Pain ; Endocrine conditions ; Pediatric conditions ; Psychiatric conditions.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - PrintAmerican Academy of Neurology.
- Digital[edited by] Catherine M. Otto.Contents:
Advanced Principles for the Echocardiographer
The Left Ventricle
Ischemic Heart Disease
Valvular Heart Disease
Cardiomyopathies and Pericardial Disease
The Right Heart
Vascular And Systemic Diseases
Adult Congenital Heart Disease and the Pregnant Patient.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitaledited by Gerhard Heinemeyer, Matti Jantunen, Pertti Hakkinen.Summary: This book closes a current gap by providing the scientific basis for consumer exposure assessment in the context of regulatory risk assessment. Risk is defined as the likelihood of an event occurring and the severity of its effects. The margin between the dose that leads to toxic effects and the actual dose of a chemical is identified by estimating population exposure. The objective of this book is to provide an introduction into the scientific principles of consumer exposure assessment, and to describe the methods used to estimate doses of chemicals, the statistics applied and computer tools needed. This is presented through the backgrounds of the special fields in exposure analysis, such as exposure via food and by the use of consumer products, toys, clothing and other items. As a general concept, human exposure is also understood to include exposure via the environment and from the work setting. In this context, the specific features of consumer exposure are pointed out and put into the context of regulation, in particular food safety, chemicals safety (REACh) and consumer product safety. The book is structured into three parts: The first part deals with the general concepts of consumer exposure as part of the overall risk analysis framework of risk characterization, risk assessment and risk communication. It describes the three basic features of exposure assessment (i) the exposure scenario (ii) the exposure model and (iii) the exposure parameters, addressing external and internal exposure. Also, the statistical presentation of data to characterize populations, in connection with variability, uncertainty and quality of information and the presentation of exposure evaluation results is described. The second part deals with the specific issues of exposure assessment, exposure via food consumption, exposure from use of consumer products, household products, toys, cosmetic products, textiles, pesticides and others. This part also covers methods for acquisition of data for exposure estimations, including the relevant information from regulations needed to perform an accurate exposure assessment. The third part portrays a prospect for further needs in the development and improvement of consumer exposure assessment, as well as international activities and descriptions of the work of institutions that are involved in exposure assessment on the regulatory and scientific level. And conversely, it creates the rationale for the exposure assessment details necessary to satisfy regulatory needs such as derivation of upper limits and risk management issues.
Contents:
1. General Introduction
2. Major Principles and Concepts of Risk Assessment
3. General Aspects of Exposure Evaluation
4. Exposure to Substances via Food Consumption
5. Exposure to Substances by use of Consumer Products
6. Data Availability and Data Generation Concepts
7. Activities Encountered by European and Other International Authorities. - DigitalEelco F.M. Wijdicks, MD, PhD, FACP, FNCS, FANA, Professor of Neurology, Mayo Clinic, College of Medicine, Chair, Division of Critical Care Neurology, Consultant, Neurosciences Intensive Care Unit, Mayo Clinic Hospital, Saint Marys Campus, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.Contents:
Begleitband Selected tables and figures from The practice of emergency and critical care neurology.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digitalchief editors, I. Kempf, K.S. Leung ; co-editors, A. Grosse ... [et al.].Contents:
v. 1. Scientific basis and standard techniques
v. 2. Advanced techniques and special applications
v. 3. New developments in techniques and applications.Digital Access - DigitalJohn C.M. Brust.Contents:
The neurological examination. Overview
Mental status: the components of thinking are not easily isolated
Cranial nerves: twelve is a misleading number
Motor examination: there is always more than weakness
The sensory examination: boundaries and comparisons are crucial
Reflexes: remember the afferent limb
Examination of the comatose patient
79 ways of looking at the nervous system: case presentations and commentary. Mostly somatosensory
Mostly visual
Mostly auditory or vestibular
Mostly olfactory
Mostly motor
Mostly autonomic
Mixed disorders: somatosensory, motor, and autonomic
Disorders of consciousness
Disorders of language, praxis, gnosis, and thought.Digital Access AccessNeurology 2021 - DigitalMohammad Diab, MD, Professor, Chief, Paediatric Orthopaedics, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, University of California, San Francisco, San Francisco, California, Lynn T. Staheli, MD, Emeritus Professor, Department of Orthopaedics, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, Emeritus Editor, Journal of Paediatric Orthopaedics.Summary: "Profusely illustrated basic book on pediatric orthopaedics aimed at the resident in orthopaedics, the general orthopaedic surgeon, and the pediatrician. It is densley packed with relevent clinical information and a multitude of illustrations presented in a highly structured style"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2016
- Digital/PrintCarrie Doehring.Contents:
Intercultural care : trust and theological accountability
Basic ingredients of caregiving relationships
Embodied listening
Establishing a caregiving relationship
Theological themes and reflexivity
Narrative themes of loss, violence, and coping
Systematic assessment
Planning care : liberative spiritual integration.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2015 - Printby various authors ; edited by Joseph Brennemann ...
- DigitalBoris A. Stuck, Joachim T. Maurer, Angelika A. Schlarb, Michael Schredl, Hans-Günter Weeβ.Summary: The book provides an overview of the entire field of sleep medicine, from the basics of sleep physiology to the diagnosis and treatment of specific sleep disorders. It offers a valuable introduction to the field of sleep medicine, but also serves as a reference work on all aspects of clinical practice, including diagnosis, differential diagnosis and treatment of all relevant sleep disorders in children and adults. It starts by presenting sleep physiology and the classification of sleep disorders, and explains in detail all the relevant diagnostic measures in the field. Based on these introductory chapters, it discusses the relevant sleep disorders, including insomnia, sleep-related breathing disorders, hypersomnia, sleep-wake-rhythm disorders, parasomnia, sleep related movement disorders, and secondary sleep disorders, as well as various isolated symptoms. In addition, an entire chapter is dedicated to sleep disorders in children. Drawing on the long-time experience of five board-certified sleep physicians with different professional backgrounds, the book reflects the interdisciplinary nature of sleep medicine. It includes the current international classification systems as well as scoring rules and clinical guidelines. It is intended for physicians and therapists from various specialities, including internal medicine (e.g. pulmonology and cardiology), psychology, psychiatry, neurology, paediatrics, otorhinolaryngology and general medicine who are interested in sleep medicine. It also serves as a textbook in these specialties. To optimize its clinical value, a uniform structure is used for the various chapters, including practical tips, comprehension questions and clinical case presentations.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
About the Authors
1: Physiological Basics of Healthy and Disturbed Sleep
1.1 History of Sleep Medicine
1.2 Classification of Sleep Disorders
1.3 Phenomenology of Sleep
1.4 Physiological Alterations During Sleep
1.4.1 Cardiovascular System During Sleep
1.4.2 Thermoregulation
1.4.3 Hormone System and Sleep
1.5 Circadian Rhythm
1.6 Sleep Regulation
1.7 Functions of Sleep
1.8 Dreaming
1.8.1 Definitions
1.8.2 Dream Recall
1.8.3 General Characteristics of Dreams
1.8.4 Correlation Between Wakefulness and Dream 1.8.5 Function of Dreams
1.9 Questions
Further Reading
2: Diagnostic Methods
2.1 History Taking
2.1.1 Sleep-Related Personal Anamnesis
2.1.2 Sleep-Related History Compiled by Third Parties
2.1.3 History Taking Regarding Sleepiness, Fatigue, and Daytime Performance
2.1.4 Further History Taking for Differential Diagnostic: Assessment of Possible Origins of Sleep Disorders
2.2 Laboratory Parameters for Sleep Disorders
2.3 Sleep Questionnaire
2.3.1 Insomnia Questionnaire
2.3.2 Questionnaires for the Assessment of Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders 2.3.3 Questionnaire Regarding Restless Legs Syndrome
2.4 Physical Examination
2.5 Actigraphy
2.6 Outpatient Step-by-Step Diagnostics for Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders and Polygraphy Systems
2.7 Polysomnography (PSG)
2.7.1 Standard Parameters of Polysomnography (PSG)
2.7.1.1 Measurement of Blood Pressure During Sleep
2.7.2 Parameters to Be Reported for Polysomnography (PSG)
2.7.2.1 Sleep Scoring Data
2.7.2.2 Phenomenology and Classification of Arousals
2.7.3 Polysomnography (PSG) in Patients with Insomnia 2.7.4 Polysomnography (PSG) in Patients with Periodic Limb Movements in Sleep and Patients with Restless Leg Syndrome
2.7.5 Polysomnography (PSG) in Cases of Bruxism
2.7.6 Polysomnography (PSG) in Cases of REM Behavior Disorders
2.7.7 Polysomnography (PSG) in Cases of Rhythmic Movement Disorders in Sleep
2.7.8 Polysomnography (PSG) in Cases of Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
2.8 Examination of Sleepiness- and Fatigue-Related Daytime Impairments
2.8.1 Diagnostics of Daytime Sleepiness
2.8.1.1 Diagnostic Procedures of Central Nervous System Alertness Multiple Sleep Latency Test (MSLT)
Maintenance of Wakefulness Test (MWT)
Pupillographic Sleepiness Test
2.8.1.2 Diagnostic Procedures to Assess Vigilance
Vigilance Test According to Quatember and Maly
Sub-test of Vigilance of the Test Battery for Attentional Performance
2.8.1.3 Diagnostic Procedures to Assess Selective Attention
Achievement Motivation Test Series, Version 3.00 of the Vienna Test System
Go/NoGo of the Test Battery for Attentional Performance
2.8.1.4 Diagnostic Procedures to Assess Divided Attention - PrintErin E. Ruel, Georgia State University, William E. Wagner, III, California State University, Channel Islands, Brian Joseph Gillespie, Sonoma State University.
- DigitalDong Keun Lee, editor.Summary: This book combines provision of basic knowledge on anorectal diseases with clear description of special surgical techniques based on 30 yearsâ#x80;#x99; experience in anorectal cases at one hospital. A wide range of anorectal diseases and conditions are covered, in each case with presentation of relevant clinical information and detailed step-by-step descriptions of established surgical procedures and recently introduced approaches. The aim is to enable surgeons unfamiliar or less familiar with the procedures to gain a sound understanding of first principles and technical details that will assist them in the course of their future practice. In addition, expert analyses and commentaries are provided on the clinical practices of proctology in the form of case presentations. Without exception, the contributing authors are recognized authorities in their fields. Practices of Anorectal Surgery will be of high value for all junior surgeons who treat anorectal diseases, assisting in the achievement of optimal outcomes through meticulous technique and avoidance of surgery-related complications.
- Digital/Printby Tizian Zumthurm.Summary: "Tizian Zumthurm uses the extraordinary hospital of an extraordinary man to produce novel insights into the ordinary practice of biomedicine in colonial Central Africa. His investigation of therapeutic routines in surgery, maternity care, psychiatry, and the treatment of dysentery and leprosy reveals the incoherent nature of biomedicine and not just in Africa. Reading rich archival sources against and along the grain, the author combines concepts that appeal to those interested in the history of medicine and colonialism. Through the microcosm of the hospital, Zumthurm brings to light the social worlds of Gabonese patients as well as European staff. By refusing to easily categorize colonial medical encounters, the book challenges our understanding of biomedicine as solely domineering or interactive"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access 2020
- DigitalFredrike Bannink, Frenk Peeters.Summary: "A highly practical book for all mental health professionals wanting to know how to apply positive psychiatry into their daily work. Positive psychiatry is the science and practice of psychiatry and clinical psychology that seeks to understand and promote well-being among people who have or are at high risk of developing mental illnesses. In this new approach, the person takes center stage, not the disease, and the focus is not only on repairing the worst, but also on creating the best in our patients. The authors from the fields of medicine and clinical psychology present over 40 applications and many cases and stories to illustrate the four pillars of positive psychiatry: positive psychology, solution-focused brief therapy, the recovery-oriented approach, and non-specific factors. The book shows how mental health professionals can significantly increase patient collaboration to co-create preferred outcomes through discovering possibilities and competences and through building hope, optimism, and gratitude. Essential reading for psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, other professionals working in the field of mental health care as well as students who want to take a positive focus to make psychiatry faster, lighter, and yes, more fun. We have high hopes that positive psychiatry will become a firm part of the psychiatry of the future."-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalProfessor Brian Dolan, FRSA, MSc(Oxon), MSc(Nurs), RGN, RMN, Professor Sue Hinchliff, BA, MSc, RN, RNT [and others].Summary: Do you mentor student nurses and/or newly registered nurses? This is a trusted handbook on how to teach others: peers, students, patients and relatives. Using a 'talking through' strategy, this is a practical 'how to' guide, rather than an academic treatise, with a much stronger focus on the use of competencies.
Contents:
How we learn and how we can help others to learn--How to make your teaching effective--How to use competencies in teaching--How to support learners--How to assess teaching and learning.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017 - Digital/Printedited by Valerie A. Shepard and April L. Perry.Contents:
Introduction : context, research, and applications / Katherine Hall-Hertel, Lisa C.O. Brandes, and Valerie A. Shepard
Brief history, background, and definitions / Matthew W. Imboden and Marlaina Kloepfer
Overview of post-baccalaureate student needs / Brandon S. McLeod and George S. McClellan
Transition to graduate and professional school / Tammy Briant Spratling and Sarah Valdovinos
Graduate student success and socialization / Stephanie K. Eberle, Jamie Heck, Angie Cook, and Dawn Loyola
Graduate student engagement and campus programming / Mariann Sanchez and Trista Beard
A diversity, equity, and inclusion approach to graduate student access and outcomes / Matt Newlin, Maria Dykema Erb, and Kathy Wood
A space and a place for graduate dducation : building community and belonging / Karen P. DePauw and Monika Gibson
Assessment : using data to support graduate student success and program effectiveness / Anne E. Lundquist and Christine Kelly
Curriculum project / April L. Perry and Katherine Hall-Hertel
Conclusion : toward thriving / Valerie A. Shepard and April L. Perry
Appendix: Selected resources and associations : graduate education and graduate student affairs / Lisa C.O. Brandes.Digital Access TandFonline 2022 - DigitalLouise Cummings.Summary: This wide-ranging survey of the state of the art in clinical pragmatics includes an examination of pragmatic disorders in previously neglected populations such as juvenile offenders, children and adults with emotional and behavioural disorders, and adults with non-Alzheimer dementias. This book makes a significant contribution to the discussion of pragmatic disorders by exploring topics which have a fast-rising profile in the field. These topics include disorders in which there are both pragmatic and cognitive components, and studies of the complex impacts of pragmatic disorders such as mental health problems, educational disadvantage and social exclusion. This book also presents a critical evaluation of our current state of knowledge of pragmatic disorders. The author focuses on the lack of integration between theoretical and clinical branches of pragmatics and argues that the work of clinicians is all too often inadequately informed by theoretical frameworks. She attempts to bridge these gaps by pursuing a closer alliance of clinical and theoretical branches of pragmatics. It is claimed that this alliance represents the most promising route for the future development of the field. At once a yardstick measuring progress thus far in clinical pragmatics, and also a roadmap for future research development, this single-author volume defines where we have reached in the field, as well as where we have to go next.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Pragmatics and Language Pathology
Chapter 2. Pragmatic Disorders across the Life Span
Chapter 3. Disorders of the Pragmatics-Cognition Interface
Chapter 4. Theoretical Models and Pragmatic Disorders
Chapter 5. The Impact of Pragmatic Disorders
Chapter 6. Pragmatic Disorders in Complex and Undeserved Populations
Chapter 7. Pragmatic Disorders and Social Communication
Index.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Printvon T. von Lanz, W. Wachsmuth.Contents:
Bd.1, 3.T., Arm. - Printvon T. von Lanz, W. Wachsmuth.Contents:
Bd. 1, 2. T. Hals
Bd. 1, 3. T. Arm
Bd. 1, 4. T. Bein und Statik. - Digital/PrintPauchet, Victor; Luquet, Gabriel; Martel, Th. de; Quénu, Jean.Digital Access Google Books 1921-
- DigitalManfred Dietel, Christian Wittekind, Gianni Bussolati, Moritz von Winterfeld, editors.Summary: This book presents an overview of the most important current developments in the pre-analytical handling of tissue. It addresses in particular potential ways to improve the situation whereby methods employed in the pre-analytical phase ? the period from surgical removal of tissue to the start of pathological processing ? have remained essentially unchanged for decades with only modest standardization. It is examined how the pre-analytical period can be optimized, resulting not only in an increase in diagnostic quality but also in a reduction in processing time and costs. Among the key topics examined are the so-called cold ischemia time between tissue removal and fixation, the potential superiority of vacuum-based preservation over immediate formalin fixation, two-temperature fixation, molecular analysis methods, and the pre-analytics of specimens from particular tissues. Readers will find this book to be an important update that reveals the full importance of the pre-analytical phase for quality of pathological work-up.
Contents:
What Is Pre-Analytics in Surgical Pathology?
Histologic Validation of Vacuum Sealed Formalin
Free Tissue Preservation and Transport System
Pre-Analytics and Molecular Pathology
Experiences in Vacuum Preparation of Routine Specimens
Tissue Heterogeneity as a Pre-Analytical Source of Variability
Vacuum Fixation of Breast Specimens Before Grossing
How Do Short Fixation and Rapid Microwave Processing Affect Her2 Testing?
Current Projects in Pre-Analytics ? Where to Go?
Nucleic Acid Extraction from FFPE Tissue as Critical Preanalytic Step for NGS Applications
Experiences With Pre-Analytics of Lung Specimen
Experiences With Pre-Analytics of GI-Specimen
Bone Marrow Work-Up
Two-Temperature Fixation Preserves Activation Status with High Efficiency
Towards the Lean Lab. The Industry Challenge. . - Digital[edited by] Adam E.M. Eltorai, Steven Rougas, Paul George.Summary: "The perfect, one-of-a-kind companion to clerkship bootcamps, dedicated courses, or independent study, The Pre-Clerkship Guide: Procedures and Skills for Clinical Rotations delivers clear guidance on fundamental skills and basic clinical procedures essential for success in clinical rotations. Concise, step-by-step instructions and supplemental illustrations detail need-to-know information at a glance for quick reference when studying or practicing in a clinical setting, accompanied by professional insights and examples that highlight effective application. Whether paired with Bates's Pocket Guide or used as a standalone resource, this compact, easy-to-use text reinforces key information in a cohesive approach to help students feel comfortable and confident in clinical settings"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2022
- DigitalFatma Sarsu [and 9 more].Summary: This open access book presents simple, robust pre-field screening protocols that allow plant breeders to screen for enhanced tolerance to heat stress in rice. Two critical heat-sensitive stages in the lifecycle of the rice crop are targeted - the seedling and flowering stages - with screening based on simple phenotypic responses. The protocols are based on the use of a hydroponics system and/or pot experiments in a glasshouse in combination with a controlled growth chamber where the heat stress treatment is applied. The protocols are designed to be effective, simple, reproducible and user-friendly. The protocols will enable plant breeders to effectively reduce the number of plants from a few thousands to less than 100 candidate individual mutants or lines in a greenhouse/growth chamber, which can then be used for further testing and validation in the field conditions. The methods can also be used to classify rice genotypes according to their heat tolerance characteristics. Thus, different types of heat stress tolerance mechanisms can be identified, presenting opportunities for pyramiding different (mutant) sources of heat stress tolerance.
Contents:
General Introduction
Screening Protocols for Heat Tolerance in Rice at the Seedling and Reproductive Stages
Validation of Screening Protocols for Heat Tolerance in Rice
Conclusion
References. - DigitalAndrew Griffiths, Tim Lowes, Jeremy Henning, Amy Gospel.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Indications and Decision Making
3. Pre-Hospital Rapid Sequence Intubation (PRSI)
4. Crew Resource Management (CRM)
5. Post-Intubation Management
6. Equipment and Minimum Monitoring Standards
7. Drugs and Sedation
8. Special Circumstances
9. Complications, Adverse Events and Clinical Governance.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalPre-hospital Paediatric Life Support : a Practical Approach to Emergencies. Third edition. [3rd ed.]Advanced Life Support Group (ALSG) ; edited by Alan Charters, Hal Maxwell, Paul Reavley.Contents:
Scene management in incidents involving children
Preparation
Assessment and immediate management of the seriously ill or injured child
Immediate management of the seriously ill child
The structured approach to the seriously injured child
Management of cardiac arrest
When a child dies
The non-seriously ill child
The chronically ill child
Safeguarding children
Pain management in children
Paediatric triage
Military
Practical procedures : airway and breathing
Practical procedures : circulation
Practical procedures : trauma.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalJoel Thomas, Phillip Wagner, Ray Funahashi, Nitin Agarwal.Summary: "In recent years, applying for and getting accepted to medical schools in the U.S. has become increasingly difficult. In 2020-2021, only 38% of the 53,370 students who applied to U.S. medical schools were accepted. For the most prestigious medical schools, the acceptance rate was just 1.4-2%. Pre-Medicine: The Complete Guide for Aspiring Doctors by Joel Thomas, Phillip Wagner, Ray Funahashi, and Nitin Agarwal is a comprehensive roadmap that guides aspiring physicians through the rigorous process of preparing for and getting into medical school in the U.S. By bringing together multiple authors with different life experiences and perspectives, this unique book has broad appeal to students from diverse backgrounds"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2022
- Digitaledited by Farhad B. Naini, Daljit S. Gill.Summary: "Explore the possibilities of preadjusted edgewise appliances in orthodontics with this essential resource Preadjusted Edgewise Fixed Orthodontic Appliances: Principles and Practice comprehensively covers the increasingly popular preadjusted edgewise technique in orthodontics. The book integrates clinical practice and research findings, focusing on the biomechanics and clinical management of patients with preadjusted edgewise appliances. A unique learning resource for specialists and trainees in orthodontics, the book is highly illustrated and broad in scope, covering everything from informed patient consent to clinical techniques to information about how to manage patient malocclusions. Core topics include: A thorough introduction to the principles of treatment planning, orthodontic biomechanics, anchorage, informed patient consent, and the dentolegal aspects of orthodontic treatment ; An exploration of the preadjusted edgewise appliance, including bracket design, bracket placement, orthodontic bonding and debonding, archwires, mini-implants (TADs) and auxiliaries; Comprehensive description of the stages of treatment with preadjusted edgewise appliances, including alignment and levelling, controlled space closure, finishing and retention Information on the management of the major malocclusions (Class II, Class III, anterior open bite, deep overbite and transverse problems) with preadjusted edgewise appliances Perfect for postgraduate dentists undergoing specialist training in orthodontics, specialist practitioners, and hospital consultant orthodontists, Preadjusted Edgewise Fixed Orthodontic Appliances: Principles and Practice will also be useful to dentists with a special interest in orthodontics, orthodontic therapists, and orthodontic nurses who seek a comprehensive manual of the most popular fixed orthodontic appliance technique"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Principles of Treatment Planning / Farhad B. Naini and Daljit S. Gill
Principles of Orthodontic Biomechanics / Farhad B. Naini and Daljit S. Gill
Anchorage / Zaid B. Al-Bitar
Consent / Gavin J. Mack
Dentolegal aspects of orthodontic treatment / Alison Williams
Bracket Design / Chris D. Donaldson
Bracket Placement / Hemendranath V. Shah, Daljit S. Gill and Farhad B. Naini
Bonding in Orthodontics / Declan Millett
Debonding / Lucy Davenport Jones
Archwires / Leila Khamashta-Ledezma
Auxiliaries / Andrew T. DiBiase and Jonathan Sandler
Mini-implants (TADs) / Richard R. J. Cousley
Care of fixed appliances / Nazan Adali, Daljit S. Gill and Farhad B. Naini
Stages of Treatment with Preadjusted Edgewise Appliances
Alignment and Levelling / Farhad B. Naini and Daljit S. Gill
Controlled Space Closure / Daljit S. Gill and Farhad B. Naini
Finishing / Mohammed Owaise Sharif and Stephen M. Chadwick
Retention / Simon J. Littlewood
Management of Class II malocclusions / Martyn T. Cobourne and Mithran S. Goonewardene
Management of Class III malocclusions / Grant T. McIntyre
Management of Deep Incisor Overbite / Farhad B. Naini, Daljit S. Gill and Umberto Garagiola
Management of Anterior Open Bite / Chung How Kau and Tim S. Trulove
Management of the Transverse Dimension / Lucy Davenport-Jones. - DigitalOluwole Fadare, editor.Summary: This volume provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of precancerous lesions and gynecologic tract cancers. Each section discusses the historic evolution of a precancerous lesion, its epidemiology, the nature of the published evidence that supports its characterization as a precancerous lesion, and gives a detailed description of morphologic, immunophenotypic and molecular properties, and patient outcomes. The volume also features two separate chapters on the clinical management of precancerous lesions of the gynecologic tract as a well as the cytopathology of cervical precancerous lesions. Lavishly illustrated and written by some of the foremost experts in the field, Precancerous Lesions of the Gynecologic Tract: Diagnostic and Molecular Genetic Pathology is a definitive account of precancerous lesions of the gynecologic tract and is a valuable resource for pathologists, oncologists, and gynecologists.
- Digital/PrintSmith, Christian.Contents:
Contents
t. 1. Anatomie, urologie, affections de l'urèthre.Digital Access Google Books 1880- - DigitalShingo Fujii, Kentaro Sekiyama.Summary: This extraordinary monograph provides the precise neurovascular anatomy involved in open-abdominal radical hysterectomies, information that is essential for surgeons. For the surgical treatment of invasive cervical cancer, E. Wertheim reported the first systematic data on radical hysterectomy in the early 20th century. While Okabayashi's radical hysterectomy technique, which modified Wertheim's approach, later became the mainstream choice for the treatment of Stage Ib and IIb cervical cancer in Japan, the anatomy of the pericervical area is still not fully understood. The recent spread of laparoscopic surgery and robotic surgery also requires a clear grasp of the anatomy of the blood vessels in the connective tissues of the female pelvis. This book offers comprehensive information on the anatomy required for radical hysterectomies. All illustrations presented in this book were drawn by the first author - a pioneering gynecological surgeon - and reflect real-world procedures. All anatomical features described are essential and practical, and have been refined based on the latest clinical practice. As such, the book offers a valuable resource for all gynecological surgeons and general surgeons with an interest in gynecological oncology.
Contents:
1. Brief History of Surgical Treatment for Cervical Cancer
2. Classification of Radical Hysterectomy
3. Concept of Original Okabayashi's Radical Hysterectomy
4. Atlas of Original Okabayashi's Transabdominal Radical Hysterectomy
5. Novel Points of Okabayashi's Radical Hysterectomy
6. Step-by-Step Radical Hysterectomy with Pelvic Lymphadenectomy (without nerve-sparing)
7. What is Nerve-sparing Radical Hysterectomy?
8. Step-by-Step Nerve-sparing Radical Hysterectomy with Pelvic Lymphadenectomy. - DigitalHadi Goubran, Gaafar Ragab, Suzy Hassouna, editors.Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Chapter 1: Coagulation and Anticoagulants
Introduction
The Coagulation Cascade
Cell-Based Model of Hemostasis
Natural Anticoagulants, Predisposing Factors, and Exposing Factors of Clot Formation
Anticoagulants
Injectable Indirect Thrombin/Anti-Xa Inhibitors
Unfractionated Heparin (UFH)
Historic Background
Route and Dose
Therapeutic
Prophylactic
Side Effects
Contraindications
Reversal
Low-Molecular-Weight Heparins [LMWHs]
Indications and Dosage [39-46]
Warning and Precautions
Monitoring Pentasaccharide
Fondaparinux
Indication and Dose
Deep Vein Thrombosis Prophylaxis Following Hip Fracture, Hip Replacement, and Knee Replacement Surgery
Deep Vein Thrombosis Prophylaxis Following Abdominal Surgery
Deep Vein Thrombosis Prophylaxis in Medical Patients
Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism Treatment, Including HIT
Acute Coronary Syndrome
Warnings and Precautions
Vitamin K Antagonists [VKAs] and Warfarin
Warfarin
Historic Background
Bioavailability and Half-Life
Formulation
Dose and Administration
Warfarin Resistance Warfarin Interactions
Food, Food Supplement, and Herbal Interactions
Other Interactions
Drug Interactions [69-73]
Contraindications
Adverse Events
Injectable Direct Thrombin Inhibitors
Hirudins
Bivaluridin
Argatroban [103-106]
NOACs/DOACs
Contraindications
NOACs Include
Oral Direct Thrombin Inhibitor: Dabigatran
Indications
Dose
Contraindications [110]
Risk of Bleeding
Drug Interactions [110]
Other Drugs
Impact of Dabigatran on Other Drugs
Conversion to Warfarin [110]
Converting from or to Parenteral Anticoagulants Oral Direct Factor Xa Inhibitors
Apixaban [112]
Formulation
Indications
Contraindications [112]
Dose
Precautions in Special Populations [112]
Renal Impairment
Hepatic Impairment
Concomitant Use of Antiplatelet Agents
Drug Interactions [112]
Switching from to and from Other Anticoagulation Agents
Switching from or to Parenteral Anticoagulants
Switching from VKA to Apixaban
Switching from Apixaban to VKA
Anticoagulation Bridging (See Chap. 12)
Betrixaban [121]
Formulation
Indications
Dose
Precautions
Side Effects and Bleeding Risks Bleeding Reversal
Edoxaban [123]
Formulation
Indications
Contraindications [123, 126]
Precautions [123]
Drug Interactions: [120]
Switching Between Agents [123]
Bridging Anticoagulation (Please refer to Chap. 12)
Rivaroxaban [129]
Formulation
Indications
Dose
Precautions and Bleeding Risks
Switching from One Anticoagulant to Another
Switching from Parenteral Anticoagulants to Rivaroxaban
Switching from Rivaroxaban to Parenteral Anticoagulants
Switching from Vitamin K Antagonists (VKAs) to Rivaroxaban
Switching from Rivaroxaban to a VKADigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalSameek Roychowdhury, Eliezer M. Van Allen, editors.Summary: This comprehensive book was written by leading researchers in the emerging and changing field of precision cancer medicine. Precision cancer medicine entails connecting the right molecular diagnosis to the right treatment plan for individual patients. The textbook covers a range of topics from basic science to clinical application for patient care. Precision cancer medicine includes multi-disciplinary fields of research expertise ranging from genomics, pathology, oncology, hereditary genetics, bioinformatics, immunology, cancer biology, and bioethics. Basic topics include molecular diagnostics, liquid biopsy, immunogenomics, drug resistance mechanisms, and bioinformatics analyses of big data. The clinical topics include clinical interpretation, hereditary cancers, designs of basket clinical trials, exceptional responders, and the ethical, legal, and social implications of clinical genomics research. Readers who are involved in one of the specialities of precision cancer medicine can benefit from this book through exposure to other fields. Any level of training or professional practice can benefit from the broad exposure this book can provide.
Contents:
Preface
Between Hype and Hope, on the Cutting Edge of Precision Cancer Medicine
Molecular Diagnostics in Cancer: a Fundamental Component of Precision Oncology
Clinical Interpretation
Precision Cancer Medicine and Clinical Trial Design
Resistance to Anti-Cancer Therapeutics
Exceptional Responders
Immunogenomics
Managing Germline Findings from Molecular Testing in Precision Oncology
Ethical, legal, and social implications of precision cancer medicine
Liquid Biopsy: Translating Minimally Invasive Disease Profiling From The Lab To The Clinic
Data Portals and Analysis
Index.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalBharat Jasani, Ralf Huss, Clive R. Taylor.Summary: This book describes the changing role of pathology in aiding reproducible and accurate patient selection for predictive cancer therapy. Particular attention is given to the clinical application of cutting-edge cancer biomarkers to accurately select patients for targeted cancer therapy and how artificial intelligence can improve the precision of treatments. The advent and basis of predictive cancer care, the role of pathologists in translational cancer research, the analysis of cancer samples, the management of biopsy results, and the accuracy of biopsy results are also discussed. Precision Cancer Medicine: Role of the Pathologist details how pathologists can use the latest biomarkers and apply artificial intelligence technology in cancer diagnosis and management. It is also relevant to oncologists and medical practitioners involved in cancer management seeking an up-to-date resource on the topic.
Contents:
Part I Introduction
Rationale & Role of Pathology in Personalised Precision Cancer Medicine
Part II Preparation & Analysis of Cancer Samples for Digital & Computational Pathology Analysis
Methods of Tissue Preparation & Analysis
Part III Precision diagnostic, prognostic and predictive analysis of cancer for personalised cancer medicine
Cancer Typing & Reporting
Cancer Specific Applications
Part IV Developing Digital and Computational Technology and Methods for Predictive Cancer Analysis
Cancer Agnostic Predictive Analysis
Development of Multiplexed Analysis
Part V Future of Pathology in Cancer Medicine
Discussion from a pathologist's perspective the fears and opportunities of the increasing use of digital and computational analysis in cancer pathology
Conclusion. - Digitaleditors, Jeanette McCarthy, Bryce Mendelsohn.Contents:
Preconception carrier screening
Pregnancy
The newborn
Emergency medicine, metabolic disease
Childhood and adolescence
Pharmacogenomics
Heart disease
Cancer predisposition testing
Cancer : genomic-guided treatment decisions
The brain
Wellness
Appendices.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2017 - Digital[edited by] Hans-Peter Deigner, Matthias Kohl.Summary: Precision Medicine: Tools and Quantitative Approaches discusses precision and personalized medicine, two relevant topics that are revolutionizing diagnostics and treatment, while also providing a shift toward prevention. The book covers the most relevant features and explanations underlying developments in the field. A timely review on prerequisites, causes and consequences is given. Unique to this book is a combined view on technical and data analysis aspects that is mandatory for obtaining and interpreting results. This book is a valuable source for researchers in medical and life sciences, physicians and students with an interest in this emerging field of precision medicine.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalStephen H. Tsang, editor, forward by George M. Church.Contents:
Part I. Introduction to the CRISPR revolution
1. Viral vectors, engineered cells and the CRISPR revolution
2. Combining engineered nucleases with adeno-associated viral vectors for therapeutic gene editing
Part II. CRISPR in model systems
3. From reductionism to holism: toward a more complete view of development through genome engineering
4. A transgenic core facility's experience in genome editing revolution
5. Genome editing to study Ca²⁺ homeostasis in zebrafish cone photoreceptors
6. CRISPR: from prokaryotic immune systems to plant genome editing tools
Part III. The future of CRISPR
7. Target discovery for precision medicine using high-throughput genome engineering
8. CRISPR in the retina: evaluation of futre potential
9. The futrue of CRISPR applications in the lab, the clinic, and society.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJules J. Berman.Summary: Despite what you may have read in the popular press and in social media, Precision Medicine is not devoted to finding unique treatments for individuals, based on analyzing their DNA. To the contrary, the goal of Precision Medicine is to find general treatments that are highly effective for large numbers of individuals who fall into precisely diagnosed groups. We now know that every disease develops over time, through a sequence of defined biological steps, and that these steps may differ among individuals, based on genetic and environmental conditions. We are currently developing rational therapies and preventive measures, based on our precise understanding of the steps leading to the clinical expression of diseases. Precision Medicine and the Reinvention of Human Disease explains the scientific breakthroughs that have changed the way that we understand diseases, and reveals how medical scientists are using this new knowledge to launch a medical revolution.
Contents:
Introduction: seriously, what is precision medicine?
Redefining disease causality
Genetics: clues, not answers to the mysteries of precision medicine
Disease convergence
The precision of the rare diseases
Precision organisms
Reinventing diagnosis
Precision data
The alternate futures of precision medicine.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digital/Printedited by Daniel D. Von Hoff, Haiyong Han.Summary: This book presents the latest advances in precision medicine in some of the most common cancer types, including hematological, lung and breast malignancies. It also discusses emerging technologies that are making a significant impact on precision medicine in cancer therapy. In addition to describing specific approaches that have already entered clinical practice, the book explores new concepts and tools that are being developed. Precision medicine aims to deliver personalized healthcare tailored to a patientâ#x80;#x99;s genetics, lifestyle and environment, and cancer therapy is one of the areas in which it has flourished in recent years. Documenting the latest advances, this book is of interest to physicians and clinical fellows in the front line of the war on cancer, as well as to basic scientists working in the fields of cancer biology, drug development, biomarker discovery, and biomedical engineering. The contributing authors include translational physicians with first-hand experience in precision patient care.
Contents:
Part I: Individual types of cancer precision medicine, Hematological malignancies
Lung cancer
Breast cancer
Rare malignancies
Part II: Currently available techniques, Immunohistochemistry enabled precision medicine
Genomics enabled precision medicine
Proteomics enabled precision medicine
Metabolomics enabled precision medicine, Part III: Future precision medicine
Imaging precision medicine
Single cell sequencing in precision medicine
Microbiome in precision medicine
Perspectives on precision medicine.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalSeth S. Martin, editor.Summary: This book contains the current knowledge and potential future developments of precision medicine techniques including artificial intelligence, big data, mobile health, digital health and genetic medicine in the prevention of cardiovascular disease. It reviews the presently used advanced precision medicine techniques and fundamental principles that continue to act as guiding forces for many medical professionals in applying precision and preventative medical techniques in their day-to-day practices. Precision Medicine in Cardiovascular Disease Prevention describes current knowledge and potential future developments in this rapidly expanding field. It therefore provides a valuable resource for all practicing and trainee cardiologists looking to develop their knowledge and integrate precision medicine techniques into their practices.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
1 Social Determinants
Social Determinants of Health and Cardiovascular Care: A Historical Perspective
Landmark Reports on Health Disparities: Relevance to CVD
Role of SDOH in Cardiovascular Care: Ignored for Far Too Long
Current State of CVD Disparities in the US
SDOH, 'Traditional' Risk Factors and Current Models of CVD Care
SDOH and CVD: A Review of Current Literature
SDOH: A Domain-Based Analysis
Economic Stability
Current Evidence and Pathways
Summary
Education
Current Evidence and Pathways
Summary Neighborhood and Physical Environment
Current Evidence and Pathways
Summary
Food
Current Evidence and Pathways
Summary
Community and Social Context
Current Evidence and Pathways
Summary
Healthcare
Current Evidence and Pathways
Summary
Conclusions
References
2 Biomarkers
Introduction
Lipid Biomarkers and Cardiovascular Risk
Low-Density Lipoprotein Cholesterol
Estimation of LDL-C in Precision Medicine
There is More Than LDL-C: LDL Particles and Apolipoprotein B
Non-High-Density Lipoprotein Cholesterol (non-HDL-C): The "Poor Man" apoB? Maximizing the Use of the Standard Lipid Panel: The Total Cholesterol to HDL-C Ratio
Residual Risk and Lipoprotein-Related Risk Beyond LDL: Triglyceride-Rich Lipoproteins
Lipoprotein (a)-ready for Prime-Time Use?
Non-Lipid Cardiac Biomarkers in Risk Stratification of Asymptomatic Patients
Cardiac Biomarkers of Wall Stress and Myocardial Injury
Factors Affecting Biomarker Interpretation
Cardiac Troponin and Cardiovascular Risk
Cardiac Biomarkers in Hypertension
Cardiac Biomarkers in Aortic Stenosis
Cardiac Biomarkers in Heart Failure
HsCRP
GlycA
Galectin-3 Lp-PLA2
Hepatocyte Growth Factor
Fibrinogen
Adipokines
Sex Hormones
Conclusions
References
3 Genetics
Introduction
Rare Variation Highlights Novel Disease Pathways
Background
Relevance for Cardiovascular Prevention
Leveraging Common Variant Genomics to Understand Disease Pathophysiology
Background
Relevance for Cardiovascular Prevention
Mendelian Randomization Can Help Us Understand Causal Relationships
Background
Relevance for Cardiovascular Prevention
Polygenic Risk Scores Can Improve Risk Prediction
Background Relevance for Cardiovascular Prevention
Conclusions and Future Perspectives
References
4 Atherosclerosis Imaging
Traditional Risk Scores and Individualized Risk Assessment
Proposed Tools for Personalizing Risk Estimation
Serum Biomarkers and Genetics: Pros and Cons
Coronary Artery Calcium
CAC Imaging
CAC Scoring
Early Data
Major Population-Based Studies
MESA
Heinz Nixdorf
Rotterdam Study
Meta-Analysis
CAC in Guidelines
Shared Decision-Making
Risk Re-Classification Through CAC
CAC Future Directions
CAC Score = 0 - DigitalMandana Hasanzad, editor.Summary: The book provides complete information on the cornerstones of precision medicine through the omics approach. Clinical applications of genomics and precision medicine have progressed from a theoretical wish list to an impactful force in medical practice.Step-by-step descriptions are provided from basics to the future application and its benefit in clinical practice. Precision medicine aims to personalize health care by tailoring decisions and treatments to each individual in every possible way. Precision medicine includes pharmacogenomics. Essential information is provided on the role of precision medicine and pharmacogenomics in the clinical practice of cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, psychiatric disease, and also the importance for healthcare professionals. This book will assist the practitioners how to integrate precision medicine and pharmacogenomics data into their clinical practice. It is hoped that physicians, pharmacists, and scientists with basic scientific knowledge of precision medicine will findthis book useful.
Contents:
Principles of precision medicine
Principles of pharmacogenomics and pharmacogenetics
Precision medicine in oncology and cancer therapeutics
Precision medicine in cardiovascular disease practice
Precision medicine in endocrinology practice
Precision medicine in psychiatric Disorders
Precision public health perspectives
DNA technologies in precision medicine and pharmacogenetics
Precision medicine initiatives
Economic aspects in precision medicine and pharmacogenomics
Ethical, legal and social aspects of precision medicine
Personalized Medicine Literacy
Precision medicine in infectious disease. - DigitalRita Basu, editor.Summary: Bringing clarity to the emerging model of precision medicine within the diabetes field, and expanding upon how it will lead to the development of specifically tailored treatment for patients and even macro strategies in public health, this unique book explores the realm of biomarkers in the era of big data. Various experts in their respective areas discuss the current practice to illuminate how creating a more discreet profile of patients and even substratum of populations will lead to more refined therapies targeted towards the phenotype and genotype of the patient. Embracing a multidisciplinary team science approach, this book demonstrates how precision medicine in diabetes can mine a web of data toward diabetes risk stratification and treatment options. The authors skillfully articulate how the construction of various prediction-based models can revolutionize clinical decision-making, and they examine the challenges and pitfalls of integrating disparate sources of information and how the collection of data and cooperation among stakeholders will be key to the future of precision medicine in diabetes treatment. Topics include personalized approaches to the management of both type 1 and type 2 diabetes, various macro and microvascular complications of diabetes, inpatient management of glycemia, nutrition, exercise, advances in diabetes technology and others. Ideal for clinical endocrinologists and other professionals involved in the management of diabetes and its complications, Precision Medicine in Diabetes is first of its kind to address this paradigm-shifting topic in a comprehensive way. .
Contents:
Precision Medicine Approaches for Management of type 2 Diabetes
Precision Medicine for Diabetes and Cardiovascular Disease
Precision Medicine for Diabetes and Dyslipidemia
Imaging in Precision Medicine for Diabetes
Implementation of Precision Genetic Approaches for Type 1 and 2 Diabetes
Precision Genetics for Monogenic Diabetes
Precision Medicine for Diabetic Nephropathy
Precision Medicine for Diabetic Neuropathy
Inpatient Precision Medicine for Diabetes
Medical Management for Precision Diabetes Remission
Surgical Management for Precision Diabetes Remission
Precision Nutrition for Type 2 Diabetes
Precision Exercise and Physical Activity for Diabetes
Diabetes Technology for Precision Therapy in Children, Adults and Pregnancy
Adaptive and Individualized Artificial Pancreas for Precision Management of Type 1 Diabetes
Evolving Approaches to Type 1 Diabetes Management. - Digital/PrintIkuo Konishi, editor.Summary: This volume presents the scientific advances and current status of our understanding of precision medicine for common diseases in gynecology and obstetrics. Standard treatments based on clinical guidelines in the field have been established for decades, and those are essential to daily clinical practice. Meanwhile comprehensive genomic and genetic analyses have led to personalized medicine by precise clinical and genomic approaches. This book is organized into two major parts, gynecology and obstetrics, and the chapters in each part give a clear exposition of the current knowledge and the future perspectives for the treatment of various gynecological cancers, maternal disorders, and other diseases that affect female patients. Topics on novel treatment strategy with the application of molecular targeted drugs, immunotherapy, and prevention medicine are also covered. This collection benefits not only experienced gynecologists and obstetricians, but also young physicians who would like to begin clinical and basic research on diseases in women, researchers in basic medicine, and all medical oncologists who are involved in gynecological cancers.
Contents:
Part 1: Introduction
1 Toward Precision Medicine in Gynecology and Obstetrics
Part 2: Gynecology
2 Genomics in Gynecological Cancer: Future Perspective
3 Signal Transduction and Targeted Therapy for Gynecologic Cancer
4 Immune Therapy for Gynecologic Cancer: Coming True
5 Prevention of Cervical Cancer: Era of HPV Testing and Vaccination
6 Pathology, Genomics, and Treatment of Endometrial Cancer
7 Diversity in Pathology and Genomics in Ovarian Cancer
8 Hereditary Ovarian and Endometrial Cancers: Current Management
9 Molecular Pathology and Novel Therapy for Uterine Sarcomas
Part 3:Obstetrics
10 Recurrent Pregnancy Loss: Current Evidence and Clinical Guideline
11 Genomic Approach for Recurrent Abortions: Prevention Feasible?
12 Prenatal Diagnosis of Embryo and Fetus in the Human
13 Pathology and Genomics in Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasia
14 Genomic Analysis for Hypertension in Pregnancy
15 Molecular Mechanisms for Preterm Delivery
16 Developmental Origins for Health and Disease (DOHaD): Future Perspective. - Digitaledited by Bulent Aydogan, James A. Radosevich.Summary: "Most medical treatments have been designed for the "average patient." As a result of this "one-size-fits-all-approach," treatments can be very successful for some patients but not for others. This is changing with the emergence of precision medicine, an innovative approach to disease prevention and treatment that takes into account individual differences in people's genes, environments, and lifestyles. Precision medicine gives clinicians tools to better understand the complex mechanisms underlying a patient's health, disease, or condition, and to better predict which treatments will be most effective. Precision or personalized medicine in cancer treatment was once a buzzword, but it is finally becoming a reality with recent advances in imaging, genetic, and biological sciences. The importance of interpatient and intratumor variability has long been recognized, but realistic opportunities to take these into account in cancer care have emerged only recently. Innovations in patient characterization through genomics, proteomics, and metabolomics have opened new avenues to personalize cancer treatment in ways that were not possible before. Furthermore, advances in quantitative assessment of therapeutic response, as provided by functional and molecular imaging, have been critical in the implementation of precision medicine paradigm in radiation oncology. This book will be a comprehensive review of science and technology making precision medicine possible for radiation oncology, current examples and future direction"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Genomic strategies for personalized cancer therapy
Blood-based biomarkers for the diagnosis and prognosis of cancer
Application of circulating cell free DNA for personalized cancer therapy
Prognostic Implications of EGFR, p53, p16, cyclin D1, Bcl-2 in head & neck squamous cell carcinoma (HNSCC)
Predictive and prognostic markers for cancer medicine
Dual energy imaging in precision radiation therapy
The role of Big Data in personalized medicine. - DigitalAna Catarina Fonseca, José M. Ferro, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive coverage of the state of the art in precision medicine in stroke. It starts by explaining and giving general information about precision medicine. Current applications in different strokes types (ischemic, haemorrhagic) are presented from diagnosis to treatment. In addition, ongoing research in the field (early stroke diagnosis and estimation of prognosis) is extensively discussed. The final part provides an in-depth discussion of how different interdisciplinary areas like artificial intelligence, molecular biology and genetics are contributing to this area. Precision Medicine in Stroke provides a practical approach to each chapter, reinforcing clinical applications and presenting clinical cases. This book is intended for all clinicians that interact with stroke patients (neurologists, internal medicine doctors, general practitioners, neurosurgeons), students and basic researchers.
Contents:
Part 1: Precision Medicine
Introduction
Precision Medicine:enabling health care progresso in the 21stcentury
Do we need precision medicine in stroke
Part 2: Current applications of precision medicine in Ischemic stroke
monogenic diseases
Pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics of stroke therapy
Acute stroke imaging
Part 3: Current applications of precision medicine in Haemorrhagic stroke
Intracerebral haemorrhage
Part 4: Future application
Blood protein biomarkers in the diagnosis of stroke
prognosis determination
Part 5: Interdisciplinary approach
Artificial intelligence applications in stroke
Registry-based stroke research
From bedside to bench: methods in precision medicine
Approach for genetic studies
Part 6: Conclusion
Precision medicine versus personalized medicine. - DigitalDonna E. Hansel, Seth P. Lerner, editors.Summary: "This succinct yet comprehensive volume describes current and emerging concepts in molecular pathology of bladder cancer. Divided into two distinct sections, the first part focuses on the general principles of molecular findings in bladder cancer, while the second part focuses on the molecular changes associated with specific histologic subtypes. The volume also addresses such topics as molecular alterations in non-invasive and invasive disease, including bladder cancer variants as appropriate, emerging molecular classifiers of bladder cancer, and molecular associations to outcome and treatment. Written by experts in the field, Precision Molecular Pathology of Bladder Cancer is a valuable resource for those in the urologic community, including urologic pathologists, urologists, urologic oncologists and radiation oncologists, who treat and manage bladder cancer."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1.Risk Factors and Molecular Features Associated with Bladder Cancer Development.- 2.Grading, Staging, and Morphologic Risk Stratification of Bladder Cancer
3.Genomic Assessment of Muscle-Invasive Bladder Cancer: Insights from The Cancer Genome Atlas (TCGA) Project
4.Molecular Alterations in the Pathogenesis of Bladder Cancer Subtypes and Urothelial Carcinoma Variants
5.Treatment Paradigms in Bladder Cancer: Clinical Implications of Histological and Molecular Analysis.- 6.Requisite for Collection and Distribution of Tissue and Fluid Specimens for Molecular Diagnostics and Discovery in Bladder Cancer
7.Diagnostic, Prognostic and Predictive Biomarkers on Bladder Tissue and Blood
8.Urine Cytology and Existing Urinary Biomarkers for Bladder Cancer.- 9.Molecular Targeted Therapy of Bladder Cancer
10.Response to Immunotherapy: Application of Molecular Pathology to Predict Successful Response
11.Emerging Molecular Approaches in the Analysis of Urine in Bladder Cancer Diagnosis
12. Stromal Contributions to Tumor Progression in Urothelial Carcinoma of the Bladder
13.Modeling Bladder Cancer with Genetic Engineering: Fidelity of Human-to-laboratory Models. . - DigitalAshraf Khan, Ian O. Ellis, Andrew M. Hanby, Ediz F. Cosar, Emad A. Rakha, Dina Kandil, editors.Contents:
Molecular basis of breast cancer imaging
Familial Breast Cancer and Genetic Predisposition in Breast Cancer
Modelling the Molecular Pathology of Breast Cancer Initiation
Molecular Pathology of Precancerous Lesions of the Breast
Breast Cancer Stem Cells: Role in Tumor Initiation, Progression and Targeted Therapy
Molecular Pathology of Pre-Invasive Ductal Carcinoma. -Molecular Pathology of Lobular Carcinoma Ali Sakhdari, Lloyd Hutchinson, Ediz Cosar
Molecular Pathology of Hormone Regulation in Breast Cancer: Hormone Receptor Evaluation and Therapeutic Implications
Molecular Pathology of HER Family of Oncogenes in Breast Cancer: HER-2 Evaluation and Role in Targeted Therapy
Molecular Classification of Breast Cancer
Triple Negative Breast Cancer: Subtypes with Clinical Implications
Molecular-based Diagnostic, Prognostic and Predictive Tests in Breast Cancer
Role of MicroRNAs in Breast Cancer
Molecular Pathology of Fibroepithelial Neoplasms of the Breast
Molecular Features of Mesenchymal Tumors of the Breast
Molecular Pathology of Breast Cancer Metastasis
The molecular pathology of chemoresistance during the therapeutic response in breast cancer
The Molecular Pathology of Male Breast Cancer
Specimens for Molecular Testing in Breast Cancer.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalVictor G. Prieto, editor.Contents:
Introduction
Hematolymphoid Proliferations of the Skin
Molecular Testing in Cutaneous Mesenchymal Tumors
Molecular Pathology of Cutaneous Adnexal Tumors
Infectious diseases of the skin
Application of Molecular Pathology to Cutaneous Melanocytic Lesions
Application of Molecular Pathology to Tissue Identification in Cutaneous Pathology.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJosé Javier Otero, Aline Paixao Becker, editors.Summary: This volume provides a balanced and realistic review of the current state of glioblastoma, ranging from traditional histological review, molecular pathology of glioma, modern radiomics, neurosurgical focus, and integration of treatment plans by neuro-oncologists. The book reviews basic principles such as epidemiology and etiology, and modern 2016 WHO classification of CNS tumors. Chapters cover a general overview of common molecular techniques used in molecular pathology, molecular pathology in a developing country, key drivers of patient outcomes and predictors of response to radiation and/or chemotherapy treatment, and immunohistochemical surrogates for key molecular pathology. It concludes with reviews on radiomics, animal and stem cell models of glioblastoma, and a chapter on the emerging field of Glioblastoma Neuroscience. Precision Molecular Pathology of Glioblastoma is intended for pathology residents and fellows interested in glioblastoma, general surgical pathologists who need reviews on how to implement modern glioblastoma classification, as well as neuro-radiologists, oncologists, and radiation oncologists needing a holistic perspective to glioblastoma diagnosis and management.
Contents:
Part I: General Principles
Epidemiology and etiology of glioblastoma
The role of Molecular Genetics of Glioblastoma in the Clinical Setting
Neurosurgical Approach to the Patient with Glioblastoma
Machine Learning Approaches Pertinent to Glioma Classification
Histopathology of Adult and Pediatric Glioblastoma
Principles of Radiation Therapy for Glioblastoma Patients
'Implementing Molecular Pathology in a Developing Country
Part II: Molecular Pathology of Glioblastoma
Molecular Stratification of Adult and Pediatric High Grade Gliomas
Genomic Heterogeneity of Aggressive Pediatric and Adult Diffuse Astrocytomas
Immunohistochemical Surrogates for Molecular Pathology
Part III: Key Molecular Pathways in Glioblastoma Development and Progression
Learning-Based Automated Methods for Brain Tumor Segmentation, Subtype Classification, Tracking and Patient Survival Prediction
Rodent Brain Tumor Models for Neuro-Oncology Research
Stem cell based modelling of glioblastoma
The Neuroscience of Glioblastoma. - DigitalChen Liu, editor.Summary: This volume provides the most updated knowledge on the advancement of molecular pathogenesis, molecular diagnosis, and therapy development for hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC). Topics covered include the etiology and pathogenesis of HCC, recent advances in HCC genomics, biomarker discovery and validation in HCC diagnosis, the role of liver biopsy in HCC early diagnosis, and the future prospects of surgical approaches and targeted therapy for HCC. In addition to reviewing the current available knowledge, the book also discusses the future development of a precision and personalized medicine approach for HCC. Written by experts in the field, Precision Molecular Pathology of Liver Cancer is a concise yet comprehensive resource for practitioners who treat patients with hepatocellular carcinoma.
- DigitalLarissa V. Furtado, Aliya N. Husain, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of pediatric oncology. The text covers relevant concepts in molecular biology and addresses technical principles, applications, challenges, and integration of current and emerging genomic and molecular methods in the diagnosis and personalized management of childhood cancers. The text also discusses a wide array of pediatric neoplasms in the context of molecular pathology in a concise and understandable manner, with focus on their molecular pathogenesis, clinicopathological features, classification, molecular diagnosis, and approaches to personalized care. Written by experts in the field, Precision Molecular Pathology of Neoplastic Pediatric Diseases serves as a valuable resource for pathologists, pediatric oncologists, trainees and researchers with an interest in pediatric and molecular pathology.
- DigitalBrian D. Robinson, Juan Miguel Mosquera, Jae Y. Ro, Mukul Divatia, editors.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalMichael T. Deavers, Donna M. Coffey, editors.Contents:
Part I: Introduction
Endometrial Carcinoma: Precursor Lesions and Molecular Profiles
Part II: Endometrial Carcinoma
Classification of Endometrial Carcinoma
Immunohistochemical Markers in Endometrial Carcinoma
Molecular Pathology of Endometrioid Adencarcinoma
The Molecular Pathology of Serous Endometrial Cancer
Uterine Clear Cell Carcinoma
Mucinous Adenocarcinoma of the Endometrium
Molecular Pathology of Uterine Carcinosarcoma
Hereditary Endometrial Carcinomas
Targeted Therapy and Prevention of Endometrial Cancer
Part III: Uterine Mesenchymal Tumors (Nucci)
Molecular Pathology of Cervival Dysplasia and Carcinoma.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJuan Bueno.Summary: Translational medicine addresses the gap between research and the clinical application of new discoveries. To efficiently deliver new drugs to care centers, a preclinical evaluation, both in vitro and in vivo, is required to ensure that the most active and least toxic compounds are selected as well as to predict clinical outcome. Antimicrobial nanomedicines have been shown to have higher specificity in their therapeutic targets and the ability to serve as adjuvants, increasing the effectiveness of pre-existing immune compounds. The design and development of new standardized protocols for evaluating antimicrobial nanomedicines is needed for both the industry and clinical laboratory. These protocols must aim to evaluate laboratory activity and present models of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic and toxicokinetic behavior that predict absorption and distribution. Likewise, these protocols must follow a theranostics approach, be able to detect promising formulations, diagnose the infectious disease, and determine the correct treatment to implement a personalized therapeutic behavior. Given the possibilities that nanotechnology offers, not updating to new screening platforms is inadequate as it prevents the correct application of discoveries, increasing the effect of the valley of death between innovations and their use. This book is structured to discuss the fundamentals taken into account for the design of robust, reproducible and automatable evaluation platforms. These vital platforms should enable the discovery of new medicines with which to face antimicrobial resistance (RAM), one of the great problems of our time.
Contents:
Intro
Dedication
Preface
Contents
Chapter 1: Antimicrobial Screening: Foundations and Interpretation
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing from Anti-infectives Research Until Clinical Use
1.3 Phenotypic Resistance Versus Genetic Resistance
1.4 Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing and Virulence Factors
1.5 Biomarkers and Antimicrobial Testing
1.6 Integral Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing
1.7 Biosensors in Antimicrobial Evaluation
1.8 Conclusions
References 3.3 Antimicrobial Nanoformulations in Drug Delivery
3.4 Antimicrobial Nanotheranostics Trojan Horse
3.5 Cellomics of Synergism Under a Multi-target Strategy
3.6 Biofilm Penetration: Synergy and Strategy
3.7 Conclusions
References
Chapter 4: In Vitro Nanotoxicity: Toward the Development of Safe and Effective Treatments
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Nanomaterials in Interaction with Tissues
4.3 Toxic Dose 50 and Lethal Dose 50 in Nanotechnology
4.4 Drug Interactions and Adverse Events with Nanodrugs
4.5 Immunotoxicity: Immune Response Without Control 4.6 Genotoxicity, Epi-genotoxicity, and Carcinogenesis
4.7 Nanotoxicokinetics
4.8 Conclusions
References
Chapter 5: ADMETox: Bringing Nanotechnology Closer to Lipinski's Rule of Five
5.1 Introduction
5.2 ADMET Score
5.3 Absorption and Interaction with Biological Systems in Nanotechnology
5.4 Distribution: Specificity After Absorption
5.5 Metabolism: Nanomaterial Clearance
5.6 Nanopharmaceutical Excretion: The Risk of Gastrointestinal Disorders
5.7 Conclusions
References Chapter 2: Antimicrobial Activity of Nanomaterials: From Selection to Application
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Antimicrobial Activity of Nanomaterials
2.3 Antimicrobial Models for Nanomaterials Evaluation
2.4 Implementation of Antimicrobial Methods for Nanomaterials Evaluation
2.5 Selection Criteria on the Basis of Biodegradability and Toxicity
2.6 Therapeutic Index in Nanomaterials
2.7 Conclusions
References
Chapter 3: Synergy and Antagonism: The Criteria of the Formulation
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Multi-target Antimicrobial Strategy Chapter 6: Antimicrobial Nanotechnology in Preventing the Transmission of Infectious Disease
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Nanomaterials in Antimicrobial Surfaces
6.3 Antibiofilm Activity of Antimicrobial Nanotechnology
6.4 Antiquorum Sensing: Avoid Dissemination by Preventing Communication
6.5 Nanomaterials and Surfactant Activity
6.6 Nano-Bio Interaction and Antimicrobial Effects
6.7 Nanotoxicological Models in Antimicrobial Coatings
6.8 Conclusions
References
Chapter 7: Nanotechnology in the Discovery of New Antimicrobial Drugs: Is a New Scientific Revolution Possible? - DigitalJill Shawe, Eric A.P. Steegers, Sarah Verbiest, editors.Summary: This book provides a practical, multidisciplinary approach to support a broad range of health professionals, social workers, public health workers and others tasked with providing health and care to young adults. The continuum of life begins with the health and wellness of parents prior to conception, followed by embryonic and fetal development, and continues throughout life. Each persons life stages prepare them for the next and determine their health outcome and wellbeing over time. The text highlights the importance of promoting health throughout the lifespan, , the influence of intergenerational health, and the concept of the Developmental Origins of Health and Disease in epigenetic processes and embryology. Authors underscore the importance of advancing health equity and lift up some of the ethical considerations in this work. The authors explore specific interventions in four major categories: Lifestyle, Infections, Nutrition, and Contraception / Pregnancy Planning (LINC). Preconception care is defined by the World Health Organization as the provision of biomedical, behavioural and social health interventions to women and couples before conception. Preconception care includes evidence-based interventions to improve health status, to reduce behaviours, individual and environmental factors that contribute to poor health outcomes. This book offers readers evidence-based guidance regarding fertility awareness and sperm health, genetic counselling and lifestyle assessments, as well as mental wellbeing, alcohol, tobacco and pharmacotherapy, and specialist care for those with chronic conditions, including a review of medications. It also covers relevant infections, including HIV and the Zika virus, as well as different types of environmental and occupational exposure. The book employs a framework focusing on health promotion, the social determinants of health, and the science behind preconception care. Strategies for improving preconception and interconception hea lth, including examples from around the globe, are described in detail.
Contents:
Forward
Introduction
Chapter 1. Definitions, background, history, challenges and opportunities (global perspectives)
Chapter 2. Epigenetics, Embryology, Preconception science, Periconception, Sperm health
Chapter 3. Lifestyle: behavioural health, alcohol, tobacco, substance use
Chapter 4. Lifestyle: weight (obesity, overweight, underweight)
Chapter 5. Chronic conditions: risk assessment, diabetes, cardiac, RA, Thyroid, Cystic Fibrosis, Haematological, IBD, pharmacotherapy
Chapter 6. Infections: vaccinations, toxoplasmosis, listeriosis, CMV, STIs , HIV/AIDS, Zika
Chapter 7. Nutrition: folic acid, nutrients
Chapter 8. Occupational Environment: occupational hazards. Environmental Pollutants: exposures to toxins, pollution, water
Chapter 9. Social Environment: interpersonal violence, trafficking
Chapter 10. Fertility awareness, maternal/paternal age, menstrual issues, reproductive life plan, birth spacing
Chapter 11. Genetic health, genetic counselling, consanguinity
Chapter 12. Strategies for improving preconception health
examples from around the globe (China, Ethiopia, Europe, Canada, US, Bangladesh)
Chapter 13. The Way Forward.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalRoman Fuchs, Petr Veselý, Jana Nácarová.Summary: This Springer Brief answers the question on how birds recognize their predators using multidisciplinary approaches and outlines paths of the future research of predator recognition. A special focus is put on the role of key features to discriminate against predators and non-predators. The first part of the book provides a comprehensive review of the mechanisms of predator recognition based on classical ethological studies in untrained birds. The second part introduces a new view on the topic treating theories of cognitive ethology. This approach involves examination of conditioned domestic pigeons and highlights the actual abilities of birds to recognize and categorize.
Contents:
Intro; Abstract; Acknowledgements; Contents;
Chapter 1: How to Study Predator Recognition; 1.1 Observation in the Wild; 1.2 Experiments; 1.2.1 Experiments on Nests; 1.2.2 Experiments on Winter Feeders; 1.2.3 Experiments in Aviaries; 1.2.4 Presentation of Predators; 1.3 Predator Recognition Markers; 1.3.1 Behavioural Markers; 1.3.1.1 Mobbing; 1.3.1.2 Alarm Calls; 1.3.2 Physiological Markers;
Chapter 2: Evidence for Abilities of Predator Recognition; 2.1 Predator vs. Non-predator; 2.2 Ground vs. Aerial Predators; 2.3 Nest vs. Adult Predators; 2.4 Different Species of the Same Ecological Guild
Chapter 3: Tools Used for Predator Recognition 3.1 Non-manipulative Studies; 3.2 Manipulative Studies; 3.2.1 Silhouettes; 3.2.2 Particular Features: Colouration; 3.2.3 Particular Features: Size; 3.2.4 Particular Features: Eyes and Beaks; 3.2.5 Particular Features: Multiple Features; 3.3 Conclusions;
Chapter 4: General Principles of the Objects Recognition; 4.1 Particulate Feature Theory x Recognition by Components; 4.2 Local vs. Global Features; 4.3 Category Discrimination and Concepts Formation; 4.4 Features x Exemplars x Prototypes; 4.5 Functional Categorization 4.6 Process of Discrimination and Categorization in Behavioural Experiments with Untrained Birds 4.6.1 Cues Used for Discrimination and Categorization; 4.6.2 Category Formation; 4.7 Future Research Vision; References - DigitalChris E. Forsmark, Timothy B. Gardner, editors.Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive summary of pancreatitis and its complications, with expert recommendations on prediction and management. The text thoughtfully summarizes the current prediction models for severe acute pancreatitis, including laboratory, clinical and imaging parameters, and highlights the relative advantages and disadvantages of several of these models. Evidenced-based guidelines into medical and surgical management of both the hospitalized and discharged patient are described, with recommendations from expert authors pertaining to various clinical situations. The volume also discusses complications of acute pancreatitis and their management, including the use of cutting-edge minimally-invasive therapies. Prediction and Management of Severe Acute Pancreatitis serves as the fundamental source for those interested in and treating this disease, including practicing gastroenterologists, surgeons, radiologists, intensivists, hospitalists and pathologists.
Contents:
1. Revised Atlanta Classification of Acute Pancreatitis
2. Organ Failure and Acute Pancreatitis
3. Sterile and Infected Pancreatic Necrosis
4. Evolving Definitions of Severe Acute Pancreatitits
5. Clinical Predictors
6. Imaging Predictors
7. Predictive Scoring Systems in Acute Pancreatitis
8. Fluid Resuscitation in Acute Pancreatitis
9. Antiobiotic Therapy
10. Nutrition in Severe Acute Pancreatitis
11. Pharmacologic Therapy
12. Management of Ductal Leaks
13. Endoscopic Management of Severe Gallstone Pancreatitis
14. Direct Endoscopic Necrosectomy
15. Retroperitoneoscopic Approaches for Infected Necrotizing Pancreatitis
16. Surgical Approaches
17. Internventions for Nectrotizing Pancreatitis: A Mutlidisciplinary Approach.Digital Access Springer 2015 - PrintAjay Agrawal, Joshua Gans, and Avi Goldfarb.Summary: The idea of artificial intelligence--job-killing robots, self-driving cars, and self-managing organizations--captures the imagination, evoking a combination of wonder and dread for those of us who will have to deal with the consequences. But what if it's not quite so complicated? The real job of artificial intelligence, argue these three eminent economists, is to lower the cost of prediction. And once you start talking about costs, you can use some well-established economics to cut through the hype. The constant challenge for all managers is to make decisions under uncertainty. And AI contributes by making knowing what's coming in the future cheaper and more certain. But decision making has another component: judgment, which is firmly in the realm of humans, not machines. Making prediction cheaper means that we can make more predictions more accurately and assess them with our better (human) judgment. Once managers can separate tasks into components of prediction and judgment, we can begin to understand how to optimize the interface between humans and machines. More than just an account of AI's powerful capabilities, Prediction Machines shows managers how they can most effectively leverage AI, disrupting business as usual only where required, and provides businesses with a toolkit to navigate the coming wave of challenges and opportunities. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction: Machine Intelligence ; Cheap changes everything
Part One: Prediction. Prediction machine magic ; Why it's called intelligence ; Data is the new oil ; The new division of labor
Part Two: Decision Making. Unpacking decisions ; The value of judgment ; Predicting judgment ; Taming complexity ; Fully automated decision making
Part Three: Tools. Deconstructing workflows ; Decomposing decisions ; Job redesign
Part Four: Strategy. AI in the C-suite ; When AI transforms your business ; Your learning strategy ; Managing AI risk
Part Five: Society. Beyond business. - DigitalNabil Djouder, editor.Summary: This book reviews recent work on molecular chaperones of the prefoldin family from their discovery in Archaea to the basic clarification of their structure. Even though, there is still a lot to investigate in order to understand the roles and functions of prefoldins, some preliminary work suggests their contribution in assembly and activation of a variety of macromolecular complexes. Hence, the reader is introduced to recent structural findings via cryo-electron microscopy and to the importance of this particular group of proteins in health and disease. This book also discusses the particular structure of the URI prefoldin-like complex. In addition, recent developments in the generation of URI mouse models speculate on the functions and emerging roles of the URI prefoldin-like complex in various cellular processes. This novel protein complex represents a unique cellular machinery, which molecular basis of its activity still remains to be determined. This work is thus a guide to help researchers in the field to have a more comprehensive and critical view of the prefoldin world.
Contents:
Preface
Structure of the molecular chaperone prefoldin
Structure and function of archaeal prefoldin
Role and functions of prefoldins
Nuclear functions of prefoldins
The yeast prefoldin Bud27
URI-like prefoldin complex
HSP90 and its R2TP/Prefoldin-like cochaperone
Role and functions of URI: mouse models for URI
Nuclear function of URI-like prefoldin complex
URI and androgen regulation. Index. - Digital/PrintSummary: Pregnancy, childbirth, postpartum and newborn care: a guide for essential practice (3rd edition) (PCPNC), has been updated to include recommendations from recently approved WHO guidelines relevant to maternal and perinatal health. These include pre-eclampsia & eclampsia; postpartum haemorrhage; postnatal care for the mother and baby; newborn resuscitation; prevention of mother-to- child transmission of HIV; HIV and infant feeding; malaria in pregnancy, interventions to improve preterm birth outcomes, tobacco use and second-hand exposure in pregnancy, post-partum depression, post-partum family planning and post abortion care. The aim of PCPNC is to provide evidence-based recommendations to guide health care professionals in the management of women during pregnancy, childbirth and postpartum, and newborns, and post abortion, including management of endemic diseases like malaria, HIV/AIDS, TB and anaemia. The PCPNC is a guide for clinical decision-making. All recommendations are for skilled attendants working at the primary level of health care, either at the facility or in the community. They apply to all women attending antenatal care, in delivery, postpartum or post abortion care, or who come for emergency care, and to all newborns at birth for routine and emergency care.Digital Access WHO 2015
- Digitaledited by Rachel Dryer and Robyn Brunton.Summary: "This book provides a collective examination of the theoretical, empirical, and clinical perspectives of pregnancy-related anxiety. Pregnancy-related anxiety is a distinct form of anxiety that is experienced by pregnant women and is characterized by pregnancy-specific fears and worries. This form of anxiety has been associated with a range of negative obstetric, neonatal, and maternal outcomes. There has been increased research interest in this form of anxiety, particularly over the last 15 years. The content is organized in three sections. The first section provides a thorough understanding of pregnancy-related anxiety, ranging from its historical development, evidence of its distinctiveness to the antecedents and outcomes of this anxiety for the mother and child. The second section examines key clinical issues around diagnosis and treatment specifically, current diagnosis/screening for this anxiety and approaches for intervention and treatment. The final section considers emerging areas of research such as pertinent issues around culture and acculturation which are key issues in an increasingly multicultural world. Moreover, the effects of pregnancy-related anxiety on the woman's broader psychosocial functioning are considered with specific chapters on body image and sexual abuse, two key areas of concern. A seminal resource, this book provides a broad examination of the topic from multiple frameworks and perspectives which sets this book apart from other books in print. This book intends to inform and stimulate future research studies, as well as increase awareness and understanding of pregnancy-related anxiety. It is a must-read for researchers, educators, clinicians, and higher education students who care about delivering better support and services to pregnant women, particularly those who are vulnerable and distressed"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2021
- DigitalDavid A. Schwartz, Julienne Ngoundoung Anoko, Sharon A. Abramowitz, editors.Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; Part I: The West African Ebola Epidemic, Women, and Their Children;
1: Ebola's Assault on Women, Children, and Family Reproduction: An Introduction to the Issues; 1.1 An Introduction; References;
2: Effects of the West African Ebola Epidemic on Health Care of Pregnant Women: Stigmatization With and Without Infection; 2.1 Introduction: Stigma, Ebola Virus, and Pregnant Women; 2.2 Rethinking Stigma in the Context of an Acute Epidemic; 2.3 Gendering Outbreaks; 2.4 Ebola and Women 2.5 Stigmatization of Health Facilities and Health Care Workers: Avoidance of Hospitals and Birthing Centers 2.6 Stigmatization of Pregnant Women Due to Ebola Infection; 2.7 Conclusions; References;
3: The Challenges of Pregnancy and Childbirth Among Women Who Were Not Infected with Ebola Virus During the 2013-2015 West African Epidemic; 3.1 Introduction: The Story of Aminata; 3.2 Partners In Health; 3.3 The Ebola Epidemic and the Partners In Health Response; 3.4 The Health System in West Africa Prior to Ebola; 3.5 The Impact of Ebola on Health Systems; 3.5.1 Staff; 3.5.2 Stuff 3.5.3 Space 3.5.4 Systems; 3.5.5 Referral Systems and Ambulances; 3.5.6 Travel and Movement Restrictions; 3.5.7 Communication and Messaging; 3.5.8 Cost; 3.5.9 Ebola Screening; 3.6 Impact of the Ebola Epidemic on Women Without Ebola Infection; 3.6.1 The Story of Fatmata; 3.7 Impact on Maternal Health Services; 3.7.1 Maternal Mortality; 3.7.2 Facility-Based Deliveries; 3.7.3 Surgical Delivery; 3.7.4 Antenatal Care; 3.7.5 Economic Impact on Women; 3.7.6 Stigma and Mistrust; 3.8 The Way Forward; 3.9 Conclusions; References
4: Ebola Virus Disease and Pregnancy: Perinatal Transmission and Epidemiology 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Epidemiology of Ebola Infection in Pregnancy; 4.3 Managing Ebola Virus Disease in Pregnancy-Supportive Care and Obstetric Considerations; 4.4 Transplacental and Perinatal Ebola Virus Transmission; 4.5 Outcomes of Ebola Virus Disease-Affected Pregnancies; 4.6 Nosocomial Ebola Virus Disease Transmission; 4.7 Sexual Transmission; 4.8 Impact of Ebola Virus Disease on Routine Pregnancy Care in West Africa; 4.9 Pregnancy Outcomes After Recovery from Ebola Virus Disase; 4.10 Summary References
5: Comprehensive Clinical Care for Infants and Children with Ebola Virus Disease; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Protocol Development; 5.3 Admission Criteria for Ebola Treatment Units; 5.4 Accompaniment and Challenges in Pediatric Ebola Care; 5.5 Protocols for the Management of Ebola Virus Disease in Children; 5.5.1 Overview; 5.5.2 Initial Assessment and Management; 5.5.3 Fluid Management; 5.5.3.1 Oral Rehydration; 5.5.3.2 Parenteral Rehydration; 5.5.4 Electrolyte Supplementation; 5.5.4.1 Potassium; 5.5.4.2 Magnesium; 5.5.4.3 Zinc; 5.5.5 Antimicrobial Therapy - PrintMonique Rainford, MD.Summary: "A tragedy is unfolding all around us and is receiving well overdue attention. Black women are three times more likely to die from pregnancy than their white peers. But Dr. Monique Rainford is working to better understand these disparities and do something about them. Pregnant While Black is a hopeful exploration of the issues pregnant Black women face in America. Within these pages, Dr. Rainford draws on over twenty years of experience working in obstetrics and gynecology to offer a primer on Black pregnancies and how to better care for them. She shares the successes and testimonies of Black women who have struggled during pregnancy and childbirth, anchoring the stories of these women with carefully researched facts. Despite medical advances over the last twenty years, for Black women, the overwhelming dangers of carrying and delivering children remain and it only seems to be getting worse. In Pregnant While Black, Rainford begins the work of 'repairing the damage of the past' with an examination of the conditions that plague Black pregnancies. This important book carries the hopes and dreams of a generation looking to effect change, here and now."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Why Black mothers are dying in America
Black women and fertility: how is the system failing them?
A deep dive into miscarriages and why they affect Black women more
Navigating the healthcare system: the added burden
Preterm birth story: how the disparity perpetuates
Multiple gestation: how many Black babies will survive?
Preeclampsia/hypertensive disorders: too common for Black women
Stillbirth: the searing pain of loss and why Black women suffer more
Low birthweight babies: what's in a number?
Social support for Black pregnant women and the role of the father
Sickle cell disease and lupus: ignored and undertreated
Mental health challenges: the silent pandemic
Covid-19 and the effect on Black pregnant women
The route of delivery
The postpartum experience: the care that ends too quickly
The newborn tax on Black children
The ray of hope.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2023]Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalArunangshu Chakraborty, Ashokka Balakrishnan, editors.Summary: This book explores the concept of prehabilitation to great depths using all possible modes of prehabilitation across surgical specialities. Prehabilitation is a unique concept that is becoming popular day-by-day. It began from the enhanced recovery after surgery (ERAS) program and has found importance in almost all of the surgeries now. The book possibly being the first on prehabilitation globally introduces the concept, describes the methods of functional assessment of the patients scheduled for extensive cancer surgery, and ways of pre-optimisation. It covers the methods of prehabilitation system-wise and then provides pehabilitation tools specific for individual onco-surgical subspecialties. The book will be an invaluable resource for practitioners of onco-anesthesia and onco-surgery in optimizing their patients before surgery for best results. It will also be useful for the allied disciplines such as nutritionists, physiotherapists, psychiatrists and oncology nurses.
Contents:
Section I: Introduction to Prehabilitation
Concept of prehabilitation
Functional assessment: MET, ECOG
Section II: Systemic Prehabilitation
Cardiovascular prehabilitation
Respiratory prehabilitation
Endocrine prehabilitation
Hematological prehabilitation
Nutritional prehabilitation
Role of Physiotherapy in prehabilitation
Psychological and social prehabilitation
Section III: Prehabilitation for Cancer Surgery- Speciality wise
Prehabilitation for Liver, hepato-pancreato-biliary surgery
Prehabilitation for Colorectal surgery, ERAS elements
Prehabilitation for thoracic surgery
Prehabilitation for uro-gynae-oncological surgery
Prehabilitation for head and neck onco-surgery
Prehabilitation for Skeletal/muscular cancer surgery. - DigitalTarek El-Toukhy, Peter Braude, editors.Summary: This unique book offers a comprehensive yet practical user-friendly guide to preimplantation genetic diagnosis (PGD). It provides understanding of and insight into the complete procedure, its recent clinical and laboratory developments and its future prospects, whilst offering an easy point of reference for patient enquiries. Concluding with perspectives on the ethical and social issues often encountered by healthcare professionals counselling patients with regards to PGD. Each chapter within Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis in Clinical Practice is written by established authorities in their fields. An essential resource for PGD specialists and non-specialists, and for all practitioners working within the disciplines of fertility, reproductive medicine and medical genetics.
Contents:
Introduction
Basic Genetics for PGD
Genetic counselling and its role in PGD
Complex issues in PGD
Assisted Reproductive Care for PGD Patients
Embryology and PGD
PGD for sex-determination and chromosome rearrangements: FISH and emerging technologies
PGD analysis of embryos for monogenic disorders
Managing the PGD cycle
Training and Accreditation in PGD
PGD data in the UK and Europe
PGD Facts and Figures
Pre-implantation diagnosis and HLA-typing: the potential for selection of unaffected HLA matched siblings
PGD and human embryonic stem cell technology
Ethical and Social aspects of PGD
Preimplantation Genetic screening
Regulation of PGD in the UK and Worldwide
New Developments in PGD
The Future of Preimplantation Genetic Testing. - DigitalPeter A. Brennan, Tom Aldridge, Raghav C. Dwivedi, editors.Summary: Oral squamous cell carcinoma (SCC) is the 13th commonest cancer worldwide, and the most common cancer in the Asian subcontinent due to the widespread habit of tobacco and betel nut chewing. Despite many advances in diagnosis and treatment, the survival statistics have only marginally improved. However our understanding of the disease process and transformation from pre-cancerous lesions of the oral mucosa to an invasive SCC cancer and their progression has expanded exponentially. There are many conditions of the oral mucosa that can progress to an invasive malignancy. A thorough understanding of these conditions is a prerequisite for all those involved in the management of the diseases of the oral mucosa and head and neck region. The recognition and timely treatment of potentially pre-malignant conditions of the oral cavity can minimize the change to an overt malignancy in many patients through patient education, appropriate treatment and surveillance. In this book we cover relevant anatomy, biology, diagnosis and latest management strategies for pre-cancerous conditions that affect the oral mucosa. The respective chapters are written by expert contributors from around the world, lending the book a global perspective and making it an essential guide for all those involved in the management of pre-malignant lesions arising in this challenging anatomical region.
Contents:
Introduction to oral premalignant lesions including epidemiology
Development, relevant anatomy and physiology of the oral cavity and mucosa
Basic cellular and molecular biology to include the effects of carcinogens (smoking, alcohol, betel nut, HPV, chronic candida)
Pathophysiology of the transformation from normal mucosa to invasive malignancy (carcinogenesis) including dysplasia
Leukoplakia including benign lesions
Erythroplakia and erythroleukoplakia.-The lichenoid group of diseases including erosive and atrophic lichen planus.-Systemic diseases that are potentially pre-cancerous (iron deficiency anaemic, immunosuppression
Clinical presentation of oral mucosal premalignant lesions (this will be a larger section), and include high and low risk lesions
Diagnosis including biopsy techniques and other relevant investigations
Management of premalignant disease of the oral mucosa with up to date clinical trials and adjuvant therapies. Role of surgery, laser treatments
The future. . - Digitalby Mansfield Mela.Summary: "This book provides clinically relevant information for mental health experts, including professionals in the medical, mental, educational, vocational, legal and correctional, child welfare, and others, who encounter individuals with a hidden disability. Professionals require essential training to appropriately support patients who navigate the mental health system because of the consequences of prenatal alcohol exposure (PAE). Because curricula have only recently begun to incorporate this material, a text providing basic as well as advanced information is necessary. This book is significant because its content is useful for professional training across many mental health disciplines. It covers information missing from curricula about the long-term effects of PAE (fetal alcohol spectrum disorder ["FASD 101"]) and includes clinical information on the mental disorders relevant to FASD. Given the burgeoning research and knowledge in this area, the text also updates, synthesizes, and consolidates current information into one source. Even seasoned mental health professionals well versed in the research data can use this information to become better educated and informed on the intersecting mental health consequences of PAE"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
History of Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder and Mental Disorders
Epidemiology
Prenatal Exposure to Multiple Substances
Understanding Etiological Mechanisms
Neurocognitive Mechanisms
Clinical Presentation
Mental Disorder Manifestation of Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder
Profile of Associated Mental Disorders
Neuroimaging
Psychological Testing
Laboratory Testing
Diagnostic Nosology
Pharmacological Intervention
Psychological Treatment
Critical Success Factors
Special issues in Children and Adolescents (the Young)
Special Issues in the Elderly
Special Issues in Forensic Mental Health
The Emergency Room
Clinical Relevance of Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder in the Mental Health System
Future of the Interface of Prenatal Alcohol Exposure and Mental Disorder.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2021 - DigitalJoann Paley Galst, Marion S. Verp, editors.Contents:
1. Prenatal genetic screening and diagnostic testing
2. Preimplantation genetic screening and diagnostic testing
3. Medical reasons for pregnancy interruption: chromosomal and genetic abnormlaities
5. Medical reasons for pregnancy interruption: fetal reduction
6. Fetal pain
7. Giving bad and ambiguous news
9. Ethical issues
10. Religious traditions
11. Disability perspectives
12. Feminist perspectives on prenatal and preimplantation diagnosis
13. Critical aspects of decision-making and grieving after diagnosis of fetal anomaly
14. Helping patients cope with their decisions
15. A burden of choice: the ripple effect: parent's grief and the role of family and friends
16. Postscript: a patient's perspective
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalGabriele Tonni, Waldo Sepulveda, Amy E. Wong, editors.Contents:
1. The Genetics of Facial Cleft
2. Evaluation of the Fetal Face in the First Trimester
3. The role of 2D/3D/4D Ultrasound in the Prenatal Assessment of Cleft Lip and Palate
4. 2D/3D/4D Ultrasound of the Fetal Face in Genetic Syndromes
5. Prenatal Diagnosis of Head and Neck Tumors
6. Micrognathia
7. Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) in the Evaluation of the Fetal Face
8. The Fetal Brain in Fetuses with Orofacial Abnormalities
9. Development and Autospy Assessment of the head and Face
10. Postnatal Management of Cleft Lip and Palate
11. Cases.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalPrenatal Diagnostic Testing for Genetic Disorders : the Revolution of the Non-invasive Prenatal TestGian Carlo Di Renzo, editor.Summary: This comprehensive volume covers all aspects of the revolution in prenatal diagnosis brought about by the introduction of non-invasive prenatal testing (NIPT), which primarily relies on the detection of free fetal DNA circulating in maternal blood from the early stages of pregnancy. The book explores the potential of NIPT to provide full genome screening of the fetus and identify many common or rare disorders. The counseling process, as well as the limitations and pitfalls of various techniques used to perform NIPT, are described, evaluated, and critically discussed by renowned international experts. The book also compares the new technology with more conventional tests, preimplantation diagnosis, and the invasive procedures currently in use. This book will be a valuable resource for gynecologists, obstetricians, geneticists, maternal-fetal medicine specialists, pathologists, neonatologists, reproductive medicine specialists, midwives, and anyone interested in prenatal genetic diagnosis.
Contents:
Preface
1. Introduction
2. A brief history of non-invasive prenatal diagnosis and its forecast
Part 1. Clinical Genetics
3. The Nexus Between Chromosomal Abnormalities and Single Gene Disorders
4. Clinical implications of chromosomal polymorphisms in congenital disorders
5. Placental genetics. Fetus-placental discrepances: Challenges in prenatal genetic diagnosis
6. Underpinnings of the Conundrum Between Genetic Screening and Testing
7. Epidemiology of birth defects in twins
8. Screening of aneuploidies in twin pregnancies
Part 2. Non Invasive Diagnosis
9. Congenital Anomalies: the Role of Ultrasound
10. Customary complications and screening techniques of early pregnancy
11. First trimester screening for common and rare chromosomal abnormalities as well as for major defects which tests should be combined?
12. The Technology of Cell Free Fetal DNA-based NIPT
13. The technologies: comparisons on efficiency, reliability and costs
14. Pre and Post Test Counseling
15. CfDNA testing in IVF pregnancies
16. RATs Rare autosomal trisomies and their relevance in cfDNA testing
17. Rapid Detection of Fetal Mendelian Disorders: Thalassemia and Sickle Cell Syndrome
18. Noninvasive Antenatal Screening for Fetal RHD in RhD Negative Women to Guide Targeted Anti-D Prophylaxis
19. Genome Wide Cell Free Fetal DNA-based Prenatal Testing: Limits and Perspectives
Part 3. Clinical setting and trends
20. Developing and delivering a clinical service for the non-invasive prenatal diagnosis of monogenic conditions
21. Counseling in a changing world of genetics
22. Maternal Secondary Genomic Findings Detected By Fetal Genetic Testing
23. Prenatal genome-wide sequencing for the investigation of fetal structural anomalies - is there a role for non-invasive prenatal diagnosis?
24. Cross-cultural Perspectives on Noninvasive Prenatal Testing
25. International Guidelines for implementation of NIPT
26. Overview of Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis (PGD): Historical Perspective and Future Directions. - Digitaledited by Sam Riedijk, Karin E.M. Diderich.Summary: "Prenatal Genetic Counseling: Practical Support for Prenatal Diagnostics, Decision-Making, and Dealing with Uncertainty provides a foundation for new research and a one-stop source for physicians, genetic counselors, psychologists, social workers, general practitioners, grief workers, translational researchers, and administrators seeking to work in the field of clinical genomics ethically and in full consideration of patients' psychological well-being. Here, an international team of experienced counselors and clinician-scientists lay out the range of methods and technologies applied in prenatal decision-making, including NIPT; invasive testing with microarray analysis or whole genome sequencing; ultrasound screening; and prenatal diagnosis for known hereditary conditions, among others. From here, they examine specific challenges in the clinical translation. In a field where decisions about life or death of a child are made, professionals are bound to encounter uncertainty. This book was co-created by health care practitioners, scientists, patients and students to provide insights and direction for offering support straight from the heart to couples faced with fetal anomalies. To make this possible for all couples, diversity in prenatal genetic counseling is also addressed. Finally, next steps in prenatal genetic counseling research and clinical implementation are discussed. As we are challenged by the rapid advances in prenatal genomics, so are our patients. Learning from our patients with every encounter, this book aims to offer access to the insights we gathered as well as to stimulate lifelong learning"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
I. The landscape of prenatal diagnosis. A flow from screening to diagnostics
From the consulting room: personal narratives of giving prenatal information about fetal anomalies
Whole-exome sequencing: a changing landscape of prenatal counseling
Dealing with uncertainty in prenatal genomics
Addressing diversity in prenatal genetic counseling
II. Patient journey and offering support. Introduction
The discovery
The iterative process of decision-making
Ending the pregnancy
Grief
Building a life again
Organizing support
Staying young; student reflections
Appendix. Concluding remarks.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2022] - DigitalDerek Dillane, Barry A. Finegan, editors.Summary: This book uses a case-based approach to provide current information on a range of medical issues with the goal of enhancing preoperative evaluation and optimization. It meets the market need for a resource that concisely encapsulates current knowledge on the medical management of specific topics in a setting relevant to the preoperative clinic. In so doing the book aims to improve patient care and safety, enhance resource use, facilitate appropriate and timely management of preexisting conditions and diminish patient concerns. Organized into sections according to body system, each section consists of chapters delineating a specific disorder. Each chapter starts with a clinical vignette followed by a question-and-answer style investigation of the relevant issues. These questions attempt to address commonly encountered clinical dilemmas where opinion often differs between, and occasionally within, medical sub-specialties. Expertly written chapters are also supplemented by a number of chapters which address special considerations such as the frail patient and chronic opioid use. Preoperative Assessment: A Case-Based Approach is an invaluable reference for all physicians involved in preoperative assessment including anesthesiologists, surgeons, internists, family doctors and residents in these fields. Nurse practitioners and other allied heath professionals involved in preoperative evaluation may also find this a book a valuable and timely resource. .
Contents:
1. Preoperative Assessment and Optimization
PART I CARDIAC
2. The Cardiac Patient Undergoing Non-Cardiac Surgery
3. The Adult Congenital Cardiac Patient for Non-Cardiac Surgery
4. Hypertension
5. Cardiac Failure
6. Atrial Arrhythmias
7. Aortic Stenosis
8. Pulmonary Hypertension
9.Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices
PART II VASCULAR
10. Carotid Endarterectomy
11. Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
12. Marfan Syndrome
PART III PULMONARY.-13. Obstructive Sleep Apnea
14. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
15. Asthma
16. Restrictive Lung Disease
PART IV ENDOCRINE
17. Diabetes Mellitus
18. Hyperthyroidism
19. Adrenal Insufficiency.-20. Pituitary Adenoma.-21. Pheochromocytoma
PART V HEPATOBILIARY
22. Liver Dysfunction.-23. The Patient Presenting for Liver Transplantation
PART VI GASTROINTESTINAL.-24. Crohns Disease
25. Carcinoid Tumor
PART VII RENAL
26. Chronic Kidney Disease and the Dialysis Patient
27. Non-transplant Surgery for the Transplant Patient.-PART VIII MUSCULOSKELETAL
28. Systemic Sclerosis
29. Rheumatoid Arthritis
30. Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
31. Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy
IX NEUROLOGICAL
32
Myasthenia Gravis
33. Ischemic Stroke
34. Parkinson Disease
35. Multiple Sclerosis
36. Intracranial Mass
X HEMATOLOGICAL
37. Easy Bruising
38. Thrombocytopenia
39. Long Term Anticoagulation
40. Venous Thromboembolic Disease
41. Anemia
42. Sickle Cell Disease
XI MISCELLANEOUS
43. The Pregnant Patient
44. The Psychiatric Patient
45. The Obese Patient Undergoing Non-Bariatric Surgery
46. The Frail Patient
47. The Opioid Tolerant Patient
48. Substance Abuse Disorder
49. Amyloidosis. - Digitaledited by BobbieJean Sweitzer.Contents:
Overview
Preoperative basics
Heart disease
Pulmonary disease
Neurologic/neuromuscular
Renal disease
Hepatobiliary disease
Endocrine and metabolic disorders
Hematologic issues
Musculoskeletal and autoimmune
The acutely ill patient
Psychiatric disorders, chronic pain, and substance abuse
Miscellaneous issues
Geriatric patients
Pediatric patients
Anesthesia specific issues
Preoperative assessment for specific locations
Medication management
Business logistics.Digital Access Ovid 2019 - Digitaledited by Arne Staby, Anurag S. Rathore, Satinder Ahuja.Summary: "Preparative Chromatography for Separation of Proteins addresses a wide range of modeling, techniques, strategies, and case studies of industrial separation of proteins and peptides. Covers broad aspects of preparative chromatography with a unique combination of academic and industrial perspectives. Presents Combines modeling with compliantce useing of Quality-by-Design (QbD) approaches including modeling. Features a variety of chromatographic case studies not readily accessible to the general public. Represents an essential reference resource for academic, industrial, and pharmaceutical researchers"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Model-Based Preparative Chromatography Process Development in the QbD Paradigm / Arne Staby, Satinder Ahuja, Anurag S Rathore
Adsorption Isotherms / Jørgen M Mollerup
Simulation of Process Chromatography / Bernt Nilsson, Niklas Andersson
Simplified Methods Based on Mechanistic Models for Understanding and Designing Chromatography Processes for Proteins and Other Biological Products-Yamamoto Models and Yamamoto Approach / Noriko Yoshimoto, Shuichi Yamamoto
Development of Continuous Capture Steps in Bioprocess Applications / Frank Riske, Tom Ransohoff
Computational Modeling in Bioprocess Development / Francis Insaidoo, Suvrajit Banerjee, David Roush, Steven Cramer
Chromatographic Scale-Up on a Volume Basis / Ernst B Hansen
Scaling Up Industrial Protein Chromatography / Chris Antoniou, Justin McCue, Venkatesh Natarajan, Jörg Thömmes, Qing Sarah Yuan
High-Throughput Process Development / Silvia M Pirrung, Marcel Ottens
High-Throughput Column Chromatography Performed on Liquid Handling Stations / Patrick Diederich, Jürgen Hubbuch
Lab-Scale Development of Chromatography Processes / Hong Li, Jennifer Pollard, Nihal Tugcu
Problem Solving by Using Modeling / Martin P Breil, Søren S Frederiksen, Steffen Kidal, Thomas B Hansen
Modeling Preparative Cation Exchange Chromatography of Monoclonal Antibodies / Stephen Hunt, Trent Larsen, Robert J Todd
Model-Based Process Development in the Biopharmaceutical Industry / Lars Sejergaard, Haleh Ahmadian, Thomas B Hansen, Arne Staby, Ernst B Hansen
Dynamic Simulations as a Predictive Model for a Multicolumn Chromatography Separation / Marc Bisschops, Mark Brower
Chemometrics Applications in Process Chromatography / Anurag S Rathore, Sumit K Singh
Mid-UV Protein Absorption Spectra and Partial Least Squares Regression as Screening and PAT Tool / Sigrid Hansen, Nina Brestrich, Arne Staby, Jürgen Hubbuch
Recent Progress Toward More Sustainable Biomanufacturing / Milton T W Hearn.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Muhammad Waseem, Isabel A. Barata, Jennifer H. Chao, David Foster, Noah Kondamudi.Summary: This book outlines the essential knowledge required for the management of critically ill and severely injured children. It is designed to facilitate successful completion of the Pediatric Emergency Medicine Board Examination of the American Board of Pediatrics (ABP). Each chapter follows a Question & Answer format, covering major areas in pediatrics such as cardiology, dermatology, nephrology, surgery and trauma. The book concludes with a comprehensive practice test, allowing it to function as a well-rounded reference and study guide. Prepare for the Pediatric Emergency Medicine Board Examination is an essential resource for any clinician or trainee seeking a concise review of how to manage critically ill and severely injured children.
Contents:
1. Resuscitation
2. Emergency Medical Services/prehospital care
3. Environmental Emergencies
4. Airway and respiratory Emergencies
5. Cardiology
6. Dermatology
7. Neonatal
8. Nephrology
9. NEUROLOGY
10. Gynecology
11. Infectious Diseases
12. Endocrine and Metabolic Diseases
13. Hematology and Oncology
14. Toxicology
15. Psychosocial Emergencies
16. Child Abuse
17. ENT
18. Ophthalmology
19. Surgery
20. Trauma
21. Emergency Obstetric Ultrasound
22. Emergency Cardiac Ultrasound
23. Emergency Ultrasound in Trauma
24. Emergency point of care Ultrasound
25. Orthopedics
26. Procedures
27. Dental
28. Dental Procedures
29. Burns
30. Snake Envenomation/Animal Bites
31. Administration
32. Epidemiology
33. Biostatistics
34. Practice Test.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJoanne Chaperlo Langan.Summary: 'Preparing Nurses for Disaster Management' helps you build the skills you need to prepare for, respond to, and recover from emergency situations efficiently and effectively. It includes the personal stories of nurses who have experienced disasters, describing the specific incident, the response, what worked or didn't work, and the lessons learned. Case studies show how to apply international response guidelines in providing care for those in need.
Contents:
Overview of disaster preparedness
Stages of disaster response
Nursing roles in disasters and public health emergencies
Actual diasters and public health emergencies
Anticipating the future: brainstorming exercies.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023 - DigitalRosemary M. Caron.Summary: In concept and practice, public health casts a wide net, spanning assessment, intervention, and policy; education, prevention, and protection; public, private, and government entities. But key elements are often missing from the picture, including a clear understanding of public health and its goals by the general public, and specific public health education throughout the workforce. Public Health Practice responds to these and related challenges by elegantly summarizing the state of the field in an era of dwindling budgets, competing and overlapping services, and a shaky professional infrastructure. In keeping with public health goals set out by the CDC and other leading agencies, the author makes a real-world case for standardizing training, establishing best practices in the field, and coordinating public health systems with their healthcare counterparts. Theory, case examples, tools, and callout boxes highlight knowledge, preparation, and skills professionals need in addressing chronic issues and complex emergencies. Throughout, the emphasis is on greater competency and visibility for the profession, resulting in a more informed, healthier public. Featured in the coverage: Issues in defining the public health workforce. The state of public health education. Practicing and teaching public health: local, national, and international cases. Standardizing public health practice: benefits and challenges. Integrating public health and healthcare. The future of public health as seen from academia and the frontlines. Identifying urgent issues and providing cogent answers, Public Health Practice is a call to action for those involved in creating the next level of public health, including professors, practitioners, students, and administrators.
Contents:
Introduction and Overview
Public Health Workforce
Public Health Education: Changing Times
Public Health Lessons: Practicing and Teaching Public Health
Standardizing Public Health Practice: Benefits and Challenges
The Future of the Public?s Health from the Perspective of Public Health Experts
Vision for Public Health Practice in the 21st Century: Target Improvement Areas. - DigitalStephen M. StahlSummary: "With the range of psychotropic drugs expanding and the usages of existing medications diversifying, we are pleased to present the Seventh Edition of the world's best-selling formulary in psychopharmacology. The new edition features nine new compounds as well as information about several new formulations of existing drugs. Many important new indications are covered for existing drugs, as are updates to the profiles of the entire content and collection, including new injectable and transdermal formulations, as well as updated warnings and indications. The Pearls have all been refreshed and the antipsychotics section has been completely revised. With its easy-to-use, full-colour template-driven navigation system, Prescriber's Guide combines evidence-based data with clinically informed advice to support everyone who is prescribing in the field of mental health"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalJanet L. Peacock, Sally M. Kerry, Raymond R. Balise.Summary: "As many medical and healthcare researchers have a love-hate relationship with statistics, the second edition of this practical reference book may make all the difference. Using practical examples, mainly from the authors' own research, the book explains how to make sense of statistics, turn statistical computer output into coherent information, and help decide which pieces of information to report and how to present them. --- The book takes you through all the stages of the research process, from the initial research proposal, through ethical approval and data analysis, to reporting on and publishing the findings. Helpful tips and information boxes, offer clear guidance throughout, including easily followed instructions on how to: *develop a quantitative research proposal for ethical/institutional approval or research funding; *write up the statistical aspects of a paper for publication; *choose and perform simple and more advanced statistical analyses; *describe the statistical methods and present the results of an analysis. --- This new edition covers a wider range of statistical programs - SAS, STATA, R, and SPSS, and shows the commands needed to obtain the analyses and how to present it, whichever program you are using. Each specific example is annotated to indicate other scenarios that can be analysed using the same methods, allowing you to easily transpose the knowledge gained from the book to your own research. The principles of good presentation are also covered in detail, from translating relevant results into suitable extracts, through to randomised controlled trials, and how to present a meta-analysis. An added ingredient is the inclusion of code and datasets for all analyses shown in the book on our website (http://medical-statistics.info). --- Written by three experienced biostatisticians based in the UK and US, this is a step-by-step guide that will be invaluable to researchers and postgraduate students in medicine, those working in the professions allied to medicine, and statisticians in consultancy roles." --- from website publisher
Contents:
1: Introduction
2: Introduction to the research process
3: Writing a research protocol
4: Writing Up a research study
5: Introduction to presenting statistical analyses
6: Single group studies
7: Comparing two groups
8: Analysing matched or paired data
9: Analysing relationshipsbetween variables
10: Multifactorial analyses
11: Survival analysis
12: Presenting a randomized controlled trial
13: Presenting a meta-analysisDigital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalClifford D. Packer.Summary: Medical students often struggle when presenting new patients to the attending physicians on the ward. Case presentation is either poorly taught or not taught at all in the first two years of medical school. As a result, students are thrust into the spotlight with only sketchy ideas about how to present, prioritize, edit, and focus their case presentations. They also struggle with producing a broad differential diagnosis and defending their leading diagnosis. This text provides a comprehensive guide to give well-prepared, focused and concise presentations. It also allows students to discuss differential diagnosis, incorporate high-value care, educate their colleagues, and participate actively in the care of their patients. Linking in-depth discussion of the oral presentation with differential diagnosis and high value care, Presenting Your Case is a valuable resource for medical students, clerkship directors and others who educate students on the wards and in the clinic.
Contents:
The Importance of a Good Case Presentation, and Why Students Struggle with It
Organization of the Oral Case Presentation
Variations on the Oral Case Presentation
The HPI: A Timeline, Not a Time Machine
Pertinent Positives and Negatives
The Diagnostic Power of Description
The Assessment and Plan
Approaches to Differential Diagnosi
Searching and Citing the Literature
Adding Value to the Oral Presentation
Teaching Rounds: Speaking Up, Getting Involved, and Learning to Accept Uncertainty
On Pimping
The Art of the Five-Minute Talk
Future Directions of the Oral Case Presentation. - Digitalby Allison Hubel.Contents:
Pre-freeze processing and characterization
Formulation and introduction of cryopreservation solutions
Freezing protocols
Storage and shipping of frozen cells
Thawing and post-thaw processing
Post-thaw assessment
Algorithm-driven protocol optimization
Protocols.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digital/PrintDigital Access Google Books 1967-
- DigitalFelmet Gernot.Summary: This book describes all aspects of a purely biological approach to knee ligament reconstruction that entirely avoids the use of foreign materials in a manner analogous to the use of dowels in carpentry. The technique, referred to as Ball-press-fit reconstruction was developed by the author in 1995 for anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction and has since been further developed so that it is now applicable to all knee ligaments and also osteochondral autologous transplantation surgery. It has the advantages of maintenance of individual biological resources (no bone loss), rapid rehabilitation, and excellent clinical outcomes in terms of stability and anchoring. This book explores subtle clinical and technical diagnostics and provides step-by-step descriptions of the various surgical techniques used by the author. Readers will also learn about the history of ACL reconstruction and the results achieved to date, sources of graft for ACL replacement, the surgical instrumentation required for press-fit fixation, the healing response, and procedures for revision of re-rupture. In addition, rehabilitation and prevention programs are fully described for every level of athletic activity.
Contents:
Introduction
Overview Anatomy
Use and overuse of the knee
Diagnostic
History of ACL reconstruction
History of material free ACL-Reconstruction
Press fit fixation
Surgical techniques
Healing response
Revision of Re-Rupture
OATS / Mega OATS
Rehabilitation
Return to sports & competition.
- The PA Rotation Exam Review — Pediatric Transplant and Oncology Infectious Diseases (522)
- Pediatric Trauma Care : a Practical Guide — Plant-pest Interactions : from Molecular Mechanisms to Chemical Ecology (522)
- Plant Phosphoproteomics : Methods and Protocols — Pressure Injury, Diabetes and Negative Pressure Wound Therapy (522)
- Pressure Ulcers in the Aging Population : a Guide for Clinicians — Python for R Users : a Data Science Approach (520)
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.